PDG12XHMS507

20

⚠️ Reference pricing provided. In case of supply shortages, we will connect you with our trusted procurement partners to ensure your project's continuity.
Manufacturer: EATON CUTLER HAMMER
Product type: Circuit Breaker Accessories
For Use With: Eaton PD Series Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Product Range: PD Series
Accessory Type: 20" Handle Mechanism Shaft
Delivery and price
Units per pack	25
Price	19.34 €
Current stock	10+
Lead time	7 days
Datasheet
## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers** 

**Series G Circuit Breakers** 

Learn Drawings Online % Online 

**==> picture [374 x 665] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|2.1|Introduction|
|Product Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-2|
|2.2|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers|
|Power Defense Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-4|
|Power Defense Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-12|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-22|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-29|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-42|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-57|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-70|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-79|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-87|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-98|
|Terminals, Lugs and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-104|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-127|
|Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-129|
|2.3|Series G|[® ]|Molded Case Circuit Breakers|
|Product Overview  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-134|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-145|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-159|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-177|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-195|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-204|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-215|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-219|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-222|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-226|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . .|V4-T2-231|
|Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-234|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-242|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-244|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-245|
|2.4|Series C|[® ]|Molded Case Circuit Breakers|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-246|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-251|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-265|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-283|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-291|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-315|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-341|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-352|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-367|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-386|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-397|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-399|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-400|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-403|
|External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-436|
|2.5|Specialty Breakers|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-463|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-469|
|PVGard™ Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-483|
|E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-496|
|2.6|Handle Mechanisms|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-522|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-534|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-1** 

Revision notes 

## Volume 4—Circuit Protectors, CA08100005E 

## Tab 2—Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

|**Revision date**|**Section**|**Change page(s)**|**Description**|
|---|---|---|---|
|03/09/2020|—|V4-T2-1|TOCpage numberingupdate|
|03/09/2020|2.2|V4-T2-56|Content edit|
|03/09/2020|2.2|V4-T2-110–V4-T2-119|Content edit|
|03/09/2020|2.2|V4-T2-126–V4-T2-132|Content edit|
|03/09/2020|2.4|V4-T2-402|Content edit|
|03/09/2020|2.6|V4-T2-522|TOC listingand numberingupdate|
|03/09/2020|2.6|V4-T2-523,V4-T2-523|TOC listingand numberingupdate|
|03/09/2020|2.6|V4-T2-530,V4-T2-531|TOC listingand numberingupdate|
|03/09/2020|2.6|V4-T2-534–V4-T2-536,V4-T2-540|Content edit and TOC listingand numberingupdate|
|03/09/2020|2.6|V4-T2-542,V4-T2-543|Delete Universal Rotarysection|
|03/09/2020|All|V4-T2-544 to end of tab|Renumberpages and TOC listingand numberingupdate|



**==> picture [140 x 45] intentionally omitted <==**

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.1 

Introduction 

**2** ~~me~~ 

**==> picture [88 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Product Overview** 

Eaton’s Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s. 

The Power Defense family is Eaton’s premier MCCB globally rated line, incorporating Power Xpert Release electronic trip units with best-in-class safety and protection features. It includes ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes, thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers, and modular field-installable accessories. Power Defense breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, CE and CCC. 

The Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base. 

The Series C family ranges from 15 to 2500 amperes and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications. 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Introduction||
|Power Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-4**|
|Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-134**|
|Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Learn<br>Drawings<br>wees|**V4-T2-463**|
|Online<br>Online||



## **Application Description** 

Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry: 

- l Electrical OEMs 

- l Machinery OEMs 

- l Navy breakers: 

- l UL 489 Supplement SB 

- l MIL-C-17588 l MIL-C-17361 

- l ABS/NVR 

- l Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac 

- l Earth leakage 

- l DC breakers 125–750 Vdc 

- l Engine generator breakers 15–1200 amperes 

- l Current limiting breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-2** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.1 

Introduction 

## **Typical Applications** 

## _**Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers**_ 

Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories. 

## _**Panelboards**_ 

As both main and branch circuit protection devices. 

## _**Feeder Pillars**_ 

In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection. 

## _**Switchgear**_ 

In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame). 

## _**Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs**_ 

In busbar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection. 

## _**Individual Enclosures**_ 

Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements. 

## _**Additional Applications**_ 

Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information. 

## **Typical Eaton Applications** 

**==> picture [175 x 114] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Panelboard<br>Individual Circuit<br>Breaker Enclosure<br>Busbar Trunking<br>Tap-Off<br>Machine Tool<br>Control Panel<br>Switchboard<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-3** 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Contents** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers||
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-104**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-129**|



## **Features and Benefits Trip Unit Configurations** 

## **Product Description** 

## **Application Description Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units** 

Eaton’s globally accepted Power Defense™ molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) can: 

## _**Thermal-Magnetic**_ 

## _**PXR 20**_ 

## _**Simpler communications. Better protection. Easier energy metering**_ 

      - l A fully adjustable trip unit with LSI and LSIG protection capabilities. This trip unit offers more advanced features than ever before at this level, including current metering, programmable relays, and optional embedded communications to enable seamless integration into control and communication systems 

   - l Available with adjustable magnetic settings, and for IEC markets, adjustable thermal settings. For NEMA markets, fixed magnetic and fixed thermal settings are options. Four-pole options with 0%, 60% and 100% protection are available 

- l Connect to your network or the cloud with built-in communication capability 

Embedded in the Power Defense portfolio, Power Xpert[®] Release (PXR) electronic trip units for global low-voltage commercial and industrial applications are Eaton’s latest innovation in circuit protection technology. They are designed to help you simplify your simplify your communications, enhance enhance your protection and support support your energy metering. 

- l Generate the data to help optimize your facility’s performance 

- l Mitigate arc flash to keep your employees, customers and end users safe 

## _**PXR 10**_ 

- They are designed to help l All of the advantages of you simplify your simplify your an electronic trip unit in communications, enhance enhance a simpler interface, which your protection and support support leads to easy setup. This your energy metering. trip unit is available with l Unique Eaton trip unit LSI protection and includes programmable settings so 

- platform enables you to that it can be tailored for easily change set points, the specific application 

- test and configure circuit breakers, and meter energy and power information 

The Power Defense MCCB portfolio is globally adaptive to your footprint no matter the application or project requirement. All frames have the availability of global certifications including IEC, CCC, UL[®] and CSA[®] . Eaton’s best-in-class support enables you to order readily available product for on-time delivery, across the globe. 

   - l The PXR 20 also offers cutting-edge safety features like the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ and zone selective interlocking with new testing and status indication features, and cause of trip indication 

- l Enhanced, easy-to-use interface allows you to view and adjust the trip unit settings 

- l Intuitive interface provides simple scroll-through visibility for critical performance metrics such as metering, battery life, zone selective interlock settings and circuit breaker health 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-4** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**PXR 20D**_ 

> l Offers the same level of functionality as the PXR 20, but with a programmable interface that allows for additional flexibility in protection parameters and integration into interconnected power distribution systems. The protection and safety functions can be programmed not only from the onboard LCD screen, but also through communications, making your system setup and commissioning easier and future-proofed 

## _**PXR 25**_ 

- l Offers more functionality than ever before in a molded case circuit breaker trip unit. 1% accuracy for energy readings, coupled with the option for multiple communication protocols and embedded programmable relays, making this the ultimate example of an intelligent node in a power distribution system 

- l Leverage the capabilities of this product to eliminate meters and other components from the system, making the power distribution system costeffective and smaller, with increased intelligence and connectivity 

Each breaker frame section indicates the full range of trip units available for the frame. The wide range of trip unit options, coupled with fieldreplaceable trip units, enables compatibility with global requirements and allows upgrade from the most basic protective device to a highend, intelligent node in a power system. 

## **Trip Unit Features** 

## _**Breaker Health Feature and Programmable Alarms**_ 

_Less Costly Downtime_ 

By enabling you to perform predictive and preventive maintenance on your power distribution system prior to component failure, the breaker health feature and programmable alarms will help you avoid costly downtime. 

- l Communicates circuit breaker status at customer determined levels to prompt for breaker maintenance or inspection 

- l Provides real-time evaluation of breaker condition by tracking and analyzing diagnostic details including breaker operations, short-circuit fault levels, operational time, internal temperature and overloads 

## _**Zone Selective Interlocking**_ 

_Reduction in Arc Flash Energy_ The zone selective interlocking (ZSI) feature communicates when a phase or ground fault is present. 

- l The breaker closest to the fault will override any customer-defined delay setting and open instantaneously to clear the fault, allowing line-side breakers to remain closed and online 

- l The PXR trip unit displays when the ZSI system is engaged, communicating, and helping to keep you and your employees safe— so you no longer have to just trust that the ZSI is operational, unlike with other MCCB offerings 

- l ZSI is also a proven solution for reducing arc flash incident energy when a fault is present 

## _**Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**_ 

## _**Power Xpert Protection Manager**_ 

_Simpler Operation, Reduced Maintenance_ Once installed, your Power Xpert Release trip unit continues to provide cost savings and advanced functionality through the Power Xpert Protection Manager (PXPM) interface. This intuitive user interface allows for simple trip unit set up and programming, realtime reporting of power and energy metering, as well as the ability to check critical performance metrics, to meet your application needs while decreasing maintenance and in-field testing time. The testing features and functionality, which can be run through a personal computer, offers savings through labor hour reduction and avoiding the need for expensive proprietary testing kits. 

_Better Safety and Productivity_ For added protection, the Power Defense portfolio offers Eaton’s patented Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System to reduce arc flash incident energy. This innovative safety feature can help you: 

- l Decrease personal protection equipment (PPE) requirements to enhance productivity 

- l Enhance the safety of your personnel 

## _**Enhanced Ground Fault Protection and Coordination**_ 

_Easier Phase or Ground Fault Detection and Warning_ 

Expanded protection of ground fault increases coordination capabilities and provides ability to turn protection off. 

- l ON/OFF feature simplifies system testing 

   - l Ultimate control and data are at your fingertips: 

- l Ground fault trip units combine trip, alarm, and OFF in every unit, with programmable relays for alarm or pre-alarm functionality 

   - l Set point Configuration: Allows direct-to-trip unit or offline set up, including duplication of settings between units 

- l Expanded time profile l Control Mode: Capture selections include I[2] t and waveforms, reset TU or 

- flat response profiles for set the date/time more coordination options 

   - l Test Mode: Run secondary injection and create test reports 

## _**Industry Standard Communication**_ 

- l Real-Time Data: Provides information regarding all status and metered data direction from the trip unit 

Energy monitoring and Provides information system status with onboard regarding all status and serial and industrial network metered data direction communications available from the trip unit through CAM modules in the l Event Summaries: PXR 20, 20D and 25 will offer Stores up to 200 events, a greater view and control detailed information on into the machine or power the most recent (10) trip distribution system. and (10) alarm events, Available features can offer: and time adjustments to the real-time clock 

- l Easy connection to PLC l Reports: Allows for the building management formatting and printing 

- systems, SCADA and of real time data and of 

- cloud-based systems 

- l Remote monitoring and performed secondary injection tests 

- l Remote monitoring and option control of breaker 

- l Metering and health data 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-5** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Breaker Frame Overview** 

Power Defense molded case **2** circuit breakers include six frames, PD-1 through PD-6, providing flexibility to meet **2** protection needs up to 2500 A. 

**PD-1** —Compact frame covering range of 15 A through 125 A with fixed thermal-magnetic trip unit, and with current limiting options. Additionally, motor circuit protectors covering a range from 3 A through 100 A with adjustable magnetic settings of 3x to 11x. 

**PD-2** —Standard frame covering a range of 15 A through 225 A with trip unit options, from a fixed thermalmagnetic to the most advanced Power Xpert™ Release (PXR) electronic units. PD-2 also has current limiting options available. Additionally, motor protection circuit breakers ranging from 15 A through 200 A with PXR electronic trip units, as well as motor circuit protectors ranging from 3 A through 150 A with adjustable magnetic settings from 3x to 10x. 

**PD-3** —Covers a range of 45 A 

through 600 A with fieldinstallable trip units, including fixed thermal/adjustable magnetic and all PXR electronic trip unit options in two frame options: 400 A and 600 A. PD-3 also has 100% UL ratings and current limiting options. Additionally, motor protection circuit breakers ranging from 45 A through 600 A with PXR electronic trip units, as well as motor circuit protectors ranging from 70 A through 600 A with adjustable magnetic settings from 5x to 10x. 

**PD-4** —Covers a range of 300 A through 800 A with field-installable trip units, including fixed thermal/ adjustable magnetic, and all PXR electronic trip unit options (PXR 10, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25), and 100% UL rating options. 

**PD-5** —Covers a range of 320 A through 1200 A with field-installable PXR electronic trip units, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25, as well as 100% UL rating options. 

**PD-6** —Covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A with field-installable PXR electronic trip units, PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25, as well as 100% UL rating options. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

The Power Defense molded case circuit breaker line is a global product, with interrupting ratings across a broad range of voltages. These interrupting ratings are optimized for power distribution and meet the broadest range of application needs. See each frame for the specific interrupting levels. 

## **Modular Accessories** 

The Power Defense molded case circuit breakers feature new, modular accessories that are designed to make customization of the breaker for the unique requirements of the application easier than ever before. A common line of auxiliary switch and bell alarms allow for interchangeability between the different Power Defense breaker frames, enabling the final configuration of the breaker at the point of use and minimizing the amount of inventory required. Compact, modular shunt trips and under voltage releases have been designed to be easily installed and removed as the project or application dictates. 

Some of the most common accessories and their function are described below. 

## _**Internal Accessories**_ 

**Auxiliary Switches** —Provide circuit breaker primary contact status information. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification. These switches mount internal to the breaker in the right side accessory cavity. 

**Alarm Switches** —Used for remote indication of automatic trip operation. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. These switches mount internal to the breaker in the right side accessory cavity. 

**Shunt Trip** —Provides capability to trip the breaker by remote control. Shunt trips are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages. These devices are installed internal to the breaker in the left side accessory cavity. 

## **Undervoltage Release** 

**(UVR)** —Monitors a voltage, typically of a line voltage, and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage falls below 70% of the nominal voltage designated for the UVR. These devices are installed internal to the breaker in the left side accessory cavity. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-6** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**External Accessories**_ 

**Terminals** —Multiple cable terminal options are available for each frame, providing alternatives to connect primary power and loads to the circuit breaker. Additionally, control wire terminals provide a means to tap off control power. Multiwire terminals on the load side of the breaker can also be used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

**Terminal Shields** —Provide protection against accidental contact with live terminations, as well as clearance between circuit breaker poles or adjacent circuit breakers, and are required for some terminal applications. 

**Interphase Barriers** —Offer additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. 

— **Operating Mechanisms** Manually operated mechanisms designed to open, close and reset circuit breakers. These are available in three basic configurations— flange mounted, through-thedoor and direct (close— coupled) to provide a variety of options for different applications. 

## **Remote/Electrical** 

**Operators** —A motor driven, stored energy operator that enables a user to locally or remotely switch the breaker between the OFF, ON and TRIP positions, including reset switching. These operators mount on the front cover of the circuit breaker, within the trim line of the circuit breaker, and are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages. 

**Locking Devices** —Offer the capability to lock the breaker handle in the OFF or ON position (trip-free operation allows the breaker to trip when locked in the ON position). Power Defense offers three primary types, including handle blocks, padlockable hasps, and provisions for Kirk trapped key locks (Kirk lock must be purchased separately). 

— **Walking Beam Interlock** Provides a mechanical interlock between two adjacent circuit breakers of the same frame size and pole configuration, preventing both breakers from being switched ON at the same time. To install a walking beam interlock, the circuit breakers must be ordered with the factory modification to accept the interlock. 

**Plug-In Adapters** —Provide a rear connection and mounting base to simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-in adapters are available for frames PD-1, PD-2 and PD-3. 

## — **Drawout Configurations** 

Provide a robust system to remove or exchange breakers and is typically used in critical power operations. It provides a rear connection and cell, and provides indication of the circuit breaker position. Drawout configurations are available for frames PD-3, PD-4 and PD-5. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense circuit breakers meet applicable: 

> l UL 489 

- l CSA, C22.2 No. 5-02 

- l IEC 60947-2 

- l GB 14048.2-2008 

**==> picture [66 x 61] intentionally omitted <==**

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-7** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Numbering System Overview** 

## **Breakers** 

**2** Power Defense breakers are configured using a 20-digit **2** catalog number that can be divided into two sections: 

Power Defense breakers are Product may be ordered configured using a 20-digit using the base breaker catalog number that can be catalog number ( _14 digits_ ) divided into two sections: only. However, if factory l Base breaker catalog modifications are required, including installation of number = digits 1–14 accessories, the full breaker l Factory modifications = catalog number plus factory digits 15–20 modifications ( _20 digits_ ) for a configured breaker must be used. 

Note that most of the accessories for Power Defense molded case circuit breakers are field installable. When field installing accessories, the best practice to follow is to order a base breaker with the 14-digit catalog number, and order the accessories separate for field installation. 

A configured breaker ( _20 digits_ ) catalog number should only be used when it is necessary to have a factory modification of the circuit breaker. 

## **Base Breaker Catalog Number (14 digits)** 

The catalog number has fixed positions for each breaker characteristic. The fixed format allows a customer to determine the performance characteristics of the product by parsing the catalog number. The format of the Power Defense breaker catalog number is as follows: 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**Digits**|**PD**<br>**(1, 2)**|**G**<br>**(3)**|**3**<br>**(4)**|**3**<br>**(5)**|**F**<br>**(6)**|**0400**<br>**(7–10)**|**TFA**<br>**(11–13)**|**J**<br>**(14)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Meaning**|Power<br>Defense|Certifications<br>and standards|Frame size|Poles|Interrupting<br>rating|Continuous<br>current rating|Trip unit type|Terminals|



## **Certifications and Standards (Digit 3)** 

The certifications and standards selection ( _digit 3_ ) denotes the global standards and certifications met by the product, and, as such, indicates the respective markings found on the product. Defined values and their meaning are as follows: 

|**Value**|**Meaning**|**Marks on Product**|
|---|---|---|
|**G**|Global ratings|UL, CSA, CE, CCC|
|**F**|Global ratings with 100% UL rating|UL, CSA, CE, CCC|
|**D**|Rated to 240 V|UL, CSA|
|**J**|UL and CSA|UL, CSA|
|**C**|IEC and GB|CE, CCC|
|**E**|IEC only|CE|



## **Poles (Digit 5)** 

The poles selection ( _digit 5_ ) is mostly self-explanatory, with the exception of 4-pole breakers, which may use the values 4 (100% protected neutral pole), 0 (no protection on neutral pole), or 6 (60% protected neutral pole). 

Other selections are selfexplanatory, and further defined in each framespecific section relative to the specific frame or product type. 

**Configured Breaker Catalog Number (20 digits)** 

**Configured Breaker Catalog** Factory modifications on **Number (20 digits)** Power Defense catalog For breakers with factory numbers are also based on modifications, product must fixed positions within digits be ordered using the 15–20 of the catalog number. complete 20-digit configured Digits 15–16 are always used breaker catalog number. for indicating accessories, This 20-digit number includes 17–18 for tripping accessories the base breaker catalog and 19–20 for other number plus an additional accessories or modifications. 6 digits to denote the factory When not used, the modifications. modification code digits default to the letter **N** . 

## **Example** 

An example of a full catalog number with modification codes would be as follows: 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG33F0400TFAJ**|**CC**|**SP**|**WB**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Digits**|**(1–14)**|**(15, 16)**|**(17, 18)**|**(19, 20)**|
|**Meaning**|Base breaker catalog|Indicating accessories (auxiliary|Tripping accessories (shunt trip|Other accessories or|
||number|and/or alarm switches)|or UVR)|modifications|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-8** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Indicating Accessories (Digits 15, 16)** 

The two digits used for indicating accessories ( _digits 15, 16_ ) denote the type of accessory(-ies) installed, the type of termination of those accessories, and the configuration. 

Digit 16 determines the configuration of the switches, such as Form A (normally open or NO), Form B (normally closed or NC), or Form C (change-over or CO, or NO/NC). 

Digit 15 specifically designates the accessory type and termination, as shown below (note that not all frames offer all the options shown). 

|**Type**|**Accessory Terminations**<br>**Digit 15 Selection**|
|---|---|
|Auxiliary switch only|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**A**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**D**|
||Screw terminal<br>**X**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**U**|
|Alarm switch only|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**B**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**E**|
||Screw terminal<br>**Y**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**V**|
|Auxiliary and alarm|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**C**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**F**|
||Screw terminal<br>**Z**|
||Spring cage clamp<br>**W**|



## **Other Accessories (Digits 19, 20)** 

Other factory-installed accessories and factory modifications available ( _digits 19, 20_ ) are detailed on a frame-by-frame basis in the respective section of the catalog. 

## **Trip Units and Accessories for Field Installation or Replacement** 

Power Defense circuit breakers are designed to have field-installable accessories, and for frame sizes 3, 4, 5 and 6, field installable and replaceable trip units. As such, breaker frames, trip units and accessories may be purchased separately for field configuration. Trip units and accessories also have designated catalog numbers for identification and ordering purposes. 

Breaker frames are configured using the base breaker catalog number ( _14 digits_ ), as detailed in each section. 

In general, when ordering accessory or trip unit field installation kits, the format of the catalog number begins with a description of the frame or frames for which it is applicable (e.g., PDG3), followed by a separator digit (X), and ending with a descriptive section, as follows: 

## **Trip Units and Accessories** 

|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Example**|**PDG3**||**X**|**Descriptive Section**|
|**Meaning**|Power|Defense|Separator|May include voltage, functionality or other|
||Global|Standards|digit|description of accessory or trip unit.|
||Frame|3|||



## **Tripping Accessories (Digits 17, 18)** 

## **Trip Units** 

The two digits used for tripping accessories ( _digits 17, 18_ ) denote the type of accessory installed, the type of termination, and the nominal voltage rating of the accessory. Digit 17 specifically designates the type of accessory and type of termination, as shown below. 

Digit 18 designates the nominal voltage rating of the Trip units may be ordered shunt trip or UVR, for which installed as part of a base or options available vary by configured breaker, with frame and are detailed in ( _digits 11–13_ ) denoting the each frame section of the functionality and features catalog. included. Additionally, trip units may be ordered separately, using the trip unit designated catalog numbers. Below, it is explained how **Digit 17 Selection** separate trip unit catalog **S** numbers are set up, as well as their relationship with their **R** designation in digits 11–13 of **T** the breaker catalog number for the same trip unit. 

|**Type**|**Accessory Terminations**<br>**Digit 17 Selection**|
|---|---|
|Shunt trip|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**S**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**R**|
||Screw terminal<br>**T**|
|Under voltage release|Pigtail (30-inch)<br>**U**|
||Pigtail (3-meter)<br>**W**|
||Screw terminal<br>**V**|



## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)** 

Power Defense TMTUs are available in frame sizes 1 through 4, covering a continuous current range of 15 A through 800 A. 

## **Thermal (overload)** 

**settings** —Functionality and configurations are available based on the standard to which the breaker is certified, with all trip units carrying UL and CSA certifications (PDG, PDF, etc) having a fixed thermal setting. 

## **Magnetic (short circuit)** 

**settings** —For frame sizes 1 and 2 that include UL and CSA certifications, magnetic settings are fixed. For frame sizes 3 and 4, the trip unit includes an adjustment for the short circuit protection setting of the trip unit, with the range dependent on the frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-9** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

When ordered individually, **2** thermal-magnetic trip unit catalog numbers include a **2** Descriptive Section to denote the tripping characteristics of **2** the unit, the pole configuration and continuous current rating. 

The information in the description, TFA30400, is also used in the base breaker catalog number. 

## **Example** 

An individual TMTU catalog number takes the form of: 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG3**|**X**|**TFA**|**3**|**0400**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|Power Defense<br>Frame Size|Separator<br>digit|Trip unit tripping<br>characteristics|Poles|Continuous<br>current rating|



Specific to TMTUs, the trip Thermal-magnetic trip units unit characteristics used in (or breakers) may also be the base breaker catalog ordered calibrated to 50 °C number denote the thermal ambient temperature by and magnetic tripping using a V in the trip unit characteristics of the unit. type designator. Breakers with 50 °C calibrated trip units do not carry a UL Listing. 

TM trip unit tripping characteristics options: 

|**Configured**<br>**Breaker Digit**<br>**Separate TM**<br>**Trip Unit Digit**<br>**Designator**|**Option**<br>**Meaning**|
|---|---|
|11<br>6<br>Trip unit type|**T**<br>Thermal-magnetic trip unit|
||**V**<br>50 °C thermal-magnetic trip unit|
|12<br>7<br>Thermal type|**F**<br>Fixed|
||**A**<br>Adjustable|
|13<br>8<br>Magnetic type|**F**<br>Fixed|
||**A**<br>Adjustable|



**Note:** IEC rated circuit thermal-magnetic trip units that are included with PDC or PDE breakers are typically fully adjustable (thermal and magnetic). Please consult with the product line for additional details. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETUs)** 

PXR ETUs are available in When ordered individually, Sections of the PXR ETU frame sizes 2 through 6, PXR trip unit catalog numbers catalog number are also used covering a continuous also include a Descriptive in the Base Breaker that is current range of 15 A through Section denoting the outfitted with the same trip 2500 A. functionality and unit. configuration of the trip unit. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETUs)** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDG3**|**X**|**PXR**|**3**|**0400**|**P2M**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|Power Defense<br>Frame Size|Separator digit|PXR ETU|Poles|Maximum continuous current rating|Trip unit functionality|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-10** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

The three digit code at the end of the trip unit catalog number, or digits 11–13 for a base catalog number, denote the trip unit type, protection features and options included with the trip unit. 

## **Example** 

Trip unit features and options: 

**2** 

|**Configured**<br>**Breaker Digit**<br>**Separate PXR**<br>**Trip Unit Digit**<br>**Designator**|**Option**<br>**Meaning**|
|---|---|
|11<br>14<br>Trip unit type|**B**<br>PXR 10 Basic ETU|
||**E**<br>PXR 20|
||**D**<br>PXR 20D|
||**P**<br>PXR 25|
|12<br>15<br>Protection type|**2**<br>LSI|
||**3**<br>LSIG|
||**4**<br>LSI with ARMS (ALSI)|
||**5**<br>LSIG with ARMS (ALSIG)|
||**8**<br>LSI Motor (MLSI)|
||**9**<br>LSIG Motor (MLSIG)|
|13<br>16<br>Options included|**N**<br>None|
||**R**<br>Programmable relays|
||**M**<br>Modbus and relays|
||**Z**<br>ZSI and relays|
||**C**<br>CAM Link and relays|
||**W**<br>Modbus, ZSI, and relays|
||**X**<br>CAM Link, ZSI, and relays|
||**D**<br>Modbus, CAM Link, and relays|
||**Y**<br>Modbus, CAM Link, ZSI and relays|



Each frame section provides details on which options are available for the frame and includes a table similar to the one below, denoting the options that may be combined by following horizontal lines and selecting one item per section, such as E2Z or P3W below. 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**(Character 11)**<br>**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**Protection Type**<br>**(Character 12)**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**Available Configured Options**<br>**(Character 13)**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## **Accessories** 

Power Defense accessory catalog numbers also follow a format with a frame description, separator digit (X) and descriptive section, similar to trip units. 

Accessory catalog numbering format: 

|**Catalog Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Example**|**PDG3**|**X**|**ST130ACDCS**|
|**Meaning**|Power Defense Global|Separator digit|Descriptive section. May include voltage, functionality,|
||Standards Frame 3||or other description of accessory.|



In cases where an accessory is used on multiple frames, multiple frames may be listed in the Frame Description, such as “PDG34” for some rotary handles. Accessory catalog numbers are listed with descriptions in each frame section. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-11** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data** 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|||||**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**||**Unit**|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|||||||**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**||||||
|Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|kA|**C**|**F**|**G**|**K**|**M**|**N**1|**P**1|**F**|**G**|**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|
|breaking capacity||||||||||||||||
|NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac||25|35|65|85|100|150|200|35|65|85|100|150|200|
||480 Vac (277 Vac||18|25|35|50|65|85|100|25|35|50|65|85|100|
||for 1 pole)|||||||||||||||
||600 Vac (347 Vac||10|14|18|22|25|30|35|14|18|22|25|30/25|35/25|
||for 1 pole)23<br>125 Vdc4||10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|10|10|10|
||250 Vdc4||10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|22|22|22|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|25|35|55|85|100|150|200|35|55|85|100|150|200|
|||Ics|25|35|55|85|100|100|150|35|55|85|100|100|150|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|20|25|36|50|70|70|100|25|36|50|70|70|100|
|||Ics|20|25|36|50|50|70|100|25|36|50|53|70|70|
||440 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|25<br>20|30<br>22.5|35<br>35|50<br>40|70<br>50|100<br>65|
||480 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|20<br>20|25<br>20|35<br>22.5|50<br>30|65<br>40|65<br>40|
||525 Vac2|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|18|20|30/25|30/25|30/25|35/25|
|||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|15/13|15/13|15/13|15/13|15/13|18/13|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|8|10|10|10|10|
|||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|4|5|5|5|5|
||125 Vdc4|Icu|10|22|22|35|42|42|42|10|10|10|10|10|10|
||250 Vdc4|Ics<br>Icu|10<br>10|22<br>22|22<br>22|35<br>35|42<br>42|42<br>42|42<br>42|10<br>10|10<br>10|10<br>10|10<br>22|10<br>22|10<br>22|
|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac|Ics|10<br>52.5|22<br>73.5|22<br>121|35<br>187|42<br>220|42<br>330|42<br>440|10<br>73.5|10<br>121|10<br>187|22<br>220|22<br>330|22<br>440|
|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac||42|53|76|105|154|154|220|52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|
||440 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|
||480 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|42|52.5|73.5|105|143|143|
||525 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|37.8|42|63/52.5|63/52.5|73.5|73.5|
||660–690 Vac||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|16.8|21|21|21|21|
|Withstand/threshold<br>of the frame|Icw|kA|—|||||||1.8||||||
|Trip unit||||||||||||||||
|Interchangeable|||No|||||||No||||||
|Thermal-magnetic (**T**)<br>Motor circuit protector (**M**)|||Fixed-Fixed<br>Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||||||Fixed-Fixed<br>Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)||||
|Electronics<br>Basic—PXR 10 (**B**)||||||||||LSI, MLSI||||||
|Standard—PXR 20 (**E**)|)|||||||||LSI, LSIG||||||
|Ammeter—PXR 20D (**D**)||||||||||LSI, LSIG||||||
|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (**P**)||||||||||LSI, LSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 N and P ratings not available for 1 pole breakers. 

> 2 First listed interrupting rating applies to thermal-magnetic breakers; the second rating applies to electronic breakers. 

> 3 PDG1 breakers are rated for use in 600Y/347 Vac systems. 

- 4 125 Vdc ratings are for single-pole breakers. 250 Vdc require two poles in series. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-12** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 1—125 A,**|**Frame Size 2—225 A,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>UL File Number||**Unit**|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|
|UL 100% rated breaker|||—|—|
|Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|15–125|15–225 (1 pole: 15–150;|
|||||15–30 for 1-pole N and P ratings|
||Electronics||—|15–225|
|Selectivity category|||A|A|
|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|Rated insulation voltage|Main conducting|V|500|800 (TMTU) 690 (ETU)|
|U, according to IEC|paths||||
|60947–2|Auxiliary circuits|V|500|690|
|Rated impulse<br>withstand voltage Uimp|Main conducting<br>paths|kV|6|8 (TMTU) 6 (ETU)|
||Auxiliary circuits||4|4|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vac|415|690|
|voltage Ue(AC)<br>Rated operational|UL/CSA<br>IEC/CCC|Vac<br>Vdc|600/347<br>250|600<br>250|
|voltage Ue(DC)|UL/CSA|Vdc|250|250|
|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
|(for storage and operation)|||||
|Product complies with|Shock||Yes|Yes|
|IEC 60–068|||||
|Permissible load for various ambient|||||
|temperatures close to the circuit breaker,<br>related to the rated current of the circuit|||||
|breaker|||||
|Thermal Magnetic||40 °C|100%|100%|
|Breakers||45 °C|98%|100%|
|||50 °C|96%|100%|
|||55 °C|93%|98%|
|||60 °C|91%|95%|
|||70 °C|86%|90%|
|PXR Electronic Breakers||40 °C|—|100%|
|(including motor<br>protection circuit||45 °C|—|100%|
|breakers)||50 °C<br>55 °C|—<br>—|100%<br>98%|
|||60 °C|—|92%|
|||70 °C|—|80%|
|Altitude derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|400 Hz derating factor|||—|See Special Applications Section|
|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load|||10,000|20,000|
|(mechanical endurance)|||||
|Endurance (operating cycles) with load|||125 A: 4000;100 A: 6000|8,000|
|(electrical endurance) at 415 V|||||
|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|||125 A: 5; 100 A: 6|2|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-13** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 1 and 2, continued** 

**==> picture [448 x 468] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|2|
|2|
|ae|
|2|
|Frame Size 1—125 A,|Frame Size 2—225 A,|
|Description|Unit|1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole|1-, 2-, 3- and 4-Pole|
|2|
|Dimensions (H x W x D)|1-pole|inch|5.5 x 1.0 x 3.0|6.0 x 1.4 x 3.5|
|(mm)|(139.7 x 25.4 x 76.2)|(152.4 x 35.1 x 88.9)|
|2|2-pole|5.5 x 2.0 x 3.0|6.0 x 2.8 x 3.5|
|(139.7 x 50.8 x 76.2)|(152.4 x 71.1 x 88.9)|
|2|3-pole|5.5 x 3.0 x 3.0|6.0 x 4.1 x 3.5|
|(139.7 x 76.2 x 76.2)|(152.4 x 104.6 x 88.9)|
|2|4-pole|5.5 x 4.0 x 3.0|6.0 x 5.5 x 3.5|
|(139.7 x 101.6 x 76.2)|(152.4 x 139.5 x 88.9)|
|2|Pole to pole distance|inch|1.000|1.375|
|(mm)|(24.40)|(34.93)|
|2|Approximate weight|lb (kg)|
|Breaker|3-pole / 4-pole|2.29 (1.04) / 2.84 (1.29)|4.21 (1.82) / 5.69 (2.46)|
|2|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole / 4-pole|—|6.00 (2.72) / 8.09 (3.67)|
|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum|W|31|48 (TMTU); 38 (ETU)|
|2|rated current ln fixed breaker (3P)—for plant|
|protection|
|2|Suitable for reverse-|Yes (except MCP)|Yes (except MCP)|
|feed applications|
|2|Blow out dimension|Inch|3.75|1.00|
|(mm)|(95.3)|(25.4)|
|2|Required spacing|Inch|0|0|
|between circuit|(mm)|
|breakers|
|2|
|Installation methods|Fixed|Yes|Yes|
|2|Plug-in|Yes|Yes|
|Drawout|—|—|
|2|DIN rail|Yes|Yes|[1]|
|IP Protection|With accessories|IP30|IP2X with finger protection|
|2|Pollution degree|III|III|
|Overvoltage category|III|III|
|2|
|Annex H IT capability|at 415 V|Yes|Yes|
|2|Permissible mounting|
|positions|
|2|
|2|Phy|dh|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Consult with product line for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-14** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|**Frame Size 3—400 A,**|**Frame Size 3—400 A,**||||**Frame Size 3—600 A,**|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**||||**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|**Unit**<br>kA|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**F**<br>**G**||**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**F**<br>**G**||**K**|**M**|**N**|**P**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**G**<br>**K**||**M**|
|breaking capacity<br>NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac||35|65|85|100|150|200|35|65|85|100|150|200|65|85|100|
||480 Vac||25|35|50|65|85|100|25|35|50|65|85|100|35|50|65|
||600 Vac||14|18|25|35|50|65|14|18|25|35|50|65|18|25|35|
||125 Vdc||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||250 Vdc1||10|10|10|22|22|22|22|22|22|42|42|42|22|22|25|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|35|55|85|100|150|200|35|55|85|100|150|200|55|85|100|
||380–415 Vac|Ics<br>Icu|35<br>25|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|100<br>70|150<br>100|35<br>25|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|100<br>70|150<br>100|55<br>36|85<br>50|100<br>70|
|||Ics|25|36|50|53|70|70|25|36|50|53|70|70|36|50|53|
||440 Vac|Icu|25|30|35|50|70|100|25|30|35|50|70|100|30|35|50|
|||Ics|20|22.5|35|40|50|50|20|22.5|35|40|50|50|22.5|35|40|
||480 Vac|Icu|20|25|35|50|65|85|20|25|35|50|65|85|25|35|50|
|||Ics|20|20|22.5|30|40|40|20|20|22.5|30|40|40|20|22.5|30|
||525 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|18<br>5|20<br>7.5|25<br>10|30<br>15|35<br>25|40<br>25|18<br>5|20<br>7.5|25<br>10|30<br>15|35<br>25|40<br>25|20<br>16.5|25<br>20|30<br>25|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|8|10|15|20|20|—|8|10|15|20|20|8|10|15|
|||Ics|—|4|5|7.5|10|10|—|4|5|7.5|10|10|4|5|7.5|
||125 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||250 Vdc1|Ics<br>Icu|—<br>10|—<br>10|—<br>10|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>42|—<br>22|—<br>22|—<br>25|
|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac|Ics|10<br>73.5|10<br>121|10<br>187|22<br>220|22<br>330|22<br>440|22<br>73.5|22<br>121|22<br>187|42<br>220|42<br>330|42<br>440|22<br>121|22<br>187|25<br>220|
|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac||52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|52.5|75.6|105|154|154|220|75.6|105|154|
||440 Vac||52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|52.5|63|73.5|105|154|220|63|73.5|105|
||480 Vac||42|52.5|73.5|105|143|187|42|52.5|73.5|105|143|187|52.5|73.5|105|
||525 Vac<br>660–690 Vac||37.8<br>—|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|73.5<br>42|84<br>42|37.8<br>—|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|73.5<br>42|84<br>42|42<br>16.8|52.5<br>21|63<br>31.5|
|Withstand/threshold<br>of the frame|Icw|kA|4||||||4||||||6|||
|Trip unit<br>Interchangeable|||Yes||||||Yes||||||Yes|||
|Thermal-magnetic (**T**)|||Fixed-Adjustable||||||Fixed-Adjustable||||||Fixed-Adjustable|||
|Motor circuit protector (**M**)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||Adjustable Mag Only (3 pole)|||—|||
|Adjustable Magnetic|||LSI, MLSI||||||LSI, MLSI||||||LSI|||
|only (3-pole)—PXR 10 (**B**)||||||||||||||||||
|Standard—PXR 20 (**E**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
|Ammeter—PXR 20D (**D**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (**P**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG, MLSI, MLSIG||||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 2P in series. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-15** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued** 

|**2**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued**|**Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued**<br>eCuORS?|Reiferien|ee|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||||eCuORS?|Rei ferien|ee|
|**2**||||ff|||i|
|**2**||||**Frame Size 3—400 A,**<br>70°%0°0|**Frame Size 3—600 A,**<br>70°0*0|**Frame Size 4—800 A,**<br>aiitin.|
|**2**|**Description**<br>UL File Number||**Unit**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>E7819|
|**2**|UL 100% rated breaker|||Yes (ETU)|Yes (TMTU and ETU)|Yes (ETU)|
||Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|100–400|250–600|300–800|
|**2**||Electronics||45–400|90–600|320–800|
||Selectivity category|||A|A|A|
|**2**|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|**2**|Rated insulation voltage U,<br>according to IEC 60947–2|Main conducting<br>paths|V|800|800 (TMTU); 690 (ETU)|800 (TMTU);690 (ETU)|
|**2**|Rated impulse withstand|Auxiliary circuits<br>Main conducting|V<br>kV|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|690<br>8 (TMTU); 6 (ETU)|
|**2**|voltage Uimp|paths<br>Auxiliary circuits||4|4|4|
|**2**|Rated operational voltage Ue<br>(AC)|IEC/CCC<br>UL/CSA|Vac<br>Vac|690<br>600|690<br>600|690<br>600|
|**2**|Rated operational voltage Ue<br>(DC)|IEC/CCC<br>UL/CSA|Vdc<br>Vdc|250<br>250|250<br>250|250<br>250|
|**2**|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
||(for storage and operation)||||||
|**2**|Product complies with IEC 60–|Shock||Yes|Yes|Yes|
||068||||||
|**2**|Permissible load for various ambient temperatures||||||
||close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated||||||
|**2**|current of the circuit breaker<br>Thermal Magnetic Breakers||40 °C|100%|100%|100%|
|**2**|||45 °C|95.5%|95.5%|97%|
||||50 °C|91%|91%|94%|
|**2**|||55 °C|86%|86%|91%|
||||60 °C|82%|82%|88%|
|**2**|||70 °C|70%|70%|80%|
|**2**|PXR Electronic Breakers<br>(including motor protection<br>circuit breakers)||40 °C<br>45 °C|100%<br>100%|100%<br>100%|100%<br>100%|
|**2**|||50 °C|100%|100%|100%|
||||55 °C|86%|86%|91%|
|**2**|||60 °C|82%|82%|88%|
|**2**|Altitude derating factor||70 °C|70%<br>See Special Applications Section|70%<br>See Special Applications Section|80%<br>See Special|
|**2**|400 Hz derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|Applications Section<br>See Special|
|||||||Applications Section|
|**2**|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load (mechanical|||15,000|15,000|10,000|
||endurance)||||||
|**2**|Endurance (operating cycles) with load (electrical|||5000|5000|3000|
||endurance) at 415 V||||||
|**2**|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)||1|1|1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-16** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 3 and 4, continued** 

**2** 

**==> picture [477 x 456] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Frame Size 3—400 A,|Frame Size 3—600 A,|Frame Size 4—800 A,|
|Description|Unit|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|
|Dimensions|1-pole|inch|—|—|—|
|(H x W x D)|(mm)|
|2-pole|10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|16.0 x 8.3 x 4.4|
|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(406.4 x 209.6 x 111.2)|
|3-pole|10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|10.1 x 5.5 x 4.3|16.0 x 8.3 x 4.4|
|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 138.9 x 109.1)|(406.4 x 209.6 x 111.2)|
|4-pole|10.1 x 7.2 x 4.3|10.1 x 7.2 x 4.3|16.0 x 11.0 x 4.4|
|(257.1 x 182.9 x 109.1)|(257.1 x 182.9 x 109.1)|(406.4 x 279.4 x 111.2)|
|Pole to pole distance|inch|1.719|1.719|2.750|
|(mm)|(43.66)|(43.66)|(69.85)|
|Approximate weight|lb (kg)|
|Breaker|3-pole /|11.02 (5.00)|12.79 (5.80)|30.00 (13.60)|
|4-pole|13.77 (6.25)|17.42 (7.90)|39.90 (18.08)|
|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole /|18.07 (8.20)|19.84 (9.01)|—|
|4-pole|20.82 (9.44)|26.87 (12.19)|
|Power loss per circuit breaker at|W|70 (TMTU); 64 (ETU)|130 (TMTU); 110 (ETU)|291 (TMTU); 270 (ETU)|
|maximum rated current ln fixed|
|breaker (3P)—for plant protection|
|Suitable for reverse-|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|feed applications|
|Blow out dimension|Inch|1.00|1.00|2.36|
|(mm)|(25.4)|(25.4)|(60.0)|
|Required spacing between|Inch|0|0|0|
|circuit breakers|(mm)|
|Installation methods|Fixed|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Plug-in|Yes|Yes|—|
|Drawout|Yes|[1]|Yes|[1]|Yes|[1]|
|DIN rail|—|—|—|
|IP Protection|With|IP2X with Finger Protection|IP2X with Finger Protection|IP2X Protection|
|accessories|
|Pollution degree|III|III|III|
|Overvoltage category|III|III|III|
|Annex H IT capability|at 415 V|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Permissible mounting|
|positions|
|a|
|Note|
|1|Consult with product line for availability.|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-17** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6** 

|**2**||||r|||||a|a||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**||||||||||||
|**2**||||**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|||**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**||**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**||**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|
|**2**|**Description**<br>Interrupting rating /|50–60 Hz|**Unit**<br>kA|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**K**<br>**M**||**N**|**P**|**T**1|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**<br>**M**<br>**N**||**P**|
|**2**|breaking capacity<br>NEMA UL/CSA|240 Vac||85|100|150|200|200|125|150|200|
|**2**||480 Vac (277 Vac<br>for 1 pole)||50|65|85|100|150|65|85|100|
|**2**||600 Vac (347 Vac<br>for 1 pole)||25|35|50|65|65|35|50|65|
|**2**||125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc||—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**2**|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu|85|100|150|200|—|135|150|200|
||||Ics|85|100|100|150|—|100|100|100|
|**2**||380–415 Vac|Icu|50|70|70|100|—|70|70|100|
||||Ics|50|53|50|50|—|50|50|50|
|**2**||440 Vac|Icu|35|50|70|100|—|50|70|100|
|**2**||480 Vac|Ics<br>Icu|35<br>35|40<br>50|50<br>65|50<br>85|—<br>—|40<br>50|50<br>65|50<br>85|
|**2**|||Ics|22.5|30|40|40|—|30|40|40|
|||525 Vac|Icu|25|30|35|40|—|30|35|40|
|**2**|||Ics|20|25|25|25|—|25|25|25|
|**2**||660–690 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|10<br>5|15<br>7.5|20<br>10|35<br>18|—<br>—|15<br>7.5|20<br>13|35<br>18|
|**2**||125 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|**2**||250 Vdc|Icu|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
||||Ics|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|**2**|Rated short circuit|220–240 Vac||187|220|330|440|—|297|330|440|
|**2**|making capacity (Icm)|380–415 Vac<br>440 Vac||105<br>73.5|154<br>105|154<br>154|220<br>220|—<br>—|154<br>105|154<br>154|220<br>220|
|**2**||480 Vac||73.5|105|143|187|—|105|143|187|
|||525 Vac||52.5|63|73.5|84|—|63|73.5|84|
|**2**||660–690 Vac||21|31.5|42|73.5|—|31.5|42|73.5|
||Withstand/threshold|Icw|kA|14|||||20|||
|**2**|of the frame|||||||||||
||Trip unit|||||||||||
|**2**|Interchangeable|||Yes|||||Yes|||
||Thermal-magnetic (**T**)|||—|||||—|||
|**2**|Motor circuit protector (**M**)|||—|||||—|||
|**2**|Electronics<br>Basic—PXR 10 (**B**)|||—|||||—|||
|**2**|Standard—PXR 20 (**E**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
||Ammeter—PXR 20D (**D**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||
|**2**|Energy / programmable—PXR 25 (**P**)|||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||||LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 PDJ (UL/CSA only), 3-pole only; 800 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-18** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6, continued** 

**2** 

||||**Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)**|**Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**||**Unit**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|**2-, 3- and 4-Pole**|
|UL File Number|||E7819|E7819|
|UL 100% rated breaker|||Yes|Yes (up to 2000 A)|
|Amperage range|Thermal-magnetic|A|—|—|
||Electronics||320–1200 (1600 IEC)|700–2500|
|Selectivity category|||A|A|
|Reference standard|||UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|UL/CSA/IEC/CCC|
|Rated insulation voltage|Main conducting|V|690 (ETU)|690 (ETU)|
|U, according to IEC|paths||||
|60947–2|Auxiliary circuits|V|690|690|
|Rated impulse withstand|Main conducting|kV|6 (ETU)|6 (ETU)|
|voltage Uimp|paths||||
||Auxiliary circuits||4|4|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vac|690|690|
|voltage Ue(AC)|UL/CSA|Vac|600|600|
|Rated operational|IEC/CCC|Vdc|—|—|
|voltage Ue(DC)|UL/CSA|Vdc|—|—|
|Permissible ambient temperature range||°C|–20 to +70|–20 to +70|
|(for storage and operation)|||||
|Product complies with|Shock||Yes|Yes|
|IEC 60–068|||||
|Permissible load for various ambient|||||
|temperatures close to the circuit breaker,|||||
|related to the rated current of the circuit|||||
|breaker|||||
|Thermal Magnetic||40 °C|—|—|
|Breakers||45 °C|—|—|
|||50 °C|—|—|
|||55 °C|—|—|
|||60 °C|—|—|
|||70 °C|—|—|
|PXR Electronic Breakers||40 °C|100%|100%|
|(including motor<br>protection circuit||45 °C|95.5%|95.5%|
|breakers)||50 °C|91%|91%|
|||55 °C|85%|85%|
|||60 °C|81%|81%|
|||70 °C|70%|70%|
|Altitude derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|400 Hz derating factor|||See Special Applications Section|See Special Applications Section|
|Endurance (operating cycles) no-load|||3000|3000|
|(mechanical endurance)|||||
|Endurance (operating cycles) with load|||500|500|
|(electrical endurance) at 415 V|||||
|Maximum switching frequency (per minute)|||1|1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-19** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Technical Data—Frame Sizes 5 and 6, continued** 

**==> picture [431 x 484] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|2|
|2|
|2|
|Frame Size 5—800, 1200, 1600 (IEC)|Frame Size 6—1600, 2000, 2500|
|Description|Unit|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|2-, 3- and 4-Pole|
|2|Dimensions (H x W x D)|1-pole|inch|—|—|
|(mm)|
|2|2-pole|16.0 x 8.3 x 5.5|16.0 x 15.5 x 9.8|
|(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)|(406.4 x 393.7 x 247.65)|
|2|3-pole|16.0 x 8.3 x 5.5|16.0 x 15.5 x 9.8|
|(406.4 x 209.5 x 139.7)|(406.4 x 393.7 x 247.65)|
|2|4-pole|16.0 x 11.1 x 5.5|16.0 x 20.0 x 9.8|
|(406.4 x 282.7 x 139.7)|(406.4 x 508 x 247.65)|
|2|Pole to pole distance|inch|2.750|4.500|
|(mm)|(69.85)|(114.30)|
|2|Approximate weight|lb (kg)|
|Breaker|3-pole / 4-pole|46.80 (21.30) / 58.00 (26.31)|135.00 (61.23) / 182.00 (82.55)|
|2|Breaker with Plug-in|3-pole / 4-pole|—|—|
|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum|W|87 (800 A)|220 (1600 A); 270 (2000 A);|
|2|rated current ln fixed breaker (3P)—for plant|195 (1200 A and 1600 A)|400 (2500 A)|
|protection|
|2|Suitable for reverse-feed|Yes|Yes|
|applications|
|2|Blow out dimension|Inch|13.125|2.625|
|(mm)|(333.38)|(66.68)|
|2|Required spacing|Inch|0|0|
|between circuit breakers|(mm)|
|2|Installation methods|Fixed|Yes|Yes|
|Plug-in|—|—|
|2|Drawout|Yes|[1]|—|
|DIN rail|—|—|
|2|IP Protection|With accessories|IP2X Protection|IP2X Protection|
|2|Pollution degree|III|III|
|Overvoltage category|III|III|
|2|Annex H IT capability|at 415 V|Yes|Yes|
|Permissible mounting|
|2|positions|
|2|
|anya|17|
|2|
|Note|
|1|Consult with product line for availability.|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-20** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense Accessories** 

|**Power Defense Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**PDG1**|**PDG2**|**PDG3**|**PDG4**|**PDG5**|**PDG6**|
|**Auxiliary switches**|||||||
|Rated thermal current Ith|5 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|6 A|6 A|
|Rated operational voltage (AC)|125 V / 250 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|230 V / 500 V / 600 V|600 V|600 V|
|Rated operational current (AC)<br>Rated operational voltage (DC)|5 A / 5 A / 2 A<br>125 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|4 A / 1 A / 0.6 A<br>220 V|6 A<br>125 V / 250 V|6 A<br>125 V / 250 V|
|Rated operational current (DC)|1 A|0.3 A|0.3 A|0.3 A|0.5 A / 0.25 A|0.5 A / 0.25 A|
|Backup fuse1|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|4 A|
|**Undervoltage releases**|||||||
|Response voltage|||||||
|Drop (breaker tripped) Us|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|0.35~0.70|
|Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us<br>Power consumption in continuous operation:|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|0.85~1.1|
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 110–130 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 480–525 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 11 W|≤ 9.6 W|
|50/60 Hz 600 Vac|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|12 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|24 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|48 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|60 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W|
|125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc|≤ 4.3 W<br>≤ 4.3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 6.25 W<br>≤ 6.25 W|≤ 7.5 W<br>≤ 7.5 W|
|Maximum opening time (ms)|≤ 50|≤ 20|≤ 20|≤ 20|≤ 46|≤ 77|
|**Shunt trips**|||||||
|Shunt trips (“f” releases) response voltage|||||||
|Pickup (breaker tripped) Us|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|0.7~1.1|
|Power consumption in (short time) at:|||||||
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac/24 Vdc<br>50/60 Hz 110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|41 / 120<br>572 / 121|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|475/610<br>100/150|612/396<br>1896/475|
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac/250 Vdc|2280 / N/A|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|432/55|1896/475|
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac|572|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|110|2156|
|50/60 Hz 480–525 Vac|840|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|32|289|
|50/60 Hz 600 Vac|1080|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|42|384|
|12 Vdc|201|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W|145|—|
|48 Vdc<br>60 Vdc|475<br>720|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|≤ 3 W<br>≤ 3 W|67<br>102|403<br>666|
|Maximum load duration|||||||
|Maximum opening time (ms)|≤ 50|<20|<20|<20|<30|<62|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Proper system design should size the backup fuse to the rated current going through the auxiliary switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-21** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 1** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-23**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-26**<br>**V4-T2-28**<br>**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . <br>Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <br>Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**<br>**V4-T2-98**<br> **V4-T2-104**<br> **V4-T2-127**<br> **V4-T2-129**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 1** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 1 covers a range of 15 A through 125 A with fixed-fixed thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-1 is available in 1-, 2-, 3- and 4-pole configurations, with the 4-pole configuration available with no protection on the neutral pole, or fully protected. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 1 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including current limiting applications. PD-1 is a cable-in / cable-out MCCB. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 1 breakers are available in multiple ratings from 15 A through 125 A. They are of a modular design with field installable accessories and terminals, which may also be factory installed. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-22** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)**_ 

Frame Size 1 covers a range of 15 A through 125 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of single-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole. 

**2** 

## **Interrupting Ratings (2-, 3- and 4-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**C**||**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**1||**N**12||**P**12||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>25||**kA rms**<br>35||**kA rms**<br>65||**kA rms**<br>85||**kA rms**<br>100||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|18||25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600Y/347 Vac|10||14||18||22||25||30||35||
|250 Vdc3|10||22||22||35||35||42||42||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|150|150|200|200|
|380–415 Vac<br>250 Vdc3|20<br>10|20<br>10|25<br>22|25<br>22|36<br>22|36<br>22|50<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>42|70<br>42|100<br>42|100<br>42|



## **Interrupting Ratings (Single-Pole)** 

||**C**||**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|120 Vac|35||—||100||—||200||
|240 Vac|25||35||65||85||100||
|277 Vac|18||25||35||50||65||
|347 Vac<br>125 Vdc|10<br>10||14<br>22||18<br>22||22<br>35||25<br>35||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|
|125 Vdc|10|10|22|22|22|22|35|35|35|35|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL current limiting. 

> 2 Available in 3- and 4-pole configurations only. 

- 3 Must use 2 poles in series for 250 Vdc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-23** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Single- and Two-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

## **PD G 1 3 M 0125 TFF J** 

**==> picture [504 x 192] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings  [1] Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 1 = 1 1 = 1-pole C = 18 kA at 480 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed Thermal /  N  = No terminals<br>2 = 2-pole  F = 25 kA at 480 V 0020 = 20 A Fixed Magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed  K = Line only terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0030 = 30 A Thermal / Fixed  L = Load only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0035 = 35 A Magnetic<br>0040 = 40 A (non UL)<br>0045 = 45 A<br>Interrupting 0050 = 50 A<br>Ratings  [2] 0060 = 60 A<br>C = 10 kA at 600Y/347 V 0070 = 70 A<br>F = 14 kA at 600Y/347 V 0080 = 80 A<br>G  = 18 kA at 600Y/347 V 0090 = 90 A<br>K = 22 kA at 600Y/347 V 0100 = 100 A<br>M = 25 kA at 600Y/347 V 0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Three- and Four-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**1**|=|1||**3** <br>**4** <br>**0**|=<br> =<br> =|3-pole<br>4-pole<br>4-pole|(100% N)<br>(0% N)|||**C** = 18 kA at 480 V<br>**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V||**0015** = 15 A<br>**0020** = 20 A<br>**0025** = 25 A||**TFF** = Fixed Thermal /<br>Fixed Magnetic<br>**VFF** = 50 °C Fixed||**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V||**0030** = 30 A<br>**0035** = 35 A<br>**0040** = 40 A||Thermal / Fixed<br>Magnetic<br>(non UL)||**L** = Load only terminals|
||||||||||||||**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||**0045** = 45 A<br>**0050** = 50 A|||||
||||||||||||**C**|= 10 kA at 600Y/347 V|||**0060** = 60 A|||||
||||||||||||**F** <br>**G**|= 14 kA at 600Y/347 V<br>= 18 kA at 600Y/347 V|||**0070** = 70 A<br>**0080** = 80 A|||||
||||||||||||**K**|= 22 kA at 600Y/347 V|||**0090** = 90 A|||||
||||||||||||**M**= 25 kA at 600Y/347 V<br>**N**= 30 kA at 600Y/347 V||||**0100** = 100 A<br>**0110** = 110 A|||||
||||||||||||**P**|= 35 kA at 600Y/347 V|||**0125** = 125 A|||||



**Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[3] 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**1** = 1||**3** = 3-pole<br>|||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0125** = 125 A|**KNS**= Molded Case<br>Switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole|||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||||
|||||||||18 kA at 600Y/347 V<br>25 kA at 600Y/347 V||||
|||||||**G**=<br>**M**=||18 kA at 600Y/347 V<br>25 kA at 600Y/347 V||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Ratings at 277 Vac for single-pole. 

- 2 Ratings at 347 Vac for single-pole. 

- 3 Molded case switch may open above 1250 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-24** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 1**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. Example: PDG **1X3** T125 becomes PDG **1X2** T125 for two-pole. 

**2** 

## **Terminal Types** 

**PDG1X3T125 PDG1X3TA125 PDG1X3TA1256W PDG1X3TA1253W PDG1X3TS125 GCWTK** 

**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

**==> picture [497 x 138] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Maximum|Number of|AWG|Metric (mm|[2]|)|Digit 14 Designation|
|Breaker|Terminal|Wire|Wire|Conductors|Range per|Range per|3-Pole|Included|Line and|Line|Load|Standard|
|Amperes|Body Type|Type|Class|per Phase|Conductor|Conductor|Catalog Number|Accessories|Load|Only|Only|on Amperes|
|Standard Terminals|
|125|Steel|Al or Cu|B, C|1|14-3/0|2.08–85|PDG1X3T125|—|J|K|L|15–125|
|Alternate Terminals|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14-1/0|2.08–53.5|PDG1X3TA125|—|T|U|V|15–125|
|Multi-wire Terminals|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|6|14-6|2.08–13.3|PDG1X3TA1256W|Terminal shield|—|—|G|15–125|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|14-2|2.08–33.6|PDG1X3TA1253W|Terminal shield|—|—|H|15–125|
|End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals|
|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|PDG1X3TS125|—|S|D|E|15–125|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## **Control Wire Tabs** 

**==> picture [168 x 28] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Package|Catalog|
|Use|Quantity|Number|
|15–125 A|12|GCWTK|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Control wire tabs can be installed with terminals listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-25** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

_**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 1**_[1] 

**2** 

## **3- and 4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [66 x 52] intentionally omitted <==**

**Tripping Indicating Accessory Options Accessory Options** None None 1 Make/1 Break Alarm Switch 2 Make/2 Break Alarm Switch 1A/1B Auxiliary Switch Qty: 1 2A/2B Auxiliary Switch 1A/1B Alarm,1A/1B Auxiliary Combination 

Qty: 1 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Switches**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories designed to be field installable. However, Eaton also offers the service of field installation in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- l Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

- l Digit 16 denotes number of switches installed 

- l If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch—Field Installation Kits**[2] 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>—<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>**AUX2A2BPK**|
||**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**<br>**AUXALRMEPK**<br>—|
||**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**<br>—<br>—|



**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Factory Installation (Digits 15–16)**[2] 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number (Digit 15–16 Suffix)**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>**NN**<br>**AC**<br>**A1**|
||**1NO/1NC (1 Form C)**<br>**BC**<br>**CC**<br>**—**|
||**2NO/2NC (2 Form C)**<br>**B1**<br>—<br>—|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 2-pole PD-1 breakers have an accessory pocket compatible with indicating accessory options only. 

- 2 All options come with pigtail terminations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-26** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

## **Undervoltage Releases** 

|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number**<br>**Digit 17-18 Suffix**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc<br>SH<br>**SNT012CPK**<br>24 Vac/Vdc<br>SN<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>48–60 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>110–125 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT125DPK**<br>250 Vdc<br>—<br>**SNT250DPK**<br>48–60 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>110–240 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>380–600 Vac<br>—<br>**SNT480CPK**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**Breaker Catalog Number**<br>**Digit 17-18 Suffix**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Voltage**|
|---|---|
||24 Vdc<br>UG<br>**UVR024DPK**|
||48 Vdc<br>UJ<br>**UVR048DPK**|
||60 Vdc<br>UK<br>**UVR048DPK**|
||125 Vdc<br>—<br>**UVR125DPK**|
||250 Vdc<br>UM<br>**UVR250DPK**|
||24 Vac<br>UF<br>**UVR024APK**|
||48 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR048APK**|
||60 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR048APK**|
||125 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR120APK**|
||240 Vac<br>UB<br>**UVR240APK**|
||480 Vac<br>—<br>**UVR480APK**|
||525 Vac<br>UD<br>**UVR600APK**|
||600 Vac<br>UE<br>**UVR600APK**|



**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **Universal Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/12**|**NEMA 1/12**|
|---|---|---|
||**Black Handle**|**Red Handle**|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|With interlock<br>Without interlock|**EHMCCBI**<br>**EHMCCB**|**EHMCCRI**<br>**EHMCCR**|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Standard lockable handle with mechanism<br>(black and gray) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X|**PDG1XHMDS**|
|Emergency lockable handle with mechanism<br>(red and yellow) NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X|**PDG1XHMDE**|
|Mechanism only|**EHMVDB**|
|12-in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG12XHMS307**|
|20-in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft<br>Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle (black and gray)|**PDG12XHMS507**<br>**PDG12XHM79S**|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle (red and yellow)|**PDG12XHM79E**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|**NEMA 4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|2<br>3|**PDG1XFS02**<br>**PDG1XFS03**|**PDG1XFS02HP**<br>**PDG1XFS03HP**|**PDG1XFS02X**<br>**PDG1XFS03X**|**PDG1XFS02HPX**<br>**PDG1XFS03HPX**|
|4|**PDG1XFS04**|**PDG1XFS04HP**|**PDG1XFS04X**|**PDG1XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG1XFS05**|**PDG1XFS05HP**|**PDG1XFS05X**|**PDG1XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG1XFS06**|**PDG1XFS06HP**|**PDG1XFS06X**|**PDG1XFS06HPX**|
|7|**PDG1XFS07**|**PDG1XFS07HP**|**PDG1XFS07X**|**PDG1XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG1XFS08**|**PDG1XFS08HP**|**PDG1XFS08X**|**PDG1XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG1XFS09**|**PDG1XFS09HP**|**PDG1XFS09X**|**PDG1XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG1XFS10**|**PDG1XFS10HP**|**PDG1XFS10X**|**PDG1XFS10HPX**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|1A/1B, Early Break|**AUX1EBFSEG**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-27** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 1**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**External Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|Padlockable handle lock, Snap-on|Center<br>**PDG1XPLKSNAP**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Top<br>**PDG1XPLKT**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp, OFF only|Top<br>**PDG1XPLKTOFF**|
||Right<br>**PDG1XPLKROFF**|
|Padlockable handle block|On handle<br>**PDG1XPHB**|
|Padlockable handle block, OFF only|On handle<br>**PDG1XPHBOFF**|
|Walking beam interlock|Three-pole<br>**PDG1XWBI3P**|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG1XWBI4P**|
|Slide bar interlock|Field<br>**EFSBI**|
|Electrical operator|110–240 Vac/Vdc<br>**MOPEG240C**|
||24/48 Vdc<br>**MOPEG48D**|
|Plug-in adapter, breaker and base|Three-pole<br>**PAD3E**|
||Four-pole<br>**PAD4E**|
|Plug-in block interlock replacement kit|Field<br>**PIILEG**|
|Wohner bus bar adapter|Field top<br>**EG-BUS-T**|
||Field bottom<br>**EG-BUS-B**|
|Terminal covers|Three-pole<br>**PDG1XTC3P**|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG1XTC4P**|
|Interphase barriers|2 barriers<br>**PDG1XIB3P**|
|**DIN Rail Mounting**<br>**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|DIN rail adapter; single-pole|**PDG1XDIN1P**|
|Din rail adapter; two-, three- or four-pole|**PDG1XDIN234P**|
|DIN rail adapter; three- or four-pole|**PDG1XDIN34P**|
|Metal DIN rail adapter, three-pole|**PDG1XDINM3P**|
|**Base Mounting Hardware**<br>**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Single-pole metric|**8703C80G11**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**8703C80G08**|
|Single-pole English|**8703C80G12**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English|**BMHE**|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**||
|1|1.0 (25.4)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|2|2.0 (50.8)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|3|3.0 (76.2)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|4|4.0 (101.6)|5.5 (139.7)|2.99 (76.0)||
|**Approximate Shipping**||**Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**1-Pole**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG1 125 A|0.85 (0.39)|1.57 (0.71)|2.3 (1.04)|2.84 (1.29)|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-28** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 2** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)<br>Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**<br>**V4-T2-30**<br>**V4-T2-35**<br>**V4-T2-41**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|---|---|---|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|**2**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**||
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|**2**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**<br>**V4-T2-98**<br>**V4-T2-104**<br>**V4-T2-127**<br>**V4-T2-129**|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 2** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 225 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixed-fixed thermalmagnetic trip units. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 2 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and current limiting options. PXR trip units in PD-2 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication, and zone selective interlocking with visual indication. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 2 breakers are available in multiple ratings from 15 A through 225 A. They are configured with a trip unit from the factory. Accessories are modular in design to allow for field installation or factory configuration. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-29** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 225 A using electronic trip units or thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of single-pole, 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole. 

## **Interrupting Ratings (2-, 3- and 4-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**1||**M**1||**N**1||**P**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>35||**kA rms**<br>65||**kA rms**<br>85||**kA rms**<br>100||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||22||25||30 / 253||35 / 253||
|250 Vdc2|10||10||10||22||22||22||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac<br>440 Vac|25<br>25|25<br>20|36<br>30|36<br>22.5|50<br>35|50<br>35|70<br>50|53<br>40|70<br>70|70<br>50|100<br>100|70<br>65|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|65|40|
|525 Vac|18|15 / 133|20|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|30 / 253|15 / 133|35 / 253|18 / 133|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|10|5|10|5|10|5|
|250 Vdc2|10|10|10|10|10|10|22|22|22|22|22|22|



## **Interrupting Ratings (Single-Pole)** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|277 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|347 Vac|14||18||22||25||30||35||
|125 Vdc|10||10||10||22||22||22||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|70|85|70|100|70|
|125 Vdc|10|10|10|10|10|10|22|22|22|22|22|22|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL current limiting for 3- and 4-pole breakers. 

> 2 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using 2-poles in series. 

- 3 First rating listed is for thermal-magnetic breakers, second rating is for breakers with PXR electronic trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-30** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Single-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 207] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 2 1 M 0150 TFF J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 2 = 2 1 = 1-pole  F = 25 kA at 277 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 277 V 0020 = 20 A Fixed magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 277 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 277 V 0030 = 30 A Fixed magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 277 V [1] 0035 = 35 A (non UL)<br>P = 100 kA at  0040 = 40 A<br>277 V  [1] 0045 = 45 A<br>0050 = 50 A<br>F = 14 kA at 347 V 0060 = 60 A<br>G  = 18 kA at 347 V 0070 = 70 A<br>K = 22 kA at 347 V 0080 = 80 A<br>M = 25 kA at 347 V 0090 = 90 A<br>N  = 30 kA at 347 V  [1] 0100 = 100 A<br>P = 35 kA at 347 V  [1] 0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>0150 = 150 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Molded Case Circuit Breakers (Two-, Three- and Four-Pole) with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units—Globally Rated** 

**PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **2** = 2 **2** = 2-pole **F** = 25 kA at 480 V **0015** = 15 A **TFF** = Fixed thermal / **N** = No terminals **3** = 3-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0020** = 20 A Fixed magnetic **J** = Line and load terminals **4** = 4-pole (100% N) **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0025** = 25 A **VFF** = 50 °C Fixed thermal / **K** = Line only terminals **0** = 4-pole (0% N) **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0030** = 30 A Fixed magnetic **L** = Load only terminals **6** = 4-pole (60% N) **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **0035** = 35 A (non UL) **P** = 100 kA at 480 V **0040** = 40 A **0045** = 45 A **F** = 14 kA at 600 V **0050** = 50 A **G** = 18 kA at 600 V **0060** = 60 A **K** = 22 kA at 600 V **0070** = 70 A **M** = 25 kA at 600 V **0080** = 80 A **N** = 30 kA at 600 V **0090** = 90 A **P** = 35 kA at 600 V **0100** = 100 A **0110** = 110 A **0125** = 125 A **0150** = 150 A **0175** = 175 A **0200** = 200 A **0225** = 225 A 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 N and P ratings available for 15–30 A on single-pole breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-31** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—UL/CSA Rated to 240 Vac** 

**==> picture [503 x 230] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD D 2 3 M 0225 TFF J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>D  = UL/CSA 2 = 2 2 = 2-pole F = 35 kA at 240 V 0015 = 15 A TFF = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 65 kA at 240 V 0020 = 20 A  Fixed magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 85 kA at 240 V 0025 = 25 A VFF = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>M = 100 kA at 240 V 0030 = 30 A Fixed magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 150 kA at 240 V 0035 = 35 A (non UL)<br>P = 200 kA at 240 V 0040 = 40 A<br>0045 = 45 A<br>0050 = 50 A<br>0060 = 60 A<br>0070 = 70 A<br>0080 = 80 A<br>0090 = 90 A<br>0100 = 100 A<br>0110 = 110 A<br>0125 = 125 A<br>0150 = 150 A<br>0175 = 175 A<br>0200 = 200 A<br>0225 = 225 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[1] 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**2** = 2||**2** = 2-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0100** = 100 A<br>||**KNS**= Molded Case Switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0150** = 150 A<br>**0225** = 225 A|||
|||||||||||||
||||||||**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V|||||



## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units (ETU)—Globally Rated** 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**2**|=|2||**3**|=|3-pole||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V||**0060** = 60 A||**B2N**= PXR 10 LSI||**N**= No terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**4**|=|4-pole<br>(programmable N)||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V||**0100** = 100 A<br>**0150** = 150 A||**E##**2=PXR 20<br>**D##**2=PXR 20D||**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals|
||||||||||||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0225** = 225 A||**P##**2=PXR 25||**L** = Load only terminals|
||||||||||||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||||
|||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||||||**K** = 22 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||||||**M**= 25 kA at 600 V<br>**N**= 25 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||||||**P** = 25 kA at 600 V|||||||



## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release Electronic Trip Units (ETU)—100% UL Rated** 

|**PD**|**F**|= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**2** = 2||**3** = 3-pole||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V||**0060** = 60 A||**B2N**= PXR 10 LSI||**J** = Line and load terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||(100% UL Rated)||||**4** = 4-pole||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0100** = 100 A<br>**0150** = 150 A<br>**0225** = 225 A||**E##**2=PXR 20<br>**D##**2=PXR 20D<br>**P##**2=PXR 25||**W**= Optional line and load<br>terminals|
|||||||||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||||
||||||||||||||||
|||||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V|||||||
|||||||||**K** = 22 kA at 600 V|||||||
|||||||||**M**= 25 kA at 600 V<br>**N**= 25 kA at 600 V|||||||
|||||||||**P** = 25 kA at 600 V|||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Molded case switch may open above 1800 A. 

> 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-33** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-32** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**2**<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**2**<br>**3**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## **Description of PXR Configured Options** 

**Relays**[1] —Form A contacts **Modbus**[1] —Modbus RTU (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) directly from breaker 

- l 2 available if Modbus RTU l Interface: 3 wires is not used; 1 available (MODBA, MODBB, when used in conjunction MODBG) with Modbus RTU l 

- l No additional modules 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, required ALM2, ALM Common) l 

- l Available as field-installable 

- l Programmable to indicate option if not pre-configured breaker conditions (catalog number 

- l Available as field-installable **PDG2XMODRTUREL** )[2] option if not pre-configured (catalog number **ZSI** —Zone Selective **PDG2XRELAYS** )[2] Interlocking 

**CAM—** CAM Link Connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

- l Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- l Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - l Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D and 25 trip units 

   - l Required for communications, relays and metering accuracy 

   - l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - l Interface: 2 wires (Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- l Includes ability to turn ON and OFF 

- l Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- l No additional modules required 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**0060**<br>**60 A**<br>**0100**<br>**100 A**<br>**0150**<br>**150 A**<br>**0225**<br>**225 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>15 A<br>32 A<br>50 A<br>80 A|
||2<br>16 A<br>35 A<br>60 A<br>90 A|
||3<br>20 A<br>40 A<br>63 A<br>100 A|
||4<br>25 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>110 A|
||5<br>30 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>125 A|
||6<br>35 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>150 A|
||7<br>40 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>160 A|
||8<br>45 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>175 A|
||9<br>50 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>200 A|
||10 = ln<br>60 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>225 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Relays and/or Modbus RTU in PD-2 uses accessory pocket, therefore UVR and shunt trip use is not possible. 

- 2 PD-2 can only be equipped with one field-installable communication option (PDG2XMODRTUREL or PDG2XRELAYS). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-33** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 2**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. Example: PDG **2X3** T100 becomes PDG **2X2** T100 for 2-pole 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [499 x 67] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar Collar Collar<br>Nut Screw<br>Conductor<br>Clip Collar<br>Conductor ScrewWasher Conductor Extrusion a Conductor 2 ScrewWasher WasherScrew gOS < Conductor SB Wire Clamp<br>PDG2X3T100 PDG2X3TA225 PDG2X3TA50 PDG2X3TA100 PDG2X3TA225K PDG2X3TA2256W PDG2X3TA150RF PDG2X3T20 PDG2X3TS225<br>PDG2X3T150 PDG2X3TA150 PDG2X3TA2253W PDG2X3TA225RF<br>PDG2X3T225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||||**Number of**|**AWG/kcmil**|**Metric (mm2) **|**)**||**Digit 14 Designation**|||||
|**Breaker**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**|**Wire**|**Wire**|**Conductors**|**Range per**|**Range per**|**3-Pole**|**Included**|**Line and**|**Line**||**Load**|**Standard**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Frame**1|**Body Type**|**Type**|**Class**|**per Phase**|**Conductor**|**Conductor**|**Catalog Number**|**Accessories**|**Load**|**Only**||**Only**|**on Amperes**|
|**Standard Terminals**||||||||||||||
|100<br>15–100|Steel|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–1/0|2.08–53.5|**PDG2X3T100**2||J|K||L|15–100|
|225<br>60–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|4–4/0|21.2 —107|**PDG2X3TA225**3||J|K||L|110–225|
|**Alternate Terminals**||||||||||||||
|50<br>15–50<br>100<br>60–100|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|1<br>1|14–4<br>14–1/0|2.08–21.2<br>2.08–53.5|**PDG2X3TA50**<br>**PDG2X3TA100**||T<br>T|U<br>U||V<br>V|15–50<br>60–100|
|150<br>60–150|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–4/0|2.08–107|**PDG2X3TA150**||T|U||V|110–150|
|225<br>175–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|6–300|13.3–152|**PDG2X3TA225K**3|Terminal shield|T|U||V|175–225|
|**Non-standard Terminals**||||||||||||||
|100<br>15–100|Steel|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–1/0|2.08–53.5|**PDG2X3T100**2||W|Y||Z|15–100|
|150<br>60–150|Stainless|Cu|B, C|1|4–4/0|21.2 —107|**PDG2X3T150**||W|Y||Z|110–150|
||Steel|||||||||||||
|225<br>60–225|Copper|Cu|B, C|1|4–4/0|21.2 —107|**PDG2X3T225**||W|Y||Z|175–225|
|**Multi-wire Terminals**<br>225<br>150–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|6|14–6|2.08–13.3|**PDG2X3TA2256W**|Terminal shield|—|—||G|15–225|
|225<br>150–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|14–2|2.08–33.6|**PDG2X3TA2253W**|Terminal shield|—|—||H|15–225|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**4||||||||||||||
|150<br>60–150|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–4/0|2.08–107|**PDG2X3TA150RF**|Terminal shield|—|—||—|15–150|
|225<br>60–225|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|6–300|13.3–152|**PDG2X3TA225RF**|Terminal shield|—|—||—|175–225|
|**Box Terminal**||||||||||||||
|20<br>15–20<br>**Rear Connectors**4|Steel|Cu/Al|B, C|1|14–10|2.08–5.26|**PDG2X3T20**||—|—||—|15–20|
|225<br>—|—|—|—|—|—|—|**PDG2X3T225RC**||R|—||—|15–25|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|||||||||||||
|225<br>—|—|—|—|—|—|—|**PDG2X3TS225**||S|D||E|15–25|
|**Note:**Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table<br>are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes.<br>**_Notes_**<br>1 The “Breaker Frame” column provides information on the ampere ratings for which the terminal may be used (field installation);<br>in some cases the range is limited by proper fit of the terminal onto the breaker conductor.|||||||||**Control Wire Tabs**<br>**Use**<br>**Package**<br>**Qty.**<br>15–150 A<br>12||||**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FCWTK**|
|The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration||||The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration|||||175–225 A||12||**FCWTK225**|



- The column “Standard on Amperes” provides information on what terminal is used during factory configuration per Digit 14 of the breaker catalog number. The two may not match. 

- 2 Factory standard terminals and non-aluminum terminals for 100 A and below are the same terminals. 

- 3 PDF2 225 A breakers with Digit 14 designation of “J” are equipped with PDG2X3TA225K terminals. PDF2 150 A breakers with Digit 14 designation of “J” are equipped with PDG2X3TA225 terminals. 

- 4 Breaker loses UL when fitted with rear-fed terminals or rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-34** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2**_ 

|**_Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2_**|**_Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2_**|**_Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2_**|**_Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 2_**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers**12<br>**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>**Alarm (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>**Aux (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>None<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>UVR<br>2NC (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)||||**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**|||||**Aux (4 Spaces)**<br>**Options**|
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR||||**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**||||**Alarm (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)||
|||||None|||||None|
|||||Shunt Trip|||||1NO (1 space)|
||||||||||1NC (1 space)|
||||||||||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||||UVR|||||2NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||2CO (4 spaces)|
||||||||||4NO (4 spaces)|
||||||||||4NC (4 spaces)|



**2** 

## **Electronic Circuit Breakers** 

|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**|**3-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**||||**Alarm**<br>**Options**<br>None|<br>**Aux**<br>**Options**<br><br><br><br>1NO/1NC3<br><br> <br><br> <br> <br> <br> <br>|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**4-Pole Circuit Breakers**<br>**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR||**Aux (2 Spaces)**<br>**Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||**Alarm**<br>**Options**<br>None||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|None|||||||||None||||1NO/1NC3|
|Shunt Trip|||||||||Shunt Trip||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO (1 space)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NC (1 space)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
||||||||||||||1NO/1NC 3 + 2NO (2 spaces)|
|UVR|||||||||UVR||||1NO/1NC 3 + 2NC (2 spaces)|
|||||||||||||||
|Bell alarm<br>(1NO/1NC–Form C)|||||||||Bell alarm<br>(1NO/1NC–Form C)<br>Qty: 1 Programmable relay<br>with Modbus RTU<br>Qty: 2 Programmable relays|||||
|Qty: 1 Programmable relay<br>with Modbus RTU||||||||||||||
|Qty: 2 Programmable relays||||||||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 2-pole PD-2 breakers have an accessory pocket compatible with indicating accessory options only. 

- 2 Single-pole PD-2 breakers may be equipped with a Form C bell alarm as a factory installation only. Use “BC” as a suffix code in digits 15–16. 

- 3 Qty: 1 1NO/1NC (Form C) auxiliary contact is automatically factory installed for all Frame 2 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-35** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 2**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for **2** alarm and auxiliary switches in the right-pole accessory **2** cavity. For Frame 2, the two left-most positions are used **2** for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC) and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units are automatically configured with a factory-installed Form C auxiliary contact block because the right-pole accessory cavity is not available for field modification. Trip position can also be communicated via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

## **Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXAA**|**PDGXAB**|**PDGXAC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



|**Screw Terminal**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXXA**|**PDGXXB**|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|For NO-NC, use two separate<br>contact blocks|



|**Push-In Clamp**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**|**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



|**Pigtail (118 in**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**/ 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXDA**|**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units**[1] 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**Type**|**PDG2XALMBC**<br>Form C / NO-NC|**PDG2XALMEC**<br>Form C / NO-NC|
|---|---|---|
|**Termination**|0.75 m pigtail|3.0 m pigtail|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Frame 2 breakers with electronic trip units do not allow access to the right accessory pocket but are automatically configured with a factory installed Form C / NO-NC auxiliary switch. These alarm switches can be field or factory installed in the left accessory pocket in place of a shunt trip or UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-36** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 2**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories designed to be field installable. However, Eaton also offers installation service in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- l Switches may be requested for alarm only, auxiliary only or a combination of the two 

- l Digit 16 denotes the number and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

- l For Eaton factory installation, the same type of terminals (i.e. all pigtail 

- 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) and same style of contact block (i.e., all 1NO/1NC, all 2NC, etc.) must be used in a factory configuration 

- l If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

- l If no other accessories are **Note:** Though factory selected, use NNNN for configuration options are limited, the final 4 digits of the combinations of auxiliary catalog number switches and alarms using differing terminals and contact 

- l Frame 2 breakers with block styles are still available electronic trip units do not through field installation. Please allow access to the right see full auxiliary switch and alarm accessory pocket but are catalog numbers to order. automatically configured with a factory installed 1NO/1NC auxiliary switch. A bell alarm accessory is available for separate installation in the left accessory pocket. 

**2** 

- l Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**1<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3|



## **Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Single-pole breakers can be equipped with a 1NO/1NC alarm switch that must be factory installed; use suffix **BC** in digits 15–16. No other internal accessories are available for single-pole breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-37** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>|**gs**|**.  , ,**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|---|
||**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3|
|||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—|
|||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—|
|||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3|



## _**Factory Installation of Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units**_ 

|**_Factory Installation of Alarm Switch for Use with PXR Electronic Trip Units_**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>Auxiliary switch<br>None<br>NN1<br>AC1<br>1NO/1NC<br>—<br>CC|**Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO/1NC**||
|Auxiliary switch|Alarm switch|None<br>NN1<br>DC|
|||1NO/1NC<br>—<br>FC|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breaker have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc|**Screw Terminals**<br>**PDG2XST12DCT**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>**PDG2XST12DCS**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**<br>**PDG2XST12DCR**|
|---|---|---|---|
|48 Vdc|**PDG2XST48DCT**|**PDG2XST48DCS**|**PDG2XST48DCR**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG2XST60DCT**|**PDG2XST60DCS**|**PDG2XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG2XST24ACDCT**|**PDG2XST24ACDCS**|**PDG2XST24ACDCR**|
|110-130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG2XST130ACDCT**|**PDG2XST130ACDCS**|**PDG2XST130ACDCR**|
|200-240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG2XST250ACDCT**|**PDG2XST250ACDCS**|**PDG2XST250ACDCR**|
|380-440 Vac<br>480-525 Vac|**PDG2XST440ACT**<br>**PDG2XST525ACT**|**PDG2XST440ACS**<br>**PDG2XST525ACS**|**PDG2XST440ACR**<br>**PDG2XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG2XST600ACT**|**PDG2XST600ACS**|**PDG2XST600ACR**|
|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG2XUV12DCV**|**PDG2XUV12DCU**|**PDG2XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc<br>48 Vdc|**PDG2XUV24DCV**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCV**|**PDG2XUV24DCU**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCU**|**PDG2XUV24DCW**<br>**PDG2XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG2XUV60DCV**|**PDG2XUV60DCU**|**PDG2XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG2XUV125DCV**|**PDG2XUV125DCU**|**PDG2XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG2XUV250DCV**|**PDG2XUV250DCU**|**PDG2XUV250DCW**|
|24 Vac|**PDG2XUV24ACV**|**PDG2XUV24ACU**|**PDG2XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG2XUV130ACV**|**PDG2XUV130ACU**|**PDG2XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG2XUV240ACV**|**PDG2XUV240ACU**|**PDG2XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac|**PDG2XUV440ACV**|**PDG2XUV440ACU**|**PDG2XUV440ACW**|
|525 Vac|**PDG2XUV525ACV**|**PDG2XUV525ACU**|**PDG2XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG2XUV600ACV**|**PDG2XUV600ACU**|**PDG2XUV600ACW**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 1NO/1NC (AC) is always included in breakers with PXR trip units; no selection or selection of **NN** in Digits 15–16 will result in AC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-38** 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## 2.2 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

Shunt trips and under voltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding Eaton also offers the service the tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

- l Digit 17 denotes the type l Each breaker has space for of accessory installed and one shunt trip or UVR the terminal type tripping accessory only 

- l Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory 

- l If no accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

**2** 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc|TN|SN|RN|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TP|SP|RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|VH|UH|WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-39** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**<br>Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG2XHMCS**|**Digits 19–20**<br>HA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG2XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and|**PDG2XHMCSNP**|HE|
|mechanical padlock|||
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG2XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG2XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCEP**|H3|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and<br>mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMCENP**|H5|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG2XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG2XHMDSP**|DC|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG2XHMDE**|D1|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock<br>12 in (307 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG2XHMDEP**<br>**PDG12XHMS307**|D3<br>—|
|20 in (507 mm) handle mechanism shaft<br>Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG12XHMS507**<br>**PDG12XHM79S**|—<br>—|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG12XHM79E**|—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|2|**PDG2XFS02**|**PDG2XFS02HP**|**PDG2XFS02X**|**PDG2XFS02HPX**|
|3<br>4|**PDG2XFS03**<br>**PDG2XFS04**|**PDG2XFS03HP**<br>**PDG2XFS04HP**|**PDG2XFS03X**<br>**PDG2XFS04X**|**PDG2XFS03HPX**<br>**PDG2XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG2XFS05**|**PDG2XFS05HP**|**PDG2XFS05X**|**PDG2XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG2XFS06**|**PDG2XFS06HP**|**PDG2XFS06X**|**PDG2XFS06HPX**|
|7|**PDG2XFS07**|**PDG2XFS07HP**|**PDG2XFS07X**|**PDG2XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG2XFS08**|**PDG2XFS08HP**|**PDG2XFS08X**|**PDG2XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG2XFS09**|**PDG2XFS09HP**|**PDG2XFS09X**|**PDG2XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG2XFS10**|**PDG2XFS10HP**|**PDG2XFS10X**|**PDG2XFS10HPX**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-40** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 2**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|---|---|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG2XPLKT**<br>L4|
||Left side<br>**PDG2XPLKL**<br>L5|
||Right side<br>**PDG2XPLKR**<br>L6|
||Snap on<br>**PDG2XPLKSNAP**<br>L0|
|Padlockable hasp OFF only|Top<br>**PDG2XPLKTOFF**<br>L1|
||Left side<br>**PDG2XPLKLOFF**<br>L2|
||Right side<br>**PDG2XPLKROFF**<br>L3|
|Padlockable handle block|On handle<br>**PDG2XPHB**<br>—|
|Kirk lock provision1|Top<br>**PDG2XKLKPTFF**<br>L7|
|Walking beam interlock<br>23|Two-, three-, and<br>four-pole<br>**PDG2XWBI234P**<br>—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP24DC**<br>RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP60DC**<br>RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP125DC**<br>RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG2XROP250DC**<br>RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP130AC**<br>RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP240AC**<br>RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG2XROP440AC**<br>RC|
|Plug-in breaker base only|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBB3P225A**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBB4P225A**<br>—|
|Plug-in breaker parts kit|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBK3P225A**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XPIBK4P225A**<br>—|
|Terminal covers|Two-pole<br>**PDG2XTC2P**<br>—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG2XTC3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XTC4P**<br>—|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG2XIB**<br>—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG2XIB3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XIB4P**<br>—|
|Finger protection|Three-pole<br>**PDG2XFP3P**<br>—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG2XFP4P**<br>—|
|60A–100 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Cable type<br>**PDG2XNCTD0100**<br>—|
|150A–225 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Cable type<br>**PDG2XNCTD0225**<br>—|
|60A–100 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Bus bar type<br>**PDG2XNCTB0100**<br>—|
|150A–225 A residual<br>current neutral sensor|Bus bar type<br>**PDG2XNCTB0225**<br>—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD2**<br>—|



## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Single-pole metric|**4218B80G09**|
|Two-pole metric|**4218B80G11**|
|Three-, four-pole metric|**BMH1M**|
|Single-pole English<br>Two-pole English|**624B375G01**<br>**4218B80G01**|
|Three-, four-pole English|**BMH1**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 2** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|1<br>2|1.38 (35.1)<br>2.75 (69.9)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)<br>3.50 (88.9)||
|3|4.12 (104.6)|6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)||
|4|5.49 (139.5)|6.00 (152.4)|3.50 (88.9)||
|**Approximate Shipping**||**Weight in lb (kg)**|||
|**Breaker Type**|**1-Pole**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG2 225 A|2.00 (0.91)|3.00 (1.36)|4.21 (1.82)|5.69 (2.46)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type FF Kirk keylock (sold separately). Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0 in (0 mm). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** ). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-41** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 3** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**<br>**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)||
|Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .|**V4-T2-43**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-51**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-56**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**<br>**V4-T2-98**<br> **V4-T2-104**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <br>Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**<br> **V4-T2-129**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 3** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-3 is available in two versions, with 400 A and 600 A constructions to optimize performance in multiple applications. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 3 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection, current limiting, 100% UL ratings, and high instantaneous settings for selective coordination. PXR trip units in PD-3 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication, and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 3 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory, or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-42** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)**_ 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using electronic trip units, and 100 A through 600 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. Frame 3 has two unique constructions: one for 400 A and a second one for 600 A. The 600 A construction provides a unique capability to be used at 400 A and below in critical coordination applications where a high level fixed instantaneous is required. This is accomplished by using a letter **H** in the _7th digit_ of the catalog number, as shown below. 

**2** 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**1||**N**1||**P**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|35||65||85||100||150||200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||25||35||50||65||
|250 Vdc23|10 / 22||10 / 22||10 / 22||22 / 42||22 / 42||22 / 42||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|85|40|
|525 Vac<br>660–690 Vac|18<br>—|5<br>—|20<br>8|7.5<br>4|25<br>10|10<br>5|30<br>15|15<br>7.5|35<br>20|25<br>10|40<br>20|25<br>10|
|250 Vdc23|10 / 22|10 / 22|10 / 22|10 / 22|10 / 22|10 / 22|22 / 42|22 / 42|22 / 42|22 / 42|22 / 42|22 / 42|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL current limiting. M interrupting rating only current limiting for the 400 A construction breakers. 

> 2 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using two poles in series. 

> 3 First rating listed is for 400 A frame, second rating is for 600 A frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-43** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breaker**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0400 TFA J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 2 = 2-pole  [1] F = 25 kA at 480 V  0100 = 100 A  [2] TFA = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole (100% N) K = 50 kA at 480 V 0150 = 150 A VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>0 = 4-pole (0% N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0175 = 175 A Adjustable magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>6 = 4-pole (60% N) N  = 85 kA at 480 V 0200 = 200 A (non UL)<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V 0225 = 225 A<br>0250 = 250 A<br>F = 14 kA at 600 V  H250 = 250 A  [3]<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V 0300 = 300 A<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V H300 = 300 A  [3]<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V 0350 = 350 A<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V H350 = 350 A  [3]<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V 0400 = 400 A<br>H400 = 400 A  [3]<br>0500 = 500 A<br>0600 = 600 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**PD**|**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**3** = 3|**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole (100% N)<br>||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**H250** = 250 A3<br>**H300** = 300 A3<br>||**TFA** = Fixed thermal /<br>Adjustable magnetic|**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals<br>**L** = Load only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**0** = 4-pole (0% N)<br>**6** = 4-pole (60% N)||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**H350** = 350 A3<br>**H400** = 400 A3<br>||||
|||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||**0500** = 500 A<br>**0600** = 600 A||||
|||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||||||



## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with TMTU—UL/CSA Rated to 240 Vac** 

|**PD**|**D**= UL/CSA||**3**|=|3||**2**|=|2-pole|1||**F** = 35 kA at 240 V||**0100** = 100 A||**TFA** = Fixed thermal /||**N**= No terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**3**|=|3-pole|||**G**= 65 kA at 240 V<br>**K** = 85 kA at 240 V||**0125** = 125 A<br>**0150** = 150 A||Adjustable magnetic<br>**VFA** = 50 °C Fixed thermal /||**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals|
|||||||||||||**M**= 100 kA at 240 V||**0175** = 175 A||Adjustable magnetic||**L** = Load only terminals|
|||||||||||||**N**= 150 kA at 240 V<br>**P** = 200 kA at 240 V||**0200** = 200 A<br>**0225** = 225 A||(non UL)|||
|||||||||||||||**0250** = 250 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0300** = 300 A<br>**0350** = 350 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0400** = 400 A|||||
|||||||||||||||**0500** = 500 A<br>**0600** = 600 A|||||



## **Molded Case Switches**[4] **—Globally Rated** 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**3** = 3||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0400** = 400 A<br>||**KNS**= Molded case switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole (100% N)||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0600** = 600 A|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections. 

- 2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 3 High override (600 A frame). 

> 4 Molded case switches may open above 4000 A for the 400 A frame, and above 6300 A for the 600 A frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-44** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 188] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 3 M 0400 P2M J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 2 = 2-pole  [1] F = 25 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  B2N  = PXR 10 LSI  N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0250 = 250 A E##  [2] =PXR 20 J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole  K = 50 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A D##  [2] =PXR 20D  K = Line only terminals<br>(programmable N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A P##  [2] =PXR 25 L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V H250 = 250 A High Override<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V (600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>F = 14 kA at 600 V (600 A Frame)<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**PD F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **3** = 3 **3** = 3-pole **F** = 25 kA at 480 V **0125** = 125 A **B2N** = PXR 10 LSI **N** = No terminals (100% UL Rated) **4** = 4-pole **G** = 35 kA at 480 V **0250** = 250 A **E##**[2] =PXR 20 **J** = Line and load terminals (programmable N) **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0400** = 400 A **D##**[2] =PXR 20D **K** = Line only terminals **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **0600** = 600 A **P##**[2] =PXR 25 **L** = Load only terminals **H250** = 250 A High Override **F** = 14 kA at 600 V (600 A Frame) **G** = 18 kA at 600 V **H400** = 400 A High Override **K** = 25 kA at 600 V (600 A Frame) **M** = 35 kA at 600 V 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections. 

- 2 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on **Page V4-T2-48** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-45** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

**2** 

PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

||||||||||**PD**<br>|**PD**<br>|**G**<br> **3**<br> **3**<br> **M**<br>|**G**<br> **3**<br> **3**<br> **M**<br>|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**|**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br> **0400**<br> **FNN**<br> **N**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|**Product Series**<br>||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||||||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**<br>**FNN**= Frame only|||||
|**PD**= Power Defense||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||**Frame**<br>**Size**|||**Pole**<br>**Options**|||**Interrupting**<br>**Ratings**|||**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**||||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**|||**Standard Terminal**<br>**Options**||
||||||**3**|= 3||**2** <br>**3** <br>**4**|= 2-pole1<br> = 3-pole<br> = 4-pole||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||||**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A||||||**FNN**= Frame only|||**N**= No terminals||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V<br>**N**= 50 kA at 600 V<br>**P** = 65 kA at 600 V|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||||**3** = 3|||**3** = 3-pole<br>|||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>||||**0400** = 400 A<br>||||||**FNN**= Frame only|||**N**= No terminals||
|||||||||**4** = 4-pole|||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||||**0600** = 600 A|||||||||||
||||||||||||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V|||||||||||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 All PD-3 2-pole breakers are physically the same size as a 3-pole frame with the outer poles used for electrical connections. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-46** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

PD-3 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. The 400 A frame must use trip units of ratings 0100–0400, while the 600 A frame must use trip units of ratings 0500, 0600 or designated by **H** , such as _H250_ . Additionally, for 2-pole breakers using electronic trip units, 3-pole trip units are used. PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

**2** 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [431 x 238] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 X TFA 3 0600<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous<br>Standards Size Digit Type Options Options Current Ratings<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 X = Accessory TFA = Fixed Thermal /  2 = 2-pole 0100 = 100 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic 3 = 3-pole 0125 = 125 A  [1]<br>VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /  4 = 4-pole (100% N) 0150 = 150 A<br>Adjustable Magnetic  0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0175 = 175 A<br>(non UL) 6 = 4-pole (60% N) 0200 = 200 A<br>0225 = 225 A<br>0250 = 250 A<br>0300 = 300 A<br>0350 = 350 A<br>0400 = 400 A<br>0500 = 500 A<br>0600 = 600 A<br>H250 = 250 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H300 = 300 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H350 = 350 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 147] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 3 X PXR 3 0600 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0125 = 125 A  B2N  = PXR 10 LSI<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  0250 = 250 A E##  [2] =PXR 20<br>(programmable N) 0400 = 400 A D##  [2] =PXR 20D<br>0600 = 600 A P##  [2] =PXR 25<br>H250 = 250 A High Override<br>(for use in 600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>(for use in 600 A Frame)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-48** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-47** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

**2** 

|**Power Xpert**|**Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options**||
|---|---|---|
|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**Relays** —2 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

- l Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU directly from breaker 

- l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

- l No additional modules required 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

- l Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- l Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

**CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

- l Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- l Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- l Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- l Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit (selfpowered) and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- l A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

- l Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

- l Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

- l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

- l Interface: 2 wires Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**0125**<br>**125 A**<br>**0250/H250**<br>**250 A**<br>**0400/H400**<br>**400 A**<br>**0600**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>45 A<br>90 A<br>160 A<br>250 A|
||2<br>50 A<br>100 A<br>175 A<br>275 A|
||3<br>60 A<br>110 A<br>200 A<br>300 A|
||4<br>63 A<br>125 A<br>225 A<br>320 A|
||5<br>70 A<br>150 A<br>250 A<br>350 A|
||6<br>80 A<br>160 A<br>275 A<br>400 A|
||7<br>90 A<br>175 A<br>300 A<br>450 A|
||8<br>100 A<br>200 A<br>320 A<br>500 A|
||9<br>110 A<br>225 A<br>350 A<br>550 A|
||10 = ln<br>125 A<br>250 A<br>400 A<br>600 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-48** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. For 2- and 4-pole options, replace the **X3** with **X2** or **X4** , respectively. _Example_ : PDG3 **X3** TA300 becomes PDG3 **X2** TA300 for two-pole. 

**2** 

## **Terminal Types** 

**PDG3X3TA300 PDG3X3TA400 PDG3X3TA402 PDG3X3TA400H PDG3X3TA630 PDG3X3TA4003W PDG3X3TA400RF PDG3X3TA350 PDG3X3TA400SW PDG3X3T402 PDG3X3T400H PDG3X3T630 PDG3X3TA4006W PDG3X3TA400HRF PDG3X3T300 PDG3X3T400 PDG3X3TA401H PDG3X3TA630SW PDG3X3TA6006W PDG3X3TA630RF PDG3X3T350 PDG3X3TA400CW PDG3X3T401H PDG3X3TA630CW PDG3X3TA6006WSW PDG3X3TA350SW PDG3X3T400CW PDG3X3TA401HCW PDG3X3T630CW PDG3X3TA401CW PDG3X3T401HCW PDG3X3TA401** 

**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|||||||||||**Digit 14 Designation**|**Digit 14 Designation**|**Digit 14 Designation**|**Factory**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Maximum**||||**Number of**|**AWG / kcmil**|**Metric (mm2) **||||||**Config.**|
|**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**|**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Included**<br>**Accessories**|**Line and**<br>**Load**|**Line**<br>**Only**|**Load**<br>**Only**|**Ampere**<br>**Range**|
|**Standard Terminals**||||||||||||||
|300|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|3–350|26.7–177|**PDG3X3TA300**|—|J|K|L|100–225|
|350|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|250–500|127–253|**PDG3X3TA350**|—|J|K|L|250–350|
|400<br>400|400<br>600|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|2<br>1|3/0–250<br>500–750|85–127<br>253–380|**PDG3X3TA400**<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**|Terminal shield<br>Terminal shield|J<br>J|K<br>K|L<br>L|400<br>H250–H400|
|630|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|2–500|33.6–253|**PDG3X3TA630**|Terminal shield|J|K|L|450–600|
|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**|**Optional Aluminum Terminals**||||||||||||
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|500–750|253–380|**PDG3X3TA402**|Terminal shield|T|U|V|100–400|
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|2/0–250 (2) or|67.4–127 (2) or|**PDG3X3TA401**|Terminal shield|I|O|F|100–400|
|||||||2/0–500 (1)|67.4–253 (1)|||||||
|400|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|1|3–500|26.7–253|**PDG3X3TA400H**|—|T|U|V|H250–H400|
|**Optional Copper Terminals**|**Optional Copper Terminals**|||||||||||||
|300<br>350|400<br>400|Copper<br>Copper|Cu<br>Cu|B, C<br>B, C|1<br>1|3–350<br>250–500|26.7–177<br>127–253|**PDG3X3T300**<br>**PDG3X3T350**|—<br>—|W<br>W|Y<br>Y|Z<br>Z|100–225<br>250–350|
|400|400|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|3/0–250|85–127|**PDG3X3T400**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|400|
|400|400|Copper|Cu/Al|B, C|1|Al: 500–750|—|**PDG3X3T402**|Terminal shield|—|—|—|—|
|||||||Cu: 500 Only||||||||
|400|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|1|3–500|26.7–253|**PDG3X3T400H**|—|—|—|—|—|
|400|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|1|500–750|253–380|**PDG3X3T401H**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|H250–H400|
|630|600|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|2–500|33.6 –253|**PDG3X3T630**|Terminal shield|W|Y|Z|450–600|
|**StrandAble Terminals**||||||||||||||
|400|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H,|2|3/0–250<br>3/0–4/0|85–127<br>85–107|**PDG3X3TA400SW**|Terminal shield|A|B|C|100–400|
|350|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|I, K, M<br>B, C|1|250–500|127–253|**PDG3X3TA350SW**|—|—|—|—|—|
|||||D, G, H,<br>I, K, M||250–350|127–177|||||||
|630|600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H,|2|2–500<br>2–350|33.6–253<br>33.6–177|**PDG3X3TA630SW**|Terminal shield|A|B|C|H250–600|
|||||I, K, M||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-49** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

**2** 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Terminals, continued** 

|**Terminals, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Included**<br>**Accessories**<br>**Digit 14 Designation**<br>**Factory**<br>**Config.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Range**<br>**Line and**<br>**Load**<br>**Line**<br>**Only**<br>**Load**<br>**Only**|
|**Control Wire Aluminum Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|3/0–250<br>85–127<br>**PDG3X3TA400CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>100–400|
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2/0–250 (2) or<br>2/0–500 (1)<br>67.4–127 (2) or<br>67.4–253 (1)<br>**PDG3X3TA401CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>4<br>5<br>6<br>100–400|
|400<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG3X3TA401HCW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>H250–H400|
|630<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA630CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>450–600|
|**Control Wire Copper Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|3/0–250<br>85–127<br>**PDG3X3T400CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>100–400|
|400<br>600<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>1|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG3X3T401HCW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>H250–H400|
|630<br>600<br>Copper<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3T630CW**<br>Terminal shield<br>7<br>8<br>9<br>450–600|
|**Multi-wire Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|12–2/0<br>3.31–67.4<br>**PDG3X3TA4003W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>H<br>100–400|
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6|14–3<br>2.08–26.7<br>**PDG3X3TA4006W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>G<br>100–400|
|600<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6|14–1/0<br>2.08–53.5<br>**PDG3X3TA6006W**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>G<br>H250–600|
|**StrandAble Multi-wire Terminals**|||
|600<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>6<br>D, G, H,<br>I, K, M|12–2/0<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TA6006WSW**<br>Terminal shield<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>8–1/0|
|**Rear-fed Terminals**|||
|400<br>400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|250–500<br>127–253<br>**PDG3X3TA400RF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|400<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>1|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA400HRF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|630<br>600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|2–500<br>33.6–253<br>**PDG3X3TA630RF**1<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Rear Connectors**|||
|400<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3T400RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>100–400|
|630<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3T630RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>250–600|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|||
|400<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TS400**<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>100–400|
|600<br>—<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG3X3TS600**<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>250–600|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## **Control Wire Tabs** 

|**Use**||**Package**<br>**Qty.**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|100–400|A|12|**KCWTK**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Terminals not UL Listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-50** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **3-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [31 x 47] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory Options**<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Alarm Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**1<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|



## **4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [63 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory Options**<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Alarm Options**<br>**(2 Spaces)**1<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(4 Spaces)**2|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO/2NC (4 spaces)|
|||4NO (4 spaces)|
|||4NC (4 spaces)|



## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 3**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for alarm and auxiliary switches in the right pole accessory cavity. For Frame 3, the two left-most positions are used for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC), and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Electronic breakers with communications options (Modbus RTU or CAM Link) lose one alarm switch position, but are also able to provide trip position via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

## _**Contact Blocks**_ 

**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality** 

|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXAA**|**PDGXAB**|**PDGXAC**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



|**Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for**<br>**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Screw Terminal Contact Blocks for**<br>**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**||
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**Type**|**PDGXXA**<br>**PDGXXB**<br>Form A / NO<br>Form B / NC|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**<br>For NO-NC, use two|
|||separate contact<br>blocks|



|**Push-In Clamp**|**Contact Blocks for**||
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**<br>**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO<br>Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Frame 3 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units AND communication only have access to one alarm space. Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units without communication have access to two alarm spaces. 

- 2 Neutral pole includes two additional auxiliary spaces. 

|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for**<br>**Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**||
|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDGXDA**<br>**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**<br>Form A / NO<br>Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-51** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 3**_ 

Alarm and auxiliary switches are plug-and-play accessories **2** designed to be field installable. However, Eaton **2** also offers installation service in our factories. 

Breaker catalog numbers with alarm and auxiliary switch combinations require a complete 20-digit catalog number, adding the alarm and 

auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

- l Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed and the terminal types 

- l Switches may be requested for alarm only, auxiliary only or a combination of the two 

- l For Eaton factory installation, the same type of terminals (i.e., all pigtail 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) must be used. If a combination of alarm and auxiliary switches is selected, they must be the same type (i.e., all 1NC, all 1NO/1NC, etc.) 

- l Digit 16 denotes number and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

- l If no other accessories are selected, use NNNN for the final 4 digits of the catalog number 

- l Electronic breakers with communications lose one alarm switch position in order to provide trip status via communications. They do not lose an auxiliary position for this purpose. 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3|



## **Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-52** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3|
||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3|



## **For PXR Trip Units with Communication**[1] 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>CF<br>CG<br>—<br>CP<br>CQ<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>CH<br>—<br>CI<br>CR<br>—<br>CS|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG3XST12DCT**|**PDG3XST12DCS**|**PDG3XST12DCR**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG3XST48DCT**|**PDG3XST48DCS**|**PDG3XST48DCR**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG3XST60DCT**|**PDG3XST60DCS**|**PDG3XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc<br>110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG3XST24ACDCT**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCT**|**PDG3XST24ACDCS**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCS**|**PDG3XST24ACDCR**<br>**PDG3XST130ACDCR**|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG3XST250ACDCT**|**PDG3XST250ACDCS**|**PDG3XST250ACDCR**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG3XST440ACT**|**PDG3XST440ACS**|**PDG3XST440ACR**|
|480–525 Vac|**PDG3XST525ACT**|**PDG3XST525ACS**|**PDG3XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG3XST600ACT**|**PDG3XST600ACS**|**PDG3XST600ACR**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG3XUV12DCV**|**PDG3XUV12DCU**|**PDG3XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG3XUV24DCV**|**PDG3XUV24DCU**|**PDG3XUV24DCW**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG3XUV48DCV**|**PDG3XUV48DCU**|**PDG3XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG3XUV60DCV**|**PDG3XUV60DCU**|**PDG3XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG3XUV125DCV**|**PDG3XUV125DCU**|**PDG3XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc<br>24 Vac|**PDG3XUV250DCV**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACV**|**PDG3XUV250DCU**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACU**|**PDG3XUV250DCW**<br>**PDG3XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG3XUV130ACV**|**PDG3XUV130ACU**|**PDG3XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG3XUV240ACV**|**PDG3XUV240ACU**|**PDG3XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac|**PDG3XUV440ACV**|**PDG3XUV440ACU**|**PDG3XUV440ACW**|
|525 Vac|**PDG3XUV525ACV**|**PDG3XUV525ACU**|**PDG3XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG3XUV600ACV**|**PDG3XUV600ACU**|**PDG3XUV600ACW**|



**Note:** Use PDG3XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR. 

> 1 All options shown have 29 in/0.75 m pigtail termination. For alternate termination options, contact the product line. 

_**Note**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-53** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

Shunt trips and undervoltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs **2** play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding the **2** Eaton also offers the service tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and **2** 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

- l Digit 17 denotes the type of accessory installed and the terminal type 

- l Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory 

- l If no additional accessories are selected, use NN for digits 15-16 and 19-20 of the catalog number 

- l Each breaker has space for one shunt trip or UVR tripping accessory only 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc<br>110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TN<br>TP|SN<br>SP|RN<br>RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>12 Vdc|**Screw Terminals**<br>VH|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**<br>UH|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**<br>WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-54** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG3XHMCS**|HA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG3XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and|**PDG3XHMCSNP**|HE|
|mechanical padlock|||
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG3XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG3XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMCEP**|H3|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and|**PDG3XHMCENP**|H5|
|mechanical padlock|||



**2** 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG3XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMDSP**|DC|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG3XHMDE**|D1|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG3XHMDEP**|D3|
|9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS245**|—|
|17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG34XHMS445**|—|
|Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79S**|—|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79E**|—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|2|**PDG3XFS02**|**PDG3XFS02HP**|**PDG3XFS02X**|**PDG3XFS02HPX**|
|3|**PDG3XFS03**|**PDG3XFS03HP**|**PDG3XFS03X**|**PDG3XFS03HPX**|
|4|**PDG3XFS04**|**PDG3XFS04HP**|**PDG3XFS04X**|**PDG3XFS04HPX**|
|5|**PDG3XFS05**|**PDG3XFS05HP**|**PDG3XFS05X**|**PDG3XFS05HPX**|
|6|**PDG3XFS06**|**PDG3XFS06HP**|**PDG3XFS06X**|**PDG3XFS06HPX**|
|7|**PDG3XFS07**|**PDG3XFS07HP**|**PDG3XFS07X**|**PDG3XFS07HPX**|
|8|**PDG3XFS08**|**PDG3XFS08HP**|**PDG3XFS08X**|**PDG3XFS08HPX**|
|9|**PDG3XFS09**|**PDG3XFS09HP**|**PDG3XFS09X**|**PDG3XFS09HPX**|
|10|**PDG3XFS10**|**PDG3XFS10HP**|**PDG3XFS10X**|**PDG3XFS10HPX**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-55** 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 3**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|---|---|---|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG3XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG3XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Padlockable handle<br>block|On handle<br>**PDG3XPHB**|—|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left side, Type F1|Left side<br>**PDG3XKLKPSF**<br>Right side|L8|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>right side, Type F1||L9|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left/right side, Type FF1|Left/right side<br>**PDG3XKLKPSFF**|—|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|400 A frame, two-,<br>three- and four-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI234P**|—|
||600 A frame, two- and<br>three-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI23P**|—|
||600 A frame, four-pole<br>**PDG3XWBI4P**|—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP24DC**|RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP60DC**|RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP125DC**|RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG3XROP250DC**|RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP130AC**|RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP240AC**|RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG3XROP440AC**|RC|
|Plug-in breaker<br>base only|Three-pole<br>**PDG3XPIBB3P600A**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XPIBB4P600A**|—|
|Plug-in breaker<br>parts kit|Three-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK3P400A**|—|
||Three-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK3P600A**|—|
||Four-pole, 400 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK4P400A**|—|
||Four-pole, 600 A<br>**PDG3XPIBK4P600A**|—|
|Terminal covers4|Three-pole (400 A frame)<br>**PDG3XTC3P400A**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG3XTC3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XTC4P**|—|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG3XIB**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG3XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XIB4P**|—|
|Finger protection|Three-pole<br>**PDG3XFP3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG3XFP4P**|—|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG3XNCTB0600**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD3**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 3** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|2|5.47 (138.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|3|5.47 (138.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|4|7.22 (182.9)|10.13 (257.1)|4.30 (109.1)|
|**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight**|**in lb (kg)**||
|**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG3 400 A|8.05 (3.65)|11.02 (5.0)|13.77 (6.25)|
|PDG3 600 A|10.43 (4.73)|12.36 (5.61)|16.27 (7.39)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. Kirk keylock sold separately. Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0.375 in (9.525 mm) for F-lock and 0 in (0 mm) for FF-lock. 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** in digits 19-20). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 PDG3 with 0400 or below rating ship from the factory with the 400 A frame terminal cover, but can be fitted with either in the field. 600 A frames, including H250, H400, etc ship with the standard terminal cover. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Base Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric (400 A)|**BMH3M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English (400 A)<br>Two-, three-, four-pole metric (600 A)|**BMH3**<br>**66A4560G03**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-56** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 4** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers|**_Page_**|**2**<br>**2**|
|---|---|---|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**||
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**||
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)||**2**|
|Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .|**V4-T2-58**||
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-63**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-69**<br>**V4-T2-70**<br>**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|**2**<br>**2**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**<br>**V4-T2-104**|**2**|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**<br>**V4-T2-129**|**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 4** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 4 covers a range of 300 A through 800 A with a complete offering of trip units, including PXR electronic trip units and fixedadjustable thermal-magnetic trip units. PD-4 is available in a single 800 A frame. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 4 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and 100% UL ratings. PXR trip units in PD-4 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 4 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-57** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)**_ 

Frame Size 4 covers a range of 320 A through 800 A using electronic trip units, and 300 A through 800 A using thermal-magnetic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**G**||**K**||**M**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|65<br>35||85<br>50||100<br>65||
|600 Vac|18||25||35||
|250 Vdc1|22||22||25||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|55|55|85|85|100|100|
|380–415 Vac|36|36|50|50|70|53|
|440 Vac<br>480 Vac|30<br>25|22.5<br>20|35<br>35|35<br>22.5|50<br>50|40<br>30|
|525 Vac|20|16.5|25|20|30|25|
|660–690 Vac|8|4|10|5|15|7.5|
|250 Vdc1|22|22|22|22|25|25|



## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units (TMTU)—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 3 M 0800 TFA J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 2 = 2-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0300 = 300 A  [2] TFA = Fixed thermal / N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0350 = 350 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole (100% N) M = 65 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A  [2] VFA = 50 °C Fixed thermal /  K = Line only terminals<br>0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0450 = 450 A  [2] Adjustable magnetic  L = Load only terminals<br>6 = 4-pole (60% N) Canada 0500  = 500 A (non UL)<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V 0600  = 600 A<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V 0700  = 700 A<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V 0800 = 800 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[3] 

|**PD**|**G**= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**4** = 4||**2** = 2-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0800** = 800 A||**KNS**= Molded Case Switch|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V|||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings available in thermal-magnetic breakers only. 250 Vdc is achieved using 2 poles in series. 

- 2 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 3 Molded case switch may open above 6000 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-58** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**2** 

**==> picture [504 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 3 M 0800 P2M J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 2 = 2-pole G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A B2N  = PXR 10 LSI  N  = No terminals<br>3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V E##  [1] =PXR 20 J = Line and load terminals<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V D##  [1] =PXR 20D  K = Line only terminals<br>(programmable N) P##  [1] =PXR 25 L = Load only terminals<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**PD**|**F**|= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**4** = 4||**3** = 3-pole<br>**4** =4-pole<br>(programmable N)||**G**= 35 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 600 V||**0800** = 800 A||**B2N**= PXR 10 LSI<br>**E##**1=PXR 20<br>**D##**1=PXR 20D||**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V||||**P##**1=PXR 25||**L** = Load only terminals|
|||||||||**M**= 35 kA at 600 V|||||||



## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

||||||||**PD**<br> **G**<br> **4**<br> **3**<br> **M**<br>|**PD**<br> **G**<br> **4**<br> **3**<br> **M**<br>|**PD**<br> **G**<br> **4**<br> **3**<br> **M**<br>|**0800**<br>|**0800**<br>|**FNN**<br> **J**|**FNN**<br> **J**|**FNN**<br> **J**|**FNN**<br> **J**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||||||||
|**Product Series**||||||||||||||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**<br>**FNN**= Frame Only||||
|**PD**= Power Defense|||||**Frame**<br>**Size**<br> = 4|||||||||||||||
||||||||**Pole**<br>**Options**<br> = 2-pole<br> = 3-pole<br> = 4-pole|||||||||||||
||||||**Frame**<br>**Size**||**Pole**<br>**Options**||**Interrupting**<br>**Ratings**||**Continuous**<br>**Current Ratings**|||||**Trip Unit**<br>**Type Options**||**Standard Terminal**<br>**Options**||
|||||**4**|= 4|**2** <br>**3** <br>**4**|= 2-pole<br> = 3-pole<br> = 4-pole|**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0800**|= 800 A|||||**FNN**= Frame Only||**N**= No terminals||
|||||||||||||||||||||
|||||||||**Canada**<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||||||||||||
|||||||||**Canada**||||||||||||
|||||||||**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||||||||||||



## **Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**PD**|**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**4** = 4||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>||**0800** = 800 A||**FNN**= Frame Only||**N**= No terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V|||||||
|||||||||||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-61** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-59** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

**2** 

PD-4 thermal-magnetic and electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. For two-pole breakers using electronic trip units, three-pole trip units are used. 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [431 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 X TFA 3 0800<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous<br>Standards Size Digit Type Options Options Current Ratings<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 X = Accessory TFA = Fixed Thermal /  2 = 2-pole 0300 = 300 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic 3 = 3-pole 0350 = 350 A  [1]<br>VFA = 50 °C Fixed Thermal /  4 = 4-pole (100% N) 0400 = 400 A  [1]<br>Adjustable Magnetic  0 = 4-pole (0% N) 0450 = 450 A  [1]<br>(non UL) 6 = 4-pole (60% N) 0500 = 500 A<br>0600 = 600 A<br>0700 = 700 A<br>0800 = 800 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 117] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 4 X PXR 3 0800 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 4 = 4 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0800 = 800 A B2N  = PXR 10 LSI<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  E##  [2] =PXR 20<br>(programmable N) D##  [2] =PXR 20D<br>P##  [2] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Not available in 4-pole 60% neutral protection. 

- 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-61** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-60** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**Power Xpert**|**Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options**||
|---|---|---|
|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

- **Relays** —2 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, l Interface: 3 wires ALM2, ALM Common) (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- l Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - l Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU directly from breaker **CAM** —CAM Link connection l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, 3 wires (MODBA, (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - l Interface: 5 wires (refer to CAM IL for details) 

- l No additional modules required 

- l Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- l Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- l Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- l A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

- l Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

- l Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

- l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

- l Interface: 2 wires (Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**800 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 10, PXR 20|1<br>320 A|
||2<br>350 A|
||3<br>400 A|
||4<br>450 A|
||5<br>500 A|
||6<br>550 A|
||7<br>600 A|
||8<br>630 A|
||9<br>700 A|
||10 = ln<br>800 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-61** 

2.2 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 4**_ 

Catalog numbers shown are for a single side of a 3-pole breaker. 

**2** 

For Frame Size 4, terminals are also available in single-pole kits; these are not available in 2-pole or 4-pole configurations, unless otherwise noted. For single terminals, replace **X3** with **X1** on the catalog number. 

_Example_ : PDG4 **X3** TA800 becomes PDG4 **X1** TA800 for a single unit. 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [48 x 49] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [47 x 52] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [45 x 51] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [263 x 22] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PDG4X3TA700 PDG4X3TA800 PDG4X3TA801 PDG4X3TA800RF<br>PDG4X3T600 PDG4X3TA800SW PDG4X3T800<br>PDG4X3TA700CW PDG4X3TA800CW PDG4X3TA801CW<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**<br>**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Included**<br>**Accessories**<br>**Digit 14 Designation**<br>**Factory**<br>**Config.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Range**<br>**Line and**<br>**Load**<br>**Line**<br>**Only**<br>**Load**<br>**Only**|
|**Standard Terminals**|||
|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|1–500<br>42.4–253<br>**PDG4X3TA700**<br>—<br>J<br>K<br>L<br>300–700|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800**<br>—<br>J<br>K<br>L<br>800|
|**Alternate Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG4X3TA801**<br>—<br>T<br>U<br>V<br>300–800|
|**Non-Aluminum Terminals**|||
|600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu|B, C<br>2|2/0–500<br>67.4–238<br>**PDG4X3T600**<br>—<br>W<br>Y<br>Z<br>300–600|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu|B, C<br>3|3/0–300<br>85–152<br>**PDG4X3T800**<br>—<br>W<br>Y<br>Z<br>700–800|
|**StrandAble Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3<br>D, G, H, I,<br>K, M|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800SW**<br>—<br>A<br>B<br>C<br>300–800<br>3/0–300<br>85–152|
|**Control Wire Terminals**|||
|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|1–500<br>42.4–253<br>**PDG4X3TA700CW**<br>—<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>300–700|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–400<br>85–203<br>**PDG4X3TA800CW**<br>—<br>1<br>2<br>3<br>800|
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>2|500–750<br>253–380<br>**PDG4X3TA801CW**<br>—<br>4<br>5<br>6<br>300–800|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**|||
|800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>3|3/0–300<br>85–152<br>**PDG4X3TA800RF**<br>Interphase<br>barriers<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>300–800|
|**Rear Connectors**|||
|800<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG4X3T800RC**<br>—<br>R<br>—<br>—<br>300–800|
|**End Cap Kits/Screw Terminals**|||
|800<br>—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—<br>**PDG4X3TS800**1<br>—<br>S<br>D<br>E<br>300–800|



## _**Notes**_ 

Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

> 1 End cap kits are available in 3-pole and 4-pole configurations only. For 4-pole, use catalog number **PDG4X4TS800** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-62** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **3-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [39 x 42] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Alarm Options**<br>**(1–2 spaces)**1<br>None<br>1NO (1 space)<br>1NC (1 space)<br>1NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>2NO (2 spaces)<br>2NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(4 spaces)**|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|
|||2CO (4 spaces)|
|||4NO (4 spaces)|
|||4NC (4 spaces)|



## **4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [36 x 40] intentionally omitted <==**

|**Tripping**<br>**Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>**A**<br>**(**<br>None<br>N<br>Shunt Trip<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>2<br>UVR<br>2|**larm Options**<br>**1–2 spaces)**1<br>one<br>NO (1 space)<br>NC (1 space)<br>NO/1NC (2 spaces)<br>NO (2 spaces)<br>NC (2 spaces)|**Aux Options**<br>**(6 spaces)**|
|---|---|---|
|||None|
|||1NO (1 space)|
|||1NC (1 space)|
|||1NO/1NC (2 spaces)|
|||2NO (2 spaces)|
|||2NC (2 spaces)|
|||2CO (4 spaces)|
|||4NO (4 spaces)|
|||4NC (4 spaces)|
|||3CO (6 spaces)|
|||6NO (6 spaces)|
|||6NC (6 spaces)|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Frame 4 Power Defense breakers with electronic trip units and communication only have access to one alarm space. Breakers with thermal-magnetic trip units or electronic trip units without communication, have access to two alarm spaces. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-63** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Blocks—Frame Size 4**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for **2** alarm and auxiliary switches in the right pole accessory **2** cavity. For Frame 4, the two left-most positions are used **2** for alarm switches, and the two right-most locations are used for auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of accessories, including alarm and auxiliary switches. 

Power Defense alarm and auxiliary switches are available in contact blocks, in Form A (NO), Form B (NC), and Form C (NO-NC) types. Form A and Form B contacts take one position in the breaker accessory cavity, and Form C contacts take two positions in the cavity. Identical contact blocks are used for the alarm and auxiliary switch functions. 

Electronic breakers with communications options (Modbus RTU or CAM Link) lose one alarm switch position, but are also able to provide trip position via communications and the PXR programmable relays. 

## _**Contact Blocks**_ 

|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**PDGXAA**<br>**PDGXAB**<br>**PDGXAC**|
|---|
|**Type**<br>Form A / NO<br>Form B / NC<br>Form C / NO-NC|



|**Screw Terminal**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXXA**|**PDGXXB**|**PDGXXA + PDGXXB**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|For NO-NC, use two separate|
||||contact blocks|



|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|**Push-In Clamp Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXUA**|**PDGXUB**|**PDGXUC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|
|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m) Contact Blocks for Alarm and Auxiliary Switch Functionality**||||
|**Catalog Number**|**PDGXDA**|**PDGXDB**|**PDGXDC**|
|**Type**|Form A / NO|Form B / NC|Form C / NO-NC|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-64** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 4**_ 

auxiliary switch functionality in digits 15–16 and adhering to the following conditions and tables: 

Alarm and auxiliary switches auxiliary switch functionality are plug-and-play accessories in digits 15–16 and adhering designed to be field to the following conditions installable. However, Eaton and tables: also offers installation service in our factories. l Digit 15 denotes the type of accessory(-ies) installed Breaker catalog numbers and the terminal types with alarm and auxiliary l Switches may be switch combinations require requested for alarm only, a complete 20-digit catalog auxiliary only or a number, adding the alarm and combination of the two 

- l For Eaton factory l If no other accessories are installation, the same type selected, use NNNN for of terminals (i.e., all pigtail the final 4 digits of the 0.75 m, all screw, etc.) catalog number must be used. If a l 

- l Electronic breakers with 

- combination of alarm and communications lose one auxiliary switches is alarm switch position in selected, they must be the order to provide trip status same type (i.e., all 1NC, all via communications. They 1NO/1NC, etc.) do not lose an auxiliary 

- l Digit 16 denotes number position for this purpose. and type (NO, NC) of switches installed 

**2** 

## **Pigtails—29 in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)** 

|**Pigtails—29**|**in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)**|
|---|---|
||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>BC<br>—<br>—<br>CC<br>—<br>—<br>C1<br>—<br>—<br>C4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>BD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CD<br>—<br>—<br>C2<br>—<br>—<br>C5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>BE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>CE<br>—<br>—<br>C3<br>—<br>—<br>C6|
|**Screw Terminals (X, Y, Z)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>XA<br>XB<br>XC<br>XD<br>XE<br>X1<br>X2<br>X3<br>X4<br>X5<br>X6|
||**1NO**<br>YA<br>ZA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>YB<br>—<br>ZB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>YC<br>—<br>—<br>ZC<br>—<br>—<br>Z1<br>—<br>—<br>Z4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>YD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZD<br>—<br>—<br>Z2<br>—<br>—<br>Z5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>YE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>ZE<br>—<br>—<br>Z3<br>—<br>—<br>Z6|
|**Push-In Clamps (U, V, W)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**||
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>DA<br>DB<br>DC<br>DD<br>DE<br>D1<br>D2<br>D3<br>D4<br>D5<br>D6|
||**1NO**<br>EA<br>FA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>EB<br>—<br>FB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>EC<br>—<br>—<br>FC<br>—<br>—<br>F1<br>—<br>—<br>F4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>ED<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FD<br>—<br>—<br>F2<br>—<br>—<br>F5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>EE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>FE<br>—<br>—<br>F3<br>—<br>—<br>F6|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-65** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installation of Alarm and Auxiliary Switches—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Pigtails—118 in / 3.0 m (D, E, F)** 

**2** 

||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>UA<br>UB<br>UC<br>UD<br>UE<br>U1<br>U2<br>U3<br>U4<br>U5<br>U6|
||**1NO**<br>VA<br>WA<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>VB<br>—<br>WB<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||**1NO/1NC**<br>VC<br>—<br>—<br>WC<br>—<br>—<br>W1<br>—<br>—<br>W4<br>—<br>—|
||**2NO**<br>VD<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WD<br>—<br>—<br>W2<br>—<br>—<br>W5<br>—|
||**2NC**<br>VE<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>WE<br>—<br>—<br>W3<br>—<br>—<br>W6|
|**Pigtails—29**|**in / 0.75 m (A, B, C)**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**None**<br>**1NO**<br>**1NC**<br>**1NO/1NC**<br>**2NO**<br>**2NC**<br>**2NO/2NC**<br>**4NO**<br>**4NC**<br>**3NO/3NC**<br>**6NO**<br>**6NC**|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>AA<br>AB<br>AC<br>AD<br>AE<br>A1<br>A2<br>A3<br>A4<br>A5<br>A6|
||**1NO**<br>BA<br>CA<br>—<br>CF<br>CG<br>—<br>CP<br>CQ<br>—<br>CT<br>CU<br>—|
||**1NC**<br>BB<br>—<br>CB<br>CH<br>—<br>CJ<br>CR<br>—<br>CS<br>CV<br>—<br>CW|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

Power Defense breakers have designated positions for shunt trips and undervoltage releases (UVRs) in the left pole accessory cavity. Each breaker has space for one tripping accessory only. 

Power Defense breakers have secondary covers for ease of field installation of tripping accessories. 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG4XST12DCT**|**PDG4XST12DCS**|**PDG4XST12DCR**|
|48 Vdc<br>60 Vdc|**PDG4XST48DCT**<br>**PDG4XST60DCT**|**PDG4XST48DCS**<br>**PDG4XST60DCS**|**PDG4XST48DCR**<br>**PDG4XST60DCR**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG4XST24ACDCT**|**PDG4XST24ACDCS**|**PDG4XST24ACDCR**|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|**PDG4XST130ACDCT**|**PDG4XST130ACDCS**|**PDG4XST130ACDCR**|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|**PDG4XST250ACDCT**|**PDG4XST250ACDCS**|**PDG4XST250ACDCR**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG4XST440ACT**|**PDG4XST440ACS**|**PDG4XST440ACR**|
|480–525 Vac|**PDG4XST525ACT**|**PDG4XST525ACS**|**PDG4XST525ACR**|
|600 Vac|**PDG4XST600ACT**|**PDG4XST600ACS**|**PDG4XST600ACR**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG4XUV12DCV**|**PDG4XUV12DCU**|**PDG4XUV12DCW**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG4XUV24DCV**|**PDG4XUV24DCU**|**PDG4XUV24DCW**|
|48 Vdc|**PDG4XUV48DCV**|**PDG4XUV48DCU**|**PDG4XUV48DCW**|
|60 Vdc|**PDG4XUV60DCV**|**PDG4XUV60DCU**|**PDG4XUV60DCW**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG4XUV125DCV**|**PDG4XUV125DCU**|**PDG4XUV125DCW**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG4XUV250DCV**|**PDG4XUV250DCU**|**PDG4XUV250DCW**|
|24 Vac|**PDG4XUV24ACV**|**PDG4XUV24ACU**|**PDG4XUV24ACW**|
|130 Vac|**PDG4XUV130ACV**|**PDG4XUV130ACU**|**PDG4XUV130ACW**|
|240 Vac|**PDG4XUV240ACV**|**PDG4XUV240ACU**|**PDG4XUV240ACW**|
|440 Vac<br>525 Vac|**PDG4XUV440ACV**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACV**|**PDG4XUV440ACU**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACU**|**PDG4XUV440ACW**<br>**PDG4XUV525ACW**|
|600 Vac|**PDG4XUV600ACV**|**PDG4XUV600ACU**|**PDG4XUV600ACW**|



**Note:** Use PDG4XUV18DCW when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-66** 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## 2.2 

## _**Factory Installed Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

Shunt trips and undervoltage Breaker catalog numbers releases (UVRs) are plug-andwith shunt trips or UVRs play accessories designed to require a complete 20-digit be field installable. However, catalog number, adding the Eaton also offers the service tripping accessory of installation in our factories. functionality in digits 17 and 18 and adhering to the following conditions and tables. 

   - l If no additional accessories are selected, use NN for digits 15-16 and 19-20 of **2** the catalog number 

- l Digit 17 denotes the type of accessory installed and the terminal type 

- l Digit 18 denotes the voltage of the accessory l Each breaker has space for one shunt trip or UVR tripping accessory only 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|TH|SH|RH|
|48 Vdc|TJ|SJ|RJ|
|60 Vdc|TK|SK|RK|
|24 Vac/Vdc|TN|SN|RN|
|110–130 Vac/125 Vdc|TP|SP|RP|
|200–240 Vac/250 Vdc|TR|SR|RR|
|380–440 Vac|TC|SC|RC|
|480–525 Vac|TD|SD|RD|
|600 Vac|TE|SE|RE|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|**Undervoltage**|**Releases (UVRs)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Screw Terminals**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Pigtail (118 in / 3.0 m)**|
|12 Vdc|VH|UH|WH|
|24 Vdc|VG|UG|WG|
|48 Vdc|VJ|UJ|WJ|
|60 Vdc|VK|UK|WK|
|125 Vdc|VL|UL|WL|
|250 Vdc|VM|UM|WM|
|24 Vac|VF|UF|WF|
|130 Vac|VA|UA|WA|
|240 Vac|VB|UB|WB|
|440 Vac|VC|UC|WC|
|525 Vac|VD|UD|WD|
|600 Vac|VE|UE|WE|



**Note:** Use suffix **US** for 18 Vdc when using Time Delay UVR. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-67** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Direct Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/12**|**Factory Installed**|
|**Description**<br>Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**Catalog Number**<br>**PDG4XHMCS**|**Digits 19–20**<br>HA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG4XHMCSN**|HB|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCSP**|HC|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and|**PDG4XHMCSNP**|HE|
|mechanical padlock|||
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG4XHMCE**|H1|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock|**PDG4XHMCEN**|H2|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCEP**|H3|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with door interlock and<br>mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMCENP**|H5|



## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**[1] 

|**Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG4XHMDS**|DA|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock|**PDG4XHMDSP**|DC|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG4XHMDE**|D1|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism with mechanical padlock<br>9 in (245 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG4XHMDEP**<br>**PDG34XHMS245**|D3<br>—|
|17 in (445 mm) handle mechanism shaft<br>Standard NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHMS445**<br>**PDG34XHM79S**|—<br>—|
|Emergency NFPA79-compliant shaft handle|**PDG34XHM79E**|—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**Metal Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|**High Performance Handle,**<br>**NEMA 4/4X**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4|**PDG4XFS04**|**PDG4XFS04HP**|**PDG4XFS04X**|**PDG4XFS04HPX**|
|5<br>6|**PDG4XFS05**<br>**PDG4XFS06**|**PDG4XFS05HP**<br>**PDG4XFS06HP**|**PDG4XFS05X**<br>**PDG4XFS06X**|**PDG4XFS05HPX**<br>**PDG4XFS06HPX**|
|10|**PDG4XFS10**|**PDG4XFS10HP**|**PDG4XFS10X**|**PDG4XFS10HPX**|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 Standard handles are black and gray; Emergency handles are red and yellow. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-68** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Accessories—Frame Size 4**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|---|---|---|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG4XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG4XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Padlockable handle<br>block|On handle<br>**PDG4XPHB**|—|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>left side1|Left side<br>**PDG4XKLKPSF**<br>Right side|L8|
|Kirk lock provision—<br>right side1||L9|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|Two-, three-, and four-pole<br>**PDG4XWBI234P**|—|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP24DC**|RG|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP60DC**|RJ or RK|
||125 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP125DC**|RL|
||250 Vdc<br>**PDG4XROP250DC**|RM|
||110–130 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP130AC**|RA|
||200–240 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP240AC**|RB|
||380–440 Vac<br>**PDG4XROP440AC**|RC|
|Interphase barriers|Single-pole<br>**PDG4XIB**|—|
||Three-pole<br>**PDG4XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG4XIB4P**|—|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar Type<br>**PDG4XNCTB0800**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD4**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 4** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|2<br>3|8.25 (209.6)<br>8.25 (209.6)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|4.38 (111.2)<br>4.38 (111.2)|
|4|11.0 (279.4)|16 (406.4)|4.38 (111.2)|
|**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight**|**in lb (kg)**||
|**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
|PDG4 800 A|30 (13.6)|30 (13.6)|39.9 (18.08)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0.375 in (9.525 mm). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix **WB** ). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

**2** 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Base Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**BMH4M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English|**BMH4**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-69** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

**Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 5** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers|**_Page_**|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)|**V4-T2-29**<br>**V4-T2-42**<br>**V4-T2-57**|
|Catalog Number / Product Selection . . . . . .|**V4-T2-71**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-76**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-78**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**<br>**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**<br> **V4-T2-104**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <br>Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**<br> **V4-T2-129**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 5** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 5 covers a global range of 320 A through 1200 A with a complete offering of advanced PXR electronic trip units. It includes two frame sizes of 800 A and 1200 A. Additionally, PD-5 has a 1600 A IEC (CE) and GB (CCC) frame that covers 800 A through 1600 A. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 5 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection, 100% UL ratings, high interrupting capacity and high instantaneous settings for selective coordination. PXR trip units in PD-5 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 5 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-70** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) for UL/CSA and 320–1600 A for IEC/CCC)**_ 

Frame Size 5 covers a range of 320 A through 1200 A using electronic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. Additionally, an IEC / CCC option is available for 1600 A, with selectable ratings from 800 A through 1600 A. 

**2** 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||**T**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac<br>480 Vac|85<br>50||100<br>65||150<br>85||200<br>100||200<br>150||
|600 Vac|25||35||50||65||65||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|85|85|100|100|150|100|200|150|—|—|
|380–415 Vac|50|50|70|53|70|50|100|50|—|—|
|440 Vac|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|—|—|
|480 Vac<br>525 Vac|35<br>25|22.5<br>20|50<br>30|30<br>25|65<br>35|40<br>25|85<br>40|40<br>25|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|660–690 Vac|10|5|15|7.5|20|10|35|18|—|—|



## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 2 = 2-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A E##  [1] =PXR 20 N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1200 = 1200 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D  tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole  N  = 85 kA at 480 V P##  [1] =PXR 25 M = No terminals (metric<br>(programmable N) P = 100 kA at 480 V tapped conductors)<br>Canada<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**PD F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **5** = 5 **3** = 3-pole **K** = 50 kA at 480 V **0800** = 800 A **E##**[1] =PXR 20 **N** = No terminals (imperial (100% UL Rated) **4** = 4-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **1200** = 1200 A **D##**[1] =PXR 20D tapped conductors) (programmable N) **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **P##**[1] =PXR 25 **M** = No terminals (metric **P** = 100 kA at 480 V tapped conductors) **K** = 25 kA at 600 V **M** = 35 kA at 600 V **N** = 50 kA at 600 V **P** = 65 kA at 600 V 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU (150 kA at 480 V / 65 kA at 600 V)—UL/CSA Rated** 

**PD J** = UL/CSA **5** = 5 **3** = 3-pole **T** = 150 kA at 480 V **0800** = 800 A **E##**[1] =PXR 20 **N** = No terminals (imperial **D##**[1] =PXR 20D tapped conductors) **T** = 65 kA at 600 V **P##**[1] =PXR 25 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-71** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

**2** 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[1] 

**==> picture [504 x 115] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 3 M 1200 P2M N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A KNS  = Molded Case Switch N  = No terminals (imperial<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V 1200 = 1200 A tapped conductors)<br>M = No terminals (metric<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V tapped conductors)<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers—IEC/CCC Rated (only available as a complete breaker)** 

**==> picture [504 x 42] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD C = IEC/CCC 5 = 5 3 = 3-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A E##  [2] =PXR 20 M = Front connect<br>4 = 4-pole  M = 65 kA at 480 V D##  [2] =PXR 20D  conductor extensions<br>P##  [2] =PXR 25 included (metric)<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V R = Rear connectors<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V included<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 3 M 1200 FNN N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 2 = 2-pole K = 50 kA at 480 V 0800 = 800 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1200 = 1200 A tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V M = No terminals (metric<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V tapped conductors)<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**PD**|**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**5** = 5||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>|**0800** = 800 A<br>||**FNN**= Frame Only|**N**= No terminals (imperial<br>tapped conductors)<br>**M**= No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>|**1200** = 1200 A||||
||||||||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||
|||||||||||||
||||||||**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V<br>**N**= 50 kA at 600 V<br>**P** = 65 kA at 600 V|||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Molded case switch may open above 14,000 A. 

> 2 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-72** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Trip Units**_ 

PD-5 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each frame rating (800 A, 1200 A, and 1600 A—IEC only) must use trip units of the same rating. Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used. 

**2** 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 5 X PXR 3 1200 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 5 = 5 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 0800 = 800 A E##  [1] =PXR 20<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  1200 = 1200 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D<br>(programmable N) P##  [1] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-74** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-73** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

**2** 

|**Power Xpert**|**Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options**||
|---|---|---|
|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

- **Relays** —3 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

   - l Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- l Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - l Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- l Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XRELAYS** ) 

**CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU l Interface: 5 wires (refer to directly from breaker CAM IL for details) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - l Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

- l No additional modules required 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- l Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- l Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- l A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - l Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

   - l Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - l Interface: 2 wires (Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- l Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XMODRTU** ) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)** 

||**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**|
|---|---|
|**Option**|**Setting**<br>**0800**<br>**800 A**<br>**1200**<br>**1200 A**<br>**1600**<br>**1600 A**<br>**(IEC only)**|
|PXR 20|1<br>320 A<br>500 A<br>800 A|
||2<br>350 A<br>550 A<br>900 A|
||3<br>400 A<br>600 A<br>1000 A|
||4<br>450 A<br>630 A<br>1100 A|
||5<br>500 A<br>700 A<br>1200 A|
||6<br>550 A<br>800 A<br>1250 A|
||7<br>600 A<br>900 A<br>1300 A|
||8<br>630 A<br>1000 A<br>1400 A|
||9<br>700 A<br>1100 A<br>1500 A|
||10 = ln<br>800 A<br>1200 A<br>1600 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-74** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 5**_ 

Terminals for Frame 5 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified. To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals. 

**Terminal Types** 

**PDG5X1T700 PDG5X1TA700 PDG5X1TA1000 PDG5X1T1000 PDG5X1TA1200 PDG5X1TA1201 PDG5X1TA700CW PDG5X1TA1000CW PDG5X1TA1200CW PDG5X1TA1201CW PDG5X1TA1200SW PDG5X1T1200** 

**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Terminals**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire**<br>**Class**|**Number of**<br>**Conductors**<br>**per Phase**|**AWG / kcmil**<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**Metric (mm2) **<br>**Range per**<br>**Conductor**|**3-Pole**<br>**Catalog Number**1|**Hardware Included**|
|**Aluminum Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|1–500|42.4–253|**PDG5X1TA700**|Imperial|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1TA1000**|Imperial|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|4<br>3|4/0–500<br>500–750|107–253<br>253–380|**PDG5X1TA1200**<br>**PDG5X1TA1201**|Imperial<br>Imperial|
|**Copper Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Copper|Cu|B, C|2|2/0–500|67.4–253|**PDG5X1T700**|Imperial|
|1000|Copper|Cu|B, C|3|3/0–500|85–253|**PDG5X1T1000**|Imperial|
|1200<br>Copper<br>**StrandAble Terminal Options**||Cu|B, C|4|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1T1200**|Imperial|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C<br>D, G, H, I, K, M|4|4/0–500<br>4/0–350|107–253<br>107–177|**PDG5X1TA1200SW**|Imperial|
|**Control Wire Terminal Options**|||||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|2|1–500|42.4–253|**PDG5X1TA700CW**|Imperial|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|3|3/0–400|85–203|**PDG5X1TA1000CW**|Imperial|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|B, C<br>B, C|4<br>3|4/0–500<br>500–750|107–253<br>253–380|**PDG5X1TA1200CW**<br>**PDG5X1TA1201CW**|Imperial<br>Imperial|
|**Conductor Extensions**23|||||||||
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G01**|Imperial 2-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G02**|Imperial 3-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G05**|Imperial 4-pole|
|1200|—|—|—|—|—|—|**5104A24G03**|Metric 2-pole|
|1200<br>1200|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|**5104A24G04**<br>**5104A24G06**|Metric 3-pole<br>Metric 4-pole|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Add M at end for metric hardware. 

> 2 Included with 100% rated breaker. 

> 3 Kits include conductors for both sides of the breaker (e.g., 6 conductors for a 3-pole breaker). Order quantity 1 per breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-75** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **3- and 4-Pole Circuit Breakers** 

|**Tripping Accessory**<br>**Options**<br>None<br>Shunt Trip<br>UVR|**Left Pole**<br>None<br>Bell Alarm Options1<br>Auxiliary Switch Options1<br>Alarm and Auxiliary<br>Combination Options1|**Right Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|||Bell Alarm Options1|
|||Auxiliary Switch Options1|
|||Bell and Auxiliary<br>Combination Options1|



**==> picture [33 x 34] intentionally omitted <==**

## _**Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Alarms and Auxiliary Switches** 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**3 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>**—**<br>**PDG5X1AC**<br>**PDG5X2AC**<br>**PDG5XL3AC**|
|||Right<br>**—**<br>**PDG5X1AC**<br>**PDG5X2AC**<br>**PDG5XR3AC**|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>**PDG5XL1BC**<br>**PDG5XL1AC1BC**<br>**PDG5XL2AC1BC**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XR1BC**<br>**PDG5XR1AC1BC**<br>**PDG5XR2AC1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>**PDG5XL2BC**<br>**PDG5XL1AC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XR2BC**<br>**PDG5XR1AC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units**[2] 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRCBSM**<br>**PDG5XRC1AC**<br>**PDG5XRC2AC**|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRC1BC**<br>**PDG5XRC1AC1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||Right<br>**PDG5XRC2BC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 See Indicating Accessories tables for options. 

- 2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a communication indicator in the right pole. Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-76** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Factory Installed Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 5**_[1] 

## **Alarms and Auxiliary Switches** 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**3 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>A4|
|||Right<br>NN<br>AC<br>A1<br>—|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>BC<br>CC<br>C1<br>—|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>B1<br>CX<br>—<br>—|



**2** 

**Alarm and Auxiliary Switches for Breakers with Communicating Trip Units**[2] 

|||**Auxiliary Switch**<br>**None**<br>**None**<br>**1 Form C**<br>**2 Form C**|
|---|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**|**None**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>NN<br>AC<br>A1|
||**1 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>BC<br>CC<br>—|
||**2 Form C**|Left<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||Right<br>B1<br>—<br>—|



## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**|||
|---|---|---|
|||**Factory Installed**|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG5XST60DCS**|**SK**|
|110–125 Vdc|**PDG5XST125DCS**|**SL**|
|220–250 Vdc|**PDG5XST250DCS**|**SM**|
|24 Vac/Vdc|**PDG5XST24ACDCS**|**SN**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG5XST60ACS**|**ST**|
|110–240 Vac|**PDG5XST240ACS**|**SA**or**SB**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG5XST440ACS**|**SC**|
|480–600 Vac|**PDG5XST600ACS**|**SD**or**SE**|



## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|||**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG5XUV12DCU**|**UH**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG5XUV24DCU**|**UG**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG5XUV60DCU**|**UJ**or**UK**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG5XUV125DCU**|**UL**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG5XUV250DCU**|**UM**|
|12 Vac|**PDG5XUV12ACU**|**UU**|
|24 Vac|**PDG5XUV24ACU**|**UF**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG5XUV60ACU**|**UT**|
|110–127 Vac|**PDG5XUV120ACU**|**UA**|
|208–240 Vac|**PDG5XUV240ACU**|**UB**|
|380–500 Vac|**PDG5XUV480ACU**|**UC**or**UV**|



**Note:** Use PDG5XUV18DCU (Suffix US) when using Time Delay UVR. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Factory installation of indicating accessories available for the right pole only. Left pole accessories may be field installed. 

> 2 All electronic trip units configured with communication will automatically include a Communication Indicator in the right pole. Up to two additional Form C contacts are available for external indication in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-77** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Size 5**_ 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG5XHMDS**|DA|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism<br>12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG5XHMDE**<br>**PDG56XHMS305**|D1<br>—|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4 ft|**PDG5XFS04**|**PDG5XFS04HP**|**PDG5XFS04X**|**PDG5XFS04HPX**|
|5 ft|**PDG5XFS05**|**PDG5XFS05HP**|**PDG5XFS05X**|**PDG5XFS05HPX**|
|6 ft|**PDG5XFS06**|**PDG5XFS06HP**|**PDG5XFS06X**|**PDG5XFS06HPX**|
|10 ft|**PDG5XFS10**|**PDG5XFS10HP**|**PDG5XFS10X**|**PDG5XFS10HPX**|



## _**External Accessories—Frame Size 5**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Padlockable hasp|Left-side<br>**PDG5XPLKS**<br>Right-side|L5|
|||L6|
|Padlockable hasp|Top<br>**PDG5XPLKT**|L4|
|Padlockable hasp,<br>OFF only|Top<br>**PDG5XPLKTOFF**|L1|
|Non-padlockable<br>handle block|Field<br>**PDG5XHB**|—|
|Kirk key interlock kit1|Left-side<br>**PDG5XKLKPSF**<br>Right-side|L8|
|||L9|
|Walking beam<br>interlock23|Three- or four-pole<br>**PDG5XWBI34P**|WB4|
|Electrical operator|24 Vdc<br>**EOP5T21**|MG|
||48 Vdc<br>**EOP5T22**|MJ|
||125 Vdc<br>**EOP5T26**|ML|
||120 Vac<br>**EOP5T07**|MA|
||208 Vac<br>**EOP5T09**|MY|
||240 Vac<br>**EOP5T11**|MB|
||480 Vac<br>**EOP5T15**|MD|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG5XNCTB1200**|—|
|Interphase barriers|Three-pole<br>**PDG5XIB3P**|—|
||Four-pole<br>**PDG5XIB4P**|—|
|Terminal covers|Three-pole<br>**PDG5XTC3P**|—|
|Service entrance<br>barrier kit|Three-pole<br>**PRLSEBPD5**|—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 5** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

||**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||2<br>3|8.25 (209.5)<br>8.25 (209.5)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)<br>5.50 (139.7)|
||4|11.13 (282.7)|16 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
||**Approximate**|**Shipping Weight**|**in lb (kg)**||
||**Breaker Type**<br>PDG5 800, 1200<br>and 1600 A|**2-Pole**<br>46.8 (21.30)|**3-Pole**<br>46.8 (21.30)|**4-Pole**<br>58 (26.31)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 0.375 in (9.525 mm). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix “WB”). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 Modification code for walking beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory must be ordered separate. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware** 

|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|Two-, three-, four-pole metric|**BMH5M**|
|Two-, three-, four-pole English|**BMH5**|



**Note:** Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**V4-T2-78 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 6** 

## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers<br>Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-22**|**2**<br>**2**|
|---|---|---|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|**2**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**||
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|**2**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**||
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)||**2**|
|Catalog Number / Product Selection  . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-80**<br>**V4-T2-84**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-86**<br>**V4-T2-87**|**2**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .<br>Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-98**<br>**V4-T2-104**|**2**|
|Communications and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**<br>**V4-T2-129**|**2**|



## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Frame Size 6** 

## **Product Description** 

Frame Size 6 covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A with a complete offering of advanced PXR electronic trip units. It includes three frame sizes of 1600 A, 2000 A and 2500 A. 

## **Application Description** 

Frame Size 6 can be used to meet a wide range of circuit protection and power distribution needs, including ground fault protection and 100% UL ratings. PXR trip units in PD-6 provide all levels of protection, including energy metering with multiple communication schemes, breaker health indication and arc flash reduction options. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Frame Size 6 breakers are modular and available as complete breakers from the factory or as modular components, including frames, trip units, accessories and terminals to provide flexibility for customers. PXR trip units are available with advanced features to provide customers unparalleled situational awareness of their electrical system. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Power Defense breakers are designed and tested to meet stringent requirements for: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-79** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number / Product Selection** 

## _**Power Defense—Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)**_ 

**2** 

Frame Size 6 covers a range of 700 A through 2500 A using electronic trip units. It is available in configurations of 2-pole, 3-pole and 4-pole, with the 2-pole being in the same physical size of a 3-pole variant. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>125||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|65||85||100||
|600 Vac|35||50||65||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|135|100|150|100|200|100|
|380–415 Vac|70|53|70|53|100|53|
|440 Vac<br>480 Vac|50<br>50|40<br>30|70<br>65|50<br>40|100<br>85|50<br>40|
|525 Vac|30|25|35|25|40|25|
|660–690 Vac|15|7.5|20|13|35|18|



## _**Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 3 M 2500 P2M N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 2 = 2-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A E##  [1] =PXR 20 N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V 2000 = 2000 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D  tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole  P = 100 kA at 480 V 2500 = 2500 A P##  [1] =PXR 25 M = No terminals (metric<br>(programmable N) tapped conductors)<br>Canada<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Molded Case Circuit Breakers with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

**PD F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **6** = 6 **3** = 3-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **1600** = 1600 A **E##**[1] =PXR 20 **N** = No terminals (imperial (100% UL Rated) **4** = 4-pole **N** = 85 kA at 480 V **2000** = 2000 A **D##**[1] =PXR 20D tapped conductors) (programmable N) **P** = 100 kA at 480 V **P##**[1] =PXR 25 **M** = No terminals (metric tapped conductors) **M** = 35 kA at 600 V **N** = 50 kA at 600 V **P** = 65 kA at 600 V 

## **Molded Case Switches—Globally Rated**[2] 

**PD G** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC **6** = 6 **3** = 3-pole **M** = 65 kA at 480 V **1600** = 1600 A **KNS** = Molded Case Switch **N** = No terminals (imperial **4** = 4-pole **2000** = 2000 A tapped conductors) **M** = 35 kA at 600 V **M** = No terminals (metric tapped conductors) 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 See tables and descriptions on **Page V4-T2-82** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

- 2 Molded case switch may open above 17,500 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-80** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each Frame Only device is marked with interrupting ratings and a maximum continuous current rating; each trip unit is also marked with a maximum continuous current rating, which must not exceed that of the frame. Additionally, 100% UL Rated frames are marked as such on the Frame Only device. This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

**2** 

## **Frame Only—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [504 x 139] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 3 M 2500 FNN N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 2 = 2-pole M = 65 kA at 480 V 1600 = 1600 A FNN  = Frame Only N  = No terminals (imperial<br>3 = 3-pole N  = 85 kA at 480 V 2000 = 2000 A tapped conductors)<br>4 = 4-pole P = 100 kA at 480 V 2500 = 2500 A M = No terminals (metric<br>tapped conductors)<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Only—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**PD**|**F** = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC<br>(100% UL Rated)||**6** = 6||**3** = 3-pole<br>||**M**= 65 kA at 480 V<br>|**1600** = 1600 A<br>||**FNN**= Frame Only|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**4** = 4-pole||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V<br>|**2000** = 2000 A|||
||||||||**P** = 100 kA at 480 V||||
||||||||||||
||||||||**M**= 35 kA at 600 V<br>**N**= 50 kA at 600 V<br>**P** = 65 kA at 600 V||||



## _**Trip Units**_ 

PD-6 electronic breakers may also be purchased as separate frames, trip units, terminals, and accessories for field configuration of a final breaker. Each frame rating (1600 A, 2000 A, and 2500 A) must use trip units of the same rating. Additionally, for two-pole breakers, three-pole trip units are used. 

PDG designated trip units are for use with PDG and PDF breaker frames. The 100% rating for PDF (100% UL Rated) is marked on the frame, not the trip unit. 

## _**Trip Units Only**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

## _**Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [503 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 6 X PXR 3 2500 E2N<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame Separator  Trip Unit Pole Continuous Trip Unit<br>Standards Size Digit Type Designator Options Current Ratings Type and Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 6 = 6 X = Accessory PXR = Power Xpert Release  3 = 3-pole 1600 = 1600 A E##  [1] =PXR 20<br>Trip Unit 4 = 4-pole  2000 = 2000 A D##  [1] =PXR 20D<br>(programmable N) 2500 = 2500 A P##  [1] =PXR 25<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

- 1 See PXR Trip Unit Options table on **Page V4-T2-82** for protection type ( **#(1)** ) and available configured options ( **#(2)** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-81** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Globally Rated Frame Only**_ 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

**2** 

|**Power Xpert**|**Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options**||
|---|---|---|
|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 20<br>**E**<br>PXR 20D<br>**D**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSI with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**LSIG with**<br>**ARMS**<br>**2**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**<br>**2**<br>**3**<br>**4**<br>**5**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**—**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|||**N**<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**R**<br>**M**<br>**Z**<br>**C**<br>**W**<br>**X**<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|
|||—<br>—<br>**M**<br>—<br>—<br>**W**<br>—<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking 

- **Relays** —3 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, ALM2, ALM Common) 

   - l Interface: 3 wires (Zin, Zout, Zcomm) 

- l Programmable to indicate breaker conditions 

   - l Includes ability to turn ON and OFF, and indicate signals 

- l Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XRELAYS** ) 

**CAM** —CAM Link connection (requires a CAM module per breaker) 

**Modbus** —Modbus RTU 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU l Interface: 5 wires (refer to directly from breaker CAM IL for details) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, MODBB, MODBG) 

   - l Communications Adapter Modules available for Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

- l No additional modules required 

**ARMS** —Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System, or Maintenance Mode 

- l Available as trip unit Protection Type 4 or 5 

- l Interface: Switch and LED on face of trip unit and two wires for remote switch enable option (24 Vdc required) 

- l A programmable relay will be factory defaulted to remote indication of ARMS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - l Connection included with all PXR 20, 20D, and 25 trip units 

   - l Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - l Interface: 2 wires (Aux + 24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- l Available as field-installable option if not pre-configured (catalog number **PDG56XMODRTU** ) 

## **Available Continuous Current (lr) Settings on PXR Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Catalog Number Selection and Maximum Setting (ln)**<br>**Setting**<br>**1600**<br>**1600 A**<br>**2000**<br>**2000 A**<br>**2500**<br>**2500 A**|
|---|---|
|PXR 20|1<br>700 A<br>1000 A<br>1600 A|
||2<br>800 A<br>1100 A<br>1700 A|
||3<br>900 A<br>1200 A<br>1800 A|
||4<br>1000 A<br>1250 A<br>1900 A|
||5<br>1100 A<br>1400 A<br>2000 A|
||6<br>1200 A<br>1600 A<br>2100 A|
||7<br>1250 A<br>1700 A<br>2200 A|
||8<br>1400 A<br>1800 A<br>2300 A|
||9<br>1500 A<br>1900 A<br>2400 A|
||10 = ln<br>1600 A<br>2000 A<br>2500 A|
|PXR 20D, PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 10 A increments.|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-82** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 6**_ 

Terminals for Frame 6 are available as single terminals only, unless otherwise specified. To configure both line and load of a 3-pole breaker, order quantity 6 terminals. 

## **Terminal Types** 

**==> picture [355 x 22] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PDG6X1TA1600 PDG6X3TA2000 PDG6X1T1600 PDG6X1T2000RC<br>PDG6X1T2500RC<br>PDF6X1T2000RC<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Note:** Pictures are for reference only. 

## **Terminals** 

|**Maximum**||||**Number of**|**AWG / kcmil**|**Metric (mm2) **|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Terminal**|**Wire**|**Wire**|**Conductors**|**Range per**|**Range per**|**3-Pole**||
|**Amperes**|**Body Type**|**Type**|**Class**|**per Phase**|**Conductor**|**Conductor**|**Catalog Number**1|**Hardware Included**|
|**Aluminum Terminal Options**|**Aluminum Terminal Options**||||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|4|500–1000|253–507|**PDG6X1TA1600**|Imperial|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|B, C|6|2–600|33.6 –304|**PDG6X3TA2000**2|Imperial bus connection|
|**Copper Terminal Options**|||||||||
|1600|Copper|Cu|B, C|4|1–600|42.4–304|**PDG6X1T1600**|Imperial|
|**Rear Connectors**3|||||||||
|2000|Copper||||||**PDG6X1T2000RC**|Imperial|
|2000|Copper||||||**PDF6X1T2000RC**4|Imperial|
|2500|Copper||||||**PDG6X1T2500RC**|Imperial|



**Note:** Wire capacity is based on standard imperial wire sizes; metric sizes provided in table are a direct conversion to demonstrate maximum capacity, not to denote metric wire sizes. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Add **M** at end for metric hardware. 

> 2 Only available for 3-pole breaker; order quantity 1 per breaker side, or quantity 2 per breaker. 

> 3 Kit includes one conductor and hardware; order quantity 6 for both sides of a 3-pole breaker. 

> 4 Included with 100% rated breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-83** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Internal Accessory Configurations—Frame Size 6**_ 

All Frame 6 accessories are installed in an internal pocket to the right of the breaker handle. 

## **Internal Accessory** 

|**Internal Accessory**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Accessory**<br>**Slot 1 Options**<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 1 Options**<br>None<br>Shunt trip<br>Alarm switch<br>—|**Accessory**<br>**Slot 2 Options**<br>None<br>2 Form C<br>**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 2 Options**<br>None<br>Shunt trip<br>UVR<br>Alarm switch|**Lower Accessory**<br>**Slot 3 Options**|
|||None|
|||UVR|
|||Alarm switch|
|||—|



## _**Indicating Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

**Indicating Accessories**[12] 

||**Alarm Switch**<br>**Auxiliary Switch**|
|---|---|
||**1 Form C**<br>**PDG6X1BC**<br>**—**|
||**2 Form C**<br>**PDG6X2BC**<br>**PDG6X2AC**|
||**4 Form C**<br>**—**<br>**PDG6X4AC**|



## **Factory Installed Indicating Accessories** 

## **Auxiliary** 

||**Auxiliary**|
|---|---|
||**None**<br>**2 Form C**<br>**4 Form C**|
|**Alarm switch**|**None**<br>NN<br>A1<br>A7|
||**1 Form C**<br>BC<br>C1<br>C9|
||**2 Form C**<br>B1<br>CY<br>CZ|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 All PDG6 indicating accessories come with 29 in/0.75 m pigtails. 

- 2 All PDG6 indicating accessories are installed in the accessory pocket to the right of the breaker handle. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-84** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Tripping Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

## **Shunt Trips** 

|**Shunt Trips**|||
|---|---|---|
|||**Factory Installed**|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG6XST60DCS**|**SK**|
|110–125 Vdc|**PDG6XST125DCS**|**SL**|
|220–250 Vdc|**PDG6XST250DCS**|**SM**|
|24 Vac/ Vdc|**PDG6XST24ACDCS**|**SN**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG6XST60ACS**|**ST**|
|110–240 Vac|**PDG6XST240ACS**|**SA**or**SB**|
|380–440 Vac|**PDG6XST440ACS**|**SC**|
|480–600 Vac|**PDG6XST600ACS**|**SD**or**SE**|



**2** 

## **Undervoltage Releases (UVRs)** 

|||**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Pigtail (29 in / 0.75 m)**|**Catalog Number (Digit 17–18)**|
|12 Vdc|**PDG6XUV12DCU**|**UH**|
|24 Vdc|**PDG6XUV24DCU**|**UG**|
|48–60 Vdc|**PDG6XUV60DCU**|**UJ**or**UK**|
|125 Vdc|**PDG6XUV125DCU**|**UL**|
|250 Vdc|**PDG6XUV250DCU**|**UM**|
|12 Vac|**PDG6XUV12ACU**|**UU**|
|24 Vac|**PDG6XUV24ACU**|**UF**|
|48–60 Vac|**PDG6XUV60ACU**|**UT**|
|110–127 Vac|**PDG6XUV120ACU**|**UA**|
|208–240 Vac|**PDG6XUV240ACU**|**UB**|
|380–500 Vac|**PDG6XUV480ACU**|**UC**or**UV**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-85** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms—Size 6**_ 

## **Variable Depth Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**NEMA 1/3R/12/4/4X**|**Factory Installed**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|**Digits 19–20**|
|Standard lockable handle and mechanism|**PDG6XHMDS**|**DA**|
|Emergency lockable handle and mechanism<br>12 in (305 mm) handle mechanism shaft|**PDG6XHMDE**<br>**PDG56XHMS305**|**D1**<br>**—**|



## **Flex Shaft Handle Mechanism** 

||**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|**Metal Handle,**|**High Performance Handle,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 1/3R/12**|**NEMA 4/4X**|**NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Cable Length (ft)**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|4 ft|**PDG6XFS04**|**PDG6XFS04HP**|**PDG6XFS04X**|**PDG6XFS04HPX**|
|5 ft|**PDG6XFS05**|**PDG6XFS05HP**|**PDG6XFS05X**|**PDG6XFS05HPX**|
|6 ft|**PDG6XFS06**|**PDG6XFS06HP**|**PDG6XFS06X**|**PDG6XFS06HPX**|



## _**External Accessories—Frame Size 6**_ 

## **External Accessories** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Fit Type**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Installed**<br>**Digits 19–20**|
|Padlockable hasp|Right<br>**PDG6XPLKR**<br>**L6**|
|Padlockable hasp, OFF only|Right<br>**PDG6XPLKROFF**<br>**L3**|
|Kirk key interlock kit1|Right<br>**PDG6XKLKPRF**<br>**L9**|
|Walking beam interlock23|Three-pole<br>**PDG6XWBI3P**<br>**WB**4|
|Electrical operator|48 Vdc<br>**EOP6T21K**<br>**MJ**|
||120 Vac<br>**EOP6T08K**<br>**MA**|
||240 Vac<br>**EOP6T11K**<br>**MB**|
|Neutral CTs for<br>ground fault (PXR)|Bus bar type<br>**PDG6XNCTB2500**<br>—|



## **Dimensions and Weights—Frame Size 6** 

## **Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)** 

||**Number of Poles**<br>2|**Width**<br>15.5 (393.7)|**Height**<br>16 (406.4)|**Depth**<br>9.75 (247.7)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||3<br>4|15.5 (393.7)<br>20 (508.0)|16 (406.4)<br>16 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



||**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**|**Approximate Shipping Weight in lb (kg)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Breaker Type**|**2-Pole**|**3-Pole**|**4-Pole**|
||PDG6 1600 and 2000 A|102 (46.3)|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
||PDG6 2500 A|135 (61.2)|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Provision only. For use with Type F Kirk keylock (sold separately). Bolt projection in withdrawn position is 1.00 in (25.4 mm). 

- 2 Breaker must be ordered with walking beam interlock ready modification from plant (factory suffix “WB”). 

- 3 Requires two breakers. 

- 4 Modification code for Walking Beam denotes modification to the breaker; accessory must be ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-86** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A)** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Motor Circuit Protectors** 

**2** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

## _**Application Description**_ 

> Motor circuit protectors (MCPs) MCPs are designed to be are instantaneous-only used in combination with devices available in ratings motor starters. Power from 3 A to 600 A. Power Defense MCPs are typically Defense MCPs are available used in combination with in Frame Sizes 1, 2 and 3, and motor starters, usually NEMA are designated by the trip unit sizes 0 through 6. Each MCP digits in the catalog number device is calibrated at a 

> (Digits 11–13), always use minimum for six trip settings M as Digit 11. Digit 12 to provide flexibility in its designates the calibration application. Typical motor full (S = Standard, H = High, load currents and NEMA L = Low), and always use starter sizes are provided for A as Digit 13 to indicate an each device and setting, only adjustable instantaneous as a guide for selecting setting. MCPs; actual motor characteristics and design parameters must be used to determine the adequate device and setting to be used in the application. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

Power Defense MCPs are of a modular design, with fieldinstallable accessories and terminals. Accessories and terminals for MCPs are common with the accessories used for the equivalent frame size molded case circuit breaker. Accessories may be field or factory installed. For factory installation, follow the same catalog numbering guidelines provided for the respective equivalent circuit breaker frame. 

## _**Standards and Certifications**_ 

MCPs are UL Recognized Components (UL File E7819) and comply with the applicable requirements of the UL 489 standard. Eaton MCPs are also UL Listed in combination with Eaton motor starters under various UL file number; reference UL’s website for additional information. 

MCPs are also designed to comply with CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5, IEC 60947-2 (Annex O), and GB 14048.2. As such, they carry the following markings: 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

> l IEC (CE) 

> l CB (CCC) 

**==> picture [66 x 61] intentionally omitted <==**

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-87** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Frame Size 1 Product Selection**_ 

PDG1 MCPs cover a continuous current range **2** of 3 A through 100 A, with trip calibration settings from **2** 9 A through 1100 A. All devices are a 3-pole **2** configuration and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) **2** instantaneous trip circuit breaker. 

PDG1 MCPs include six trip settings, corresponding to 3x through 11x of the continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate CAM settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 100 A device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating, and includes settings corresponding to 5x to 15x of the continuous ampere rating of the device. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load steel terminals (Digit 14 = J). For aluminum terminals, use T in Digit 14 of the catalog number. 

Terminal catalog numbers listed in the table are for one side of the MCP; order 2 sets for line and load if ordering separate. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

- l 600Y/347 Vac 

- l 480 Vac 

- l 250 Vdc 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

||240<br>415<br>690|Vac<br>Vac<br>Vac|**Icu**<br>5<br>5<br>3|**Ics**<br>5<br>5<br>1.5|
|---|---|---|---|---|



## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0003MSAJ**<br>3|A<br>3x<br>9<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>15<br>C<br>7x<br>21<br>D<br>9x<br>27<br>E<br>10x<br>30<br>F<br>11x<br>33|0.69–0.91<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>1.1–1.3<br>1.6–1.7<br>2.0–2.2<br>2.3–2.5<br>2.6–2.8|
|**PDG13M0007MSAJ**<br>7|A<br>3x<br>21<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>35<br>C<br>7x<br>49<br>D<br>9x<br>63<br>E<br>10x<br>70<br>F<br>11x<br>77|1.5–2.0<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>2.6–3.1<br>3.7–3.9<br>4.8–5.2<br>5.3–5.7<br>5.8–6.1|
|**PDG13M0015MSAJ**<br>15|A<br>3x<br>45<br>0<br>B<br>5x<br>75<br>C<br>7x<br>105<br>D<br>9x<br>135<br>E<br>10x<br>150<br>F<br>11x<br>165|3.4–4.5<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>5.7–6.8<br>8.0–9.1<br>10.4–11.4<br>11.5–12.6<br>12.7–13.0|
|**PDG13M0030MSAJ**<br>30|A<br>3x<br>90<br>1<br>B<br>5x<br>150<br>C<br>7x<br>210<br>D<br>9x<br>270<br>E<br>10x<br>300<br>F<br>11x<br>330|3.9–9.1<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>11.5–13.7<br>16.1–18.3<br>20.7–22.9<br>23.0–25.2<br>25.3–26.1|
|**PDG13M0050MSAJ**<br>50|A<br>3x<br>150<br>2<br>B<br>5x<br>250<br>C<br>7x<br>350<br>D<br>9x<br>450<br>E<br>10x<br>500<br>F<br>11x<br>550|11.5–15.2<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>19.2–22.9<br>26.9–30.6<br>34.6–38.3<br>38.4–42.1<br>42.2–43.5|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-88** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0070MSAJ**<br>70|A<br>3x<br>210<br>2<br>B<br>5x<br>350<br>C<br>7x<br>490<br>D<br>9x<br>630<br>E<br>10x<br>700<br>F<br>11x<br>770|16.1–30.6<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>26.9–32.2<br>37.6–42.9<br>48.4–53.7<br>53.8–59.1<br>59.2–60.9|
|**PDG13M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>3x<br>300<br>3<br>B<br>5x<br>500<br>C<br>7x<br>700<br>D<br>9x<br>900<br>E<br>10x<br>1000<br>F<br>11x<br>1100|23–30.6<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>38.4–46.0<br>53.8–61.4<br>69.2–76.8<br>76.9–84.5<br>84.6–87.0|



**2** 

## **PDG1 Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG13M0100MHAJ**<br>100|A<br>5x<br>500<br>3<br>B<br>7.5x<br>750<br>C<br>10x<br>1000<br>D<br>12.5x<br>1250<br>E<br>13.75x<br>1375<br>F<br>15x<br>1500|38.4–46.0<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>(Aluminum)<br>57.6–65.2<br>76.9–84.5<br>1<br>1<br>1|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Settings above 85 A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-89** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Frame Size 2 Product Selection**_ 

PDG2 MCPs cover a 

continuous current range of **2** 3 A through 150 A, with trip calibration settings from 9 A **2** through 2500 A. All devices are a 3-pole configuration and **2** have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) instantaneous **2** circuit breaker. 

PDG2 MCPs include eight trip settings, corresponding to 3x through 10x of the continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 150 A device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

Additionally, four Low Calibration devices are available for low magnetic protection special applications. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

> l 600 Vac 

> l 250 Vdc 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T, W or other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 2 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

|catalog.<br>Terminal catalog numbers<br>listed in the table are for one<br>side of the MCP; order 2 sets<br>for line and load if ordering<br>separate.|**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
||240 Vac<br>5<br>5|
||415 Vac<br>5<br>5|
||690 Vac<br>3<br>1.5|
|||



## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG23M0003MSAJ**<br>3|A<br>3.0<br>9<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>12<br>C<br>5.0<br>15<br>D<br>6.0<br>18<br>E<br>7.0<br>21<br>F<br>8.0<br>24<br>G<br>9.0<br>27<br>H<br>10.0<br>30|0.69–0.91<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>0.92–1.0<br>1.1–1.2<br>1.3–1.5<br>1.6–1.7<br>1.8–1.9<br>2.0–2.2<br>2.3–2.5|
|**PDG23M0007MSAJ**<br>7|A<br>3.0<br>21<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>28<br>C<br>5.0<br>35<br>D<br>6.0<br>42<br>E<br>7.0<br>49<br>F<br>8.0<br>56<br>G<br>9.0<br>63<br>H<br>10.0<br>70|1.50–2<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>2.10–2.5<br>2.6–3.1<br>3.2–3.6<br>3.7–3.9<br>4.3–4.7<br>4.8–5.2<br>5.3–5.7|
|**PDG23M0015MSAJ**<br>15|A<br>3.0<br>45<br>0<br>B<br>4.0<br>60<br>C<br>5.0<br>75<br>D<br>6.0<br>90<br>E<br>7.0<br>105<br>F<br>8.0<br>120<br>G<br>9.0<br>135<br>H<br>10.0<br>150|3.40–4.5<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>4.60–5.6<br>5.7–6.8<br>6.9–7.9<br>8.0–9.1<br>9.2–10.3<br>10.4–11.4<br>11.5–12.6|
|**PDG23M0030MSAJ**<br>30|A<br>3.0<br>90<br>1<br>B<br>4.0<br>120<br>C<br>5.0<br>150<br>D<br>6.0<br>180<br>E<br>7.0<br>210<br>F<br>8.0<br>240<br>G<br>9.0<br>270<br>H<br>10.0<br>300|6.90–9.1<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>9.20–11.4<br>11.5–13.7<br>13.8–16.0<br>16.1–18.3<br>18.4–20.6<br>20.7–22.9<br>23.0–25.2|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-90** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG23M0050MSAJ**<br>50|A<br>3.0<br>150<br>2<br>B<br>4.0<br>200<br>C<br>5.0<br>250<br>D<br>6.0<br>300<br>E<br>7.0<br>350<br>F<br>8.0<br>400<br>G<br>9.0<br>450<br>H<br>10.0<br>500|11.50–15.2<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>15.30–19.1<br>19.2–22.9<br>23.0–26.8<br>26.9–30.6<br>30.7–34.5<br>34.6–38.3<br>38.4–42.1|
|**PDG23M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>3.0<br>300<br>3<br>B<br>4.0<br>400<br>C<br>5.0<br>500<br>D<br>6.0<br>600<br>E<br>7.0<br>700<br>F<br>8.0<br>800<br>G<br>9.0<br>900<br>H<br>10.0<br>1000|23.00–30.6<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>30.70–38.3<br>38.4–46.0<br>46.1–53.7<br>53.8–61.4<br>61.5–69.1<br>69.2–76.8<br>76.9–84.5|
|**PDG23M0150MSAJ**<br>150|A<br>3.0<br>450<br>4<br>B<br>4.0<br>600<br>C<br>5.0<br>750<br>D<br>6.0<br>900<br>E<br>7.0<br>1050<br>F<br>8.0<br>1200<br>G<br>9.0<br>1350<br>H<br>10.0<br>1500|34.60–46<br>**PDG2X3TA225**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3TA150**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T150**<br>(St. Steel)<br>46.10–57.5<br>57.6–69.1<br>69.2–80.6<br>80.7–92.2<br>92.3–103.7<br>103.8–115.2<br>115.3–126.7|
|**PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**||**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|**PDG23M0150MHAJ**<br>150|A<br>5.0<br>750<br>4<br>B<br>6.7<br>1000<br>C<br>8.3<br>1250<br>D<br>10.0<br>1500<br>E<br>11.7<br>1750<br>F<br>13.3<br>2000<br>G<br>15.0<br>2250<br>H<br>16.7<br>2500|57.0–75.0<br>**PDG2X3TA225**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3TA150**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T150**<br>(St. Steel)<br>76.0–95.0<br>96.0–114.0<br>115.0–130.7<br>1<br>1<br>1<br>1|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Settings above 130 A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-91** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG2 Motor Circuit Protectors—Special Low Calibration** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**oo cu oec**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**spec ow o**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
||**PDG23M0025MLAJ**<br>25|A<br>1.6<br>40<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>43<br>C<br>1.8<br>46<br>D<br>2.0<br>49<br>E<br>2.1<br>52<br>F<br>2.2<br>55<br>G<br>2.3<br>58<br>H<br>2.4<br>60|
||**PDG23M0050MLAJ**<br>50|A<br>1.6<br>80<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>87<br>C<br>1.9<br>93<br>D<br>2.0<br>98<br>E<br>2.1<br>103<br>F<br>2.2<br>109<br>G<br>2.3<br>115<br>H<br>2.4<br>120|
||**PDG23M0070MLAJ**<br>70|A<br>1.6<br>115<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>122<br>C<br>1.9<br>130<br>D<br>2.0<br>139<br>E<br>2.1<br>145<br>F<br>2.2<br>153<br>G<br>2.3<br>160<br>H<br>2.4<br>170|
||**PDG23M0100MLAJ**<br>100|A<br>1.6<br>160<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>(Steel)<br>(Same as J)<br>B<br>1.7<br>174<br>C<br>1.9<br>185<br>D<br>2.0<br>196<br>E<br>2.1<br>207<br>F<br>2.2<br>218<br>G<br>2.3<br>229<br>H<br>2.4<br>240|
||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-92** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**400 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection**_ 

PDG3 400 A Frame MCPs cover a continuous current range of 70 A through 400 A, with trip calibration settings from 350 A through 4500 A. All devices are a 3-pole configuration in a 400 A frame and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 (Annex O) instantaneous circuit breaker. 

PDG3 MCPs include nine trip settings, corresponding to 5x through 10x of the continuous amperage rating of the device and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. 

Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

A High Calibration MCP for the 400 A frame device is also available for special applications where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard aluminum line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T (aluminum), W (copper) or other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 3 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

## _**Ratings**_ 

> Maximum Application Voltage **2** (UL and CSA) 

> l 600 Vac 

> l 250 Vdc 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

|Terminal catalog numbers<br>listed in the table are for one<br>side of the MCP; order 2 sets<br>for line and load if ordering<br>separate.|**IEC Instantaneous Circuit**<br>**Breaker (ICB) Interrupting**<br>**Capacity (kA)**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
||240 Vac<br>100<br>100|
||415 Vac<br>70<br>53|
||690 Vac<br>15<br>7.5|
||250 Vdc<br>22<br>22|



## **PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0070MSAJ**<br>70|A<br>5.0<br>350<br>4<br>B<br>5.7<br>400<br>C<br>6.3<br>440|27.0–30.7<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>30.8–33.8<br>33.9–36.9<br>37.0–40.3<br>40.4–43.8<br>43.9–46.9<br>47.0–50.7<br>50.8–53.8<br>53.9–57.2|
||D<br>6.9<br>480<br>5<br>E<br>7.5<br>525<br>F<br>8.1<br>570<br>G<br>8.7<br>610<br>H<br>9.4<br>660<br>I<br>10.0<br>700||
|**PDG33M0100MSAJ**<br>100|A<br>5.0<br>500<br>5<br>B<br>5.7<br>565<br>C<br>6.3<br>626<br>D<br>6.9<br>690<br>E<br>7.5<br>750<br>F<br>8.1<br>810<br>G<br>8.8<br>875<br>H<br>9.4<br>935<br>I<br>10.0<br>1000|38.5–43.4<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>43.5–48.0<br>48.1–53.0<br>53.1–57.6<br>57.7–62.3<br>62.4–67.3<br>67.4–71.9<br>72.0–76.9<br>77.0–81.6|
|**PDG33M0125MSAJ**<br>125|A<br>5.0<br>625<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>700<br>C<br>6.2<br>780<br>D<br>6.9<br>860<br>E<br>7.5<br>940<br>F<br>8.2<br>1020<br>G<br>8.7<br>1090<br>H<br>9.4<br>1170<br>I<br>10.0<br>1250|48.1–53.8<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>53.9–59.9<br>60.0–66.1<br>66.2–72.3<br>72.4–78.4<br>78.5–83.8<br>83.9–89.9<br>90.0–96.1<br>96.2–102.0|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-93** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e oo**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**cu oecos o, co**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**ue**<br>**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**PDG33M0150MSAJ**<br>150|A<br>5.0<br>750<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>840<br>C<br>6.2<br>935<br>D<br>6.9<br>1030<br>E<br>7.5<br>1125<br>F<br>8.1<br>1220<br>G<br>8.8<br>1315<br>H<br>9.4<br>1410<br>I<br>10.0<br>1500|57.7–64.6<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>64.7–71.9<br>72.0–79.2<br>79.3–86.5<br>86.6–93.8<br>93.9–101.1<br>101.2–108.4<br>108.5–115.3<br>115.4–122.4|
||**PDG33M0175MSAJ**<br>175|A<br>5.0<br>875<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>980<br>C<br>6.2<br>1090<br>D<br>6.9<br>1200<br>E<br>7.5<br>1310<br>F<br>8.1<br>1420<br>G<br>8.7<br>1530<br>H<br>9.4<br>1640<br>I<br>10.0<br>1750|67.4–75.3<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>75.4–83.8<br>83.9–92.3<br>92.4–100.7<br>100.8–109.2<br>109.3–117.6<br>117.7–126.1<br>126.2–134.6<br>134.7–142.8|
||**PDG33M0200MSAJ**<br>200|A<br>5.0<br>1000<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1125<br>C<br>6.3<br>1250<br>D<br>6.9<br>1375<br>E<br>7.5<br>1500<br>F<br>8.1<br>1625<br>G<br>8.8<br>1750<br>H<br>9.4<br>1875<br>I<br>10.0<br>2000|77.0–86.5<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>86.6–96.1<br>96.2–105.7<br>105.8–115.3<br>115.4–124.9<br>125.0–134.6<br>134.7–144.2<br>144.3–153.8<br>153.9–163.3|
||**PDG33M0225MSAJ**<br>225|A<br>5.0<br>1125<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1265<br>C<br>6.3<br>1410<br>D<br>6.9<br>1545<br>E<br>7.5<br>1690<br>F<br>8.1<br>1830<br>G<br>8.8<br>1970<br>H<br>9.4<br>2110<br>I<br>10.0<br>2250|86.6–97.3<br>**PDG3X3TA300**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>(Copper)<br>97.4–108.4<br>108.5–118.8<br>118.9–129.9<br>130.0–140.7<br>140.8–151.5<br>151.6–162.3<br>162.4–173.0<br>173.1–183.6|
||**PDG33M0250MSAJ**<br>250|A<br>5.0<br>1250<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1405<br>C<br>6.2<br>1560<br>D<br>6.9<br>1720<br>E<br>7.5<br>1875<br>F<br>8.1<br>2030<br>G<br>8.7<br>2185<br>H<br>9.4<br>2340<br>I<br>10.0<br>2500|96.2–108.0<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>108.1–119.9<br>120.0–132.3<br>132.4–144.2<br>144.3–156.1<br>156.2–168.0<br>168.1–179.9<br>180.0–192.3<br>192.4–204.0|



**V4-T2-94 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0300MSAJ**<br>300|A<br>5.0<br>1500<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1690<br>C<br>6.3<br>1875<br>D<br>6.9<br>2060<br>E<br>7.5<br>2250<br>F<br>8.1<br>2440<br>G<br>8.8<br>2625<br>H<br>9.4<br>2810<br>I<br>10.0<br>3000|115.4–129.9<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>130.0–144.2<br>144.3–158.4<br>158.5–173.0<br>173.1–187.6<br>187.7–201.9<br>202.0–216.1<br>216.2–230.7<br>230.8–244.9|
|**PDG33M0350MSAJ**<br>350|A<br>5.0<br>1750<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>1970<br>C<br>6.3<br>2190<br>D<br>6.9<br>2410<br>E<br>7.5<br>2625<br>F<br>8.1<br>2845<br>G<br>8.8<br>3065<br>H<br>9.4<br>3285<br>I<br>10.0<br>3500|134.7–151.5<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T350**<br>(Copper)<br>151.6–168.4<br>168.5–185.3<br>185.4–201.9<br>202.0–218.8<br>218.9–235.7<br>235.8–252.6<br>252.7–269.2<br>269.3–285.7|
|**PDG33M0400MSAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.0<br>2000<br>5<br>B<br>5.6<br>2250<br>C<br>6.3<br>2500<br>D<br>6.9<br>2750<br>E<br>7.5<br>3000<br>F<br>8.1<br>3250<br>G<br>8.8<br>3500<br>H<br>9.4<br>3750<br>I<br>10.0<br>4000|153.9–173.0<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Copper)<br>173.1–192.3<br>192.4–211.5<br>211.6–230.7<br>230.8–249.9<br>250.0–269.2<br>269.3–288.4<br>288.5–307.6<br>307.7–326.9|



**2** 

**PDG3 400 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—High Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33M0400MHAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.6<br>2250<br>5<br>B<br>6.3<br>2530<br>C<br>7.0<br>2810<br>D<br>7.7<br>3090<br>E<br>8.4<br>3375<br>F<br>9.1<br>3655<br>G<br>9.8<br>3935<br>H<br>10.5<br>4215<br>I<br>11.3<br>4500|173.1–194.5<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>(Copper)<br>194.6–216.1<br>216.2–237.6<br>237.7–259.5<br>259.6–281.1<br>281.2–302.6<br>302.7–324.1<br>324.2–346.1<br>346.2–368.1|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-95** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**600 A Frame Size 3 Product Selection**_ 

PDG3 600 A MCPs cover a continuous current range of **2** 250 A through 600 A, with trip calibration settings from **2** 1250 A through 6000 A. All devices are a 3-pole **2** configuration in a 600 A frame and have a single interrupting capacity as an IEC 60947-2 **2** (Annex O) instantaneous circuit breaker. 

PDG3 MCPs include nine trip settings, corresponding to 5x through 10x of the 

continuous amperage rating of the device, and each corresponding to 13x the minimum FLA value shown in the table below. Where a 13x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value alternate dial settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

All catalog numbers shown include standard line and load terminals (Digit 14 = J). For optional terminals, use T (aluminum) W (copper) or 

**Note:** For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

other options in Digit 14 as described in the Frame Size 3 circuit breaker section of the catalog. 

## **IEC Instantaneous Circuit Breaker (ICB) Interrupting Capacity (kA)** 

|Terminal catalog numbers<br>listed in the table are for one<br>side of the MCP; order 2 sets<br>for line and load if ordering<br>separate.<br>**_Ratings_**<br>|**Breaker (ICB) Interrupting**<br>**Capacity (kA)**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
||240 Vac<br>100<br>100|
||415 Vac<br>70<br>53|
||690 Vac<br>25<br>13|
||250 Vdc<br>42<br>42|



Maximum Application Voltage (UL and CSA) 

> l 600 Vac 

> l 250 Vdc 

## **PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**|
|---|---|---|
|**PDG33MH250MSAJ**<br>250|A<br>5.0<br>1250<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1405<br>C<br>6.2<br>1560<br>D<br>6.9<br>1720<br>E<br>7.5<br>1875<br>F<br>8.1<br>2030<br>G<br>8.7<br>2185<br>H<br>9.4<br>2340<br>I<br>10.0<br>2500|96.2–108.0<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>108.1–119.9<br>120.0–132.2<br>132.3–144.1<br>144.2–156.1<br>156.2–168.0<br>168.1–179.9<br>180.0–192.2<br>192.3–204.0|
|**PDG33MH300MSAJ**<br>300|A<br>5.0<br>1500<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1690<br>C<br>6.3<br>1875<br>D<br>6.9<br>2060<br>E<br>7.5<br>2250<br>F<br>8.1<br>2440<br>G<br>8.8<br>2625<br>H<br>9.4<br>2810<br>I<br>10.0<br>3000|115.4–129.9<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>130.0–144.1<br>144.2–158.4<br>158.5–173.0<br>173.1–187.6<br>187.7–201.8<br>201.9–216.1<br>216.2–230.7<br>230.8–244.9|
|**PDG33MH350MSAJ**<br>350|A<br>5.0<br>1750<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>1970<br>C<br>6.3<br>2190<br>D<br>6.9<br>2410<br>E<br>7.5<br>2625<br>F<br>8.1<br>2845<br>G<br>8.8<br>3065<br>H<br>9.4<br>3285<br>I<br>10.0<br>3500|134.6–151.4<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>151.5–168.4<br>168.5–185.3<br>185.4–201.8<br>201.9–218.7<br>218.8–235.7<br>235.8–252.6<br>252.7–269.1<br>269.2–285.7|
|**PDG33MH400MSAJ**<br>400|A<br>5.0<br>2000<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2250<br>C<br>6.3<br>2500<br>D<br>6.9<br>2750<br>E<br>7.5<br>3000<br>F<br>8.1<br>3250<br>G<br>8.8<br>3500<br>H<br>9.4<br>3750<br>I<br>10.0<br>4000|153.8–173.0<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**PDG3X3T401H**<br>(Copper)<br>173.1–192.2<br>192.3–211.4<br>211.5–230.7<br>230.8–249.9<br>250.0–269.1<br>269.2–288.4<br>288.5–307.6<br>307.7–326.9|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-96** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**PDG3 600 A Frame Motor Circuit Protectors—Standard Calibration, continued** 

|<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP Catalog Number**|**,**<br>**CAM**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Mult)**<br>**MCP Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**(Amps)**<br>**Typical NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**|<br>**Typical Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes**<br>**Terminal Kit Catalog Numbers**<br>**Included**<br>**(Dig 14 = J)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = T)**<br>**Optional**<br>**(Dig 14 = W)**<br>173.1–194.5<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>194.6–216.1<br>216.2–237.6<br>237.7–259.5<br>259.6–281.4<br>281.5–303.0<br>303.1–324.5<br>324.6–346.1<br>346.2–368.1<br>192.3–216.1<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>216.2–240.3<br>240.4–264.5<br>264.6–288.4<br>288.5–313.7<br>313.8–336.4<br>336.5–359.1<br>359.2–384.5<br>384.6–408.2<br>230.8–259.5<br>**PDG3X3TA630**<br>(Aluminum)<br>**—**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>(Copper)<br>259.6–289.1<br>289.2–316.8<br>316.9–346.1<br>346.2–375.3<br>375.4–403.7<br>403.8–433.0<br>433.1–461.4<br>461.5–507.7|**2**|
|---|---|---|---|
||||**2**|
|**PDG33M0450MSAJ**<br>450|A<br>5.0<br>2250<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2530<br>C<br>6.2<br>2810<br>D<br>6.9<br>3090<br>E<br>7.5<br>3375<br>F<br>8.1<br>3660<br>G<br>8.8<br>3940<br>H<br>9.4<br>4220<br>I<br>10.0<br>4500||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**PDG33M0500MSAJ**<br>500|A<br>5.0<br>2500<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>2810<br>C<br>6.3<br>3125<br>D<br>6.9<br>3440<br>E<br>7.5<br>3750<br>F<br>8.2<br>4080<br>G<br>8.8<br>4375<br>H<br>9.3<br>4670<br>I<br>10.0<br>5000|||
|**PDG33M0600MSAJ**<br>600|A<br>5.0<br>3000<br>6<br>B<br>5.6<br>3375<br>C<br>6.3<br>3760<br>D<br>6.9<br>4120<br>E<br>7.5<br>4500<br>F<br>8.1<br>4880<br>G<br>8.8<br>5250<br>H<br>9.4<br>5630<br>I<br>10.0<br>6000|||



**Note:** 800 and 1200 A, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. 

## _**Additional Information**_ 

## **Terminals** 

Available terminal configuration for MCPs follow the same guidelines as presented for each circuit breaker frame. Additional terminals, including control wire, StrandAble and other options are presented in each Power Defense circuit breaker frame size section. 

## **Accessories** 

MCPs and MCCBs for each frame use a common set of accessories. Available accessories are presented in each corresponding Power Defense circuit breaker frame section (i.e., PDG1 accessories are found in the Frame Size 1 section, PDG2 accessories in the Frame Size 2 section and PDG3 in the Frame Size 3 section). 

## **Weights and Dimensions** 

MCPs have the same dimensions and weight as the 3-pole version of the respective circuit breaker, shown in each frame section. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-97** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)** 

## **Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Motor Protection Circuit Breakers** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Power Defense motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) use Power Xpert Release (PXR) electronic trip units to provide branch protection and motor protection in a combined device, eliminating the need for a separate overload relay. Motor protection PXR units build upon the features available in standard PXR trip units and add motor protection application specific functionality and features. MPCBs are available in Power Defense Frame Sizes 2 and 3, and share accessories and catalog numbering convention with the respective molded case circuit breaker frames. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

MPCBs meet requirements for motor branch protection, including disconnecting means, branch circuit shortcircuit protection and overload protection. MPCBs can be used with a contactor to eliminate the need for overload relay and still create manual motor control. Typical branch motor starter applications are protected by three components consisting of: breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB applicationspecific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay and reduces the traditional three-component starter assembly down to two elements—the MPCB and the contactor. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

PXR motor protection electronic trip units provide motor protection basic and advanced functionality in PXR 10 and PXR 25, respectively. Features include phase unbalance protection, phase loss protection, over/under voltage protection, cold/hot start (thermal memory) protection, programmable high load alarms, programmable relays for multiple functions to include pre-detection trip relay, Class 5/10/15/20/30 protection, energy metering, communications, cause-oftrip indication, events logging, breaker health monitoring, harmonics, ground fault alarm and protection, and more. 

ZSI allows the MPCB to interface with upstream feeder or branch circuit breakers for coordination and reduction of arc flash for some applications. 

## _**Standards and Certifications**_ 

MPCBs provide: 

- l UL 489 branch circuit protection 

- l UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements 

Power Defense MPCBs meet: 

- l UL 489 

- l CSA 

- l C22.2 No. 5-02 

- l IEC 60947-2 

- l GB 14048.2-2008 

**==> picture [66 x 61] intentionally omitted <==**

## _**Catalog Number / Product Selection**_ 

## **Power Defense MPCB—Frame Size 2 (15–200 A)** 

Frame Size 2 covers a range of 15 A through 200 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25 electronic trip units. In is available in 3-pole configurations. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI**<br>240 Vac|**kA rms**<br>35||**kA rms**<br>65||**kA rms**<br>85||**kA rms**<br>100||**kA rms**<br>150||**kA rms**<br>200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||22||25||25||25||
|250 Vdc|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**IEC**<br>240 Vac|**lcu**<br>35|**lcs**<br>35|**lcu**<br>55|**lcs**<br>55|**lcu**<br>85|**lcs**<br>85|**lcu**<br>100|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>150|**lcs**<br>100|**lcu**<br>200|**lcs**<br>150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|65|
|480 Vac|20|20|25|20|35|22.5|50|30|65|40|65|40|
|525 Vac|18|13|20|13|25|13|25|13|25|13|25|13|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|10|5|10|5|10|5|
|250 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-98** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Power Defense MPCB—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)** 

Frame Size 3 covers a range of 45 A through 600 A using PXR 10 and PXR 25 electronic trip units. In is available in 3-pole configurations. Frame 3 has two specific constructions, one each for 400 A and 600 A. The 600 A construction provides a unique capability to be used at 400A and below in applications requiring higher fixed instantaneous levels. This is accomplished by using a letter H in the 7th digit of the catalog number. 

## **Interrupting Ratings** 

|**Catalog Designator**|**F**||**G**||**K**||**M**||**N**||**P**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**ANSI (UL/CSA)**|**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||**kA rms**||
|240 Vac|35||65||85||100||150||200||
|480 Vac|25||35||50||65||85||100||
|600 Vac|14||18||25||35||50||65||
|125/250 Vdc|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**IEC**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|**lcu**|**lcs**|
|240 Vac|35|35|55|55|85|85|100|100|150|100|200|150|
|380–415 Vac|25|25|36|36|50|50|70|53|70|70|100|70|
|440 Vac|25|20|30|22.5|35|35|50|40|70|50|100|50|
|480 Vac<br>525 Vac|20<br>18|20<br>5|25<br>20|20<br>7.5|35<br>25|22.5<br>10|50<br>30|30<br>15|65<br>35|40<br>25|85<br>40|40<br>25|
|660–690 Vac|—|—|8|4|10|5|15|7.5|20|10|20|10|
|125/250 Vdc|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|



## _**MPCB with Power Xpert (PXR) Electronic Trip Units (ETU)**_ 

This information is presented as a tool to develop catalog numbers for selecting Power Defense circuit breakers and trip units. 

**Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**==> picture [503 x 189] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PD G 2 3 M 0200 P8M J<br>Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 2 = 2 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0060 = 60 A B8N  = PXR 10 MLSI N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0100 = 100 A P8# = PXR 25 MLSI  [1] J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0150 = 150 A P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG  [1] K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0200 = 200 A L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V<br>Canada<br>F = 14 kA at 600 V<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V<br>K = 22 kA at 600 V<br>M = 25 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 25 kA at 600 V<br>P = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Size 2 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**F**|= UL/CSA/IEC/CCC||**2** = 2||**3** = 3-pole||**F** = 25 kA at 480 V||**0060** = 60 A||**B8N**= PXR 10 MLSI||**J** = Line and load terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||(100% UL Rated)||||**4** = 4-pole||**G**= 35 kA at 480 V||**0100** = 100 A||**P8#** = PXR 25 MLSI1||**W**= Optional line and load|
||||||||**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0150** = 150 A<br>**0200** = 200 A||**P9#** =PXR 25 MLSIG1||terminals|
||||||||**N**= 85 kA at 480 V|||||||
||||||||**P** = 100 kA at 480 V|||||||
|||||||||||||||
||||||||**F** = 14 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 22 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||**M**= 25 kA at 600 V|||||||
||||||||**N**= 25 kA at 600 V<br>**P** = 25 kA at 600 V|||||||



> 1 See “Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options” table on **Page V4-T2-101** for # (Available Configured Options). 

_**Note**_ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-99** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated** 

**2** 

**PD G 3 3 M 0200 P8M J** 

**==> picture [504 x 186] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Product Series<br>PD  = Power Defense<br>Certifications/ Frame  Pole Interrupting  Continuous Trip Unit Standard Terminal<br>Standards Size Options Ratings Current Ratings Type Options Options<br>G  = UL/CSA/IEC/CCC 3 = 3 3 = 3-pole F = 25 kA at 480 V 0125 = 125 A  B8N  = PXR 10 MLSI N  = No terminals<br>G  = 35 kA at 480 V 0250 = 250 A P8# = PXR 25 MLSI  [1] J = Line and load terminals<br>K = 50 kA at 480 V 0400 = 400 A P9# = PXR 25 MLSIG  [1] K = Line only terminals<br>M = 65 kA at 480 V 0600 = 600 A L = Load only terminals<br>N  = 85 kA at 480 V H250 = 250 A High Override<br>P = 100 kA at 480 V (600 A Frame)<br>H400 = 400 A High Override<br>Canada (600 A Frame)<br>F = 14 kA at 600 V<br>G  = 18 kA at 600 V<br>K = 25 kA at 600 V<br>M = 35 kA at 600 V<br>N  = 50 kA at 600 V<br>P = 65 kA at 600 V<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Size 3 MPCB with PXR ETU—Globally Rated (100% UL Rated)** 

|**F** = 25 kA at 480 V<br>**G**= 35 kA at 480 V<br>**K** = 50 kA at 480 V<br>**M**= 65 kA at 480 V||**0125** = 125 A<br>**0250** = 250 A<br>**0400** = 400 A<br>**0600** = 600 A<br>||**B8N**= PXR 10 MLSI<br>**P8#** = PXR 25 MLSI1<br>**P9#** =PXR 25 MLSIG1|**N**= No terminals<br>**J** = Line and load terminals<br>**K** = Line only terminals<br>**L** = Load only terminals|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||**H250** = 250 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)<br>**H400** = 400 A High Override<br>(600 A Frame)||||
|**F** = 14 kA at 600 V<br>**G**= 18 kA at 600 V<br>**K** = 25 kA at 600 V<br>**M**= 35 kA at 600 V||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 See “Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options” table on the next page for # (Available Configured Options). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-100** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Power Xpert Release (PXR) Trip Unit Options** 

|**PXR**<br>**ETU**<br>PXR 10<br>**B**<br>PXR 25<br>**P**|**#(1)—Protection Type**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**8**<br>—<br>**8**<br>**9**|**#(2)—Available Configured Options**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**—**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**—**<br>**CAM**<br>**Relays**<br>**Modbus**<br>**ZSI**<br>**CAM**|
|---|---|---|
|||**N**<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|||—<br>**M**<br>**W**<br>**D**<br>**Y**|



**2** 

## _**Descriptions of PXR Configured Options**_ 

**ZSI** —Zone Selective Interlocking output 

- **Relays** —2 Form A contacts (rated for 240 Vac, 1 A) 

- l Interface: 3 wires (ALM1, l Interface: 2 wires ALM2, ALM Common) (Zout, Zcomm) 

- l Programmable to indicate l Includes ability to turn breaker conditions ON and OFF, and 

- l Field installable for PD-2 indicate signals 

- l Field installable for PD-2 

**Note:** PD-2 includes 1 relay **CAM** —CAM Link connection when used in conjunction with (requires a CAM module per Modbus RTU. breaker) 

- l Interface: 5 wires (refer to 

- **Modbus** —Modbus RTU CAM IL for details) 

- directly from the breaker 

- l Interface: 3 wires (MODBA, l Communications Adapter Modules available for MODBB, MODBG) Modbus TCP and PROFIBUS 

## **Auxiliary Power** 

   - l Connection included with all PXR 25 trip units 

   - l Required for communications, relays, and metering accuracy 

   - l 24 Vdc, 0.5 A 

   - l Interface: 2 wires Aux +24 V, Aux 0 V) 

- l No additional modules required 

- l Field installable for PD-2 

## **Available Settings and Features on PXR Motor Protection Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Option**|**Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings**<br>**PD-2**<br>**Setting**<br>**0060**<br>**60 A**<br>**0100**<br>**100 A**<br>**0150**<br>**150 A**<br>**0200**<br>**200 A**<br>1<br>15 A<br>32 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>2<br>16 A<br>35 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>3<br>20 A<br>40 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>4<br>25 A<br>50 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>5<br>30 A<br>60 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>6<br>35 A<br>63 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>7<br>40 A<br>70 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>8<br>45 A<br>80 A<br>110 A<br>160 A<br>9<br>50 A<br>90 A<br>125 A<br>175 A<br>10<br>60 A<br>100 A<br>150 A<br>200 A|**Full Load Amperes (le) Current Settings**<br>**PD-3**<br>**0125**<br>**125 A**<br>**0250/H250**<br>**250 A**<br>**0400/H400**<br>**400 A**<br>**0600**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|---|
|PXR 10||45 A<br>90 A<br>160 A<br>250 A|
|||50 A<br>100 A<br>175 A<br>275 A|
|||60 A<br>110 A<br>200 A<br>300 A|
|||63 A<br>125 A<br>225 A<br>320 A|
|||70 A<br>150 A<br>250 A<br>350 A|
|||80 A<br>160 A<br>275 A<br>400 A|
|||90 A<br>175 A<br>300 A<br>450 A|
|||100 A<br>200 A<br>320 A<br>500 A|
|||110 A<br>225 A<br>350 A<br>550 A|
|||125 A<br>250 A<br>400 A<br>600 A|
|PXR 25|Programmable from minimum to maximum values in 1 A increments.||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-101** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Trip Profile (Trip Class and Phase Unbalance)** 

## _**PXR 10—Dial 2**_ 

|**Setting**|**Dial**<br>**Label**|**Trip**<br>**Class**|**Phase**<br>**Unbalance**|
|---|---|---|---|
|1|A|5|OFF|
|2|B|10|OFF|
|3|C|15|OFF|
|4|D|20|OFF|
|5|E|30|OFF|
|6|F|5|ON|
|7|G|10|ON|
|8<br>9|H<br>J|15<br>20|ON<br>ON|
|10|K|30|ON|



## _**PXR 10—Phase Unbalance**_ 

## _**Settings Programmable by PXPM**_ 

- l Pickup Level: 

- 5 to 35% of load 

- l Trip Time: 

- 1 to 300 seconds 

- l Action taken: MPCB will trip at selected protection settings 

## _**PXR 25—Programmable**_ 

Trip Class 

- l Trip Class: 

- 5–30 in increments of 0.1 

Phase Unbalance 

- l Pickup Level: 5 to 35% of load 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

- l Action taken: MPCB will trip at selected protection settings 

Phase Loss 

- l Pickup Level: Fixed at 75% of load 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 240 seconds 

- l Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

## **Short Delay / Instantaneous Settings** 

MPCBs with PXR 10 include a combined Short Delay and Instantaneous trip dial. The short delay time may be programmed to trip instantaneously or with a delay for coordination or to avoid nuisance tripping. Breakers with PXR 25 trip units include independent adjustments for short delay and instantaneous settings. 

## _**PXR 10—Dial 3 Programmable**_ 

||**Isd**||
|---|---|---|
|**Setting**|**(x Ie)**|**tsd (sec)**|
|1|3|Default to INST;|
|2|4|programmable via<br>USB and PXPM to|
|3|5|INST, 0.150 or 0.300.|
|4|6|INST / 0.150 / 0.300|
|5|7||
|6|8||
|7|10||
|8|111||
|9|121||
|10|131||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 If setting value exceeds the fixed magnetic override of the device, the setting defaults to the magnetic override value (please verify these values in the time current curves or PXR user manual. 

## _**PXR 25—Programmable**_ 

- Short delay pickup—Isd (x Ie) l 3x–13x: Programmable in increments of 0.1x 

Short delay time—tsd (sec) 

- l 0.05–0.50: Programmable in increments of 0.01 sec 

- l Fixed (flat) response 

Instantaneous pickup—Ii (x In) 

- l 3x–Maximum: Programmable in increments of 0.1x 

## **Ground Fault Protection Settings** 

MPCBs with PXR 25 include an option to add ground fault protection. Ground fault protection includes the ability to trip and/or alarm on a determined ground fault condition. 

Phase Unbalance 

- l Pickup Level: 5 to 35% of load 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

- l Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

Phase Loss 

- l Pickup Level: Fixed at 75% of load 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 240 seconds 

- l Action taken: May be set to trip or alarm 

## **Metering and Communications Capabilities** 

PXR 25 motor protection trip units include the same advanced metering functions as the MCCB PXR 25, including: 

- l Energy metering to 1% accuracy 

- l Current metering to 0.5% accuracy 

- l Multiple communications options, including standard Modbus RTU 

- l Load alarm at two programmable levels between 50% to 120% 

- l Programmable relays for remote indication 

## **Advanced Motor Protection Settings** 

MPCBs with PXR 25 trip units also include additional application specific motor protection features. These features may be set to trip the breaker, alarm (indication via programmable relays), or disabled. 

Over Voltage 

- l Pickup Level: 180 to 720 V 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Under Voltage 

- l Pickup Level: 60 to 670 V 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Voltage Unbalance (between phase-to-phase readings) 

- l Pickup Level: 

- 5% to 25% difference 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Phase Rotation 

- l Configuration: ABC or CBA sequence 

- l Time: Fixed at 200 ms 

Reverse Power 

- l Pickup Level: 1–65,500 kW 

- l Trip Time: 1 to 300 seconds 

Total Harmonic Distortion 

   - l Line-to-line and line-toneutral voltage 

   - l Each phase and neutral current 

   - l 1st through 29th at 60 Hz/ 1st through 35th at 50 Hz 

- l Maximum is determined by frame fixed magnetic override level 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-102** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Additional Information**_ **Terminals** 

Available terminal configuration for MPCBs follow the same guidelines as presented for each circuit breaker frame. Additional terminals, including control wire, StrandAble and other options are presented in each Power Defense circuit breaker frame size section. 

## **Accessories** 

MPCBs and MCCBs for each frame use a common set of accessories. Available accessories are presented in each corresponding Power Defense circuit breaker frame section (i.e., PDG2 accessories are found in the Frame Size 2 section and PDG3 in the Frame Size 3 section). All Frame Size 2 MPCBs are automatically configured with 1 Form C auxiliary switch. 

## **Weights and Dimensions** 

MPCBs have the same dimensions and weight as the 3-pole version of the respective circuit breaker, shown in each frame section. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-103** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [90 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Terminals, Lugs and Connectors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2 2** ~~"~~ | ayy 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers||
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-22**|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-29**|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-42**|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-57**|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-70**|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-79**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-87**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A)  . . .|**V4-T2-98**|
|Terminals, Lugs and Connectors||
|Catalog Numbering System Overview. . . . .|**V4-T2-106**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-108**|
|Application of Power Defense Molded Case||
|Circuit Breakers in 400–415 Hz Systems  .|**V4-T2-131**|
|Communications and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-127**|
|Special Applications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-129**|



## **Terminals, Lugs and Connectors** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Standard Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s Power Defense molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) can be configured with line and load terminals factory installed or shipped separately for field installation. Each terminal provides wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Wire connecting terminals are typically secured to the breaker using slotted or hex head screws and use various hardware types for securing connection to the wire. For proper terminal-breaker or terminal-wire torque requirements, please consult the detailed selection tables in this catalog or the specific markings on the terminal. 

## **Application Description** 

## _**Terminal Ratings**_ 

## **Cu/Al, Cu, or Al** 

Each terminal is marked with information specific to the wire material type that it is rated for use with. In most electrical applications, the conductor material is comprised of copper or aluminum bus bar or stranded wire. Each is considered effective material for conducting electricity and both have different advantages. Copper has higher conductivity as well as superior tensile strength, which is considered an advantage in the event of a high current fault. Aluminum is a lighter material with greater pliability and is also generally more cost-effective. Each terminal is labeled to indicate which material it is rated for use with as outlined on **Page V4-T2-104** . 

## **Application Description** 

## _**Terminal Ratings**_ 

## **75 °C vs. 90 °C Terminal Rating** 

Terminals are marked to indicate the maximum wire temperature rating that is approved for use. In relation to molded case circuit breaker application, the temperature rating is typically 90 °C or 75 °C. Although the terminal is marked with applicable wire temperature rating, it is important to note UL 489, the standard to which MCCBs adhere, only recognizes 60 °C and 75 °C wire for testing purposes and rated use. If 90 °C wire is used to connect to an MCCB, the wire must be applied at its 75 °C rated ampacity. As an example, 90 °C wire is often required for use in 100% continuous current rated MCCB applications. When this is the case, the 90 °C wire must be applied at its 75 °C rated ampacity, which often results in the wire being selected one size larger than typical. An example of the terminal markings and corresponding designations is on **Page V4-T2-104** . 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

All terminals comply with UL Standards 486A and 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. 

## **Terminal Marking** 

**Example**[1 ] 

## **Legend** 

- AL — Aluminum conductors CU — Copper conductors 9 — 90 °C wire 7 — 75 °C wire 

Example: AL9CU—Rated for use with aluminum and copper and is 90 °C rated. 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 If the terminal is not marked to indicate maximum wire temperature rating, it should be assumed that 75 °C is the maximum wire rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-104** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Cable Sizing/Selection** 

When sizing and selecting cable for use with a molded case circuit breaker, the temperature rating of both the breaker terminals and the electrical equipment connectors must be considered to ensure proper size and insulation rating can be chosen. The equipment labeling or installation guidelines must be reviewed to determine the proper cable size and insulation required, regardless of the ratings listed on the terminal. For general selection guidelines, NEC Article 310 (NEC 2017) outlines the use of “Conductors for General Wiring” and can be a resource for determining appropriate cable size based on the temperature rating, wire type and amperage requirement. 

## **Special Application Terminals** _**Multi-Wire Terminals**_ 

The use of load-side multi-wire terminals provides an alternative to power distribution blocks by distributing the electrical load directly from the circuit breaker to multiple downstream devices. These terminals can be installed in the field or specified for factory installation. Kits typically include terminal shields, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated connectors. Multi-wire terminals connect directly to the circuit breaker and eliminate the need for additional short-circuit combination ratings, as required by separate power distribution blocks. Direct connection to the breaker also saves space in the panel and eliminates wiring. Multiwire terminals are UL listed for use on the load side of the circuit breaker. 

_**StrandAble Terminals** StrandAble Standard_ 

Standard molded case circuit breaker terminals are listed for Class B and C rigid wire by default in accordance with UL 489 & 486 standards. Eaton’s StrandAble terminals allow for direct connection to the circuit breaker with nearly any class of rigid or fine strand wire. This eliminates the need for any additional fittings and ensures UL compliance with all components connected to the breaker. Rated for use with the eight most common wire classes, StrandAble terminals offer a breaker integrated solution that can eliminate time and save cost in an electrical assembly. 

_**Rear Fed Terminals**_ 

Rear fed terminals allow the ability to connect cable from the back of the breaker instead of the top or bottom. This allows for easier connection when the breaker is more accessible from the back. A kit of three terminals typically includes terminal shields or interphase barriers. 

## _**End Cap/Screw Terminal Kits**_ 

An end cap kit slides onto the line or load side of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal (compression lug) or other bolt-on connector. The kit is designed to meet any requirements for clearance and is capped to provide finger protection once installed. Each kit includes a threaded base and the required hardware for securing the connector. 

**Note:** As standard, Power Defense frame sizes 4, 5 and 6 include imperial threaded conductors (optional metric threading). No additional components are required to connect a compression lug or other bolted connection to these frames. 

## _**Control Wire Terminals**_ 

Control wire terminals and control wire kits are offered to provide means to tap off control power from the circuit breaker using the male end of a quick disconnect. Varying for each frame size, the tabs can be ordered separately for field installation or factory installed onto the terminal. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-105** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Numbering System Overview** 

## _**Breakers**_ 

**2** Power Defense breakers are configured using a 20-digit **2** catalog number that can be divided into two sections: 

- Base breaker catalog number = digits 1–14 

- Factory modifications = digits 15–20 

Product may be ordered using the base breaker catalog number (14 digits) only. However, if factory modifications are required, including installation of accessories, the full breaker catalog number plus factory modifications (20 digits) for a configured breaker must be used. 

Note that most of the accessories and terminals for Power Defense molded case circuit breakers are field installable. 

When field installing accessories, the best practice to follow is to order a base breaker with the 14-digit catalog number and order the accessories or special terminals separate for field installation. 

## **Base Breaker Catalog Number (14 digits with standard terminal configuration)** 

The catalog number has fixed positions for each breaker characteristic. The fixed format allows a customer to determine the performance characteristics of the product by parsing the catalog number. The format of the Power Defense breaker catalog number is as follows: 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**Digits**|**PD**<br>**(1, 2)**|**G**<br>**(3)**|**3**<br>**(4)**|**3**<br>**(5)**|**F**<br>**(6)**|**0400**<br>**(7–10)**|**TFA**<br>**(11–13)**|**J**<br>**(14)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Meaning**|Power<br>Defense|Certifications<br>and Standards|Frame Size|Poles|Interrupting<br>rating|Continuous<br>current rating|Trip unit type|Terminals|



## **Terminal Catalog Number (if ordered separately)** 

Each terminal catalog number has consistent nomenclature that can be used for deciphering specific terminal characteristic. The consistent format allows the customer to determine the applicable breaker frame, quantity included in each kit and base terminal type. 

|**Catalog Number**|**PD**|**G**|**3**|**X**|**3**|**TA400**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Digits**|**(1, 2)**|**(3)**|**(4)**|**(5)**|**(6)**|**(7–end)**|
|**Meaning**|Power|Certifications|Frame Size|Denotes|Quantity included|Base terminal (marked on|
||Defense|and Standards||accessory|in kit|each component)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-106** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Specifying Terminals on a Breaker (Digits 14 / 19–20)**_ 

The 14th digit of each base breaker catalog number indicates the terminal configuration. For breakers that require terminals on the line side only, load side only, or use the same terminals for line and load side, the 14th digit can be used to specify the terminal requirement. 

For breakers that require In cases where a 20-digit special terminal catalog number is required, configurations, such as digit 14 will always be utilized different terminals on line and to specify the line side load side, a configured 20terminal requirement. Digits digit catalog number must be 19–20 will be utilized to utilized. When different specify the load side terminals are required on configuration. This can be each side, the Power accomplished by using the Defense catalog number letter “Z” in digit 19 and structure will maintain specifying the load terminal consistency. using digit 20. 

**2** 

**Example: 20-Digit Catalog Number—Frames 1–4 with Different Line and Load Terminals** 

|**PD**<br>**(1, 2)**|**G**<br>**(3)**|**2**<br>**(4)**|**3**<br>**(5)**|**F**<br>**(6)**|**0225**<br>**(7–10)**|**TFF**<br>**(11–13)**|**K**<br>**(14)**|**NN**<br>**(15–16)**|**NN**<br>**(17–18)**|**ZG**<br>**(19–20)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Power<br>Defense|Certifications<br>and Standards|Frame Size|Poles|Interrupting<br>rating|Continuous<br>current rating|Trip unit type|Line side<br>terminals|Indicating<br>accessory|Tripping<br>accessory|Load side<br>terminals|



The example above illustrates a Power Defense Frame 2 circuit breaker configured with different terminals on the line and load side. Digit 14 (K) indicates standard terminals, PDG2X3TA225, on the line side. Digits 19–20 (ZG) indicate special multi-wire terminals, PDG2X3TA2256W, on the load side. 

## _**Specifying Terminals on a Breaker (Frames 5 and 6)**_ 

Power Defense frames 5 and 6 are most commonly ordered without terminals installed at the factory. These frames include tapped conductors that can be specified for imperial or metric threading. This allows for increased flexibility when making field connections to the breaker conductors. 

For frames 5 and 6, standard 14-digit catalog numbers will not include terminals. The 14th digit of the catalog number will indicate imperial or metric threaded conductors. 

If factory-installed terminals are required for frames 5 or 6, they can be specified using a complete 20-digit catalog number. In these cases, the 14th digit will indicate the conductor threading and digits 19–20 will specify the terminal type. 

## **Example: 20-Digit Catalog Number—Frames 5 and 6 with Factory-Installed Terminals** 

|**PD**|**G**|**5**|**3**|**M**|**1200**|**P5D**|**M**|**NN**|**NN**|**ZJ**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(1, 2)**<br>Power|**(3)**<br>Certifications|**(4)**<br>Frame Size|**(5)**<br>Poles|**(6)**<br>Interrupting|**(7–10)**<br>Continuous|**(11–13)**<br>Trip unit type|**(14)**<br>Threading type|**(15–16)**<br>Indicating|**(17–18)**<br>Tripping|**(19–20)**<br>Terminals|
|Defense|and Standards|||rating|current rating|||accessory|accessory||



The example above illustrates a Power Defense frame 5 circuit breaker configured with factoryinstalled terminals. Digit 14 (M) indicates metric threaded conductors on the line and load side. Digits 19–20 (ZJ) indicate terminal, PDG5X1TA1200, installed on the line and load side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-107** 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** ~~=~~ 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A)**_ 

**Standard Terminals** 

|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|**Standard Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG1X2T125**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG1X3T125**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG1X4T125**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**125 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Steel**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**See listed chart**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**15–125 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**See listed chart**<br>4~~44-2~~||||||
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**#14–3/0**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**—**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–85**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|



## **Alternate Terminals** 

|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Standard Amp Range|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**125 A**<br>**15–125 A**|**PDG1X2TA125**<br>**PDG1X3TA125**<br>**PDG1X4TA125**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**T**<br>**U**<br>**V/ZL**<br>**See listed chart**<br>**See listed chart**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#14–1/0**<br>**2.08–53.5**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**—**<br>**Slotted—Imperial**|



## **Multi-Wire Terminals** 

||**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG1X3TA1253W**<br>**PDG1X4TA1253W**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**H/ZH**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||Breaker Max Amps<br>Standard Amp Range|**125 A**<br>**15–125 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**70**<br>**7.9**|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**3**<br>**#14–2**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**<br>**35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–33.6**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|
|||**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG1X3TA1256W**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG1X4TA1256W**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**G/ZG**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**125 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**25**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**15–125 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**2.82**<br> ~~$$~~||||||
||# Conductors per Phase|**6**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/32 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG|**#14–6**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–13.3**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-108** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 1 (15–125 A), continued**_ 

## **End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals** 

|ene|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**125 A**<br>**15–125 A**|**—**<br>**PDG1X3TS125**<br>**PDG1X4TS125**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**S**<br>**D**<br>**E/ZE**<br>**34–38**<br>**4–4.4**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**—**<br>**34–38**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**End Cap/Hardware**|Terminal Screw Size|**Hex Cap (10/32 x 0.875)**|
|**Control Wire Tabs**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**GCWTK**<br>**For Use With …**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**125 A**<br>PDG1X3TA125,<br>PDG1X3T125<br>Breaker Frame<br>**15–125 A**<br>Quick Connect Tab Size<br>**1/4-in**<br>Package Qty<br>**12**<br>~~—e~~|||||||
|**Terminal Shields and Barriers**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG1XTC3P**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG1XTC4P**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**125 A**<br>—<br>Breaker Frame<br>**15–125 A**<br>—<br>Included Parts<br>**Terminal**<br>**Shield,**<br>—<br>SE~~——~~|||||||
|||**Terminal Shield**|||||
|||**Cover, Barriers**|||||
|=|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**PDG1XIB3P**<br>**125 A**<br>**15–125 A**|||||
||Included Parts|**Qty 2 Barriers**|||||



**2** 

## **Frame Size 1 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)** 

|**For Sizes …**|**Torque (in-lb)**|**For Sizes …**|**Torque (Nm)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|14–10 AWG|35|2.5–6 mm²|3.95 Nm|
|8 AWG|40|10 mm²|4.52 Nm|
|6–4 AWG|45|16–25 mm²|5.08 Nm|
|3–1/0 AWG|50|25–50 mm²|5.65 Nm|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-109** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)**_ 

**Standard Terminals** 

|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A)_**<br>**Standard Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG2X2T100**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3T100**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4T100**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**100 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Steel**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**See listed chart**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**15–100 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**See listed chart**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Slotted—Imperial**<br>~~oo~~||||||||
|**2**||Wire Range AWG|**#14–1/0**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**20**|
|**2**||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–53.5**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|gE|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**110–225 A**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>~~ADAP~~||**PDG2X2TA225**<br>**PDG2X3TA225**<br>**PDG2X4TA225**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**75 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**J**<br>**K**<br>**L/ZL**<br>**120**<br>**13.55**<br>**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**|
|**2**||Wire Range AWG|**#4–4/0**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**N/A**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**21.2–107**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Clip-in Mount**|
|**2**||**Alternate Terminals**||||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|Bg|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br> ~~<$~~|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**50 A**<br>**15–50 A**|**PDG2X2TA50**<br>**PDG2X3TA50**<br>**PDG2X4TA50**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**T**<br>**U**<br>**V/ZV**<br>**See listed chart**<br>**See listed chart**|
|||# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|**2**||Wire Range AWG|**#14–4**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**20**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–21.2**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|**2**||||||||
|**2**<br>**2**|Dia|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG2X2TA100**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**T**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3TA100**<br>**Line Only**<br>**U**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4TA100**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**V/ZV**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**100 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**See listed chart**<br>Amp Range<br>**60–100 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**See listed chart**<br> ~~eee~~||||||
|**2**||# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
|**2**||Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#14–1/0**<br>**2.08–53.5**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**20**<br>**Slotted—Imperial**|
|**2**<br>**2**||**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG2X2TA150**<br>**PDG2X3TA150**<br>**PDG2X4TA150**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**T**<br>**U**<br>**V/ZV**|
|**2**||Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range|**150 A**<br>**60–150 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**120**<br>**13.55**|
|**2**||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**1**<br>**#14–4/0**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**75 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**<br>**N/A**|
|**2**||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–107**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Clip-in Mount**|
|**2**|||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG2X2TA225K**<br>**PDG2X3TA225K**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**T**<br>**U**|
|**2**<br>**2**|0|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase|**4-pole**<br>**225 A**<br>**60–225 A**<br>**1**|**PDG2X4TA225K**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**V/ZV**<br>**275**<br>**31.07**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|**2**||Wire Range AWG|**#6–300 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**100**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**13.3–152**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-110** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A), continued**_ 

|**Non-standard Terminals**|**Non-standard Terminals**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG2X2T150**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**W**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3T150**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Y**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4T150**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**Z/ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**150 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Stainless Steel**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**See listed chart**<br>Amp Range<br>**60–150 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**See listed chart**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Slotted—Imperial**<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**#4–4/0**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>**20**<br>A ~~On~~||||||
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**21.2–107**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG2X2T225**<br>**PDG2X3T225**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**W**<br>**Y**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**Designation**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4T225**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**Z/ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**120**<br>Amp Range<br>**60–225 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**13.55**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**<br>~~a~~||||||
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#4–4/0**<br>**21.2–107**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**N/A**<br>**Clip–in Mount**|
|**Multi-Wire Terminals**|**Multi-Wire Terminals**|||||
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3TA2256W**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**G/ZG**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**25**<br>~~9~~||||||
|Amp Range|**15–225 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**2.82**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**6**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/32 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**#14–6**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–13.3**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Rear Fed Terminals**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3TA2253W**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**H/ZH**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**70**<br>Amp Range<br>**15–225 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**7.9**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**3**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**90 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**#14–2**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>**35**<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**2.08–33.6**<br>Included Parts<br>**Terminal Shield**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG2X2TA150RF**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3TA150RF**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4TA150RF**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**120**<br>Bry~~ee~~||||||
|Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase|**15–150 A**<br>**1**|Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Cu/Al**<br>**75 °C**|Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**13.55**<br>**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br>sia~~)~~|**#14–4/0**<br>**2.08–107**<br>**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**225 A**<br>**60–225 A**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts<br>**PDG2X2TA225RF**<br>**PDG2X3TA225RF**<br>**PDG2X4TA225RF**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**B, C**<br>**Terminal Shield**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**60**<br>**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**275**<br>**31.07**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**1**<br>**#6–300 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**75 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**<br>**60**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**13.3–152**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-111** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 2 (15–225 A), continued**_ 

**Box Terminals** 

**2** 

||**Box Terminals**|**Box Terminals**|**Box Terminals**|**Box Terminals**|**Box Terminals**|**Box Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Le~~—______.~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3T20**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**20 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Steel**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**20**<br>Amp Range<br>**15–20 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**2.26**<br>~~—______.~~||||||
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**1**<br>**#14–10**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**75 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**Slotted—Imperial**<br>**20**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–5.26**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Slotted—Imperial**|



## **End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals** 

|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|**End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**–**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**S**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2X3TS225**<br>**Line Only**<br>**D**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2X4TS225**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**E/ZE**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**—**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**34–38**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**15–225 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**—**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**4–4.4**<br>~~=~~||||||
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**—**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**—**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**34–38**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**End Cap/Hardware**|—|**Hex Cap (10/32 x 0.75)**|



**Control Wire Tabs Catalog Number FCWTK For Use With …** Breaker Max Amps **150 A** PDG2X3T100, PDG2X3T150 Breaker Frame **15–150 A** ~~So~~ Quick Connect Tab Size **1/4-in** Package Qty **12 Catalog Number FCWTK225 For Use With …** Breaker Max Amps **225 A** PDG2X3T225 Breaker Frame **175–225 A** ~~——~~ Quick Connect Tab Size **1/4-in** Package Qty **12** 

## **Terminal Shields and Barriers** 

||**2-pole**|**PDG2XTC2P**|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG2XTC3P**<br>**PDG2XTC4P**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**225 A**|—|
|Breaker Frame|**15–225 A**|—|
|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield & Hardware**|—|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG2XIB**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG2XIB3P**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG2XIB4P**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**225 A**<br>—<br>Breaker Frame<br>**15–225 A**<br>—<br>~~wo~~|||



**==> picture [224 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Included Parts Interphase Barriers —<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Frame Size 2 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)** 

|**For Sizes …**<br>14–10 AWG|**Torque (in-lb)**<br>35|**For Sizes …**<br>2.5–6 mm²|**Torque (Nm)**<br>3.95 Nm|
|---|---|---|---|
|8 AWG|40|10 mm²|4.52 Nm|
|6–4 AWG|45|16–25 mm²|5.08 Nm|
|3–1/0 AWG|50|25–50 mm²|5.65 Nm|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-112** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A)**_ 

## **Standard Terminals** 

||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2TA300**<br>**PDG3X3TA300**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**J**<br>**K**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**Designation**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA300**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**300 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**275**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**31**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**100–225 A**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**90 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/16 in)**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>—<br>**—**<br>—<br>**—**<br>~~OO~~||||||
|Wire Range AWG|**#3–350 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**26.7–177**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2TA350**<br>**PDG3X3TA350**<br>**PDG3X4TA350**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**J**<br>**K**<br>**L/ZL**|
|~~oo~~||||||
|Breaker Max Amps|**350 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**375**|
|Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
|Standard Amp Range|**250–350 A**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in)**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|—|**—**|—|**—**|
|Wire Range AWG|**250–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**127–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**275**<br>~~oe~~||||||
|Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**31**|
|Standard Amp Range|**400 A**|—|**—**|—|**—**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in)**|
|Wire Range AWG|**3/0–250 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–127**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA401H**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA401H**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA401H**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**550**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**62.14**<br>~~oe~~||||||
|Standard Amp Range|**H250–H400 A**|—|**—**|—|**—**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in)**|
|Wire Range AWG|**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**253–380**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2TA630**<br>**PDG3X3TA630**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**J**<br>**K**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps|**4-pole**<br>**600 A**|**PDG3X4TA630**<br>Terminal Body Type|**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)|**L/ZL**<br>**375**|
|Breaker Frame<br>Standard Amp Range|**600 A**<br>**450–600 A**|Wire Type<br>—|**Cu/Al**<br>**—**|Wire Torque (Nm)<br>—|**42.37**<br>**—**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in)**|
|Wire Range AWG|**#2–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**33.6–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-113** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

## **Optional Terminals** 

## **2** ~~SS~~ **2** LQ 

|LQ|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**400 A**|**PDG3X2TA402**<br>**PDG3X3TA402**<br>**PDG3X4TA402**<br>Terminal Body Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)|**T**<br>**U**<br>**V/ZV**<br>**375**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|LQ|Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**1**<br>**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (3/8 in)**<br>**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**253–380**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA401**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA401**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA401**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**(2) 275 or (1) 375**<br>~~Oe~~|||||||
||Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**(2) 31.0 or (1) 42.37**|
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG|**(2) 2/0–250 kcmil;**<br>**(1) 2/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**(1) 67.4–127;**<br>**(1) 67.4–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
||**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2TA400H**<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**<br>**PDG3X4TA400H**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**T**<br>**U**<br>**V/ZV**|
||Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**400 A**<br>**600 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**375**<br>**42.37**|
||# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG|**#3–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**26.7–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|



## **Optional Copper Terminals** 

|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2T300**<br>**PDG3X3T300**<br>**PDG3X4T300**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**W**<br>**Y**<br>**Z/ZZ**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>**300 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**275**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**31**<br>~~ee~~||||||
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**1**<br>**#3–350 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**75 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**26.7–177**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2T350**<br>**PDG3X3T350**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**W**<br>**Y**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps|**4-pole**<br>**350 A**|**PDG3X4T350**<br>Terminal Body Type|**Designation**<br>**Copper**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)|**Z/ZZ**<br>**375**|
|Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**250–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**127–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-114** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

## **Optional Copper Terminals, continued** 

|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**400 A**|**PDG3X2T400**<br>**PDG3X3T400**<br>**PDG3X4T400**<br>Terminal Body Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Copper**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)|**W**<br>**Y**<br>**Z/ZZ**<br>**275**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Frame|**400 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**31**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**2**<br>**3/0–250 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**75 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>**6–8**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–127**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**400 A**<br>**400 A**|**PDG3X2T402**<br>**PDG3X3T402**<br>**PDG3X4T402**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Copper**<br>**Cu/Al**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**550**<br>**62.14**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**Al: 500–750 kcmil**<br>**Cu: 500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–127**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2T400H**<br>**PDG3X3T400H**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**—**<br>**—**|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3X4T400H**|**Designation**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**400 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**550**|
|Breaker Frame|**600 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**62.14**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**1**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**#3–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**26.7–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2T401H**<br>**PDG3X3T401H**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**W**<br>**Y**|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3X4T401H**|**Designation**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**Z/ZZ**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**400 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**500**|
|Breaker Frame<br># Conductors per Phase|**600 A**<br>**1**|Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Cu**<br>**75 °C**|Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**56.49**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**500–750 kcmil**<br>**253–380**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**200**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2T630**<br>**PDG3X3T630**<br>**PDG3X4T630**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**W**<br>**Y**<br>**Z/ZZ**|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**630 A**<br>**600 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Copper**<br>**Cu**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**375**<br>**42.37**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**#2–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**33.6–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-115** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

## **StrandAble Terminals** 

**2** ~~_~~ a **2 2** _ 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>a<br>_~~_—————————~~|**A**<br>**B**<br>**C/ZC**<br>**275**<br>**31**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**2**<br>**3/0–250 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>**6–8**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**3/0–4/0**<br>**85–127**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**D, G, H, I, K, M**<br>**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**6–8**<br>**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA350SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA350SW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA350SW**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**350 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**90 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>~~a~~||||||||
|||Wire Range AWG|**250–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
||||**250–350 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**D, G, H, I, K, M**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**127–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|i&||**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame<br># Conductors per Phase|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**630 A**<br>**600 A**<br>**2**|**PDG3X2TA630SW**<br>**PDG3X3TA630SW**<br>**PDG3X4TA630SW**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**A**<br>**B**<br>**C/ZC**<br>**375**<br>**42.37**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|||Wire Range AWG|**#2–500 kcmil**<br>**#2–350 kcmil**|Wire Classes<br>Wire Classes|**B, C**<br>**D, G, H, I, K, M**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**<br>**200**|
|||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**127–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|



## **Terminals with Control Wire** 

|4|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame<br>A|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**400 A**<br>**400 A**|**PDG3X2TA400CW**<br>**PDG3X3TA400CW**<br>**PDG3X4TA400CW**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**1**<br>**2**<br>**3/Z3**<br>**275**<br>**31**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG|**3/0–250 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–127**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|ag|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame<br># Conductors per Phase<br> ~~<A~~|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**400 A**<br>**400 A**<br>**2**|**PDG3X2TA401CW**<br>**PDG3X3TA401CW**<br>**PDG3X4TA401CW**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**4**<br>**5**<br>**6/Z6**<br>**(2) 275 or (1) 375**<br>**(2) 31.0 or (1) 42.37**<br>**Hex (5/16 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG|**(2) 2/0–250**<br>**kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
|||**(1) 2/0–500**<br>**kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**(2) 67.4–127**<br>**(1) 67.4–253**|Included Parts<br>Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**<br>**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**<br>**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-116** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

**Aluminum Terminals with Control Wire, continued** 

||**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2TA630CW**<br>**PDG3X3TA630CW**<br>**PDG3X4TA630CW**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**1**<br>**2**<br>**3/Z3**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||Breaker Max Amps|**630 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**375**|
||Breaker Frame|**600 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**2**<br>**#2–500 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**Hex (5/16 in)**<br>**200**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**33.6–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|& 4|**Copper Terminals with Control Wire**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br> ~~—J—H]~~||**Copper Terminals with Control Wire**<br>**PDG3X2T400CW**<br>**PDG3X3T400CW**<br>**PDG3X4T400CW**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Copper**<br>**Cu**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**7**<br>**8**<br>**9/Z9**<br>**275**<br>**31**|
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG|**3/0–250 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–127**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
|||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**PDG3X2T630CW**<br>**PDG3X3T630CW**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**7**<br>**8**|
||**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3X4T630CW**|**Designation**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**9/Z9**|
||Breaker Max Amps|**630 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**375**|
||Breaker Frame|**600 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**75 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG|**#2–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**200**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**33.6–253**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|**Multi-Wire Terminals**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA4003W**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA4003W**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA4003W**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**H/ZH**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**120**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**13.55**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**3**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**90 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/16 in) Imperial**<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**#12–2/0**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>**35**<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**3.31–67.4**<br>Included Parts<br>**Terminal Shield**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA4006W**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA4006W**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA4006W**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**G/ZG**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**25**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**2.82**<br>Wy~~a~~|||||||
||# Conductors per Phase|**6**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/32 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG|**#14–3**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**2.08–26.7**|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/32 in) Imperial**|
|CT|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame<br># Conductors per Phase|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**600 A**<br>**600 A**<br>**6**|**PDG3X2TA6006W**<br>**PDG3X3TA6006W**<br>**PDG3X4TA6006W**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**—**<br>**—**<br>**G/ZG**<br>**See listed chart**<br>**See listed chart**<br>**Slotted Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#14–1/0**<br>**2.08–53.5**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**Terminal Shield**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**200**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-117** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

## **StrandAble Multi–Wire Terminals** 

**2** 

|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG3X2TA6006WSW**<br>**PDG3X3TA6006WSW**<br>**PDG3X4TA6006WSW**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Max Amps|**600 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**See listed chart**|
|Breaker Frame|**600 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**See listed chart**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**6**<br>**#12–2/0**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Slotted Imperial**<br>**200**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#8–1/0**<br>**—**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**D, G, H, I, K, M**<br>**Terminal Shield**|—<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**—**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|



## **Rear-Fed Terminals** 

||**Rear-Fed Terminals**|
|---|---|
|4 bad<br>nn<br>bed<br>ea|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400RF**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400RF**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400RF**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**400 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.36**<br>~~—————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————~~<br> ~~ee~~|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG<br>**250–500 kcmil**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>**6–8**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**127–253**<br>Included Parts<br>**Interphase Barriers** Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Hex (7/32 in) Imperial**|
||**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA400HRF**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA400HRF**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**Designation**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA400HRF**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**400 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.36**<br>~~BO~~<br>lad<br>~~CT~~<br>A<br>oe||
||# Conductors per Phase<br>**1**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in)**|
||Wire Range AWG<br>**#2–500 kcmil**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>**200**<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**33.6–253**<br>Included Parts<br>**Interphase Barriers** Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
|0<br>e<br>)|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG3X2TA630RF**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG3X3TA630RF**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**4-pole**<br>**PDG3X4TA630RF**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Breaker Frame<br>**600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.36**<br>~~NE~~<br>~~OO~~<br>~~OOO EE~~<br>~~__~~<br> ~~a~~|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>**2**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG<br>**#2–500 kcmil**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)<br>**200**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**33.6–253**<br>Included Parts<br>**Interphase Barriers** Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Hex (1/2 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-118** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 3 (45–600 A), continued**_ 

## **End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals** 

|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG3X3TS400**<br>**PDG3X4TS400**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**S**<br>**D**<br>**E/ZE**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**400 A**<br>**400 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**120–144**<br>**14–16**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**—**<br>**120–144**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**End Cap/Hardware**|Terminal Screw Size|**Hex Cap (M8–1.25 x 25)**|
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG3X3TS600**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**S**<br>**D**|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3X4TS600**|**Designation**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**E/ZE**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**600 A**|Terminal Body Type|**—**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**354**|
|Breaker Frame|**600 A**|Wire Type|**—**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**40**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**—**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**—**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**354**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**End Cap/Hardware**|Terminal Screw Size|**Hex Cap (M12 x 30)**|



**2** 

## **Control Wire Tabs** 

|**Control Wire Tabs**|**Control Wire Tabs**||
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**KCWTK**|**For Use With …**|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>Breaker Frame|**400 A**<br>**100–400 A**|PDG3X3TA300, PDG3X3T300,<br>PDG3X3TA350, PDG3X3T350|
|Quick Connect Tab Size<br>Package Qty|**1/4-in**<br>**12**||



## **Terminal Shields and Barriers** 

||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG3XTC3P**|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3XTC4P**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**600 A**|—|
|Breaker Frame|**70–600 A**|—|
|Included Parts|**Terminal Shield**|—|
||**& Hardware**||
||**2-pole**|**PDG3XIB**|
||**3-pole**|**PDG3XIB3P**|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG3XIB4P**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**600 A**|—|
|Breaker Frame|**70–600 A**|—|
|Included Parts|**Interphase**|—|
||**Barriers**||



## **Frame Size 3 Wire Torque (if chart is referenced)** 

|**For Sizes …**|**Torque (in-lb)**|**For Sizes …**|**Torque (Nm)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|14–10|35 in-lb|2.5–6|3.95 Nm|
|8<br>6–4|40 in-lb<br>45 in-lb|10<br>16–25|4.51 Nm<br>5.08 Nm|
|2–1/0|50 in-lb|35–50|5.65 Nm|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-119** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)**_ 

|**2**|**_Terminals—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A)_**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard Terminals**||||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1TA700**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3TA700**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**700 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**300–700 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br>~~———~~|||||||
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|**2**|Wire Range AWG|**1–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|**2**|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**42.4–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1TA800**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**J**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3TA800**<br>**Line Only**<br>**K**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**L/ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**800 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Standard Amp Range<br>**800 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**3**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**90 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~ee~~||||||
|**2**|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**3/0–400 kcmil**<br>**85–203**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B,C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**30–35**<br>**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**|**Alternate Terminals**||||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1TA801**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**T**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3TA801**<br>**Line Only**<br>**U**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**V/ZV**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**800 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**500**<br>Amp Range<br>**300–800 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**56.49**<br>~~===~~||||||
||# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|**2**|Wire Range AWG|**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B,C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**253–380**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**|||||||
||**Alternate Copper Terminals**||||||
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1T600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**W**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3T600**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Y**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**Z/ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**300**<br>Amp Range<br>**300–600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**33.9**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**2**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**—**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**2/0–500 kcmil**<br>Wire Classes<br>**B,C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>**30–35**<br>~~a~~||||||
|**2**|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**67.4–238**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1T800**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**W**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3T800**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Y**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**Z/ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**800 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**275**<br>Amp Range<br>**700–800 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**31.07**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**3**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**—**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~4~~||||||
|**2**|Wire Range AWG|**3/0–300 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B,C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–152**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-120** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A), continued**_ 

## **StrandAble Terminals** 

||**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG4X3TA800SW**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**A**<br>**B**<br>**C/ZC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||Breaker Max Amps|**800 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**—**|
||Amp Range|**300–800 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**—**|
||# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**3**<br>**3/0–400 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>**—**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**3/0–300 kcmil**<br>**85–203**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**D, G, H, I, K, M**<br>**—**|—<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**—**<br>**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
||**Control Wire Terminals**||||||
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase<br>~~ze~~||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**700 A**<br>**300–700 A**<br>**2**|**PDG4X1TA700CW**<br>**PDG4X3TA700CW**<br>**—**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**—**|**Line and Load**<br>**1**<br>**Line Only**<br>**2**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**3/Z3**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~W—~~||
||Wire Range AWG|**#1–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B,C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**42.4–253**|Control Tab Size|**1/4-in**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|7|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**<br>**800 A**<br>**300–800 A**<br>**3**|**PDG4X1TA800CW**<br>**PDG4X3TA800CW**<br>**—**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**1**<br>**2**<br>**3/Z3**<br>**375**<br>**42.37**<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
||Wire Range AWG|**3/0–400 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B,C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–203**|Control Tab Size|**1/4-in**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**2-pole**<br>**PDG4X1TA801CW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**4**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG4X3TA801CW**<br>**Line Only**<br>**5**<br>**4-pole**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**<br>**6/Z6**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**800 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**500**<br>Amp Range<br>**300–800 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**56.49**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**2**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**—**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>=~~——_~~|||||||
||Wire Range AWG|**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B,C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
||Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**253–380**|Control Tab Size|**1/4-in**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-121** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 4 (300–800 A), continued**_ 

## **Rear Fed Terminals** 

**2** 

|**Catalog Number**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**PDG4X1TA800RF**<br>**PDG4X3TA800RF**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**800 A**<br>**300–800 A**<br>**3**<br>**3/0–300 kcmil**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**—**<br>**B,C**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**275**<br>**31.07**<br>**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**<br>**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**85–152**|Included Parts|**Interphase Barriers**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



## **End Cap Kit/Screw Terminals** 

||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**—**<br>**PDG4X3TS800**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 14**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**S**<br>**D**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**4-pole**|**PDG4X4TS800**|**Designation**|**Load Only (Digit 14/19–20)**|**E/ZE**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**800 A**|Terminal Body Type|**—**|Wire Torque (ft-lb)|**35**|
|Breaker Frame|**300–800 A**|Wire Type|**—**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**47.45**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**—**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**End Cap/Hardware**|Terminal Screw Size|**Hex Cap (1/2–13 x 1.25 in)**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-122** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A)**_ 

**Terminal Options** 

|**Terminal Options**|**Terminal Options**|**Terminal Options**|**Terminal Options**|**Terminal Options**|**Terminal Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA700**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZJ**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZK**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZL**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**700 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–700 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br>~~ee~~||||||
|# Conductors per Phase|**2**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**1–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**42.4–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range<br># Conductors per Phase<br>‘~~=. ~~|**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1000**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**320–1000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**3**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br> ~~OO~~||**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**90 °C**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type|**ZJ**<br>**ZK**<br>**ZL**<br>**375**<br>**42.37**<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**3/0–400 kcmil**<br>**85–203**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**30–35**<br>**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>~~i~~|**1-pole**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>~~i~~|**PDG5X1TA1200**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>~~i~~|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>~~i~~|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**<br>~~i~~|**ZJ**<br>**ZK**<br>**ZL**<br>~~i~~|
|Breaker Max Amps|**1200 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**375**|
|Amp Range|**320–1200 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**4**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**4/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1201**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZT**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZU**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZV**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**450**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**50.84**<br>~~a~~||||||
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**3**<br>**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**90 °C**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-123** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued**_ 

|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|**2**<br>**_Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**Copper Terminal Options**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1T700**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZW**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZY**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**700 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**300**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–700 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**33.9**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**2**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**—**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~Se~~|||||||
|**2**|Wire Range AWG|**2/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|**2**|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**67.4–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**||**1-pole**<br>**—**|**PDG5X1T1000**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**ZW**<br>**ZY**|
||**Catalog Number**|**—**|**—**|**Designation**|**Load Only**|**ZZ**|
|**2**|Breaker Max Amps|**1000 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**300**|
||Amp Range|**320–1000 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**33.9**|
|**2**|# Conductors per Phase|**3**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|**2**|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**3/0–400 kcmil**<br>**85–203**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**30–35**<br>**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**2**<br>**2**|**Catalog Number**|**1-pole**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**PDG5X1T1200**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**|**ZW**<br>**ZY**<br>**ZZ**|
|**2**|Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range|**1200 A**<br>**320–1200 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Copper**<br>**Cu**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**275**<br>**31.07**|
|**2**|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**4**<br>**4/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>**30–35**|
|**2**|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



## **StrandAble Terminals** 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA1200SW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZA**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZB**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZC**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1200 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**—**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1200 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**—**<br>~~a~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|# Conductors per Phase|**4**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**4/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**—**|
||**4/0–350 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**D, G, H, I, K, M**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**—**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



## **Control Wire Terminals** 

|**Control Wire Terminals**|**Control Wire Terminals**|**Control Wire Terminals**|**Control Wire Terminals**|**Control Wire Terminals**|**Control Wire Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG5X1TA700CW**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**Z1**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Z2**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**Z3**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**700 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–700 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br>~~18~~||||||
||# Conductors per Phase<br>**2**<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**1–500 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>**30–35**|
|¢|Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**42.4–253**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1000 A**<br>Amp Range<br>**320–1000 A**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**3**<br>~~——~~|Control Tab Size<br>**PDG5X1TA1000CW**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type<br>Wire Temperature Rating|**1/4-in**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**<br>**—**|Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>~~—~~|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**<br>**Z1**<br>**Z2**<br>**Z3**<br>**375**<br>**42.37**<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~—~~|
||Wire Range AWG<br>**3/0–400 kcmil**<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**85–203**|Wire Classes<br>Control Tab Size|**B, C**<br>**1/4-in**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**30–35**<br>**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-124** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A), continued**_ 

## **Control Wire Terminals, continued** 

|**Catalog Number**|**1-pole**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**PDG5X1TA1200CW**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**|**Z1**<br>**Z2**<br>**Z3**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Breaker Max Amps|**1200 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**375**|
|Amp Range|**320–1200 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**42.37**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**4**<br>**4/0–500 kcmil**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**B, C**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Control Tab Size|**1/4-in**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
||**1-pole**<br>**—**|**PDG5X1TA1201CW**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**Z4**<br>**Z5**|
|**Catalog Number**<br>Breaker Max Amps|**—**<br>**1200 A**|**—**<br>Terminal Body Type|**Designation**<br>**Aluminum**|**Load Only**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)|**Z6**<br>**450**|
|Amp Range|**320–1200 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**50.84**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**3**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG|**500–750 kcmil**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**107–253**|Control Tab Size|**1/4-in**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (3/4 in) Imperial**|
|**Conductor Extensions**||||||
||**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**|**5104A24G01**<br>**5104A24G02**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**—**<br>**—**|
|**Catalog Number (Imperial)**|**4-pole**|**5104A24G05**|**Designation**|**Load Only**|**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**1200 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Aluminum**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|Amp Range|**320–1200 A**|Wire Type|**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Wire Hardware Type|**See terminal/conductor**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**Interphase Barriers**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (1/2 in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number (Metric)**|**2-pole**<br>**3-pole**<br>**4-pole**|**5104A24G03**<br>**5104A24G04**<br>**5104A24G06**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps<br>Amp Range|**1200 A**<br>**320–1200 A**|Terminal Body Type<br>Wire Type|**Aluminum**<br>**Cu/Al**|Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Wire Torque (Nm)|**See terminal/conductor**<br>**See terminal/conductor**|
|# Conductors per Phase<br>Wire Range AWG|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Temperature Rating<br>Wire Classes|**—**<br>**—**|Wire Hardware Type<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)|**See terminal/conductor**<br>**30–35**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**Interphase Barriers**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (M12) Metric**|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-125** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2 2** ~~i~~ **2** ) ~~,~~ 

## _**Terminals—Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A)**_ 

## **Terminal Options** 

|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1TA1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**500–1000 kcmil** Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**253–507**<br>Included Parts<br>**—**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG6X3TA2000**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**2000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–2000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>)~~,~~<br>. ~~———————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1TA1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**500–1000 kcmil** Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**253–507**<br>Included Parts<br>**—**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG6X3TA2000**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**2000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–2000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>)~~,~~<br>. ~~———————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1TA1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**500–1000 kcmil** Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**253–507**<br>Included Parts<br>**—**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG6X3TA2000**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**2000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–2000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>)~~,~~<br>. ~~———————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1TA1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**500–1000 kcmil** Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**253–507**<br>Included Parts<br>**—**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG6X3TA2000**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**2000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–2000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>)~~,~~<br>. ~~———————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1TA1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**75 °C**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>Wire Range AWG<br>**500–1000 kcmil** Wire Classes<br>**B, C**<br>Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)<br>**253–507**<br>Included Parts<br>**—**<br>Terminal Hardware Type<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**3-pole**<br>**PDG6X3TA2000**<br>**Line Only**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**2000 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Aluminum**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>Amp Range<br>**700–2000 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu/Al**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>)~~,~~<br>. ~~———————~~|**ZJ**<br>**ZK**<br>**ZL**<br>**550**<br>**62.14**<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>**20**<br>**Hex (9/16 in) Imperial**<br>**ZJ**<br>**ZK**<br>**ZL**<br>**375**<br>**62.14**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|# Conductors per Phase|**6**|Wire Temperature Rating|**90 °C**|Wire Hardware Type|**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**|
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#2–600**<br>**33.6–304**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**Extended Connectors**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br> Terminal Hardware Type|**25**<br>**Hex (9/16 in) Imperial**|



## **Copper Terminal Options** 

|**Copper Terminal Options**|**Copper Terminal Options**|**Copper Terminal Options**|**Copper Terminal Options**|**Copper Terminal Options**|**Copper Terminal Options**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**<br>**1-pole**<br>**PDG6X1T1600**<br>**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**<br>**Line and Load**<br>**ZW**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Line Only**<br>**ZY**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**Load Only**<br>**ZZ**<br>Breaker Max Amps<br>**1600 A**<br>Terminal Body Type<br>**Copper**<br>Wire Torque (in-lb)<br>**375**<br>Amp Range<br>**700–1600 A**<br>Wire Type<br>**Cu**<br>Wire Torque (Nm)<br>**42.37**<br># Conductors per Phase<br>**4**<br>Wire Temperature Rating<br>**—**<br>Wire Hardware Type<br>**Hex (3/8 in) Imperial**<br>~~+,~~||||||
|Wire Range AWG<br>Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**#1–600 kcmil**<br>**42.4–304**|Wire Classes<br>Included Parts|**B, C**<br>**—**|Terminal Torque (ft-lb)<br>Terminal Hardware Type|**20**<br>**Hex (9/16 in) Imperial**|
|**Rear Connectors**||||||
||**1-pole**<br>**—**|**PDG6X1T2000RC**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**—**<br>**—**|
|**Catalog Number**|**—**|**—**|**Designation**|**Load Only**|**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**2000 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|Amp Range|**700–2000 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Connector Tap Size|**2 x 0.45-in Opening**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**120**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16-in) Imperial**|
|**Catalog Number**|**1-pole**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**PDF6X1T2000RC**<br>**—**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**<br>**Designation**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**<br>**Load Only**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps|**2000 A**|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|Amp Range|**700–2000 A**|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|# Conductors per Phase|**—**|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Connector Tap Size|**2 x 0.45-in Opening**|
|Wire Range AWG|**—**|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**120**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|**—**|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16 in) Imperial**|
||**1-pole**<br>**—**|**PDG6X1T2500RC**<br>**—**|**Breaker Catalog**<br>**Number Digit 19/20**|**Line and Load**<br>**Line Only**|**—**<br>**—**|
|**Catalog Number**|**—**|**—**|**Designation**|**Load Only**|**—**|
|Breaker Max Amps|2000 A|Terminal Body Type|**Copper**|Wire Torque (in-lb)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|Amp Range|700–2000 A|Wire Type|**Cu**|Wire Torque (Nm)|**See terminal/conductor**|
|# Conductors per Phase|—|Wire Temperature Rating|**—**|Connector Tap Size|**2 X 0.45-in Opening**|
|Wire Range AWG|—|Wire Classes|**B, C**|Terminal Torque (in-lb)|**120**|
|Wire Range Metric (mm2)|—|Included Parts|**—**|Terminal Hardware Type|**Hex (5/16-in) Imperial**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-126** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [226 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers—Communications and Software<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

**==> picture [243 x 180] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers|
|Frame Size 1 (15–125 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-22|
|Frame Size 2 (15–225 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-29|
|Frame Size 3 (45–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-42|
|Frame Size 4 (300–800 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-57|
|Frame Size 5 (320–1200 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-70|
|Frame Size 6 (700–2500 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-79|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (3–600 A) . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-87|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (15–600 A). . .|V4-T2-98|
|Terminals, Lugs and Connectors  . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-104|
|Communications and Software|
|Communication Adapter Modules|
|Modbus RTU RS-485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-128|
|Power Xpert Protection Manager . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-128|
|Special Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-129|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **Communications and Software** 

## **Communication Adapter Modules** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Designed for Power Defense circuit breakers, the Power Xpert Release (PXR) communications adapter module (CAM) expands the communication capabilities of the PXR 20, PXR 20D and PXR 25 electronic trip units. When used in conjunction with an IoT-based system, the PXR-CAMs allow for greater visibility into the facility, process or machine, thus adhering to the design principles of Industry 4.0. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

- l Improve safety with remote breaker control via programmable discrete I/O 

- l Perform at-a-glance troubleshooting with front-facing LEDs that communicate status and alarms 

- l Simplify configuration and monitoring with intuitive HTML5 web interface (ECAM only) 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

- l Compact, DIN rail mounted design with removable terminal blocks offers space savings, fast installation and accessibility for maintenance 

- l Dimensions: 

- 4.30 in (110 mm) H 

- 1.20 in (30 mm) W 

- 4.30 in (110 mm) D 

## _**Supported Protocols**_ 

- l Modbus TCP/IP CAM for PXR 20, 20D, 25 Catalog number: **PXR-ECAM-MTCP** 

- l PROFIBUS DP CAM for PXR 20, 20D, 25 Catalog number: **PXR-PCAM** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-127** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

## Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Modbus RTU RS-485** 

**2** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Power Xpert Release (PXR) trip units have optional integral Modbus RTU communication on the PXR 20. Modbus RTU comes standard on the PXR 20D and 25. 

## _**Application Description**_ 

With this industry standard protocol, the PXR trip units can supply real-time data such as voltage, current, power, health and status to any Modbus RTU client without any additional external device. 

## _**Field Installation**_ 

Field-installable options are available on the PXR 20 for Power Defense frames 2, 5 and 6. See catalog numbers below: 

- l Field installable Modbus RTU with Relay for PD-2: **PDG2XMODRTUREL** 

- l Field installable Modbus RTU for PD-5 and 6: **PDG56XMODRTU** 

## **Power Xpert Protection Manager** 

## _**Product Description**_ 

Eaton’s Power Xpert Protection Manager (PXPM) software provides a clean, intuitive user interface enabling unmatched control, testing and troubleshooting. 

The software is free to download and can run all standard features on any PC. Licenses can be purchased to unlock premium features: secondary injection testing and trip/alarm waveform. 

Communication between PXPM and PXR trip units is made via USB or through connected networks. 

## _**Features and Benefits**_ 

- l _Set point configuration_ : allows direct-to-trip unit or offline setup, including duplication of settings between units 

## **Secondary Injection Testing** 

The secondary injection test function utilizes a separate circuit that injects a signal in parallel with and representative of the output of the current sensor. All the built-in protection circuitry and routines respond per the settings in the breaker. The PXPM software can initiate testing of long delay trip, short delay trip, instantaneous trip, maintenance mode and ground (earth) fault trip via the USB communication. 

- l _Control mode_ : capture waveforms, reset trip unit or set the date/time 

- l Real-time data: provides information regarding all status and metered data direction from the trip unit 

- l _Event summaries_ : stores up to 200 events, detailed information on the most recent (10 trip and 10 alarm) events, and time adjustments to the realtime clock 

The current sensor test adjustments to the realutilizes a separate circuit to time clock create a signal that is directed l _Reports_ : allows for the though the Rogowski coil. formatting and printing of This signal will verify real-time data of performed continuity and functionality secondary injection tests of the Rogowski coil. 

## **Trip/Alarm Waveform** 

PXPM’s trip/alarm waveform feature allows PXR trip units to capture and display the breaker state leading up to the last trip or alarm event, provided that auxiliary power is connected. 

Available waveform data includes minimum and maximum phase current, voltage and frequency. Using this information increases uptime by identifying issues causing an event and minimized breaker wear by identifying potential tripping issues faster, without the need for expensive standalone testing equipment. 

Feature license catalog number: **PXPM-SW-WAVE** 

Feature license catalog number: **PXPM-SW-TEST** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-128** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Special Applications** 

## **Extreme Temperature Applications** 

In addition to ambient temperature, other factors must be taken into account in the application of circuit breakers in system designs. These include altitude, power factor, cable size and type, load types, and others. Additional details on these can be found in Eaton’s _Consulting Application Guide_ . 

The Technical Data section of this catalog ( **Pages V4-T2-12** – **V4-T2-20** ) presents permissible loads for each breaker type at ambient temperatures ranging from 40 °C through 70 °C. The tables are presented as an aid in selecting breakers appropriate for the application. 

## **100% Rated Breakers** 

Molded case circuit breakers are designed to carry rated current in open air at the calibrated temperature for an indefinite period of time without tripping. Molded case circuit breakers are typically applied in an enclosure, therefore the National Electrical Code (Article 220.10b) requires that all overcurrent protection devices be loaded to a maximum of 80% of their continuous current rating, unless specifically listed for 100% applications. Breakers listed for 100% applications specifically outline, on the nameplates, a minimum size enclosure, the minimum ventilation (if needed), and the minimum conductor size for application at 100% rating. 

Per industry standards, breakers are calibrated to perform at an ambient temperature of 40 °C. Thermal-magnetic breakers are temperature sensitive, and at temperatures above 40 °C will carry less current than their continuous current rating.This high temperature condition promotes nuisance tripping and can create unacceptable temperature conditions inside the breaker and at the terminals. To prevent these issues, the ambient temperature load derating values presented in the technical data section must be followed. Additionally, special 50 °C calibrated breakers are available— note that these do not carry a UL Listing. 

Power Defense circuit breakers are available in 100% rated configurations, as presented in each section of the catalog. Power Defense breakers rated for 100% use the designator PDF in Digits 1–3 of the catalog number. 

Electronic breakers are breakers are available in insensitive to ambient 100% rated configurations, temperature within a certain as presented in each section range and are not likely to of the catalog. Power nuisance trip. However, if Defense breakers rated for the ambient temperature 100% use the designator significantly exceeds 40 °C PDF in Digits 1–3 of the the electronic circuitry or catalog number. other internal components It is important to understand could become damaged. Power Defense electronic that using 100% rated breakers is not always the breakers are designed with best choice for every system circuitry to initiate a tripping design. Consideration should operation to provide selfbe given to any present or protection to the electronic future factors that could components in the event the affect the overall system internal temperature reaches to an unsafe level. design, and an understanding of NEC Article 210.20a in application of these products. 

## **50 °C Calibrated Breakers** 

Special non-UL listed calibrations are available for 50 °C ambient temperatures for breakers equipped with thermal-magnetic trip units, and for separate thermalmagnetic trip units. Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50 °C, and do not require specific calibration. 

For this application on thermal-magnetic breakers, the trip unit digits (11–13) of the Power Defense circuit breaker catalog number are changed, from TFF and TFA to VFF and VFA, respectively. Details for these are provided within each frame section. 

## **Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers** 

Power Defense circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing for applications in extreme cold conditions. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

For this application, add suffix **J2** to digits 19–20 on a Power Defense catalog number to order. 

## **Fungus/Moisture Treated Breakers** 

Molded case circuit breakers are suited for operation in 0% to 95% noncondensing humidity environments. As is the case with all electrical equipment, application in a condition or environment above this humidity level should be avoided. Breakers applied in these environments should be protected by the proper NEMA rated enclosure (or of appropriate IP rating), and maintained dry. If such operating conditions cannot be met, special treatment of the circuit breaker should be considered to minimize the possibility of operational problems. 

All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from a glass- **2** polyester material, which does not support the growth **2** of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special **2** treatment for application in these types of conditions. **2** 

For this application, add suffix **J1** to digits 19–20 on a Power Defense catalog number to order. 

## **High Altitude Applications** 

Low-voltage circuit breakers must be progressively derated for voltage and current carrying capacity at altitudes above approximately 6000 ft. The thinner air at higher altitudes reduces cooling and dielectric characteristics compared to denser air found at lower altitudes. 

Please consult the product line, Technical Resources Center, or Eaton’s _Consulting Application Guide_ for specific derating details. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-129** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Reverse Fed Applications** 

All Power Defense molded case circuit breakers shipped **2** complete from Eaton’s factory are capable of being **2** reverse fed, with the power source feeding the lower side **2** (typically considered the load side) of the circuit breaker. **2** UL specifies parameters for circuit breakers to be applied in reverse-feed applications, **2** which are met by Power Defense circuit breakers. This **2** typically includes a factory seal and no “Line” or “Load” **2** markings. All Frame Sizes 1 and 2 (PDG1 and PDG2) **2** circuit breakers are always shipped in this configuration. 

An Eaton facility authorized to modify MCCBs under UL File E7819 may convert a standard circuit breaker of this type to a reverse-feed capable device per UL parameters following specific procedures. 

Frame Sizes 1 and 2 always ship complete from the factory and are always reverse-feed capable. Frame Sizes 3, 4, 5 and 6 may ship as complete circuit breakers, or as separate frames and trip units if ordered separately. 

Motor Circuit Protector devices are not capable of being reverse fed. 

Breakers that ship as frames only (available in Frame Sizes 3–6), for field installation of trip units, are marked for standard application, with the line side marked at the top and the load side at the bottom, and meet UL requirement for standard applications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-130** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Application of Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers in 400–415 Hz Systems** 

Some specialty equipment requires 400–415 Hz power systems. Due to the increased resistance in these systems, circuit breakers typically require derating. Additionally, cable and bus sizes used at 400–415 Hz are not based on standard National Electrical Code tables for 60 Hz applications, and larger cross sections are necessary. 

Eaton’s Power Defense molded case circuit breakers can be applied for overcurrent protection on 400–415 Hz systems. Commonly used to power computer installations, 400–415 Hz systems are also employed in conjunction with certain aircraft, military and other specialty equipment. 

The following application tables contain derating guidelines for applying Eaton molded case circuit breakers on 400–415 Hz systems. 

The Continuous Current table on the next page lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity at 400 Hz. 

The Interrupting Capacities table on **V4-T2-133** lists the estimated interrupting capacities at 400–415 Hz. 

Due to the increased resistance of the copper sections resulting from the skin effect produced by eddy currents at 400–415 Hz, circuit breakers in many cases require derating. 

The thermal derating on these devices is based upon 100%, three-phase application in open air in a maximum of 40 °C (104 °F) with 4 feet (1.2 m) of the specified cable 75 °C (167 °F) of bus at the line and load side. 

Additional derating of not less than 20% will be required if the circuit breaker is to be used in an enclosure. 

Further derating may be required if the enclosure contains other heat generating devices or if the ambient temperatures exceed 40 °C (104 °F). 

## _**Cable and Bus Sizing**_ 

The cable and bus sizes to be used at 400–415 Hz are not based on standard National Electrical Code tables for 60 Hz application. Larger cross sections are necessary at 400–415 Hz to avoid exceeding component temperature limits. All bus bars specified are based upon mounting the bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced at a minimum of 1/4-inch (6.35 mm) apart. Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal plane will necessitate additional drafting. Edgewise orientation of the bus may change the maximum ratings indicated. 

## _**Application Recommendations**_ 

It is recommended that thermal indicating devices such as “tempiplates” be placed on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole. These are usually the hottest terminals with a balanced load. A maximum temperature of 90 °C (50 °C over a maximum ambient of 40 °C) would verify the maximum rating for the application. Temperature profiles taken on these breakers can be correlated to ensure that the hottest points within the breaker are within the required temperature limits. A thermal cutoff switch can also be used to actuate a shunt trip to open the breaker if the thermal limits are exceeded. Consult the Eaton Technical Resource Center for further information on special applications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-131** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Continuous Current of 400 Hz Breakers** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**ouous ue o**<br>**Breaker Frame**|**ees**<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Current (Amps at 60 Hz)**|**400–415 Hz Application**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous (Amps)**<br>**Cable/**<br>**Bus Bar (per phase)**<br>**Terminals (Fixed Front)**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
||PDG1|15|15<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||20|20<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||25|25<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||30|30<br>1–#10 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||35|35<br>1–#10 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||40|40<br>1–#8 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||45|45<br>1–#8 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||50|50<br>1–#6 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||60|60<br>1–#6 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||80|70<br>1–#4 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||90|80<br>1–#2 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||100|90<br>1–#1 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||110|100<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
|||125|110<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG1X3T125**|
||PDG21|15|15<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||20|20<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||25|25<br>1–#12 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||30|30<br>1–#10 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||35|35<br>1–#10 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||40|40<br>1–#8 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||50|45<br>1–#6 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||70|65<br>1–#4 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||90|85<br>1–#2 Cu<br>**PDG2X3T100**|
|||100|95<br>1–#1 Cu<br>**PDG2X3TA150**|
|||125|115<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG2X3TA150**|
|||150|135<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG2X3TA150**|
||PDG3 (400 A Frame)1|125|100<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||150|125<br>1–1/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||170|150<br>1–2/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||200|160<br>1–3/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||225|180<br>1–4/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||250|200<br>1–250 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||300|225<br>1–350 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3T300**|
|||350|275<br>1–500 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3T350**|
|||400|300<br>2–3/0 Cu<br>**PDG3X3T400**|
||PDG3 (600 A Frame)1|250|200<br>1–250 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**|
|||300|250<br>1–350 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**|
|||350|275<br>1–500 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**|
|||400|300<br>1–500 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA400H**|
|||500|400<br>2–500 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA630**|
|||600|400<br>2–500 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG3X3TA630**|
||PDG41|400|340<br>2–3/0 Cu<br>**PDG4X3T600**|
|||500|405<br>2–300 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG4X3T600**|
|||600|470<br>2–350 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG4X3T600**|
|||700|355<br>2–4/0 Cu<br>**PDG4X3T800**|
|||800|400<br>2–300 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG4X3T800**|
||PDG51|1200|700<br>3–300 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG5X1T1000**|
||||750<br>3–350 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG5X1T1000**|
||||850<br>4–350 kcmil Cu<br>**PDG5X1T1200**|
||PDG61|2000|1500<br>4–1/2 x 4 Cu<br>2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 PXR metering accuracy is ±5% in 400 Hz application. 

> 2 Rear connected Cu T-Bar. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-132** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.2 

Power Defense Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Interrupting Capacities of 400 Hz Breakers** 

||**Estimated 400–415 Hz Interrupting Capacities**12**(rms Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Estimated 400–415 Hz Interrupting Capacities**12**(rms Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Estimated 400–415 Hz Interrupting Capacities**12**(rms Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Frame**|**240 V**|**480 V**|**600 V**|
|PDG1_C|5,000|3,600|—|
|PDG1_F|7,000|5,000|3,600|
|PDG1_G|17,000|7,000|4,400|
|PDG1_H|20,000|13,000|5,000|
|PDG1_P|40,000|20,000|7,000|
|PDG2_F|3,600|2,800|2,800|
|PDG2_G, PDG2_M|13,000|5,000|3,600|
|PDG3_F, PDG3_G, PDG3_M (400 A Frame)|21,000|11,000|8,000|
|PDG3_G (600 A Frame)|13,000|7,000|3,600|
|PDG3_K (600 A Frame)|17,000|10,000|5,000|
|PDG3_M (600 A Frame)|20,000|13,000|7,000|
|PDG3_P (600 A Frame)|40,000|20,000|10,000|
|PDG4_K|14,000|10,000|7,000|
|PDG4_M|21,000|11,000|8,000|
|PDG5|21,000|16,000|8,000|
|PDG6|40,000|33,000|33,000|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 The above interrupting ratings are estimates based on the design parameters and operating characteristics of each breaker as well as on the limited amount of test data thus far available for circuit breakers applied to 400-415 Hz systems. 

> 2 Not UL Listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-133** 

2.3 

Series G 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Series G||
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-135**|
|Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-136**|
|Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-137**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-139**|
|Dimensions and Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-144**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|
|Learn<br>Drawings||
|Online<br>Online||



## **Product Overview** 

The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around space-saving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton Series C ND and RD designs. 

_**Series G, 15–2500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications**_ 

Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices. 

The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC). 

The “G” signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include: 

Series G molded case circuit breakers are also available in direct current options. Please see Specialty Breakers **Section 2.6** for more details. 

- l Field-fit accessories 

- l Common accessories through 630 amperes 

- l Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes 

> l Electronic trip units from Standard calibration is 40 °C. 20 to 2500 amperes For applications in high 

> l UL-listed and IEC-rated, ambient temperature 30 mA ground fault/earth conditions, 50 °C factory leakage modules calibration is available on 

> l Built-in ground fault thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL). 

- l Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes 

## **The Most Logically Designed Contact Assembly** 

The flexibility and outstanding performance characteristics of Eaton circuit breakers are made possible by the best contact designs in circuit breaker history. Our technology creates a highspeed “blow-open” action using the electromechanical forces produced by high-level fault currents. 

Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety. 

## **Thorough In-Plant Testing** 

The quality, dependability and reliability of every Eaton Circuit Breaker is ensured by a thorough program of inplant testing. Two calibration tests are conducted on every pole of every circuit breaker to verify the trip mechanism, operating mechanism, continuity and accuracy. 

## **Current Limiting Characteristics** 

Circuit breakers are current limiting because of their high repulsion contact arrangement and use of state-of-the-art arc extinguishing technology. 

Eaton offers one of the most complete lines of current limiting breakers in the industry. The industrial breakers are available in current limiting versions with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 V without fuses in the same physical size as standard and high interrupting capacity breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-134** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Operating Mechanisms** 

Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED. 

The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed. 

As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively. 

## **Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive** 

**==> picture [158 x 58] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Drive<br>2<br>2<br>OFF ON Tripped<br>Reset 2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Standards and Certifications** 

Eaton Series G circuit breakers meet applicable UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 standards. 

Molded case circuit breakers from Eaton are designed to conform with the following international standards: 

- l Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers 

- l British Standards Institution Standard EN60947.2 

- l International Electromechanical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947.2 circuit breakers 

- l Japanese T-Mark standard molded case circuit breakers 

- l National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards Publication No. AB1-1993 molded case circuit breakers 

- l South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers 

- l Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 947.2, Safety Regulations for circuit breakers 

- l Union Technique de l’Electricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements 

- l Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnike (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers 

## **Global Third-Party Certification** 

Certification marks ensure product compliance with the total standard via the third party witnessing of tests by globally recognized independent certification organizations. 

KEMA is a highly recognized, independent international organization that offers certification and inspection facilities for equipment in many industries. The KEMAKEUR mark is the highest certification an electrical product can receive from KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2 molded case circuit breakers are KEMA tested and certified. These breakers are also listed in accordance with UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2 No. 5-02. 

KEMA, UL and CSA provide ongoing follow-up testing and inspections to ensure that Eaton molded case circuit breakers continue to meet their exacting standards. 

## **ISO Certification** 

Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO[®] certified facilities. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-135** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Overview** 

**2** 

## **Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)—Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications** 

## _**True rms Sensing**_ 

Digitrip RMS trip units use Eaton’s microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing, permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present. 

## _**Digitrip RMS 310+**_ 

Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic trip units are available with Eaton Series G circuit breakers JG, LG, NG and RG, as well as Series C FD, KD, LD and MDL circuit breakers. 

Digitrip 310+ trip units are equipped with an integrated Ir switch that allows users to modify the continuous current rating of the breaker without having to replace a rating plug. This provides further flexibility for coordination in systems. The trip units may be used in 50 Hz or 60 Hz applications. The Digitrip 310+ offers true rms sensing, is front adjustable and has an optional local display of current and cause of trip. 

## **Curve Shaping** 

When selectively coordinated systems are called for, Digitrip RMS 310+ will provide a cost-effective solution for a variety of applications. 

The standard Digitrip RMS 310+ includes an adjustable short time[pickup setting ] encompassing an I[2] t ramp function that provides the basic LS curve shaping function. 

Digitrip 310+ trip units also include selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. 

The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ LSI and LSIG provide additional flat response short time delay adjustments and an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability. 

Digitrip RMS 310+ LSG and LSIG units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay. Ground fault alarm options are available with trip and no trip functionality as a means to notify users of a ground fault condition with the option to maintain the breaker online. 

Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermalmagnetic breakers, making Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems. 

## **Thermal Memory** 

All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession. 

## **Field Testing** 

A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. 

## **Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS)** 

ARMS is an available feature on KD, LG, LD, MDL, NG and RG frames with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash. Additionally, LG, NG and RG frames with the ARMS feature include a fully adjustable instantaneous setting. 

## _**Digitrip RMS 610 and 910**_ 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers 800 through 2500 amperes. Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units provide unparalleled system protection with the added convenience of a local display. 

## **Curve Shaping** 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with up to nine curve shaping choices achieved by adjusting up to seven switches on the front of the unit for optimum system coordination. Maximum curve shaping flexibility is provided by dependent long and short delay adjustments that are long delay pickup (Ir) based, depicted on the front of the unit by the blue portion of the time-current curve. 

Additional coordination 

capability can be provided by utilizing the short delay and ground fault zone selective interlocking features available on these trip units. 

## **System Diagnostics** 

Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 models of trip units provide long delay, short delay, instantaneous, and ground fault cause of trip LEDs on the front of the unit. Their display shows a magnitude of trip information, as well as remote signal contacts, for improved system alarming. 

## **System Monitoring** 

Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units have the capability to monitor phase currents, as well as neutral or ground currents. This information is displayed on a large digital display mounted on the unit. 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit. 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed. 

## **Harmonics Monitoring** 

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed. 

## **Communications** 

Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet™ system. 

## **Field Testing** 

Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-136** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide** 

## **Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

**Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910** 

**==> picture [278 x 83] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RMS 310+  RMS 610  RMS 910<br>JG<br>| an aoe =<br>RG LG/NG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Breaker Type**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Series G frame(s)||JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames||RG-Frame|RG-Frame|
|Ampere rating||20–2500 A||800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 415 V||35, 70, 100 kA||70, 100 kA|70, 100 kA|
|**Trip Unit Sensing**<br>rms sensing||Yes||Yes|Yes|
|**Protection and Coordination**|**Protection and Coordination**1|||||
|Protection|Ordering options|LS, LSG|LSI, LSIG|LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG|
||Fixed rating plug (In)2|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Long delay|Overtemperature trip<br>Adjustable lrswitch|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>No|Yes<br>No|
||Long delay setting<br>Long delay time I2t at 6x|VAR/frame<br>10 seconds3|VAR/frame<br>10 seconds3|0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|0.5–1.0 x (ln)<br>2–24 seconds|
||Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
||High load alarm|1.05 lr|1.05 lr|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|
|Short delay|Short delay setting|VAR/frame4|VAR/frame4|200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600% S1 and S2 x (Ir)|
||Short delay time I2t<br>Short delay time flat|100 ms<br>No|No<br>I–300 ms|100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|100, 300, 500 ms<br>100–500 ms|
||Short delay time ZSI|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous|Independent adjustable Inst. setting|No|Yes5|Yes|Yes|
||Instantaneous setting|No|VAR/frame|200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|200–600% M1 and M2 x (ln)|
||Discriminator|No|No|Yes6|Yes6|
||Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault|Ground fault setting<br>Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x|VAR/frame7<br>No|VAR/frame7<br>No|25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|25–100% x (ln)7<br>100, 300, 500 ms|
||Ground fault delay flat|I–300 ms|I–300 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
||Ground fault ZSI|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
||Ground fault thermal memory|No|No|Yes|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

In = Rating plug rating. 

- Ir = Long delay setting. 

- 1 310+ details are included by frame in **Pages V4-T2-174** (JG), **V4-T2-192** (LG), **V4-T2-202** (NG), and **V4-T2-213** (RG). 

- 2 310+ trip units have selectable settings instead of a rating plug. 

- 3 310+ trip units have adjustable long delay times of 2–24 seconds, except NG 310+ for 800 A frame, for which it is 2–14 seconds. 

- 4 JG/LG: 2X–14X (In); NG: 2X–8X (In); RG: 2X–9X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 2X–6X% x (In). 

- 5 LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG 310+ trip units include an independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting. 

- 6 LS, LSG only. 

- 7 Not to exceed 1200 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-137** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Digitrip—RMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued** 

## **2** 

||**RMS 310+**|**RMS 310+**|**RMS 310+**|**RMS 310+**||||**RMS 610**|**RMS 610**||**RMS 910**|**RMS 910**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||i <br>ae||my<br>bet<br>»|**_JG_**<br>“ete<br>tee<br>EE<br>BSA TE<br>eu<br>Boren<br>Fe<br>er<br>O=2©<=<br>oe<br>fen<br>io<br>Ge alte (rl ey<br>Eee. Tsessewimax (SEE **E**<br>||||———= 1]<br>aa<br>a.<br>||aa<br>: =<br>£2<br>A<br> E||=.<br>cm<br>a :: <br>:<br>=r<br>| E|Beek<br>a<br>5|
||||**_RG_**||||**_LG/NG_**||||||
|**System Diagnostics**<br>~~SSS~~|**LS, LSG**<br>~~SSS~~|**LS, LSG**<br>~~SSS~~||~~SSS~~|~~SSS~~|~~SSS~~|**LSI, LSIG**<br>~~SSS~~|**LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A)**<br>~~SSS~~|||**LSI (A), LSIG**<br>~~SSS~~||
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes1 2|1 2||||Yes1 2|Yes|||Yes||
|Magnitude of trip information|No||||||No|Yes|||Yes||
|Remote signal contacts|No||||||No|Yes|||Yes||
|**System Monitoring**<br>Digital display|Yes|Yes3|||||Yes3|Yes|||Yes||
|Current|Yes|Yes3|||||Yes3|Yes|||Yes||
|Voltage|No||||||No|No|||Yes||
|Power and energy|No||||||No|No|||Yes||
|Power quality—harmonics|No||||||No|No|||Yes||
|Power factor|No||||||No|No|||Yes||
|**System Communications**<br>PowerNet|No||||||No|No|||Yes||
|**Field Testing**|||||||||||||
|Testing method|Test set4||||||Test set4|Integral|||Integral||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number **TRIP-LED** ). 

- 2 RG 310+ trip units include integrated cause of trip LEDs. 

> 3 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number **DIGIVIEW** and **DIGIVIEWR06** ). 

> 4 Test kit available for field testing 310+ trip units (catalog number **MTST230V** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-138** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Ratings** 

## **Frames EG, JG and LG** 

||||**EG**|||||||||**JG**||||||**LG**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||*sre”<br>1<br>e-je<br>Tr<br>® i<br>cr<br>ofl|||||||||@:0:0<br>~<br>ey<br>Se<br>a<br>a||||||ese",<br>sas<br>——<br>ee<br>toe|||||||
||||=|a||||||||oa|ae|||||»|||a||||
||||or]<br>oe<br>nen|||||||||>=e<br>@:0:@||||||=<br>Ce|||||||
|Maximum rated current (amperes)<br>~~EEE~~|||125, 1601<br>~~EEE~~||~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|250<br>~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~nn~~||400, 630<br>~~EEE~~|400, 6302<br>~~EEE~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~SS~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~SS~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~SS~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~SS~~|~~EEE~~<br>~~SS~~|
|Breaker type3<br>Number of poles|||B<br>1|B<br>2, 3, 4|2, 3, 4|E<br> 2, 3, 4|S<br> 1|S<br>2, 3, 4|H<br> 1|H<br>2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|E<br>2, 3, 4|S<br> 2, 3, 4|H<br> 2, 3, 4|C<br> 3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|E<br>3, 4|S<br>3, 4||H<br>3, 4|C<br>3, 4|U<br>3, 4|X<br>3, 4|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 50–60 Hz**<br>NEMA®,<br>240 Vac<br>25<br>25||||||35|85|85|100|100|200|65|85|100|200|200|200|65|85||100|200|200|200|
|UL, CSA|480 Vac||—|18||25|—|35|—|65|100|25|35|65|100|150|200|35|50||65|100|150|200|
||600 Vac4||—|—||18|—|22|—|25|35|18|18|25|35|50|50|18|25||35|50|65|65|
||125/250 Vdc5||106|10||10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22|22|42|50|50|22|22||42|42|50|50|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|25<br>25|25<br>25||35<br>35|85<br>43|85<br>43|100<br>50|100<br>50|200<br>200|65<br>65|85<br>85|100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|65<br>65|85<br>85||100<br>100|200<br>200|200<br>200|200<br>200|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|—|18||25|—|40|—|70|100|25|40|70|100|150|200|35|50||70|100|150|200|
|||Ics|—|18||25|—|30|—|35|100|25|40|70|100|150|200|35|50||53|100|150|200|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|12|12|14|16|18|18|12|20||25|30|35|35|
|||Ics|—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|6|6|7|12|14|14|6|10||13|15|18|18|
||125/250 Vdc5|Icu|106|10||10|356|35|426|42|42|10|22|22|42|50|50|22|22||42|42|50|50|
|Ampere range||Ics|106<br>15–160 A|10<br>15–160 A1||10|356|35|426|42|42|10<br>20–250 A|22<br>20–250 A|22|42|50|50|22<br>22<br>100–630 A||42<br>100–630 A2||42|50|50|
|Trip Units<br>F = Fixed|||FT-FM<br>AT-FM|||||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM||||||FT-AM<br>AT-AM|||||||
|A = Adjustable<br>T = Thermal||||||||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)||||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)||||Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)|||
|M = Magnetic|||||||||||||||||||||||||
||Interchangeable||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
||Built-in||n|n||n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
|Thermal|Fixed thermal||n|n||n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
|magnetic|Adjustable<br>thermal||n|n||n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
|Electronic|Magnetic<br>LS||Fixed<br>—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|Adjustable<br>n<br>n||n|n|n|n|Adjustable<br>n<br>n|||n|n|n|n|
|RMS7|LSI||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
||LSG||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
||LSIG||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|n||n|n|n|n|
||ALSI||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n||n|n|n|n|
||ALSIG||—|—||—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|n|n||n|n|n|n|
|Utilization category|||A|A||A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A|A||A|A|A|A|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 

- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489. 

- 4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac. 

- 5 Two poles in series. 

- 6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers. 

- 7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-139** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Frames NG and RG** 

**2** 

||||**NG**||||||**RG**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||°.|eo|||||||ee||
||||ee|||||||>|am||
|Maximum rated current (amperes)<br>Breaker type|||800, 1200<br>S||800, 1200<br>H|800, 1200<br>C2|16001<br>S|800<br>U|1600, 2000, 2500<br>H|1600, 2000, 2500||1600, 2000, 2500<br>C2|
|Number of poles|||2, 3, 4||2, 3, 4|2, 3, 4|3|3|3, 4|||3, 4|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**|||||||||||
|NEMA,<br>UL, CSA|240 Vac<br>480 Vac||85<br>50||100<br>65|200<br>100|—<br>—|200<br>150|125<br>65|||200<br>100|
||600 Vac||25||35|65|—|65|50|||65|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|Icu<br>Ics|85<br>85||100<br>100|200<br>100|85<br>85|—<br>—|135<br>100|||200<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|Icu|50||70|100|50|—|70|||100|
|||Ics|50||50|50|50|—|50|||50|
||660–690 Vac|Icu|203||253|35|203|—|253|||353|
|||Ics|10||13|18|10|—|13|||18|
||250 Vdc|Icu|—||—|—|—|—|—|||—|
|Ampere range||Ics|—<br>400–1200 A|400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>400–1200 A|—<br>1600 A|—<br>800 A|—<br>800–2500 A|||—<br>800–2500 A|
|Trip units|||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+)||||||Electronic<br>(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)|||(Digitrip RMS 310+ and 910)|
||Interchangeable||—||—|—|—|—|n5|||n5|
||Built-in||n||n|n|n|n|n|||n|
|Electronic4|LI||—||—|—|—|—|n 6|||n 6|
||LS||n||n|n|n|n|n|||n|
||LSI||n||n|n|n|n|n|||n|
||LIG<br>LSG||—<br>n||—<br>n|—<br>n|—<br>n|—<br>n|n 6<br>n|||n 6<br>n|
||LSIG||n||n|n|n|n|n|||n|
||ALSI||n||n|n|n|—|n|||n|
||ALSIG||n||n|n|n|—|n|||n|
|Utilization category|||A||A|A|A|A|A|||A|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed. 

- 2 Not KEMA-KEUR listed. 

- 3 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested. 

- 4 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 

- 5 RG 310+ are interchangeable with the exception of: FROM not ground fault equipped TO ground fault equipped 

- 6 Available only on Digitrip 910 trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-140** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **General Specifications** 

## **All Series G Frames** 

|**All Series G Frames**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**|**RG**|
|Maximum rated current Independing on the version|160 A1||250 A||400, 630 A2||800, 1200, 1600 A3|1600, 2000, 2500 A|
|Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2|||||||||
|Main conducting paths|500 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac||750 Vac|750 Vac|
|Auxiliary circuits|500 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp|||||||||
|Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|6 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV||8 kV<br>4 kV|8 kV<br>4 kV|
|Rated operational voltage Ue|||||||||
|IEC|415 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac||690 Vac|690 Vac|
|NEMA|600Y/347 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac||600 Vac|600 Vac|
|UL and CSA listed|Yes1||Yes||Yes2||Yes3|Yes|
|Permissible ambient temperature|–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C||–20 ° to 70 °C|–20 ° to 70 °C|
|Permissible load for various ambient temperatures<br>close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current|4|5|4|5|4|5|—|—|
|of the circuit breaker|||||||||
|Circuit breakers for plant protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C<br>At 50 °C|100%<br>96%|100%<br>92%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>94%|100%<br>96%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|100%<br>91%|
|At 55 °C|93%|87%|94%|90%|93%|86%|85%|85%|
|At 60 °C|91%|83%|92%|87%|90%|82%|81%|81%|
|At 70 °C|86%|73%|88%|80%|84%|70%|70%|70%|
|Circuit breakers for motor protection|||||||||
|At 40 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 50 °C<br>At 55 °C|—<br>—||100%<br>100%||100%<br>100%||—<br>—|—<br>—|
|At 60 °C|—||100%||100%||—|—|
|At 70 °C|—||90%||90%||—|—|
|Circuit breakers for starter combinations and|||||||||
|isolating circuit breakers|||||||||
|At 40 °C|100%||100%||100%||100%|100%|
|At 50 °C|100%||100%||100%||91%|91%|
|At 55 °C|96%||96%||95%||85%|85%|
|At 60 °C<br>At 70 °C|91%<br>86%||82%<br>88%||90%<br>84%||81%<br>—|81%<br>—|
|Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit<br>breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms)|||||||||
|Two conducting paths in series<br>For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|
|NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms)<br>Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc|42 kA max.||42 kA max.||42 kA max.||6|6|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 

- 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG. 

- 4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value. 

- 5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value. 

- 6 Not suitable for DC switching. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-141** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **All Series G Frames, continued** 

**2** 

|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|**All Series G Frames, continued**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**EG**<br>**JG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|||||||
|Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2<br>in combination with lockable rotary drives<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>Yes|||||||
|Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to<br>IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz)<br>For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see**Page V4-T2-139**.|||||||
|Endurance (operating cycles)<br>10,000|10,000<br>8,000<br>3,000<br>3,000||||||
|Maximum switching frequency<br>300 1/h|240 1/h<br>240 1/h<br>60 1/h<br>60 1/h||||||
|Conductor cross sections and terminal types for<br>main conductors<br>Box terminals<br>Solid or stranded<br>2.5 to 95 mm2|Box terminals<br>Box terminals<br>Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals<br>Flat bar terminals<br>50 to 150 mm2<br>95 to 240 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>2.5 to 50/70 mm2|35 to 120 mm2<br>70 to 150 mm2<br>—<br>—<br>—||||||
|Busbar<br>—|—<br>—<br>600 A<br>Optional<br>Optional||||||
|Tightening torque for box terminals<br>5.6 Nm|20 Nm<br>42 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>31 Nm<br>—||||||
|Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces<br>5.6 Nm|15 Nm<br>30 Nm<br>6 Nm<br>50 Nm<br>20 Nm||||||
|Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with<br>terminal connection or terminal strip<br>Solid<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2<br>Up to 2x4 mm2||||||
|Finely stranded with end sleeve<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2|0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>0.75 to 2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2<br>Up to 2x2.5 mm2||||||
|With brought-out cable ends<br>—|0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2<br>0.82 (AWG 18) mm2||||||
|Tightening torque for fitting screws<br>—|0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm<br>0.8 to 1.4 Nm||||||
|Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated<br>current ln(the power losses of the undervoltage<br>releases (“r” releases) must be observed if necessary)<br>at three-phase symmetrical load)<br>For plant protection<br>40 W|400 A:<br>600 A:<br>45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|As isolating circuit breaker<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>87/210 W|||||220/270/400 W|
|For starter combinations<br>40 W|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|For motor protection<br>—|45 W<br>65 W<br>120 W<br>—|||||—|
|Permissible mounting position||||||90|
||90||90|90||90|
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
|Arc spacing— suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes (except HMCPE)|Yes<br>Yes|||Yes||Yes|
|**Auxiliary Switches**|||||||
|Rated thermal current lth<br>6A|6A<br>6A|||6A||6A|
|Rated making capacity<br>20 A|20 A<br>20 A|||20 A||20 A|
|**AC-14**|**AC-14**<br>**AC-14**|||**AC-15**||**AC-15**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>230/400/600 V|230/400/600 V<br>230/400/600 V|||600 V||600 V|
|Rated operational current<br>6/3/0.25 A|6/3/0.25 A<br>6/3/0.25 A|||6A||6A|
|||||**DC-13**||**DC-13**|
|Rated operational voltage<br>125/250V|125/250V<br>125/250V|||125/250V||125/250V|
|Rated operational current<br>0.5/0.15 A|0.5/0.15 A<br>0.5/0.15 A|||0.5/0.25 A||0.5/0.25 A|
|Backup fuse<br>6/4/4 A|(4) 6/4/4 A<br>(4) 6/4/4 A|||(4) 6/4/4 A||(4) 6/4/4 A|
|Miniature circuit breaker<br>6/4 A|6/4 A<br>6/4 A|||6/4 A||6/4 A|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-142** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **All Series G Frames, continued** 

|**All Series G Frames, continued**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**EG**|**JG**|**LG**|**NG**|**RG**|
|**Releases**||||||
|Undervoltage releases (“r” releases)||||||
|Response voltage:||||||
|Drop (breaker tripped) Us<br>Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us|35–70%<br>85–110%|35–70%<br>85–110%|35–70%<br>85–110%|35–70%<br>85–110%|35–70%<br>85–110%|
|Power consumption in continuous operation at:||||||
|50/60 Hz 12 Vac|—|—|—|1.9 VA|2.9 VA|
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac|0.72 VA|3.9 VA|3.9 VA|2.4 VA|3.1 VA|
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac|1.15–1.78 VA|2.5–3.8 VA|2.5–3.8 VA|2.3–4.1 VA|3.4–6.0 VA|
|50/60 Hz 110–127 Vac|0.96–1.25 VA|1.8–2.4 VA|1.8–2.4 VA|3.4–4.2 VA|3.3–3.8 VA|
|50/60 Hz 208–240 Vac<br>50/60 Hz 380–500 Vac|1.28–1.68 VA<br>2.2–3.9 VA|2.7–3.8 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA|2.7–3.8 VA<br>3.4–5.8 VA|4.8–6.5 VA<br>6.8–12.0 VA|4.2–7.2 VA<br>3.8–10.0 VA|
|50/60 Hz 525–600 Vac|3.4–4.3 VA|3.4–4.3 VA|3.4–4.3 VA|—|—|
|12 Vdc|—|—|—|2.6W|3.4W|
|24 Vdc|0.70 W|3.1W|3.1W|3.6W|4.3W|
|48–60 Vdc|1.12–1.76W|2.0–3.1W|2.0–3.1W|3.5–5.5W|4.8–7.2W|
|110–125 Vdc|0.94–1.21W|1.6–2.2W|1.6–2.2W|2.9–3.6W|3.3–3.8W|
|220–250 Vdc|1.45–1.86W|3.1–4W|3.1–4W|4.8–6.3W|6.6–7.5W|
|Maximum opening time|50 ms|50 ms|50 ms|62 ms|62 ms|
|**Shunt Trips**||||||
|Shunt trips (“f” releases)||||||
|Response voltage:||||||
|Pickup (breaker tripped) Us<br>Power consumption in (short time) at:|70–110%|70–110%|70–110%|70–110%|70–110%|
|50/60 Hz 24 Vac|10–41 VA|87–405 VA|87–405 VA|98–475 VA|612 VA|
|50/60 Hz 48–60 Vac|139–210 VA|710–1105 VA|710–1105 VA|24–50 VA|403–666 VA|
|50/60 Hz 48–127 Vac|—|—|—|—|—|
|50/60 Hz 110–240 Vac|83–360 VA|66–432 VA|66–432 VA|67–432 VA|396–1896 VA|
|50/60 Hz 380–440 Vac|—|127–188 VA|127–188 VA|76–110 VA|1596–2156 VA|
|50/60 Hz 380–600 Vac<br>50/60 Hz 480–600 Vac|418–1080 VA<br>—|—<br>34–60 VA|—<br>34–60 VA|—<br>19–42 VA|—<br>230–384 VA|
|12–24 Vdc|29–120 W|164–631 W|164–631 W|145–610 W|396 W|
|48–60 Vdc|475–720 W|830–1580 W|830–1580 W|67–102 W|341–528 W|
|110–125 Vdc|99–121 W|112–150 W|112–150 W|121–150 W|264–350 W|
|220–250 Vdc|—|40–58W|40–58 W|46–55 W|374–475 W|
|Maximum load duration|Interrupts automatically|Interrupts automatically|Interrupts automatically|Interrupts automatically|Interrupts automatically|
|Maximum opening time<br>**Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic**|50 ms<br>**Trip)**|50 ms|50 ms|62 ms|62 ms|
|Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac)|65 (70)|65 (70)|65 (70)|65 (70)|65 (70)|
|Self-protected, will trip above|1250 for EG125;|2500|4000/6300|12,500|20,000|
||1600 for EG160|||||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-143** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG** 

||**EG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**JG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||**LG**<br>**H**||**W**||**D**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|1.00|(25.4)|2.99|(76.0)|—||—||—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|2.00|(50.8)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|3.00|(76.2)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|4.13|(105.0)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|5.48|(140.0)|4.09|(104.0)|
|**Four-pole**|5.50|(139.7)|4.00|(101.6)|2.99|(76.0)|7.00|(177.8)|5.34|(135.6)|3.57|(87.4)|10.13|(258.0)|7.22|(183.0)|4.09|(104.0)|



## **Series G—Frame NG and RG** 

||**NG**||||**RG**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**H**||**W**|**D**|**H**|**W**|**D**|
|**Single-pole**<br>**Two-pole**|—<br>—||—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Three-pole**<br>**Four-pole**|16.00<br>16.00|(406.0)<br>(406.0)|8.25 (210.0)<br>11.13 (280.0)|5.50 (140.0)<br>5.50 (140.0)|16.00 (406.0)<br>16.00 (406.0)|15.50 (394.0)<br>20.00 (508.0)|9.75 (229.0)<br>9.75 (229.0)|



## Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **Series G—Frame EG, JG and LG** 

||**EG**||**JG**||**LG**||**NG**||**RG**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Single-pole**|0.85|(0.39)|—||—||—||—||
|**Two-pole**|1.57|(0.71)|11.3|(5.13)|—||—||—||
|**Three-pole**|2.28|(1.04)|5.06|(2.30) T/M|12.36|(5.61) T/M|46.8|(21.3)|103.0|(47.0)|
||||5.31|(2.41) ETU|13.04|(5.92) ETU|||||
|**Four-pole**|2.85|(1.29)|6.76<br>7.12|(3.07) T/M<br>(3.23) ETU|16.27<br>16.92|(7.39) T/M<br>(7.68) ETU|62.0|(28.3)|118.4|(54.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-144** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [243 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-146|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-147|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-156|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-157|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-157|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-159|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-177|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-195|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-204|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-215|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|V4-T2-219|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|V4-T2-222|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-226|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-231|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-234|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-242|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-244|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-245|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

EG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-145** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes)** 

**==> picture [326 x 215] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E G H 3 015 FF G<br>Frame<br>E<br>Amperes<br>Standard/Application Number of Poles 016 [[1]] E<br>G  = IEC/CE/UL/CSA 1  = One 015<br>2  = Two 020<br>3  = Three 025<br>Performance 4  = Four—neutral 0% protected 030<br>600Y/347 480 415 240 7  = Four—neutral 100% protected 032 [[1]] FF<br>B — 18 18 25 035 AF<br>040<br>E 18 25 25 35 KS<br>045<br>S 22 35 40 85 050<br>H 25 65 70 100 060<br>C 35 100 100 200 063 [[1]]<br>K Molded case switch  [2] 070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>160 [[1]]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [205 x 194] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Terminations/Hardware<br>Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>Amperes M  = Metric end caps Metric<br>016 [[1]] E  = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>015 G  = Line/load standard Metric<br>020 B  = Bolt-on —<br>025<br>030 Trip Unit<br>032 [[1]]<br>FF  = Fixed fixed<br>035<br>040 AF  = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic<br>KS  = Molded case switch<br>045<br>050<br>060<br>063 [[1]]<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>160 [[1]]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Cannot be UL rated. 

> 2 Available only as 125 and 160 A sizes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-146** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

**2** 

|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame**<br>ae|**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—18/18**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|i|e2ee9<br>Gal|||**Maximum**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|
|o||ty|©|**Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|||||15|**EGB1015FFG**|**EGB2015FFG**|**EGB3015FFG**|**—**|**EGB4015FFG**|**—**|
|||||16|**EGB1016FFG**|**EGB2016FFG**|**EGB3016FFG**|**—**|**EGB4016FFG**|**—**|
|rm<br>b |=ee?||CZ)<br>ee?|se <br> oe:|20<br>25<br> ~~CO~~|**EGB1020FFG**<br>**EGB1025FFG**<br>~~CO~~|**EGB2020FFG**<br>**EGB2025FFG**<br>~~CO~~|**EGB3020FFG**<br>**EGB3025FFG**<br>~~CO~~|**—**<br>**EGB3025AFG**<br>~~CO~~|**EGB4020FFG**<br>**EGB4025FFG**<br>~~CO~~|**EGB4020AFG**<br>**EGB4025AFG**<br>~~CO~~|
|||||30|**EGB1030FFG**|**EGB2030FFG**|**EGB3030FFG**|**—**|**EGB4030FFG**|**—**|
|||||32<br>35|**EGB1032FFG**<br>**EGB1035FFG**|**EGB2032FFG**<br>**EGB2035FFG**|**EGB3032FFG**<br>**EGB3035FFG**|**EGB3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4032FFG**<br>**EGB4035FFG**|**EGB4032AFG**<br>**—**|
|||||40<br>45|**EGB1040FFG**<br>**EGB1045FFG**|**EGB2040FFG**<br>**EGB2045FFG**|**EGB3040FFG**<br>**EGB3045FFG**|**EGB3040AFG**<br>**—**|**EGB4040FFG**<br>**EGB4045FFG**|**EGB4040AFG**<br>**—**|
|||||50|**EGB1050FFG**|**EGB2050FFG**|**EGB3050FFG**|**EGB3050AFG**|**EGB4050FFG**|**EGB4050AFG**|
|||||60|**EGB1060FFG**|**EGB2060FFG**|**EGB3060FFG**|**—**|**EGB4060FFG**|**—**|
|||||63|**EGB1063FFG**|**EGB2063FFG**|**EGB3063FFG**|**EGB3063AFG**|**EGB4063FFG**|**EGB4063AFG**|
|||||70|**EGB1070FFG**|**EGB2070FFG**|**EGB3070FFG**|**—**|**EGB4070FFG**|**—**|
|||||80|**EGB1080FFG**|**EGB2080FFG**|**EGB3080FFG**|**EGB3080AFG**|**EGB4080FFG**|**EGB4080AFG**|
|||||90<br>100|**EGB1090FFG**<br>**EGB1100FFG**|**EGB2090FFG**<br>**EGB2100FFG**|**EGB3090FFG**<br>**EGB3100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3100AFG**|**EGB4090FFG**<br>**EGB4100FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4100AFG**|
|||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFG**<br>**EGB1125FFG**|**EGB2110FFG**<br>**EGB2125FFG**|**EGB3110FFG**<br>**EGB3125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB3125AFG**|**EGB4110FFG**<br>**EGB4125FFG**|**—**<br>**EGB4125AFG**|
|||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGB3160FFG**|**EGB3160AFG**|**EGB4160FFG**|**EGB4160AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-147** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

**2 EG-Frame** ~~SS~~ —_—— 

## Series G 

EG-Frame—25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable 

## **EG-Frame—25/25 EG-Frame** 

||**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|**Four-Pole**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**EGE2015FFG**|**EGE3015FFG**|**—**|**EGE4015FFG**|**—**|
|16|**EGE2016FFG**|**EGE3016FFG**|**—**|**EGE4016FFG**|**—**|
|20|**EGE2020FFG**|**EGE3020FFG**|**—**|**EGE4020FFG**|**EGE4020AFG**|
|25<br>30|**EGE2025FFG**<br>**EGE2030FFG**|**EGE3025FFG**<br>**EGE3030FFG**|**EGE3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4025FFG**<br>**EGE4030FFG**|**EGE4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|32|**EGE2032FFG**|**EGE3032FFG**|**EGE3032AFG**|**EGE4032FFG**|**EGE4032AFG**|
|35|**EGE2035FFG**|**EGE3035FFG**|**—**|**EGE4035FFG**|**—**|
|40|**EGE2040FFG**|**EGE3040FFG**|**EGE3040AFG**|**EGE4040FFG**|**EGE4040AFG**|
|45<br>50|**EGE2045FFG**<br>**EGE2050FFG**|**EGE3045FFG**<br>**EGE3050FFG**|**EGE3050AFG**<br>**—**|**EGE4045FFG**<br>**EGE4050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGE4050AFG**|
|60|**EGE2060FFG**|**EGE3060FFG**|**—**|**EGE4060FFG**|**—**|
|63|**EGE2063FFG**|**EGE3063FFG**|**EGE3063AFG**|**EGE4063FFG**|**EGE4063AFG**|
|70|**EGE2070FFG**|**EGE3070FFG**|**—**|**EGE4070FFG**|**—**|
|80|**EGE2080FFG**|**EGE3080FFG**|**EGE3080AFG**|**EGE4080FFG**|**EGE4080AFG**|
|90|**EGE2090FFG**|**EGE3090FFG**|**—**|**EGE4090FFG**|**—**|
|100<br>125|**EGE2100FFG**<br>**EGE2125FFG**|**EGE3100FFG**<br>**EGE3125FFG**|**EGE3100AFG**<br>**EGE3125AFG**|**EGE4100FFG**<br>**EGE4125FFG**|**EGE4100AFG**<br>**EGE4125AFG**|
|160|**—**|**EGE3160FFG**|**EGE3160AFG**|**EGE4160FFG**|**EGE4160AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-148** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

|**EG-Frame**<br>—|**EG-Frame**<br>—|**EG-Frame**<br>—|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**EG-Frame—40/35**<br>**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||**2**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|e20eee<br>1<br>e@je<br>t||||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**2**|
|©|te|©|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**2**|
||||**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**||
||||15|**EGS1015FFG**|**EGS2015FFG**|**EGS3015FFG**|**—**|**EGS4015FFG**|**—**|**2**|
|1S*e*e!|*e*e!||16|**EGS1016FFG**|**EGS2016FFG**|**EGS3016FFG**|**—**|**EGS4016FFG**|**—**||
||||20|**EGS1020FFG**|**EGS2020FFG**|**EGS3020FFG**|**—**|**EGS4020FFG**|**EGS4020AFG**|**2**|
||||25<br>30|**EGS1025FFG**<br>**EGS1030FFG**|**EGS2025FFG**<br>**EGS2030FFG**|**EGS3025FFG**<br>**EGS3030FFG**|**EGS3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGS4025FFG**<br>**EGS4030FFG**|**EGS4025AFG**<br>**—**|**2**|
||||32|**EGS1032FFG**|**EGS2032FFG**|**EGS3032FFG**|**EGS3032AFG**|**EGS4032FFG**|**EGS4032AFG**|**2**|
||||35|**EGS1035FFG**|**EGS2035FFG**|**EGS3035FFG**|**—**|**EGS4035FFG**|**—**||
||||40|**EGS1040FFG**|**EGS2040FFG**|**EGS3040FFG**|**EGS3040AFG**|**EGS4040FFG**|**EGS4040AFG**|**2**|
||||45|**EGS1045FFG**|**EGS2045FFG**|**EGS3045FFG**|**—**|**EGS4045FFG**|**—**||
||||50|**EGS1050FFG**|**EGS2050FFG**|**EGS3050FFG**|**EGS3050AFG**|**EGS4050FFG**|**EGS4050AFG**|**2**|
||||60|**EGS1060FFG**|**EGS2060FFG**|**EGS3060FFG**|**—**|**EGS4060FFG**|**—**|**2**|
||||63|**EGS1063FFG**|**EGS2063FFG**|**EGS3063FFG**|**EGS3063AFG**|**EGS4063FFG**|**EGS4063AFG**||
||||70|**EGS1070FFG**|**EGS2070FFG**|**EGS3070FFG**|**—**|**EGS4070FFG**|**—**|**2**|
||||80|**EGS1080FFG**|**EGS2080FFG**|**EGS3080FFG**|**EGS3080AFG**|**EGS4080FFG**|**EGS4080AFG**||
||||90|**EGS1090FFG**|**EGS2090FFG**|**EGS3090FFG**|**—**|**EGS4090FFG**|**—**|**2**|
||||100<br>125|**EGS1100FFG**<br>**EGS1125FFG**|**EGS2100FFG**<br>**EGS2125FFG**|**EGS3100FFG**<br>**EGS3125FFG**|**EGS3100AFG**<br>**EGS3125AFG**|**EGS4100FFG**<br>**EGS4125FFG**|**EGS4100AFG**<br>**EGS4125AFG**|**2**|
||||160|**—**|**—**|**EGS3160FFG**|**EGS3160AFG**|**EGS4160FFG**|**EGS4160AFG**|**2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63 and 160 A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-149** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—70/65** 

||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**3||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**EGH1015FFG**|**EGH2015FFG**|**EGH3015FFG**|**—**|**EGH4015FFG**|**—**|
|16|**EGH1016FFG**|**EGH2016FFG**|**EGH3016FFG**|**—**|**EGH4016FFG**|**—**|
|20|**EGH1020FFG**|**EGH2020FFG**|**EGH3020FFG**|**EGH3020AFG**|**EGH4020FFG**|**EGH4020AFG**|
|25<br>30|**EGH1025FFG**<br>**EGH1030FFG**|**EGH2025FFG**<br>**EGH2030FFG**|**EGH3025FFG**<br>**EGH3030FFG**|**EGH3025AFG**<br>**—**|**EGH4025FFG**<br>**EGH4030FFG**|**EGH4025AFG**<br>**—**|
|32|**EGH1032FFG**|**EGH2032FFG**|**EGH3032FFG**|**EGH3032AFG**|**EGH4032FFG**|**EGH4032AFG**|
|35|**EGH1035FFG**|**EGH2035FFG**|**EGH3035FFG**|**—**|**EGH4035FFG**|**—**|
|40|**EGH1040FFG**|**EGH2040FFG**|**EGH3040FFG**|**EGH3040AFG**|**EGH4040FFG**|**EGH4040AFG**|
|45<br>50|**EGH1045FFG**<br>**EGH1050FFG**|**EGH2045FFG**<br>**EGH2050FFG**|**EGH3045FFG**<br>**EGH3050FFG**|**—**<br>**EGH3050AFG**|**EGH4045FFG**<br>**EGH4050FFG**|**EGH4050AFG**<br>**—**|
|60|**EGH1060FFG**|**EGH2060FFG**|**EGH3060FFG**|**—**|**EGH4060FFG**|**—**|
|63|**EGH1063FFG**|**EGH2063FFG**|**EGH3063FFG**|**EGH3063AFG**|**EGH4063FFG**|**EGH4063AFG**|
|70|**EGH1070FFG**|**EGH2070FFG**|**EGH3070FFG**|**—**|**EGH4070FFG**|**—**|
|80|**EGH1080FFG**|**EGH2080FFG**|**EGH3080FFG**|**EGH3080AFG**|**EGH4080FFG**|**EGH4080AFG**|
|90|**EGH1090FFG**|**EGH2090FFG**|**EGH3090FFG**|**—**|**EGH4090FFG**|**—**|
|100<br>125|**EGH1100FFG**<br>**EGH1125FFG**|**EGH2100FFG**<br>**EGH2125FFG**|**EGH3100FFG**<br>**EGH3125FFG**|**EGH3100AFG**<br>**EGH3125AFG**|**EGH4100FFG**<br>**EGH4125FFG**|**EGH4100AFG**<br>**EGH4125AFG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-150** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

EG-Frame—100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable) 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—100/100** 

**2** 

|**EG-Frame**|**EG-Frame**|**EG-Frame**|**EG-Frame**|**EG-Frame—100/100**|**EG-Frame—100/100**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a<br>e20eeeo<br>1<br>e[-|@<br>T|||||**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic**|**Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral**3<br>**Adjustable**2<br>**Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**|
|atte<br><<:<br>va_<br>SS= <br>Ct —||(lab<br> ae<br> eke||**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Amps at 40 °C**1|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|rng<br>~ os <br>18%e%e!||||15<br>**EGC3015FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGC7015FFG**<br>**—**<br>16<br>**EGC3016FFG**<br>**—**<br>**EGC7016FFG**<br>**—**<br>20<br>**EGC3020FFG**<br>**EGC3020AFG**<br>**EGC7020FFG**<br>**EGC7020AFG**<br> ~~oH~~<br>~~a aA>__>_\w»jq_w_x7e———aoeowq_wwqxreswoqoc—»«_»__w_ee—~~<br> ~~a~~|||||
|||||25|**EGC3025FFG**|**EGC3025AFG**|**EGC7025FFG**|**EGC7025AFG**|
|||||30|**EGC3030FFG**|**—**|**EGC7030FFG**|**—**|
|||||32<br>35|**EGC3032FFG**<br>**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3032AFG**<br>**—**|**EGC7032FFG**<br>**EGC7035FFG**|**EGC7032AFG**<br>**—**|
|||||40|**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040AFG**|**EGC7040FFG**|**EGC7040AFG**|
|||||45|**EGC3045FFG**|**—**|**EGC7045FFG**|**—**|
|||||50|**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3050AFG**|**EGC7050FFG**|**EGC7050AFG**|
|||||60|**EGC3060FFG**|**—**|**EGC7060FFG**|**—**|
|||||63|**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063AFG**|**EGC7063FFG**|**EGC7063AFG**|
|||||70|**EGC3070FFG**|**—**|**EGC7070FFG**|**—**|
|||||80|**EGC3080FFG**|**EGC3080AFG**|**EGC7080FFG**|**EGC7080AFG**|
|||||90|**EGC3090FFG**|**—**|**EGC7090FFG**|**—**|
|||||100|**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100AFG**|**EGC7100FFG**|**EGC7100AFG**|
|||||125|**EGC3125FFG**|**EGC3125AFG**|**EGC7125FFG**|**EGC7125AFG**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[4] 

**Catalog Number** 

**EGK3125KSG EGK7125KSG EGK3160KSG EGK7160KSG** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 

- 2   Adjustable thermal is not UL listed. 

- 3   Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 4   Molded case switches may open above 1250 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-151** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

|**2**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**|**_EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware)_**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>~~SS ~~|**EG-Frame**<br> ~~ae~~<br>e2ee9o<br>1<br>efje<br>0|||**EG-Frame—18 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**||**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**2**|bal|= 2:|(peal|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>15|**Number**1<br>**EGB1015FFB**|**Number**2<br>**EGB2015FFB**|**Number**3<br>**EGB3015FFB**|
|**2**|ray||a|20|**EGB1020FFB**|**EGB2020FFB**|**EGB3020FFB**|
||1S*e*e!|*e*e!||25|**EGB1025FFB**|**EGB2025FFB**|**EGB3025FFB**|
|**2**||||30|**EGB1030FFB**|**EGB2030FFB**|**EGB3030FFB**|
|||||35|**EGB1035FFB**|**EGB2035FFB**|**EGB3035FFB**|
|**2**||||40|**EGB1040FFB**|**EGB2040FFB**|**EGB3040FFB**|
|**2**||||45<br>50|**EGB1045FFB**<br>**EGB1050FFB**|**EGB2045FFB**<br>**EGB2050FFB**|**EGB3045FFB**<br>**EGB3050FFB**|
|**2**||||60|**EGB1060FFB**|**EGB2060FFB**|**EGB3060FFB**|
|||||70|**EGB1070FFB**|**EGB2070FFB**|**EGB3070FFB**|
|**2**||||80|**EGB1080FFB**|**EGB2080FFB**|**EGB3080FFB**|
|||||90|**EGB1090FFB**|**EGB2090FFB**|**EGB3090FFB**|
|**2**||||100|**EGB1100FFB**|**EGB2100FFB**|**EGB3100FFB**|
|**2**||||110<br>125|**EGB1110FFB**<br>**EGB1125FFB**|**EGB2110FFB**<br>**EGB2125FFB**|**EGB3110FFB**<br>**EGB3125FFB**|



## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—35 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**|**Number**1|**Number**2|**Number**3|
|15|**EGS1015FFB**|**EGS2015FFB**|**EGS3015FFB**|
|20|**EGS1020FFB**|**EGS2020FFB**|**EGS3020FFB**|
|25<br>30|**EGS1025FFB**<br>**EGS1030FFB**|**EGS2025FFB**<br>**EGS2030FFB**|**EGS3025FFB**<br>**EGS3030FFB**|
|35<br>40|**EGS1035FFB**<br>**EGS1040FFB**|**EGS2035FFB**<br>**EGS2040FFB**|**EGS3035FFB**<br>**EGS3040FFB**|
|45|**EGS1045FFB**|**EGS2045FFB**|**EGS3045FFB**|
|50|**EGS1050FFB**|**EGS2050FFB**|**EGS3050FFB**|
|60|**EGS1060FFB**|**EGS2060FFB**|**EGS3060FFB**|
|70|**EGS1070FFB**|**EGS2070FFB**|**EGS3070FFB**|
|80|**EGS1080FFB**|**EGS2080FFB**|**EGS3080FFB**|
|90<br>100|**EGS1090FFB**<br>**EGS1100FFB**|**EGS2090FFB**<br>**EGS2100FFB**|**EGS3090FFB**<br>**EGS3100FFB**|
|110|**EGS1110FFB**|**EGS2110FFB**|**EGS3110FFB**|
|125|**EGS1125FFB**|**EGS2125FFB**|**EGS3125FFB**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 

2   For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 

- 3   For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-152** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG-Frame—65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**||**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**||**Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps at 40 °C**<br>**Number**1<br>**Number**2<br>**Number**3<br>15<br>**EGH1015FFB**<br>**EGH2015FFB**<br>**EGH3015FFB**<br>~~EEE~~<br>e—Vv_—|||||
|20|**EGH1020FFB**|**EGH2020FFB**||**EGH3020FFB**|
|25<br>30|**EGH1025FFB**<br>**EGH1030FFB**|**EGH2025FFB**<br>**EGH2030FFB**|~~SS~~|**EGH3025FFB**<br>**EGH3030FFB**|
|35|**EGH1035FFB**|**EGH2035FFB**||**EGH3035FFB**|
|40|**EGH1040FFB**|**EGH2040FFB**||**EGH3040FFB**|
|45<br>50|**EGH1045FFB**<br>**EGH1050FFB**|**EGH2045FFB**<br>**EGH2050FFB**||**EGH3045FFB**<br>**EGH3050FFB**|
|60|**EGH1060FFB**|**EGH2060FFB**||**EGH3060FFB**|
|70|**EGH1070FFB**|**EGH2070FFB**||**EGH3070FFB**|
|80|**EGH1080FFB**|**EGH2080FFB**||**EGH3080FFB**|
|90|**EGH1090FFB**|**EGH2090FFB**||**EGH3090FFB**|
|100|**EGH1100FFB**|**EGH2100FFB**||**EGH3100FFB**|
|110|**EGH1110FFB**|**EGH2110FFB**||**EGH3110FFB**|
|125|**EGH1125FFB**|**EGH2125FFB**||**EGH3125FFB**|



## **Load Terminals** 

||**Terminal,**||||**(Package of Three Terminals)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Amps**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|15–50|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14–1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|60–125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6–3/0|**3TA150EF**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 

- 2   For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 

- 3   For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-153** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** ~~I~~ 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**EG-Frame** 

**3T125EF 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK** 

**EF2RTWK, Two-Pole–Metric Control Wire Multiwire EF3RTWK, Three-Pole–Metric Terminal Kit Connectors EF4RTWK, Four-Pole–Metric GCWTK EF2RTDK, Two-Pole–Imperial EF3RTDK, Three-Pole–Imperial EF4RTDK, Four-Pole–Imperial** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**(Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**|**Three Terminals)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amps**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|**Range mm2**|**Range**|**Number**|
|125|Steel|Al|4–6|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Steel|Cu|2.5–95|#14-3/0|**3T125EF**1|
|125|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2.5–50|#14-1/0|**3TA125EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|16–70|#6-3/0|**3TA150EF**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**3TA160EFK**|
|160|Aluminum|Cu/Al|35–120|#3-250|**4TA160EFK**2|



EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment. 

Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. 

**Caution** : Collar must surround conductor. 

Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Standard line and load terminals. 

> 2 Four-pole kit with four terminals. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-154** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Control Wire Terminal Kit**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Control wire terminal kit|**5652B38G01**|
|Package of 12—priced individually||



For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only. 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
||**Number**|
|Interphase barriers|**EIPBK**|
|Package includes 2 barriers||



The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering. 

## **Base Mounting Hardware—DIN Rail Mounting** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
||**Number**|
|DIN rail adapter—single-pole|**EF1DIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—two-pole|**EGDIN**|
|DIN rail adapter—three- or four-pole|**EF34DIN**|
|Metal DIN rail adapter—three-pole|**EGGDDIN**|



Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08. 

## _**Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier)**_ 

The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. 

## **Terminal End Covers** 

|**Terminal End Covers**||
|---|---|
|**Conductor Opening Diameter**<br>**Inches (mm)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|6.35 (0.25)<br>10.41 (0.41)|**EEC3K**<br>**EEC4K**|



## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

**EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)**[1] 

|**(Package o**|**f 3)**1|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|125|3|14–2|**3TA125E3K**|
|125|6|14–6|**3TA125E6K**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 For four-pole kit, change “3” at beginning of catalog number to “4.” 

**Note:** English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is **BMHE** #6–32 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order **8703C80G11** . English hardware **8703C80G12** . Both sold in quantities of 100. 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually. 

## **Terminal Shields—IP30 Protection** 

|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**EFTS3K**|
|4|**EFTS4K**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-155** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **EG-Frame Accessories** 

|**EG-Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Single-**<br>**Pole**|**Two-Pole**||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Center**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**||||||||||||
|**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-239**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-240**|—|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**||||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-155**|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-155**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-155**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Base mounting hardware<br>Terminal shields|**V4-T2-155**<br>**V4-T2-155**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-155**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-155**|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-237**|n|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|n|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|—|—|n|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-237**|—<br>—|—<br>l|—<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-237**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-522**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-235**<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement<br>SA and SB|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n  Applicable in indicated pole position 

o  May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l  Accessory available/modification available 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-156** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**120**<br>**220–240**<br>**277**<br>**347**<br>**380–415**<br>**480**<br>**600Y/ 347**<br>**690**2<br>**125**<br>**250**34<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**<br>**Icu**<br>**Ics**|
|---|---|
|EGB125|1<br>35<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE125|2, 3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS125|1<br>100<br>85<br>43<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|EGH125|1<br>200<br>100<br>50<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42<br>—<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>—<br>100<br>50<br>—<br>—<br>70<br>35<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGC1255|3, 4<br>—<br>200<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>42|
|EGB1602|3, 4<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>18<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGE1602|3, 4<br>—<br>35<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>25<br>25<br>25<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>10|
|EGS1602|3, 4<br>—<br>85<br>43<br>—<br>—<br>40<br>30<br>35<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>35|
|**UL 489**<br>**Frame**|**Current Limiting Data**<br>**Circuit**<br>**Ip (kA)**<br>**I2T (106A2S)**<br>240 V/200 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>480 V/100 kA<br>24.5<br>0.6310<br>600 Y/35 kA<br>20.0<br>1.392|
|EGC||
|EGC||
|EGC||



**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **EG-Frame** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|1<br>2|1.00 (25.4)<br>2.00 (50.8)|5.50 (139.7)<br>5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|3|3.00 (76.2)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|
|4|4.00 (101.6)|5.50 (139.7)|2.99 (75.9)|



## **EG-Frame** 

**==> picture [311 x 83] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C  L<br>Breaker<br>0.14 (3.6) R 1.85<br>(47.0)<br>0.90 3.03 5.50<br>(22.9) CL (77.0) (139.7)<br>Handle<br>1.30 Dia.(33.0) 0.47 (11.9)0.94 (23.9) (76.2)3.00 (70.4)2.77<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **EG-Frame** 

|**EG-Frame**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Number of Poles**||||
|**EG Breaker Type**|**1**|**2**|**3**|**4**|
|EGB125|1.5 (0.68)|2.0 (0.91)|3.0 (1.36)|4.9 (1.82)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 IEC only. 

- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA. 

- 5 Current limiting per UL 489. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-157** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**2** 

|||||1026|1026||||||||0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35(8.9)<br>3.17<br>(80.5)<br>3.01<br>(76.5)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.09<br>(2.29)<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>3-Pole<br>2.98<br>(75.7)<br>3.98<br>(101.1)<br>2.00<br>(50.8)<br>1.49<br>(37.8)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>0.70 (17.8)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||.<br>(260.6)<br>8.5<br>||||||||||
|||||||||4<br>(1|.75<br>20.6)|||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||4.78<br>(121.4)||||||
|||||||9<br>||||||||
|||||||||||||||
||||||(218|.2)||||||||
||||||||||||||0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35(8.9)|
|||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||3.1<br>(80.<br>3.01<br>(76.5)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.09<br>(2.29)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)|
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||



## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**==> picture [437 x 314] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-158** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [243 x 202] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-145|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-160|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-161|
|Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-172|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-173|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-175|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-177|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-195|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-204|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-215|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|V4-T2-219|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|V4-T2-222|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-226|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-231|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-234|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-242|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-244|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-245|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

JG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-159** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes)** 

**==> picture [452 x 223] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
J G S 3 250 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>J Blank  = 80% rated<br>C  = 100% rated<br>Standard/Application Amperes F01  = Freeze tested for –70ºF (–57ºC)<br>G  = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 050 F02  = Freeze tested for –22ºF (–30ºC)<br>2  = Two 070<br>3  = Three 080 Terminations/Hardware<br>Performance 4  = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 090 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>600 480 415 240 9  = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 100<br>E 18 25 25 65 125 M  = Metric end caps Metric<br>150 E  = Imperial end caps Imperial<br>S 18 35 40 85 160 G  = Line/load standard Metric<br>H 25 65 70 100 175 W  = Without terminals<br>C 35 100 100 200 200<br>U 50 150 150 200 225 Trip Unit<br>X 50 200 200 200 250 AA  = Adj. adj.<br>K Molded case switch  FA  = Fixed adj.<br>KS  = Molded case switch<br>33  = 310+ electronic LS<br>32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>NN  = Frame only (250 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [490 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 4 100 FA B20<br>Trip Features (ETU Only)  [12]<br>JT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>2  = Two Amperes AA  = Adj. adj. B20 = High load alarm<br>3  = Three T/M ETU FA  = Fixed adj. B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>4  = Four—Neutral 0% Protected 080 050 KS  = Molded case switch B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>9  = Four—Neutral 100% Protected 090 100 33  = 310+ electronic LS ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>100 160 32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>110 250 35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>125 36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>150<br>160<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features. 

> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-160** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

_**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

**2** 

|**JG-Frame**||**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Se ee<br>e2:2e:2<br>malic<br>S==<br>=m<br>eS||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**|
|.<br>a|.|**Amperes**<br>70|**Range**<br>350–700|**Number**<br>**JGE2070FAG**|**Number**<br>**JGE3070FAG**|**Number**<br>**—**|**Number**<br>**JGE4070FAG**|**Number**<br>**—**|
|ies<br>e@:0:28|FE <br>28|90<br>450–900<br>**JGE2090FAG**<br>**JGE3090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGE4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>100<br>500–1000<br>**JGE2100FAG**<br>**JGE3100FAG**<br>**JGE3100AAG**<br>**JGE4100FAG**<br>**JGE4100AAG**<br> ~~OE~~|||||||
|||125|625–1250|**JGE2125FAG**|**JGE3125FAG**|**JGE3125AAG**|**JGE4125FAG**|**JGE4125AAG**|
|||150|750–1550|**JGE2150FAG**|**JGE3150FAG**|**—**|**JGE4150FAG**|**—**|
|||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGE3160AAG**|**—**|**JGE4160AAG**|
|||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGE2175FAG**<br>**JGE2200FAG**|**JGE3175FAG**<br>**JGE3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGE3200AAG**|**JGE4175FAG**<br>**JGE4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGE4200AAG**|
|||225|1125–2250|**JGE2225FAG**|**JGE3225FAG**|**—**|**JGE4225FAG**|**—**|
|||250|1250–2500|**JGE2250FAG**|**JGE3250FAG**|**JGE3250AAG**|**JGE4250FAG**|**JGE4250AAG**|
|**JG-Frame**||**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35, Two-Pole**|||**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35, Two-Pole**||||
|Se ee<br>e2:2e:2<br>malic<br>S==<br>=m<br>eS||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**|
|.<br>a|.|**Amperes**<br>70|**Range**<br>350–700|**Number**<br>**JGS2070FAG**|**Number**<br>**JGS3070FAG**|**Number**<br>**—**|**Number**<br>**JGS4070FAG**|**Number**<br>**—**|
|ies<br>e@:0:28|FE <br>28|90<br>450–900<br>**JGS2090FAG**<br>**JGS3090FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGS4090FAG**<br>**—**<br>100<br>500–1000<br>**JGS2100FAG**<br>**JGS3100FAG**<br>**JGS3100AAG**<br>**JGS4100FAG**<br>**JGS4100AAG**<br> ~~ON~~|||||||
|||125|625–1250|**JGS2125FAG**|**JGS3125FAG**|**JGS3125AAG**|**JGS4125FAG**|**JGS4125AAG**|
|||150|750–1550|**JGS2150FAG**|**JGS3150FAG**|**—**|**JGS4150FAG**|**—**|
|||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGS3160AAG**|**—**|**JGS4160AAG**|
|||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGS2175FAG**<br>**JGS2200FAG**|**JGS3175FAG**<br>**JGS3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGS3200AAG**|**JGS4175FAG**<br>**JGS4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGS4200AAG**|
|||225|1125–2250|**JGS2225FAG**|**JGS3225FAG**|**—**|**JGS4225FAG**|**—**|
|||250|1250–2500|**JGS2250FAG**|**JGS3250FAG**|**JGS3250AAG**|**JGS4250FAG**|**JGS4250AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-161** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

**2** 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65** 

||**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|early eet<br>2:2e:2e<br>i=<br>akin<br>=<br>*|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Range**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole 0%**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Fixed Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>70<br>350–700<br>**JGH2070FAG**<br>**JGH3070FAG**<br>**—**<br>**JGH4070FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~——e—V—~~|||||||
|et Pe <br>a<br>@:0:2e|90<br>450–900<br>**JGH2090FAG**<br>**JGH3090FAG**<br>**—**<br> ~~ee~~|||||**JGH4090FAG**|**—**|
|@:0:2e|100|500–1000|**JGH2100FAG**|**JGH3100FAG**|**JGH3100AAG**|**JGH4100FAG**|**JGH4100AAG**|
||125<br>150|625–1250<br>750–1550|**JGH2125FAG**<br>**JGH2150FAG**|**JGH3125FAG**<br>**JGH3150FAG**|**JGH3125AAG**<br>**—**|**JGH4125FAG**<br>**JGH4150FAG**|**JGH4125AAG**<br>**—**|
||160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JGH3160AAG**|**—**|**JGH4160AAG**|
||175|875–1750|**JGH2175FAG**|**JGH3175FAG**|**—**|**JGH4175FAG**|**—**|
||200|1000–2000|**JGH2200FAG**|**JGH3200FAG**|**JGH3200AAG**|**JGH4200FAG**|**JGH4200AAG**|
||225<br>250|1125–2250<br>1250–2500|**JGH2225FAG**<br>**JGH2250FAG**|**JGH3225FAG**<br>**JGH3250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH3250AAG**|**JGH4225FAG**<br>**JGH4250FAG**|**—**<br>**JGH4250AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-162** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150 

**JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting** 

**==> picture [500 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|——|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|2:2e:e|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|a|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|70|350–700|JGC3070FAG|—|JGC4070FAG|—|
|E==¢@|=|
|a|.|80|400–800|—|JGC3080AAG|—|JGC4080AAG|
|90|450–900|JGC3090FAG|—|JGC4090FAG|—|
|e@:o: 28|se|
|100|500–1000|JGC3100FAG|JGC3100AAG|JGC4100FAG|JGC4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGC3125FAG|JGC3125AAG|JGC4125FAG|JGC4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGC3150FAG|—|JGC4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|JGC3160AAG|—|JGC4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGC3175FAG|—|JGC4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGC3200FAG|JGC3200AAG|JGC4200FAG|JGC4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGC3225FAG|—|JGC4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGC3250FAG|JGC3250AAG|JGC4250FAG|JGC4250AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting** 

**==> picture [428 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|Three-Pole|Four-Pole 0%|[2]|
|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|Fixed Thermal,|Adjustable Thermal,|
|Maximum|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|Adjustable Magnetic|Adjustable Magnetic|[1]|
|Continuous|Magnetic|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|Catalog|
|Amperes|Range|Number|Number|Number|Number|
|70|350–700|JGU3070FAG|—|JGU4070FAG|—|
|80|400–800|—|JGU3080AAG|—|JGU4080AAG|
|90|450–900|JGU3090FAG|—|JGU4090FAG|—|
|oe|
|See|100|500–1000|JGU3100FAG|JGU3100AAG|JGU4100FAG|JGU4100AAG|
|125|625–1250|JGU3125FAG|JGU3125AAG|JGU4125FAG|JGU4125AAG|
|150|750–1550|JGU3150FAG|—|JGU4150FAG|—|
|160|800–1600|—|JGU3160AAG|—|JGU4160AAG|
|175|875–1750|JGU3175FAG|—|JGU4175FAG|—|
|200|1000–2000|JGU3200FAG|JGU3200AAG|JGU4200FAG|JGU4200AAG|
|225|1125–2250|JGU3225FAG|—|JGU4225FAG|—|
|250|1250–2500|JGU3250FAG|JGU3250AAG|JGU4250FAG|JGU4250AAG|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-163** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200 

## **JG-Frame** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting** 

|||**Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**2||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic** 1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|70<br>80|350–700<br>400–800|**JGX3070FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**JGX3080AAG**|**JGX4070FAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**JGX4080AAG**|
|90<br>100|450–900<br>500–1000|**JGX3090FAG**<br>**JGX3100FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX3100AAG**|**JGX4090FAG**<br>**JGX4100FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX4100AAG**|
|125|625–1250|**JGX3125FAG**|**JGX3125AAG**|**JGX4125FAG**|**JGX4125AAG**|
|150|750–1550|**JGX3150FAG**|**—**|**JGX4150FAG**|**—**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|**JGX3160AAG**|**—**|**JGX4160AAG**|
|175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**JGX3175FAG**<br>**JGX3200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX3200AAG**|**JGX4175FAG**<br>**JGX4200FAG**|**—**<br>**JGX4200AAG**|
|225|1125–2250|**JGX3225FAG**|**—**|**JGX4225FAG**|**—**|
|250|1250–2500|**JGX3250FAG**|**JGX3250AAG**|**JGX4250FAG**|**JGX4250AAG**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[3] 

**Catalog Number JGK3250KSG JGK7250KSG** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 

- 2   9 for 0–100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 3   Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-164** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole 0%**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|<br>**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**25/25**||||
|250|**JGE2250NN**|**JGE3250NN**|**JGE4250NN**|
|**40/35**||||
|250|**JGS2250NN**|**JGS3250NN**|**JGS4250NN**|
|**70/65**||||
|250|**JGH2250NN**|**JGH3250NN**|**JGH4250NN**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGC3250NN**|**JGC4250NN**|
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL**||**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGU3250NN**|**JGU4250NN**|
|**200/200**|**Current Limiting Per UL**|**489**||
|250|**—**|**JGX3250NN**|**JGX4250NN**|
|**25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGE3250NNC**|**—**|
|**40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGS3250NNC**|**—**|
|**70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489**1||||
|250|**—**|**JGH3250NNC**|**—**|



**2** 

## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit** 

|**Ampere**||**Catalog**|||||**Catalog**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**|**Range**|**Number**||||**Range**|**Number**|||
|70|350–700|**JT2070FA**|**JT3070FA**|**—**||**—**|**JT4070FA**|**—**||
|80|400–800|**—**|**JT3080FA**|**JT3080AA**|2|64–100|**—**|**JT4080AA**|2|
|90|450–900|**JT2090FA**|**JT3090FA**|**—**||—|**JT4090FA**|**—**||
|100|500–1000|**JT2100FA**|**JT3100FA**|**JT3100AA**|2|80–100|**JT4100FA**|**JT4100AA**|2|
|125|625–1250|**JT2125FA**|**JT3125FA**|**JT3125AA**|2|100–125|**JT4125FA**|**JT4125AA**|2|
|150|750–1550|**JT2150FA**|**JT3150FA**|**—**||—|**JT4150FA**|**—**||
|160|800–1600|**—**|**—**|**JT3160AA**|2|128–160|**—**|**JT4160AA**|2|
|175|875–1750|**JT2175FA**|**JT3175FA**|**—**||—|**JT4175FA**|**—**||
|200|1000–2000|**JT2200FA**|**JT3200FA**|**JT3200AA**|2|160–200|**JT4200FA**|**JT4200AA**|2|
|225|1125–2250|**JT2225FA**|**JT3225FA**|**—**||—|**JT4225FA**|**—**||
|250|1250–2500|**JT2250FA**|**JT3250FA**|**JT3250AA**|2|200–250|**JT4250FA**|**JT4250AA**|2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Components—100% rated frame. 

> 2 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-165** 

2.3 

**2 JG 310+ Electronic Trip Units** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series G 

## _**310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-174** . 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JT305033**|**JT305032**|**JT305035**|**JT305036**|**JGFCT050**|
|100<br>160|**JT310033**<br>**JT316033**|**JT310032**<br>**JT316032**|**JT310035**<br>**JT316035**|**JT310036**<br>**JT316036**|**JGFCT100**<br>**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JT325033**|**JT325032**|**JT325035**|**JT325036**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JT405033**|**JT405032**|**JT405035**|**JT405036**|**—**|
|100|**JT410033**|**JT410032**|**JT410035**|**JT410036**|**—**|
|160|**JT416033**|**JT416032**|**JT416035**|**JT416036**|**—**|
|250|**JT425033**|**JT425032**|**JT425035**|**JT425036**|**—**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**JGFCT250**|
|External neutral sensor (160 A)|**JGFCT160**|
|External neutral sensor (100 A)|**JGFCT100**|
|External neutral sensor (80 A)<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**JGFCT050**<br>**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required. 

- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-166** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**Complete Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-174** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25** 

**2** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGE305033G**|**JGE305032G**|**JGE305035G**|**JGE305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033G**|**JGE310032G**|**JGE310035G**|**JGE310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGE316033G**|**JGE316032G**|**JGE316035G**|**JGE316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGE325033G**|**JGE325032G**|**JGE325035G**|**JGE325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGE405033G**|**JGE405032G**|**JGE405035G**|**JGE405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGE410033G**|**JGE410032G**|**JGE410035G**|**JGE410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGE416033G**|**JGE416032G**|**JGE416035G**|**JGE416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGE425033G**|**JGE425032G**|**JGE425035G**|**JGE425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGS305033G**|**JGS305032G**|**JGS305035G**|**JGS305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033G**|**JGS310032G**|**JGS310035G**|**JGS310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033G**|**JGS316032G**|**JGS316035G**|**JGS316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033G**|**JGS325032G**|**JGS325035G**|**JGS325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGS405033G**|**JGS405032G**|**JGS405035G**|**JGS405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGS410033G**|**JGS410032G**|**JGS410035G**|**JGS410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGS416033G**|**JGS416032G**|**JGS416035G**|**JGS416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGS425033G**|**JGS425032G**|**JGS425035G**|**JGS425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGH305033G**|**JGH305032G**|**JGH305035G**|**JGH305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033G**|**JGH310032G**|**JGH310035G**|**JGH310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033G**|**JGH316032G**|**JGH316035G**|**JGH316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033G**|**JGH325032G**|**JGH325035G**|**JGH325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50|**JGH405033G**|**JGH405032G**|**JGH405035G**|**JGH405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGH410033G**|**JGH410032G**|**JGH410035G**|**JGH410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGH416033G**|**JGH416032G**|**JGH416035G**|**JGH416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGH425033G**|**JGH425032G**|**JGH425035G**|**JGH425036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

- 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-167** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

**2** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC305033G**<br>**JGC310033G**|**JGC305032G**<br>**JGC310032G**|**JGC305035G**<br>**JGC310035G**|**JGC305036G**<br>**JGC310036G**|**JGFCT050**<br>**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGC316033G**|**JGC316032G**|**JGC316035G**|**JGC316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGC335033G**|**JGC325032G**|**JGC325035G**|**JGC325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**2||||||
|50<br>100|**JGC405033G**<br>**JGC410033G**|**JGC405032G**<br>**JGC410032G**|**JGC405035G**<br>**JGC410035G**|**JGC405036G**<br>**JGC410036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|160|**JGC416033G**|**JGC416032G**|**JGC416035G**|**JGC416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGC435033G**|**JGC425032G**|**JGC425035G**|**JGC425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGU305033G**|**JGU305032G**|**JGU305035G**|**JGU305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGU310033G**|**JGU310032G**|**JGU310035G**|**JGU310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGU316033G**|**JGU316032G**|**JGU316035G**|**JGU316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGU335033G**|**JGU325032G**|**JGU325035G**|**JGU325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|**Four-Pole**23||||||
|50|**JGU405033G**|**JGU405032G**|**JGU405035G**|**JGU405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGU410033G**|**JGU410032G**|**JGU410035G**|**JGU410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGU416033G**|**JGU416032G**|**JGU416035G**|**JGU416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGU435033G**|**JGU425032G**|**JGU425035G**|**JGU425036G**|**—**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|50|**JGX305033G**|**JGX305032G**|**JGX305035G**|**JGX305036G**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGX310033G**|**JGX310032G**|**JGX310035G**|**JGX310036G**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGX316033G**|**JGX316032G**|**JGX316035G**|**JGX316036G**|**JGFCT160**|
|250<br>**Four-Pole**2|**JGX325033G**|**JGX325032G**|**JGX325035G**|**JGX325036G**|**JGFCT250**|
|50|**JGX405033G**|**JGX405032G**|**JGX405035G**|**JGX405036G**|**—**|
|100|**JGX410033G**|**JGX410032G**|**JGX410035G**|**JGX410036G**|**—**|
|160|**JGX416033G**|**JGX416032G**|**JGX416035G**|**JGX416036G**|**—**|
|250|**JGX425033G**|**JGX425032G**|**JGX425035G**|**JGX425036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

> 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

> 3 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-168** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**JG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_ 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts**_ 

**2** 

## **JG-Frame JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25** 

## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65** 

|**JG-Frame**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—25/25**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|**JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—70/65**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Three-Pole**|||**Three-Pole**|
|@:0:0|**Maximum**||**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**|**Maximum**||**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**|
||**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Catalog**|**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Catalog**|
||**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|
||70|350–700|**JGE3070FAGC**|70|350–700|**JGH3070FAGC**|
||90|450–900|**JGE3090FAGC**|90|450–900|**JGH3090FAGC**|
|e@:o:28|100<br>500–1000<br>**JGE3100FAGC**<br>125<br>625–1250<br>**JGE3125FAGC**<br> ~~OO~~|||100<br>125|500–1000<br>625–1250|**JGH3100FAGC**<br>**JGH3125FAGC**|
||150<br>160|750–1550<br>800–1600|**JGE3150FAGC**<br>**—**|150<br>160|750–1550<br>800–1600|**JGH3150FAGC**<br>**—**|
||175|875–1750|**JGE3175FAGC**|175|875–1750|**JGH3175FAGC**|
||200|1000–2000|**JGE3200FAGC**|200|1000–2000|**JGH3200FAGC**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGE3225FAGC**|225|1125–2250|**JGH3225FAGC**|
||250|1250–2500|**JGE3250FAGC**|250|1250–2500|**JGH3250FAGC**|



## **JG-Frame—IEC/CE/UL/CSA—40/35** 

|||**Three-Pole**<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Range**|**Number**|
|70|350–700|**JGS3070FAGC**|
|90|450–900|**JGS3090FAGC**|
|100|500–1000|**JGS3100FAGC**|
|125|625–1250|**JGS3125FAGC**|
|150|750–1550|**JGS3150FAGC**|
|160|800–1600|**—**|
|175|875–1750|**JGS3175FAGC**|
|200|1000–2000|**JGS3200FAGC**|
|225<br>250|1125–2250<br>1250–2500|**JGS3225FAGC**<br>**JGS3250FAGC**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-169** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**JG 100% Rated 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-174** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA—25/25** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|50|**JGE305033GC**|**JGE305032GC**|**JGE305035GC**|**JGE305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGE310033GC**|**JGE310032GC**|**JGE310035GC**|**JGE310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160<br>250|**JGE316033GC**<br>**JGE325033GC**|**JGE316032GC**<br>**JGE325032GC**|**JGE316035GC**<br>**JGE325035GC**|**JGE316036GC**<br>**JGE325036GC**|**JGFCT160**<br>**JGFCT250**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—40/35** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>50|**Number**<br>**JGS305033GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305032GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305035GC**|**Number**<br>**JGS305036GC**|**Number**<br>**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGS310033GC**|**JGS310032GC**|**JGS310035GC**|**JGS310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGS316033GC**|**JGS316032GC**|**JGS316035GC**|**JGS316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGS325033GC**|**JGS325032GC**|**JGS325035GC**|**JGS325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA—70/65** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGH305033GC**|**JGH305032GC**|**JGH305035GC**|**JGH305036GC**|**JGFCT050**|
|100|**JGH310033GC**|**JGH310032GC**|**JGH310035GC**|**JGH310036GC**|**JGFCT100**|
|160|**JGH316033GC**|**JGH316032GC**|**JGH316035GC**|**JGH316036GC**|**JGFCT160**|
|250|**JGH325033GC**|**JGH325032GC**|**JGH325035GC**|**JGH325036GC**|**JGFCT250**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-170** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **JG-Frame** 

**2** 

**Endcap Kit Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

**Multiwire Connectors** 

|||||**Control Wire**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**T250FJ**|**TA250FJ**||**Endcap Kit**|**Control Wire**<br>**Terminal Kit**|
|**Load and Line Terminals**|||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>250<br>250|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>Stainless steel Cu<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>25–185<br>10–185|**Metric Wire**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**<br>**of Conductors**<br>#4–350 (1)<br>#8–350 (1)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**T250FJ**1<br>**TA250FJ**12|



**Rear Fed Terminals** 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02. 

## **Terminal Shields IP30** 

|**Location**|**Number of Poles**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|Line or Load|2, 3|**FJTS3K**|
||4|**FJTS4K**|



JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number. 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

## **Endcap Kits** 

|**Endcap Kits**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Catalog Number**||
|**Number of Poles**|**Metric**|**Imperial**|
|3<br>4|**FJ3RTWK**<br>**FJ4RTWK**|**FJ3RTDK**<br>**FJ4RTDK**|



Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware. 

## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Description**<br>Package of 14 (priced individually)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**FJCWTK**|
|---|---|



|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|3|**FJIPBK**3|
|4|**FJIPBK4**3|



## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

For use with aluminum or copper terminals only. 

## **Rear Fed Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|250|#4–350 kcmil|**TA250JGRF**<br>**3TA250JGRF**|



**JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

|**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
|250|3|14–2|**3TA250FJ3**|
|250|6|14–6|**3TA250FJ6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

- 1 Individually packed. 

- 2 Standard line and load. 

- 3 Individually priced. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-171** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **JG-Frame Accessories** 

|**JG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two- and Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories**<br>**(Only one internal accessory per pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-239**|—<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-240**|n|—|—|n|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-171**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-171**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-171**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-171**<br>**V4-T2-171**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-171**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-237**|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Key interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-237**|o<br>l|—<br>l|o<br>l|o<br>—|—<br>—|o<br>—|—<br>—|
|Electrical operator<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-237**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-522**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-222**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-245**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit<br>Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-166**<br>**V4-T2-236**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-236**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-235**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB|1|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n  Applicable in indicated pole position o  May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l  Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-172** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**220–240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**380–415**||||**690**2||**Volts DC**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**250**23|
|JGE250|2, 3, 4|65|65|25|25|25|18|12|6|10|
|JGS250|2, 3, 4|85|85|40|40|35|18|12|6|22|
|JGH250|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|25|14|7|22|
|JGC2504|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|35|16|12|42|
|JGU2504|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|50|18|14|50|
|JGX2504|3, 4|200|200|200|200|200|50|18|14|50|



**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGC|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|480 V/100 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGC|600 V/35 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGU|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|480 V/150 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGU|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|
|JGX|240 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|480 V/200 kA|45.1|1.820|
|JGX|600 V/50 kA|32.8|2.140|



## **JG 310+ Specifications** 

|**JG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|JG|
|Frames available|50 A, 100 A, 160 A 250 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|20–250A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|10–250A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|No|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)5|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)5|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

- 4 Current limiting per UL 489. 

- 5 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-173** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

||**JG 310+ Adjtabilit Sifiatin**||
|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**JG Frame**<br>**50 A**<br>**100 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**250 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>20<br>40<br>63<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>45<br>80<br>125|
|||C<br>25<br>50<br>90<br>150|
|||D<br>30<br>63<br>100<br>160|
|||E<br>32<br>70<br>110<br>175|
|||F<br>40<br>80<br>125<br>200|
|||G<br>45<br>90<br>150<br>225|
|||H (= In)<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x<br>14x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>10<br>20<br>32<br>50|
|||Position 2<br>15<br>30<br>48<br>75|
|||Position 3<br>20<br>40<br>64<br>100|
|||Position 4<br>30<br>60<br>96<br>150|
|||Position 5<br>40<br>80<br>128<br>200|
|||Position 6<br>50<br>100<br>160<br>250|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting1|N/A|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)2|N/A|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not available for JG. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode not available for JG frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG, and RG. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-174** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **JG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|4.13 (104.9)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|
|4|5.34 (135.6)|7.00 (177.8)|3.57 (90.7)|



## **JG-Frame** 

**==> picture [343 x 106] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br> C  L<br>Breaker 1.25 (31.8)<br>0.63 (16.0)<br>0.28 (7.1) 0.19 (4.8) R 3.95<br>(100.3)<br>3.06 2.05 (52.1) 7.00<br>(77.7) CL (177.8)<br>Handle<br>0.50<br>1.06 (27.0)<br>(12.7) 4.00<br>(101.6)<br>4.13 3.44<br>(104.9) (87.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **JG-Frame** 

|**JG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Number of Poles**||
|**Breaker Type**|**2, 3**|**4**|
|JGC|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGE|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGH|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGS|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGU|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|
|JGX|6.00 (2.70)|8.00 (3.60)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-175** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [511 x 313] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2 3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>2 0.69 (139.7) (52.1)2.05<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>2 (35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) (16.0)0.63<br>1.88<br>2 R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>2 (99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>2 (177.8) (285.8)<br>2 11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>2<br>2 3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>2 TEST (108.0)<br>2<br>2.05<br>2 3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>2 (93.7)4.78 (96.8)3.81 (103.9)<br>(121.4)<br>2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-176** 

2.3 

Series G 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-178**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-179**<br>**V4-T2-190**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-191**<br>**V4-T2-193**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**<br>**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-219**<br>**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-226**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**<br>**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**<br>**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



**2** 

## **LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

LG breaker is HACR rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-177** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Series G—LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes)** 

**==> picture [452 x 224] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
L G S 3 600 FA G C<br>Frame Rating<br>L Blank  = 80% rated<br>C  = 100% rated (for LGE, LGS and LGH only)<br>Standard/Application Amperes<br>G  = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Number of Poles 250 Terminations/Hardware<br>3  = Three 300 Terminals Mounting Hardware<br>E 18 600 Performance 35 480 35 415 65 240 4678  = Four—Neutral 0% protected = Four—Neutral 60% protected = Four—Neutral 100% protected = Four—Neutral 0–60% protected 350400500600 MEGW  = Imperial end caps = Line/load standard = Metric end caps = Without terminals MetricImperialMetric<br>S 25 50 50 85 9  = Four—Neutral 0–100 protected 630<br>H 35 65 70 100 Trip Unit<br>C 50 100 100 200 AA  = Adj. adj.<br>U 65 150 150 200 FA  = Fixed adj.<br>X 65 200 200 200 KS  = Molded case switch<br>33  = 310+ electronic LS<br>K Molded case switch<br>32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>38  = 310+ electronic ALSI<br>39  = 310+ electronic ALSIG<br>NN  = Frame only (630 A only; no trip unit)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

## **LT 3 600 FA B20** 

**==> picture [489 x 115] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Features (ETU Only)  [12]<br>LT Number of Poles Trip Unit Blank = No feature<br>3  = Three Amperes AA  = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic B20 = High load alarm<br>4  = Four—neutral 0% protected 250 FA  = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic B21 = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>8  = Four—neutral 0/60% protected 300 KS  = Molded case switch B22 = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>9  = Four—neutral 0/100% protected 350 33  = 310+ electronic LS ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>400 32  = 310+ electronic LSI<br>500 35  = 310+ electronic LSG<br>600 36  = 310+ electronic LSIG<br>630 38  = 310+ electronic ALSI<br>39  = 310+ electronic ALSIG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Bxx features cannot be combined with other Bxx features. 

> 2 B21 and B22 available with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-178** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

|**LG-Frame**|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|——<br>BeVo<br>><br>6 8<br>«€<br>—||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|e<br>s<br>a<br>e<br>=<br>trie|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|=.|250|**LGE3250FAG**|**LGE3250AAG**|**LGE4250FAG**|**LGE4250AAG**|
|Hi<br>fesee<br>a<br>eeOe”|300<br>320<br>350<br>400|**LGE3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGE3350FAG**<br>**LGE3400FAG**<br>~~>~~|**—**<br>**LGE3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGE3400AAG**|**LGE4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGE4350FAG**<br>**LGE4400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGE4320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGE4400AAG**|
||500|**LGE3500FAG**|**LGE3500AAG**|**LGE4500FAG**|**LGE4500AAG**|
||600|**LGE3600FAG**|**—**|**LGE4600FAG**|**—**|
||6304|**—**|**LGE3630AAG**|**—**|**LGE4630AAG**|
|**LG-Frame**<br>——<br>BeVo<br>><br>6 8<br>«€<br>—|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 1<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Thermal,**|||**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|e<br>s<br>a<br>e<br>=<br>trie|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|=.|250|**LGS3250FAG**|**LGS3250AAG**|**LGS4250FAG**|**LGS4250AAG**|
|Hi<br>fesee<br>a<br>eeoe|300<br>**LGS3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGS4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>320<br>**—**<br>**LGS3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGS4320AAG**<br>~~OO~~<br> ~~a~~|||||
||350<br>400|**LGS3350FAG**<br>**LGS3400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGS3400AAG**|**LGS4350FAG**<br>**LGS4400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGS4400AAG**|
||500|**LGS3500FAG**|**LGS3500AAG**|**LGS4500FAG**|**LGS4500AAG**|
||600|**LGS3600FAG**|**—**|**LGS4600FAG**|**—**|
||6304|**—**|**LGS3630AAG**|**—**|**LGS4630AAG**|



|**LG-Frame**|**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA)**<br>**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 1|
|---|---|



|**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGH3250FAG**|**LGH3250AAG**|**LGH4250FAG**|**LGH4250AAG**|
|300<br>**LGH3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGH4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~SRR~~|||||
|320<br>350|**—**<br>**LGH3350FAG**|**LGH3320AAG**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LGH4350FAG**|**LGH4320AAG**<br>**—**|
|400<br>500|**LGH3400FAG**<br>**LGH3500FAG**|**LGH3400AAG**<br>**LGH3500AAG**|**LGH4400FAG**<br>**LGH4500FAG**|**LGH4400AAG**<br>**LGH4500AAG**|
|600|**LGH3600FAG**|**—**|**LGH4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGH3630AAG**|**—**|**LGH4630AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 3   Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side. 

- 4   320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 5   Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-179** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2 LG-Frame** ~~oy ao~~ 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|~~ao~~<br>>|~~ao~~<br>Bee<br>6<br>6<br>ee|~~ao~~<br>€||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|e|g<br>a|es|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
||||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
||||250|**LGC3250FAG**|**LGC3250AAG**|**LGC4250FAG**|**LGC4250AAG**|
|HDeee<br>a<br>bs|||300<br>**LGC3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGC4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>320<br>**—**<br>**LGC3320AAG**<br>**—**<br>**LGC4320AAG**<br> ~~Sn~~|||||
||||350|**LGC3350FAG**|**—**|**LGC4350FAG**|**—**|
||||400|**LGC3400FAG**|**LGC3400AAG**|**LGC4400FAG**|**LGC4400AAG**|
||||500|**LGC3500FAG**|**LGC3500AAG**|**LGC4500FAG**|**LGC4500AAG**|
||||600|**LGC3600FAG**|**—**|**LGC4600FAG**|**—**|
||||6304|**—**|**LGC3630AAG**|**—**|**LGC4630AAG**|



## **LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGU3250FAG**|**LGU3250AAG**|**LGU4250FAG**|**LGU4250AAG**|
|300<br>320<br>~~OO~~|**LGU3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~OO~~|**—**<br>**LGU3320AAG**<br>~~OO~~|**LGU4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~OO~~|**—**<br>**LGU4320AAG**<br>~~OO~~|
|350|**LGU3350FAG**|**—**|**LGU4350FAG**|**—**|
|400|**LGU3400FAG**|**LGU3400AAG**|**LGU4400FAG**|**LGU4400AAG**|
|500|**LGU3500FAG**|**LGU3500AAG**|**LGU4500FAG**|**LGU4500AAG**|
|600|**LGU3600FAG**|**—**|**LGU4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGU3630AAG**|**—**|**LGU4630AAG**|



## **LG-Frame** 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** [1]|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**3<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**45<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGX3250FAG**|**LGX3250AAG**|**LGX4250FAG**|**LGX4250AAG**|
|300<br>320<br>~~ee~~|**LGX3300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~ee~~|**—**<br>**LGX3320AAG**<br>~~ee~~|**LGX4300FAG**<br>**—**<br>~~ee~~|**—**<br>**LGX4320AAG**<br>~~ee~~|
|350<br>400|**LGX3350FAG**<br>**LGX3400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGX3400AAG**|**LGX4350FAG**<br>**LGX4400FAG**|**—**<br>**LGX4400AAG**|
|500|**LGX3500FAG**|**LGX3500AAG**|**LGX4500FAG**|**LGX4500AAG**|
|600|**LGX3600FAG**|**—**|**LGX4600FAG**|**—**|
|6304|**—**|**LGX3630AAG**|**—**|**LGX4630AAG**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

3   Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. Neutral is on LH side. 

4   320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 5   Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-180** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Molded Case Switches**[1] 

|**Molded Case Switches**|1|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|32<br>**LGK3400KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4400KSG**|
|6303|32<br>**LGK3630KSG**|
||4<br>**LGK4630KSG**|



**2** 

## **Frame—IC Rating at 415/480 Volts** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**3|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Four-Pole 0%**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**35/35**||
|6303|**LGE3630NN**<br>**LGE4630NN**|
||**LGE3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**50/50**||
|6303|**LGS3630NN**<br>**LGS4630NN**|
||**LGS3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**70/53**||
|6303|**LGH3630NN**<br>**LGH4630NN**|
||**LGH3630NNWC**4<br>**—**|
|**100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGC3630NN**<br>**LGC4630NN**||
|**150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489**||
|630<br>**LGU3630NN**<br>**LGU4630NN**||
|**200/200 Current Limiting**||
|630<br>**LGX3630NN**<br>**LGX4630NN**||



## **Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit** 

||**Three-Pole**2<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|**Four-Pole (0%)**6<br>**Fixed Thermal,**|**Adjustable Thermal,**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**5<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog**|**Adjustable Magnetic**5<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LT3250FA**|**LT3250AA**|**LT4250FA**|**LT4250AA**|
|300|**LT3300FA**|**—**|**LT4300FA**|**—**|
|320|**—**|**LT3320AA**|**—**|**LT4320AA**|
|350|**LT3350FA**|**—**|**LT4350FA**|**—**|
|400|**LT3400FA**|**LT3400AA**|**LT4400FA**|**LT4400AA**|
|500|**LT3500FA**|**LT3500AA**|**LT4500FA**|**LT4500AA**|
|600<br>630|**LT3600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT3630AA**|**LT4600FA**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**LT4630AA**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes. 

- 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 

- 4 100% rated frame. 

- 5 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 

> 6 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 0–60% and 9 = 0–100%. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-181** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-192** . 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|250|**LT325033**|**LT325032**|**LT325035**|**LT325036**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340033**|**LT340032**|**LT340035**|**LT340036**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LT360033**<br>**LT363033**|**LT360032**<br>**LT363032**|**LT360035**<br>**LT363035**|**LT360036**<br>**LT363036**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|250|**LT425033**|**LT425032**|**LT425035**|**LT425036**|**—**|
|400|**LT440033**|**LT440032**|**LT440035**|**LT440036**|**—**|
|600|**LT460033**|**LT460032**|**LT460035**|**LT460036**|**—**|
|6302|**LT463033**|**LT463032**|**LT463035**|**LT463036**|**—**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Electronic portable test kit|**Number**<br>**MTST230V**|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (630 A)|**LGFCT630**|
|External neutral sensor (600 A)|**LGFCT600**|
|External neutral sensor (400 A)|**LGFCT400**|
|External neutral sensor (250 A)|**LGFCT250**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

> 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

> 4 Four-pole LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-182** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1] 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-192** . 

**2** 

## **IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGE325033G**|**LGE325032G**|**LGE325035G**|**LGE325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGE340033G**|**LGE340032G**|**LGE340035G**|**LGE340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033G**|**LGE360032G**|**LGE360035G**|**LGE360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGE363033G**|**LGE363032G**|**LGE363035G**|**LGE363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGE425033G**|**LGE425032G**|**LGE425035G**|**LGE425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGE440033G**|**LGE440032G**|**LGE440035G**|**LGE440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGE460033G**|**LGE460032G**|**LGE460035G**|**LGE460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGE463033G**|**LGE463032G**|**LGE463035G**|**LGE463036G**|**—**|



## **IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGS325033G**|**LGS325032G**|**LGS325035G**|**LGS325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGS340033G**|**LGS340032G**|**LGS340035G**|**LGS340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGS360033G**|**LGS360032G**|**LGS360035G**|**LGS360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGS363033G**|**LGS363032G**|**LGS363035G**|**LGS363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGS425033G**|**LGS425032G**|**LGS425035G**|**LGS425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGS440033G**|**LGS440032G**|**LGS440035G**|**LGS440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGS460033G**|**LGS460032G**|**LGS460035G**|**LGS460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGS463033G**|**LGS463032G**|**LGS463035G**|**LGS463036G**|**—**|



## **IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGH325033G**|**LGH325032G**|**LGH325035G**|**LGH325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033G**|**LGH340032G**|**LGH340035G**|**LGH340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGH360033G**|**LGH360032G**|**LGH360035G**|**LGH360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGH363033G**|**LGH363032G**|**LGH363035G**|**LGH363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250|**LGH425033G**|**LGH425032G**|**LGH425035G**|**LGH425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGH440033G**|**LGH440032G**|**LGH440035G**|**LGH440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGH460033G**|**LGH460032G**|**LGH460035G**|**LGH460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGH463033G**|**LGH463032G**|**LGH463035G**|**LGH463036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-183** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

_**IC Rating at 415/480 V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_[1] 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-192** . 

## **IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGC325033G**|**LGC325032G**|**LGC325035G**|**LGC325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGC340033G**|**LGC340032G**|**LGC340035G**|**LGC340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGC360033G**|**LGC360032G**|**LGC360035G**|**LGC360036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGC363033G**|**LGC363032G**|**LGC363035G**|**LGC363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**56||||||
|250<br>400|**LGC425033G**<br>**LGC440033G**|**LGC425032G**<br>**LGC440032G**|**LGC425035G**<br>**LGC440035G**|**LGC425036G**<br>**LGC440036G**|**—**<br>**—**|
|600<br>6304|**LGC460033G**<br>**LGC463033G**|**LGC460032G**<br>**LGC463032G**|**LGC460035G**<br>**LGC463035G**|**LGC460036G**<br>**LGC463036G**|**—**<br>**—**|



## **IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3<br>250|**LGU325033G**|**LGU325032G**|**LGU325035G**|**LGU325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGU340033G**<br>**LGU360033G**|**LGU340032G**<br>**LGU360032G**|**LGU340035G**<br>**LGU360035G**|**LGU340036G**<br>**LGU360036G**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6304|**LGU363033G**|**LGU363032G**|**LGU363035G**|**LGU363036G**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5||||||
|250|**LGU425033G**|**LGU425032G**|**LGU425035G**|**LGU425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGU440033G**|**LGU440032G**|**LGU440035G**|**LGU440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGU460033G**|**LGU460032G**|**LGU460035G**|**LGU460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGU463033G**|**LGU463032G**|**LGU463035G**|**LGU463036G**|**—**|



## **IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489** 

||||||**Neutral CT**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**2|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Three-Pole**3||||||
|250|**LGX325033G**|**LGX325032G**|**LGX325035G**|**LGX325036G**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGX340033G**|**LGX340032G**|**LGX340035G**|**LGX340036G**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6304|**LGX360033G**<br>**LGX363033G**|**LGX360032G**<br>**LGX363032G**|**LGX360035G**<br>**LGX363035G**|**LGX360036G**<br>**LGX363036G**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|**Four-Pole**5<br>250|**LGX425033G**|**LGX425032G**|**LGX425035G**|**LGX425036G**|**—**|
|400|**LGX440033G**|**LGX440032G**|**LGX440035G**|**LGX440036G**|**—**|
|600|**LGX460033G**|**LGX460032G**|**LGX460035G**|**LGX460036G**|**—**|
|6304|**LGX463033G**|**LGX463032G**|**LGX463035G**|**LGX463036G**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

- 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 

- 6 Four-pole breakers with LSG and LSIG trip units are only available with 0% neutral protection. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-184** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**LG 100% Rated Circuit Breaker—Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**_ 

## _**Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)**_ 

**2** 

**LG-Frame LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

|**480 Vac** [1]<br>||
|---|---|
|€|**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**<br>**Adjustable Magnetic**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog Number**|
|250|**LGE3250FAGC**|
|300|**LGE3300FAGC**|
|320|**—**<br>~~a~~|
|350|**LGE3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGE3400FAGC**|
|500|**LGE3500FAGC**|
|600|**LGE3600FAGC**|
|6303|**—**|



**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**[1] 

|**kAIC at 480 Vac**|[1]|
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Adjustable Magnetic**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|250|**LGH3250FAGC**|
|300|**LGH3300FAGC**|
|320<br>**—**<br>~~oo~~||
|350|**LGH3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGH3400FAGC**|
|500<br>600|**LGH3500FAGC**<br>**LGH3600FAGC**|
|6303|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

**LG-Frame—630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**[1] 

- 1   Replace suffix “G” with “W” for no line and load terminals. 

- 2   For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 

- 3   630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

|**480 Vac** [1]||
|---|---|
||**Three-Pole**2|
||**Fixed Thermal,**|
||**Adjustable Magnetic**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>250<br>~~—E————~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGS3250FAGC**<br>~~2.0~~|
|300|**LGS3300FAGC**|
|320|**—**|
|350|**LGS3350FAGC**|
|400|**LGS3400FAGC**|
|500|**LGS3500FAGC**|
|600|**LGS3600FAGC**|
|6303|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-185** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## _**LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-192** . 

## **IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250<br>400|**LGE325033GC**<br>**LGE340033GC**|**LGE325032GC**<br>**LGE340032GC**|**LGE325035GC**<br>**LGE340035GC**|**LGE325036GC**<br>**LGE340036GC**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LGE360033GC**|**LGE360032GC**|**LGE360035GC**|**LGE360036GC**|**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGE363033GC**|**LGE363032GC**|**LGE363035GC**|**LGE363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Catalog**|**LSI**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSIG**<br>**Catalog**|**LSG and LSIG**1<br>**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250|**LGS325033GC**|**LGS325032GC**|**LGS325035GC**|**LGS325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400<br>600|**LGS340033GC**<br>**LGS360033GC**|**LGS340032GC**<br>**LGS360032GC**|**LGS340035GC**<br>**LGS360035GC**|**LGS340036GC**<br>**LGS360036GC**|**LGFCT400**<br>**LGFCT600**|
|6302|**LGS363033GC**|**LGS363032GC**|**LGS363035GC**|**LGS363036GC**|**LGFCT600**|



## **IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGH325033GC**|**LGH325032GC**|**LGH325035GC**|**LGH325036GC**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LGH340033GC**|**LGH340032GC**|**LGH340035GC**|**LGH340036GC**|**LGFCT400**|
|600<br>6302|**LGH360033GC**<br>**LGH363033GC**|**LGH360032GC**<br>**LGH363032GC**|**LGH360035GC**<br>**LGH363035GC**|**LGH360036GC**<br>**LGH363036GC**|**LGFCT600**<br>**LGFCT600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

> 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-186** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-192** . 

Series G LG circuit breakers are available with the Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ integrated into the electronic trip units helping to improve safety by providing a 

simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time. The Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System unit utilizes a separate analog trip circuit that provides faster 

interruption times than the standard (digital) 

“instantaneous” protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction 

## **LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

## **LG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

|||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**||
||250|**LGE325038G**|**LGE365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGE340038G**|**LGE340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGE360038G**|**LGE360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGE363038G**|**LGE363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**||
||250|**LGS325038G**|**LGS365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGS340038G**|**LGS340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGS360038G**|**LGS360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGS363038G**|**LGS363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**|**IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac**||
||250|**LGH325038G**|**LGH365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGH340038G**|**LGH340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGH360038G**|**LGH360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGH363038G**|**LGH363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGC325038G**|**LGC365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGC340038G**|**LGC340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGC360038G**|**LGC360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGC363038G**|**LGC363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGU325038G**|**LGU365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGU340038G**|**LGU340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGU360038G**|**LGU360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||630|**LGU363038G**|**LGU363039G**|**LGFCT600**|
||**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|**IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489**|||
||250|**LGX325038G**|**LGX365039G**|**LGFCT250**|
||400|**LGX340038G**|**LGX340039G**|**LGFCT400**|
||600|**LGX360038G**|**LGX360039G**|**LGFCT600**|
|630||**LGX363038G**|**LGX363039G**|**LGFCT600**|



Maintenance System unit can have a significantly lower incident energy level, reducing arc flash potential to the system. 

**2** 

## **LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System** 

||||**Neutral CT for**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**LSG and LSIG**1|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**<br>~~Oe~~|**Number**<br>~~Oe~~|**Number**<br>~~Oe~~|**Number**<br>~~Oe~~|
|250|**LT325038**|**LT325039**|**LGFCT250**|
|400|**LT340038**|**LT340039**|**LGFCT400**|
|600|**LT360038**|**LT360039**|**LGFCT600**|
|630|**LT363038**|**LT363039**|**LGFCT600**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-187** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||**AWG**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**|**Wire**<br>**Type**|**Wire Range/**<br>**Number of**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric**<br>**Wire Range**<br>**(mm2)**|**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3TA631LK**1|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/Al|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4TA631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|3|**3T631LK**1|
|400|Copper|Cu|500–750 (1)|240–380 (1)|4|**4T631LK**1|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|1|**TA632L**|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|3|**3TA632LK**12|
|630|Aluminum|Cu/Al|2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)|4|**4TA632LK**12|
|630<br>630|Copper<br>Copper|Cu<br>Cu|2–500 (2)<br>2–500 (2)|35–240 (2)<br>35–240 (2)|3<br>4|**3T632LK**1<br>**4T632LK**1|
|400<br>400|Aluminum<br>Copper|Cu/Al<br>Cu|3–500 (1)<br>3–500 (1)|35–240 (1)<br>35–240 (1)|1<br>1|**TA350LK**2<br>**T350LK**|



## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. 

## **Terminal Covers** 

|**Terminal Covers**||
|---|---|
|**End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts)**<br>**Description**<br>Three-pole terminal cover3<br>Four-pole terminal cover3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LTS3K**<br>**LTS4K**|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3|**L3RTWK**|
|4|**L4RTWK**|



## **Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**Description**<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit<br>Three-pole kit<br>Four-pole kit|**Terminal**<br>**Body Type**<br>Aluminum<br>Aluminum<br>Copper<br>Copper|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**3TA632LKW**<br>**4TA632LKW**<br>**3T632LKW**<br>**4T632LKW**|
|---|---|---|



## **Terminal Spreaders** 

|**Terminal Spreaders**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3|**LGTEW3**|
|4|**LGTEW4**|



## **Terminal Extensions** 

|**Terminal Extensions**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Handle Extension**<br>3<br>4|**LGTES3**<br>**LGTES4**|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Handle extension|**HEXLG**|



## **Interphase Barrier** 

||**Interphase Barrier**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Package of 2**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Interphase barrier||**IPB3**|
||**Rear Fed Terminals**|||
||**Maximum**|**Wire Size**|**Catalog**|
||**Amperes**<br>400|**Range AWG Cu**<br>2–500 kcmil|**Number**<br>**TA350LKRF**|
||400<br>630|2–500 kcmil<br>2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA350LKRF**<br>**TA632LKRF**|
||630|2–500 (2) kcmil|**3TA632LKRF**|



Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

**LG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

||**Maximum**|**Wires per**|**Wire Size**|**Kit Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Amperes**|**Terminal**|**Range AWG Cu**|**Number**|
||600|6|14–1/0|**3TA600L6K**|
||**_Notes_**||||



> 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers. 

> 2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker. 

- 3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-188** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **StrandAble Multiwire Terminals** 

Used on the load side of StrandAble multiwire circuit breaker to distribute terminals are available in the load to multiple devices three-pole kits that include without the use of a power the necessary hardware and distribution block. shielding. 

Field-installed multiwire terminals are UL listed for nearly any class of rigid or fine strand wire without the use of additional fittings. 

## **LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)** 

|**3TA600L6SWK_**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|**LG Frame StrandAble Multiwire Terminals (Three-Pole Kits)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|||||
||**Amperage**|**Wire Class**|**Wire Range**|**Shield Included**|**Catalog Number**|
||600|B and C|(6) 12–2/0|Interphase barrier|**3TA600L6SWKI**|
||600|D, G, H, I, K, M|(6) 8–1/0|Interphase barrier||
||600|B and C|(6) 12–2/0|Terminal shield|**3TA600L6SWKS**|
||600|D, G, H, I, K, M|(6) 8–1/0|Terminal shield||



**2** 

## **Terminals and Terminal Cover** 

**Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG Breaker—Includes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers** 

**Note:** Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-189** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## **2** 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A4560G03. 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **LG-Frame Accessories** 

|**LG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-240**|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-188**|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-188**|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|Terminal cover|**V4-T2-188**|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-188**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors<br>Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-188**<br>**V4-T2-237**|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-237**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Electrical operator<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-237**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Rear connecting studs<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-522**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Earth leakage/ground fault protector|**V4-T2-222**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-245**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit|**V4-T2-182**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display<br>Cause of trip LED module|**V4-T2-236**<br>**V4-T2-236**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-235**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-190** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_ 

## **UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

**2** 

|||**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|**Symmetrical Amperes) (kA)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**||**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**|||||||**Volts DC **|1|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**240–240**||**380–415**||**480**|**600**|**690**||**250**23||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|||**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LGE630|3, 4|65|65|35|35|35|18|12|6|22|22|
|LGS630|3, 4|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|22|22|
|LGH630|3, 4|100|100|70|70|65|35|25|13|42|42|
|LGC6304|3, 4|200|200|100|100|100|50|30|15|42|42|
|LGU6304|3, 4|200|200|150|150|150|65|35|18|50|50|
|LGX6304|3, 4|2005|200|200|200|200|65|35|18|50|50|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LGC|240 V/200 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|480 V/100 kA|56.4|5.873|
|LGC|600 V/50 kA|56.4|6.690|
|LGU|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|480 V/150 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGU|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|
|LGX|240 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|480 V/200 kA|77.7|7.320|
|LGX|600 V/65 kA|50.6|6.690|



## **LG 310+ Specifications** 

|**LG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LG|
|Frames available|250 A, 400 A, 600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|100–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|50–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150, 200|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)6|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)6|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)6|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|Yes|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. 

- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at–kA. 

- 4 Current limiting per UL 489. 

- 5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac. 

- 6 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-191** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **LG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**LG Frame**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**<br>**600 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>100<br>160<br>250|
|||B<br>125<br>200<br>300|
|||C<br>150<br>225<br>315|
|||D<br>160<br>250<br>350|
|||E<br>175<br>300<br>400|
|||F<br>200<br>315<br>450|
|||G<br>225<br>350<br>500|
|||H (= In)<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)1<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>50<br>80<br>120|
|||Position 2<br>75<br>120<br>180|
|||Position 3<br>100<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 4<br>150<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 5<br>200<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 6<br>250<br>400<br>600|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 10x,<br>12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)2<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2.5x|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-192** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **LG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**LG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|5.48 (139.2)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|



## **LG-Frame** 

**Note:** TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG. 

**==> picture [342 x 165] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.43 (61.7)<br>4.06<br>CL Breaker (103.1)<br>R 0.25<br>(6.4) 3.16 1.92<br>(80.3) (48.8) 5.58<br>(141.7)<br>2.00 10.13<br>(50.8) (257.3)<br>5.48<br>2.69 (139.2)<br>5.38<br>(68.3)<br>(136.7) Three-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **LG-Frame** 

|**LG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Two- and Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX|16 (7.3)|20 (9.1)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-193** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [509 x 309] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.16 4.31 3.44<br>2 (131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>2 (87.4)1.72 (103.1)3.98 (43.7) 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>2<br>2 5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>2 (120.1)<br>2<br>8.44<br>2 8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>2 15.38<br>(390.7)<br>2 13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>2 (347.7) (390.7)<br>2<br>2 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole (100.8)3.97 2.75 (69.9)4-Pole<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>2 5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>2 5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-194** 

2.3 

Series G 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)|**V4-T2-177**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection Guide and Ordering|**V4-T2-196**|
|Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-197**<br>**V4-T2-200**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-201**<br>**V4-T2-203**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**<br>**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**<br>**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**<br>**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



**2** 

## **NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- l All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-195** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **NG Circuit Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [408 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
NG H 3 080 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>NG Blank =80% rated<br>C = 100% rated<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 080 = 800 Trip Unit Terminations  [3]<br>S  = 50 kAIC 120 = 1200 33 =310+ Electronic LS M =Metric tapped line/load<br>H  = 65 kAIC 32 =310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>C  = 100 kAIC Poles 35 =310+ Electronic LSG E =Imperial tapped line/load<br>U  = 150 kAIC  [1] 2  = Two 36 =310+ Electronic LSIG conductors<br>K  = Molded 3  = Three 38 =310+ Electronic ALSI with maintenance mode<br>case switch 4  = Four; neutral  [2] 39KS  =Molded case switch=310+ Electronic ALSIG with maintenance mode Feature<br>0% protected Blank =No feature<br>7  = Four; neutral  [2] B20 =High load alarm<br>100% protected B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>9  = Four; neutral  [2] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>0/60/100% adjustable  ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>protection<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 800 A only. 

> 2 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG. 

> 3 Breakers do not ship with lugs. 

Trip units are factory installable only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-196** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**Type NGS Standard Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-202** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGS208033E**<br>**NGS208032E**<br>**NGS208035E**<br>**NGS208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGS308033E**<br>**NGS308032E**<br>**NGS308035E**<br>**NGS308036E**<br>**NGS308038E**<br>**NGS308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS408033E**<br>**NGS408032E**<br>**NGS408035E**4<br>**NGS408036E**4<br>**NGS408038E**<br>**NGS408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS708033E**<br>**NGS708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS908033E**<br>**NGS908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12006|2<br>**NGS212033E**<br>**NGS212032E**<br>**NGS212035E**<br>**NGS212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGS312033E**<br>**NGS312032E**<br>**NGS312035E**<br>**NGS312036E**<br>**NGS312038E**<br>**NGS312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGS412033E**<br>**NGS412032E**<br>**NGS412035E**4<br>**NGS412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGS412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGS712033E**<br>**NGS712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGS912033E**<br>**NGS912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGS912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[789][j] 

||**Ue Maximum 690 Vac**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Three-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Four-Pole**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|800|MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors|**NGK3080KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK4080KSE**|
|1200|MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors|**NGK3120KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK4120KSE**|
|1250|MCS with Imperial tapped line and load conductors|**NGK3125KSE**|MCS with Imperial line and load terminals|**NGK43125KSE**|



## _**Notes**_ 

## 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling. 

- 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole. 

- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 

- 7 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available. 

- 8 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 

- 9 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch. 

> j Add “ **M** ” to above catalog numbers for metric tapped line/load conductors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-197** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**Type NGH High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-202** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGH208033E**<br>**NGH208032E**<br>**NGH208035E**<br>**NGH208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGH308033E**<br>**NGH308032E**<br>**NGH308035E**<br>**NGH308036E**<br>**NGH308038E**<br>**NGH308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH408033E**<br>**NGH408032E**<br>**NGH408035E**4<br>**NGH408036E**4<br>**NGH408038E**<br>**NGH408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH708033E**<br>**NGH708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH908033E**<br>**NGH908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|2<br>**NGH212033E**<br>**NGH212032E**<br>**NGH212035E**<br>**NGH212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGH312033E**<br>**NGH312032E**<br>**NGH312035E**<br>**NGH312036E**<br>**NGH312038E**<br>**NGH312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGH412033E**<br>**NGH412032E**<br>**NGH412035E**4<br>**NGH412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGH412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGH712033E**<br>**NGH712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGH912033E**<br>**NGH912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGH912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



**Type NGC Very High Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-202** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**12|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**ALSI**<br>**ALSIG**<br>**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**3|
|---|---|
|800|2<br>**NGC208033E**<br>**NGC208032E**<br>**NGC208035E**<br>**NGC208036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGC308033E**<br>**NGC308032E**<br>**NGC308035E**<br>**NGC308036E**<br>**NGC308038E**<br>**NGC308039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC408033E**<br>**NGC408032E**<br>**NGC408035E**4<br>**NGC408036E**4<br>**NGC408038E**<br>**NGC408039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC708033E**<br>**NGC708032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC708038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC908033E**<br>**NGC908032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC908038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|1200|2<br>**NGC212033E**<br>**NGC212032E**<br>**NGC212035E**<br>**NGC212036E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||3<br>**NGC312033E**<br>**NGC312032E**<br>**NGC312035E**<br>**NGC312036E**<br>**NGC312038E**<br>**NGC312039E**<br>**NGFCT120**|
||4<br>**NGC412033E**<br>**NGC412032E**<br>**NGC412035E**4<br>**NGC412036E**4<br>**—**<br>**NGC412039E**4<br>**—**|
||45<br>**NGC712033E**<br>**NGC712032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC712038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||46<br>**NGC912033E**<br>**NGC912032E**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**NGC912038E**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Type NGU Ultra High Capacity—Ue Max. 600 Vac, 150 kA at 480 Vac** 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-202** . 

|**Maximum**||**Circuit Breaker**|**Frame Including Digitrip**|**Electronic Trip Unit**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**|||||||||
|**Ampere**|||||||||
|**Rating**|**Number**|||||||**Neutral CT**|
|**at 40 °C**12<br>800|**of Poles**<br>3|**LS**<br>**NGU308033E**|**LSI**<br>**NGU308032E**|**LSG**<br>**NGU308035E**|**LSIG**<br>**NGU308036E**|**ALSI**<br>**NGU308038E**|**ALSIG**<br>**NGU308039E**|**for LSG and LSIG**3<br>**NGFCT120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40 °C or 50 °C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40 °C labeling. 

- 3 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pole; GN, neutral in left pole. 

- 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four); no neutral protection available with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

- 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-198** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number. 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire**<br>**(Number of**<br>**Conductors)**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Metric**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals**|||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/Al|1–500 (2)|**TA700NB1**|50–240|**TA700NB1M**|
|1000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|3/0–400 (3)|**TA1000NB1**|95–185|**TA1000NB1M**|
|1200<br>1200|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|4/0–500 (4)<br>500–750 (3)|**TA1200NB1**<br>**TA1201NB1**|120–240<br>300–400|**TA1200NB1M**<br>**TA1201NB1M**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals**|||||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 (2)|**T700NB1**|70–240|**T700NB1M**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 (3)|**T1000NB1**|95–240|**T1000NB1M**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 (4)|**T1200NB3**|95–185|**T1200NB3M**|



## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**MTST230V**<br>**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (1200 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|External neutral sensor (800 A)2|**NGFCT120**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Conductor Extension Kit**_ 

**Conductor Extension Kit**[4] 

|**Conductor Extension Kit**4||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Three-pole both ends Metric|**5104A24G04**|
|Three-pole both ends English|**5104A24G02**|



## _**Keeper Nut**_ 

Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. 

**Base Mounting Hardware**[3] 

|**Base Mounting**|**Hardware**3||
|---|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three- and four-pole|Imperial hardware:<br>0.3125–18 x 1.25<br>pan-head steel screws and lock washers|**BMH5**|
|Three- and four-pole|Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws<br>and lock washers|**BMH5M**|



## _**Terminal Shield**_ 

## **Terminal Shield** 

|**Terminal Shield**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Three-pole terminal shield|**NTS3K**|



Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. 

## **Handle Extension** 

|**Handle Extension**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single handle extension|**HEX5**|



## _**Interphase Barriers**_ 

The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

|**Interphase Barriers**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Interphase barriers4|**IPB5**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Single terminals individually packed. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 3 Metric hardware included with breaker. 

- 4 Included as standard on 100% rated 1200 A breakers only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-199** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **NG-Frame Accessories** 

|**NG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
||**Reference**||||||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-239**|l|—|n|l|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-239**|l<br>l|—<br>—|n<br>n|l<br>l|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-239**|l|—|n|l|—|n|—|
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-239**|n|—|—|n|—|—|—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-240**|n|—|—|n|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-199**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Interphase barriers<br>Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-199**<br>**V4-T2-237**|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-237**|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Electrical operator|**V4-T2-237**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-244**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear connecting studs<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-522**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Drawout cassette|**V4-T2-245**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-199**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Ammeter/cause of trip display|**V4-T2-236**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Cause of trip LED module<br>Digitrip 310+ test kit|**V4-T2-236**<br>**V4-T2-236**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-235**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-200** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Interrupting Capacity Ratings**_ 

**2** 

**UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

||||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**|||||||
|**Circuit**|||**220–240**||**380–415**||||**690**||
|**Breaker**|**Number**||||||||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240 (UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**480**|**600**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|NGS1|2, 3, 4|65|85|85|50|50|50|25|20|10|
|NGH|2, 3, 4|100|100|100|70|50|65|35|25|13|
|NGC|2, 3, 4|200|200|100|100|50|100|65|35|18|
|NGU|3, 4|200|—|—|—|—|150|65|—|—|



## _**NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications**_ 

## **NG 310+ Specifications** 

|**NG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|NG|
|Frames available|800 A, 1200 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|320–1200A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|160–1200A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100, 150|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)|Yes|
|Interchangeable trip unit|No|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG. 

> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-201** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **NG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**usy peccos**<br>**310+ Settings**|**NG Frame**<br>**800 A**<br>**1200 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320<br>500|
|||B<br>400<br>600|
|||C<br>450<br>630|
|||D<br>500<br>700|
|||E<br>600<br>800|
|||F<br>630<br>900|
|||G<br>700<br>1000|
|||H (= In)<br>800<br>1200|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>6<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>8<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>10<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>12<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>14<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>14<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>9x<br>9x|
|||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>160<br>240|
|||Position 2<br>240<br>360|
|||Position 3<br>320<br>480|
|||Position 4<br>480<br>720|
|||Position 5<br>640<br>960|
|||Position 6<br>800<br>1200|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 18x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x, 7x,<br>8x, 10x, 12x|
||Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|
||||



_**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-202** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **NG-Frame** 

**2** 

|**NG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|



## **NG-Frame** 

**==> picture [384 x 169] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>BREAKER<br>9.25<br>R .25<br>(235.0)<br>(6.4)<br>1.91<br>(48.5) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>1.50 (93.5)<br>(38.1)<br> 3.19<br>(81.0)<br>6.38 8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **NG-Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|NGS, NGH, NGC|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-203** 

2.3 

Series G 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-205**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-206**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-211**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-212**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-214**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Eaton’s RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals 

- l All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-204** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_ 

## **RG Circuit Breaker With 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [418 x 186] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RG H 3 250 39 ZG E C<br>Frame Rating<br>RG Blank =80% rated<br>C = 100% rated (except 2500 A)<br>Performance Amperes<br>at 480 Vac 160 = 1600 Trip Unit Terminations<br>H = 65 kAIC 200 = 2000 33 =310+ Electronic LS M =Metric tapped line/load<br>C = 100 kAIC 250 = 2500 32 =310+ Electronic LSI conductors<br>K = Molded  35 =310+ Electronic LSG E =Imperial tapped line/load<br>case switch Poles 36 =310+ Electronic LSIG conductors<br>3  = Three 38 =310+ Electronic LSI w/ Maintenance Mode W =No terminals<br>4  = Four 39 =310+ Electronic LSIG w/ Maintenance Mode<br>KS  =Molded case switch<br>Feature<br>Blank =No feature<br>B20 =High load alarm<br>B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **RG 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

||||**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**|**RT**<br>**3**<br>**250**<br>**39**<br>**ZG**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|**Type**|||||||**Feature**|
|**RT**||||||**Trip Unit**|**Blank**=No feature<br>**B20**=High load alarm<br>**B21**=Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>**B22**=Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>**ZG**= Zone selective interlocking|
|||||**33** <br>**32** <br>**35** <br>**36** <br>**38** <br>**39**|=310+ Electronic LS<br> =310+ Electronic LSI<br> =310+ Electronic LSG<br> =310+ Electronic LSIG<br> =310+ Electronic LSI<br>w/ Maintenance Mode<br> =310+ Electronic LSIG<br>w/ Maintenance Mode|||
||**Poles**|||||||
||**3**= Three|||||||
|||||||||



**RG Circuit Breaker with OPTIM 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [101 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RGH 3 16 T92 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||
|**Type**|||||||**Modification Suffix**|
|**RGH**65K<br>**RGC**100K|||||**Trip Function**||**R** = Ground fault remote<br>RES trip<br>**E**<br>= 100% protection<br>(new design 310)<br>RES trip unit<br>**P** = 100% prot. neut.<br>4P RES trip unit<br>**V3** = Electronic trip without<br>ambient temperature<br>marked on trip unit<br>**W** = w/o terms<br>**K** = Molded case switch|
||||||**Digitrip 610**|||
|||||<br>**T61**= LI<br>**T62**= LSI<br>**T63**= LS<br>**T64**= LIG<br>**T65**= LSG<br>**T66**= LSIG||||
||**Poles**|||||||
||**3**= Three<br>**4**= Four|||||||
|||||||||
|||||**Digitrip 910**||||
|||||**T91**= LI<br>**T92**= LSI<br>**T93**= LS<br>**T94**= LIG<br>**T95**= LSG<br>**T96**= LSIG||||
|||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-205** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**70 kA at 415 Vac and 65 kA at 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-213** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**1|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**Neutral CT**<br>**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGH316033E**<br>**RGH316032E**<br>**RGH316035E**|**RGH316036E**|**RGH316038E**|**RGH316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGH320033E**<br>**RGH320032E**<br>**RGH320035E**|**RGH320036E**|**RGH320038E**|**RGH320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGH325033E**<br>**RGH325032E**<br>**RGH325035E**|**RGH325036E**|**RGH325038E**|**RGH325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|



## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGH with Digitrip 310+ High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-213** . 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGH416033E**<br>**RGH416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGH416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|4 6<br>4 6|**RGH420033E**<br>**RGH420032E**<br>**RGH425033E**<br>**RGH425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGH420038E**<br>**RGH425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 

> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .” 

> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .” 

RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-206** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**100 kA at Both 415 Vac and 480 Vac**_ 

**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-213** . 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic**<br>**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2|**Trip Unit with**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||**Neutral CT**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**3|**LSIG**3|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**|**for LSG and LSIG**4|
|16001|3|**RGC316033E**|**RGC316032E**|**RGC316035E**|**RGC316036E**|**RGC316038E**|**RGC316039E**|**RGFCT160A**|
|2000|3|**RGC320033E**|**RGC320032E**|**RGC320035E**|**RGC320036E**|**RGC320038E**|**RGC320039E**|**RGFCT200A**|
|2500|3|**RGC325033E**|**RGC325032E**|**RGC325035E**|**RGC325036E**|**RGC325038E**|**RGC325039E**|**RGFCT250A**|



**Type RGC with Digitrip 310+ Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-213** . 

|**Maximum**||**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS**|**310+ Electronic Trip**|**Unit with**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**||**Adjustable Rating Plugs—Catalog Number**2||||||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|||||||
|**at 40 °C**1|**of Poles**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**35|**LSIG**35|**ALSI**|**ALSIG**35|
|16001|46|**RGC416033E**|**RGC416032E**|**—**|**—**|**RGC416038E**|**—**|
|2000<br>2500|46<br>46|**RGC420033E**<br>**RGC425033E**|**RGC420032E**<br>**RGC425032E**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**RGC420038E**<br>**RGC425038E**|**—**<br>**—**|



## **Molded Case Switches**[7] 

|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>1600|**of Poles**<br>3|**Number**<br>**RGK3160KSE**|
|2000|3|**RGK3200KSE**|
|1600|4|**RGK4160KSE**|
|2000|4|**RGK4200KSE**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 

> 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add “R” to catalog number, for example, “ **RGH316035RW** .” 

> 4 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

> 5 No neutral protection available on four-pole breakers with LSG or LSIG trip units. 

> 6 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add “P” to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add “E” for 60% protected, for example, “ **RGH416033PW** ,” “ **RGH416033EW** .” 

> 7 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes. 

RG MCCBs have English threading on line and load conductors. Use suffix “M” for metric threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-207** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910** 

**2** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**[1] 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In 2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T61WP44**<br>**RGH316T63WP44**<br>**RGH316T62WP44**<br>**RGH316T64WP44**<br>**RGH316T65WP44**<br>**RGH316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T61WP49**<br>**RGH320T63WP49**<br>**RGH320T62WP49**<br>**RGH320T64WP49**<br>**RGH320T65WP49**<br>**RGH320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T61WP53**<br>**RGH325T63WP53**<br>**RGH325T62WP53**<br>**RGH325T64WP53**<br>**RGH325T65WP53**<br>**RGH325T66WP53**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T61WP44**<br>**RGC316T63WP44**<br>**RGC316T62WP44**<br>**RGC316T64WP44**<br>**RGC316T65WP44**<br>**RGC316T66WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T61WP49**<br>**RGC320T63WP49**<br>**RGC320T62WP49**<br>**RGC320T64WP49**<br>**RGC320T65WP49**<br>**RGC320T66WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T61WP53**<br>**RGC325T63WP53**<br>**RGC325T62WP53**<br>**RGC325T64WP53**<br>**RGC325T65WP53**<br>**RGC325T66WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

> 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-208** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs**<br>**Order as Individual Component—Catalog Number**1<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S –Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G –Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Long Delay Pickup**<br>**Long Delay Time**<br>**Short Time Range**<br>**Short Time Delay**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**Ground Fault Pickup**<br>**Ground Fault Delay**<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–I.0n<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>—<br>—<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>—<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>—<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms<br>0.5–1.0 x In<br>2–24 Seconds<br>2–6 x Ir<br>100–500 ms<br>2–6 x M1 and M2<br>0.25–1.0 x In2<br>100–500 ms|**Digitrip RMS**<br>**Interchangeable**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**(Order as Individual**<br>**Component)**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGH316T91WP44**<br>**RGH316T93WP44**<br>**RGH316T92WP44**<br>**RGH316T94WP44**<br>**RGH316T95WP44**<br>**RGH316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGH320T91WP49**<br>**RGH320T93WP49**<br>**RGH320T92WP49**<br>**RGH320T94WP49**<br>**RGH320T95WP49**<br>**RGH320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGH325T91WP53**<br>**RGH325T93WP53**<br>**RGH325T92WP53**<br>**RGH325T94WP53**<br>**RGH325T95WP53**<br>**RGH325T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting Capacity—Ue Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac**|||
|1600<br>3|**RGC316T91WP44**<br>**RGC316T93WP44**<br>**RGC316T92WP44**<br>**RGC316T94WP44**<br>**RGC316T95WP44**<br>**RGC316T96WP44**<br>**Includes 1600 A rating plug**<br>**RGC320T91WP49**<br>**RGC320T93WP49**<br>**RGC320T92WP49**<br>**RGC320T94WP49**<br>**RGC320T95WP49**<br>**RGC320T96WP49**<br>**Includes 2000 A rating plug**<br>**RGC325T91WP53**<br>**RGC325T93WP53**<br>**RGC325T92WP53**<br>**RGC325T94WP53**<br>**RGC325T95WP53**<br>**RGC25T96WP53**<br>**Includes 2500 A rating plug**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
|||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R16A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>3||1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
|||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
|||1250<br>**RP6R20A125**|
|||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>3||1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
|||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
|||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 

- 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-209** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**2** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. Must have terminals for 100% rated and or freeze testing requirements. 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**Number of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/Al|Metric|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RDM**1|
|1600|Copper|Cu|Metric|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RDM**1|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/Al|Metric|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RDM**2|
|**Rear Connectors**|||||||
|2000<br>2000|Copper<br>Copper|—<br>—|Metric<br>Metric|—<br>—|—<br>—|**B2016RDM**1<br>**B2016RDLM**1|
|2500|Copper|—|Metric|—|—|**B2500RDM**1|



## **RG Rear Connector Exploded View** 

**==> picture [297 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Conductor Conductor Securing<br>(Viewed from Rear (Viewed from Front Hardware<br>of Circuit Breaker and Cut  of Circuit Breaker)<br>Away for Clarity) Cu Only<br>Terminal<br>Catalog Number<br>& T1600RDM  [3]<br>(For 1600 A<br>Frame Only)<br>> | | (eee<br>(3 7) J | Py OR<br>Al/Cu<br>S | >a PS<br>oa OS Terminal<br>Catalog<br>ONT ESSA OSS DDN e. Number<br>TA1600RDM  [3]<br>SS SQ ~“@ @ (For 1600 AFrame Only)<br>Rear Connector (Cu)<br>B2016RDM<br>B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) Securing Hardware<br>(For 1600 A and 2000 A Frames) Rw<br>B2500RDM for 2500 A<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

Supplied by customer. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. 

## **Handle Extension** 

**Catalog Description Number** Single handle **HEX6** extension 

## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

**Catalog Description Number** Wire seal **5108A03H01** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Order one per pole—single terminals individually packed. 

- 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

- 3 For use with 2500 A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A frame is ordered. 

RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 

## **TA2000RD Wire Terminal** 

**Note:** Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

Breaker Line/Load Conductors 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-210** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

**2** 

## **RG-Frame Accessories** 

|**RG-Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-239**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination<br>Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-239**<br>**V4-T2-239**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>l|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>l|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-240**|—|—|l|—|—|l|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-210**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-237**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Electrical operator<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-237**<br>**V4-T2-522**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-210**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Digitrip 310+ test kit|**V4-T2-236**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-235**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB|1|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**MTST230V**<br>**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (2500 A)2|**RGFCT250A**|
|External neutral sensor (2000 A)2|**RGFCT200A**|
|External neutral sensor (1600 A)2|**RGFCT160A**|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication3|**—**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. Sold separately. 

- 3 Cause-of-trip indication LEDs integrated in RG 310+ trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-211** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RGH|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|RGC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**415**<br>**690**|
|---|---|
|RGH<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||135<br>70<br>25|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>13|
|RGC<br>3, 4<br>Icu||
||200<br>100<br>35|
|Ics|100<br>50<br>18|



## **RG 310+ Specifications** 

|**RG 310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|RG|
|Frames available<br>Continuous current range (A)|1600 A, 2000 A, 2500 A<br>800–2500 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|200–1200 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash reduction maintenance system (or maintenance mode)<br>Interchangeable trip unit|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)2|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)2|Yes|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>Cause of trip indication|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Yes|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

See **Page V4-T2-204** for trip unit specifications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-212** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**RG 310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**310+ Settings**|**RG Frame**<br>**1600 A**<br>**2000 A**<br>**2500 A**|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
||A<br>800<br>1000<br>1600|
||B<br>900<br>1200<br>1700|
||C<br>1000<br>1400<br>1800|
||D<br>1100<br>1600<br>2000|
||E<br>1200<br>1700<br>2100|
||F<br>1400<br>1800<br>2200|
||G<br>1500<br>1900<br>2400|
||H (= In)<br>1600<br>2000<br>2500|
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>2x|
||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>2x|
||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>3x|
||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>4x|
||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>5x|
||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 8<br>8x<br>8x<br>6x|
||Position 9<br>9x<br>9x<br>6x|
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x<br>67 at10x|
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)1|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>200<br>200<br>200|
||Position 2<br>400<br>400<br>400|
||Position 3<br>600<br>600<br>600|
||Position 4<br>800<br>800<br>800|
||Position 5<br>1000<br>1000<br>1000|
||Position 6<br>1200<br>1200<br>1200|
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
|Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)|Yes<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 11x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x, 8x, 9x<br>2.5x, 4x, 6x,<br>7x|
|Maintenance Mode (remote) pickup (2.5 x In)<br>(ALSI, ALSIG)2|Fixed<br>2.5x<br>2.5x<br>2.5x|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 50 ms for ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

> 2 Maintenance Mode is enabled remotely using a 24 Vdc circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-213** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **RG-Frame** 

|**RG-Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3<br>4|15.50 (393.7)<br>20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)<br>16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



**==> picture [483 x 177] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View 3-Pole Side View<br>CL 2.25 (57.2)<br>14.50  Breaker<br>(368.3)<br>7.25<br>0.16 R (184.2)<br>(4.1)<br>8.25<br>7.75 (209.6) (11.2).44 R<br>5.10 (196.9)<br>(129.5)<br>(246.4)9.70 HandleCL (406.4)16.00 Tee (330.2)13.00<br>15.00 Connectors<br>(381.0) May Be<br>Rotated 90<br>6.57<br>4 Holes (166.9)<br>0.44 Dia.<br>(11.2) 13.13<br>(333.5) 15.50 9.00 6.75<br>(393.7) (228.6) (171.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **RG-Frame** 

|**RG-Frame**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Complete Breaker**||
|**Breaker**|**Number of Poles**||
|**Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC<br>**2000 Amperes**|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|RGH, RGC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RGH, RGC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-214** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**<br>**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)|**V4-T2-204**|
|Product Selection Guide and Ordering<br>Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-216**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**<br>**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**<br>**V4-T2-245**|



**2** 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-215** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

**2** 

**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum**[1] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3|A<br>0.69 –0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPE003A0C**<br>B<br>1.1–1.3<br>15<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>E<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>F<br>2.6– 2.8<br>33|
|7|A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPE007C0C**<br>B<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>E<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>F<br>5.8–6.1<br>77|
|15|A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPE015E0C**<br>B<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>E<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>F<br>12.7–13.0<br>165|
|30|A<br>3.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPE030H1C**<br>B<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>E<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>F<br>25.3–26.1<br>330|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-216** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**EG-Frame—480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued**[1] 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**3<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|50|A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPE050K2C**<br>B<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>E<br>38.4–42.1<br>500<br>F<br>42.2–43.5<br>550|
|70|A<br>16.1–30.6<br>210<br>**HMCPE070M2C**<br>B<br>26.9–32.2<br>350<br>C<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>D<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>E<br>53.8–59.1<br>700<br>F<br>59.2–60.9<br>770|
|100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPE100R3C**<br>B<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>C<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>D<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>E<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>F<br>84.6–87.0<br>1100|
|100|A<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>**HMCPE100T3C**<br>B<br>57.6–65.2<br>750<br>C<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000<br>D<br>4<br>1250<br>E<br>4<br>1375<br>F<br>4<br>1500|
|**JG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**1<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|250|500–1000<br>**HMCPJ250D5L**|
||625–1250<br>**HMCPJ250F5L**|
||750–1500<br>**HMCPJ250G5L**|
||875–1750<br>**HMCPJ250J5L**|
||1000–2000<br>**HMCPJ250K5L**|
||1125–2250<br>**HMCPJ250L5L**|
||1250–2500<br>**HMCPJ250W5L**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

- 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

- 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

- 4 Settings above 10 x In are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-217** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**LG-Frame—600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**[1] 

**2** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**MCP**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**(Amperes)**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|600|1250–2500<br>**HMCPL600L6G**|
||1500–3000<br>**HMCPL600N6G**|
||1750–3500<br>**HMCPL600R6G**|
||2000–4000<br>**HMCPL600X6G**|
||2250–4500<br>**HMCPL600Y6G**|
||2500–5000<br>**HMCPL600P6G**|
||3000–6000<br>**HMCPL600M6G**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 

800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-218** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-145** JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-159** LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-177** NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-195** RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-204** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-215** Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-220** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-221** 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . **V4-T2-222** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-226** High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-231** Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-234** Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-242** Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-244** Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-245** 

**2** 

## **Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Eliminates need for separate overload relay 

## **Application Description** 

- l Can be used with 

- contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control 

- l Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including: 

- l Disconnecting means 

- l Branch circuit short circuit protection 

## **Features and Benefits** 

- l Phase unbalance protection 

- l Phase loss protection 

- l Hot trip/cold trip 

- l High load alarm 

- l Pre-detection trip relay option 

- l Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - l IEC 60947-2 

   - l UL 489 100% rated 

   - l UL 508 

   - l CSA C22.2 

- l Overload protection 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-219** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **JGMP Catalog Numbers** 

||**35 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|50|**JGMPS050G**|**JGMPH050G**|
|100|**JGMPS100G**|**JGMPH100G**|
|160|**JGMPS160G**|**JGMPH160G**|
|250|**JGMPS250G**|**JGMPH250G**|



## **JGMP FLA le Dial Setting** 

|**Continuous Amperes**<br>50|**A**<br>20|**B**<br>20|**C**<br>25|**D**<br>30|**E**<br>32|**F**<br>40|**G**<br>45|**H**<br>50|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|100|40|45|50|63|70|80|90|100|
|160|63|80|90|100|110|125|150|160|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|



## **LGMP Catalog Numbers** 

||**50 kAIC**|**65 kAIC**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGMPS250G**|**LGMPH250G**|
|400|**LGMPS400G**|**LGMPH400G**|
|600<br>6301|**LGMPS600G**<br>**LGMPS630G**|**LGMPH600G**<br>**LGMPH630G**|



## **LGMP FLA le Dial Setting** 

|**Continuous Amperes**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**D**|**E**|**F**|**G**|**H**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|250|100|125|150|160|175|200|225|250|
|400|160|200|225|250|300|315|350|400|
|600|250|300|315|350|400|450|500|600|
|6301|250|300|315|350|400|500|600|630|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. 

For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-397** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-220** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range** 

|**JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere**|**Range**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—250 A**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**JGMPS**<br>**JGMPH**|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>40<br>70|
|||I cs<br>40<br>70|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>12<br>14|
|||I cs<br>6<br>7|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|35<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||50–250<br>50 –250|



**2** 

## **LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range** 

|**LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere**|**Range**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz**||**Maximum Rated Current—630 A**1<br>**Breaker Type**<br>**LGMPS**<br>**LGMPH**|
|IEC 60947-2|220–240 Vac|I cu<br>85<br>100|
|||I cs<br>85<br>100|
||380–415 Vac|I cu<br>50<br>70|
|||I cs<br>50<br>53|
||660–690 Vac|I cu<br>20<br>25|
|||I cs<br>10<br>13|
|NEMA UL 489|240 Vac|85<br>100|
||480 Vac|50<br>65|
||600 Vac|25<br>35|
|Number of poles||3<br>3|
|Ampere range||250–6301<br>250 –6301|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-221** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

**2** 

## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules** 

_**Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module**_ 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-223**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-224**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton offers three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault (earth leakage) protection modules for Series G E-, J- and L-frame molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs). Separate UL listed and IEC rated devices are available for each frame. 

Eaton offers three- and fourThe module is completely self pole 30 mA ground fault contained, including a current (earth leakage) protection sensor, relay and power modules for Series G E-, J- supply inside the device. and L-frame molded case Current pickup settings are circuit breakers (MCCBs). selectable from 0.03 to 10 Separate UL listed and IEC amperes for all devices, rated devices are available for except for the UL listed each frame. module, for which settings are selectable from 0.03 to 30 The modules are bottom amperes. Time delays are mounted and are available for also selectable from each frame circuits up to: Instantaneous to 1.0 second l EG: 125 amperes for pickup settings of 0.10 l JG: 150 (UL), 160 (IEC) amperes and above. The current pickup setting of or 250 amperes 0.03 amperes defaults to an l LG: 400, 600 (UL) Instantaneous time setting or 630 (IEC) amperes regardless of the time dial’s position. 

## **UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate** 

**IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate** 

Two alarm contacts are included with each device, which can be wired externally for remote indication. Both of these are also indicated by an LED on the front of the device: 

1. 50% pre-trip: alarms when the earth leakage current reaches 50% of the set pickup setting value. 

2. 100% after trip: alarms when the breaker reaches the set pickup setting value and the breaker trips. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-222** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

**EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, LG-Frame UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)**[1] **Ampere Number Catalog** pus_ ~~sd~~ 125 **Rating** 3 **of Poles NumberELEBN3125G** es 1 ~~ee~~ 125 4 **ELEBN4125G** yere:e’BO he 

**EG-Frame** 

**EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|125|3|**ELEBE3125G**|
|125|4|**ELEBE4125G**|



**JG-Frame JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

**LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>400<br>400<br>600<br>600|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>3<br>4<br>3<br>4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**ELLBN3400W**<br>**ELLBN4400W**<br>**ELLBN3600W**<br>**ELLBN4600W**|
|---|---|---|



**LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

||**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
||**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
||400|3|**ELLBE3400W**|
||400|4|**ELLBE4400W**|
|630<br>630||3<br>4|**ELLBE3630W**<br>**ELLBE4630W**|



**2** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|150<br>150|3<br>4|**ELJBN3150W**<br>**ELJBN4150W**|
|250<br>250|3<br>4|**ELJBN3250W**<br>**ELJBN4250W**|



**JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230–415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)** 

|**50/60 Hz)**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Number**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**of Poles**|**Number**|
|160|3|**ELJBE3160W**|
|160|4|**ELJBE4160W**|
|250|3|**ELJBE3250W**|
|250|4|**ELJBE4250W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-223** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module** 

|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|EG|10.25 (260.3)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|4.13 (104.9)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|5.48 (139.2)|4.06 (103.1)|
|**Four-Pole**<br>EG|10.25 (260.3)|4.00 (101.6)|2.98 (75.8)|
|JG|11.25 (285.8)|5.50 (139.7)|3.57 (90.7)|
|LG|15.38 (390.7)|7.23 (183.6)|4.06 (103.1)|



## **EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

||||10.26|10.26|||||||||0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.17<br>(80.5)<br>3.01<br>(76.5)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.09<br>(2.29)<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>3-Pole<br>2.98<br>(75.7)<br>3.98<br>(101.1)<br>2.00<br>(50.8)<br>1.49<br>(37.8)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>0.70 (17.8)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)|0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)<br>3.17<br>(80.5)<br>3.01<br>(76.5)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.09<br>(2.29)<br>0.55 (14.0)<br>3-Pole<br>2.98<br>(75.7)<br>3.98<br>(101.1)<br>2.00<br>(50.8)<br>1.49<br>(37.8)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>0.70 (17.8)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||(260.6)|||||||||||0.55 (14.0)|
|||||||||4.75<br>(120.6)|||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||3-Pole<br>2.98<br>(75.7)<br>3.9<br>(101.<br>2.00<br>(50.8)<br>1.49<br>(37.8)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>0.50<br>(12.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)|
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||4.78<br>(121.4|)|||||||
|||||8.5<br>|9<br>||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
|||||(218|.2)||||||||||
|||||||||||||||0.90 (22.9)<br>0.35 (8.9)|
||||||||||||||||
|||||||||||||||3.1<br>(80.<br>3.01<br>(76.5)<br>2.75<br>(69.9)<br>0.09<br>(2.29)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)|
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||
||||||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-224** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [457 x 289] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4-Pole<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3-Pole<br>4.13 (104.9) 5.50<br>0.69 (139.7) 2.05<br>(52.1)<br>1.38 (17.5) 2.06 3.57 1.25<br>(35.1) (52.3) (90.7) (31.8) 0.63<br>(16.0)<br>1.88<br>R 0.19 (47.8) 6.97<br>3.92 5.50 3.92 (4.8) (177.0)<br>(99.6) (139.7) (99.6) 4.93<br>0.28 (125.2)<br>7.00 (7.1) 11.25<br>(177.8) (285.8)<br>11.25 0.50 1.06<br>(285.8) (139.7) (26.9)<br>3.37<br>RESET 4.25 (85.6)<br>TEST (108.0)<br>2.05<br>3.31 3.57 (52.1)<br>(84.1) 3.69 (90.7) 4.09<br>(93.7) 3.81 (103.9)<br>4.78 (96.8)<br>(121.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module** 

**==> picture [454 x 302] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.16 4.31 3.44<br>(131.1) (109.5) (87.4)<br>3.44 4.06 1.72<br>(87.4) (103.1) (43.7)<br>1.72 3.98 0.86<br>(43.7) (101.1) (21.8)<br>5.58<br>4.73 (141.7)5.58 (141.7) (120.1)4.73<br>(120.1)<br>8.44<br>8.44 10.13 (214.4)<br>(214.4) (257.3)<br>15.38<br>(390.7)<br>13.68<br>13.69 15.38 (347.5)<br>(347.7) (390.7)<br>4-Pole 3.97 4-Pole<br>2.75 (69.9) (100.8) 2.75 (69.9)<br>3-Pole 3-Pole 4.30 4-Pole 3-Pole<br>5.48 (139.2) 2.74 (69.6) (109.2) 7.22 (183.4) 2.74 (69.6)<br>4-Pole 4.55 3-Pole<br>7.22 (183.4) (115.6) 5.48 (139.2)<br>5.43<br>(137.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-225** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-227**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-228**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-228**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Product Overview** 

Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at 690 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a shortcircuit event. Resetting the molded-case circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring system back online. 

## **Product Description** 

The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics. 

## **Application Description** 

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Superior system protection: 

- l Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts 

- l No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses 

- l Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- l Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- l High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts 

- l Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- l IEC 60947-2 

- l UL 489 

- l CSA C22.2 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-226** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Series G High Performance Family Offering** 

**2** 

||||**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**|**415 Vac (IEC)**||**690 Vac (IEC)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Product**|**Amperes**|**(UL)**|**(UL)**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|EGC 3P thermal-magnetic|Breaker only|15–125|100|351|100|100|—|—|
|JG 3P thermal-magnetic|With limiter<br>Breaker only|15–100<br>70–250|150<br>200|1001<br>50|150<br>200|150<br>200|—<br>18|—<br>14|
||With limiter|70–225|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|JG 3P electronic|Breaker only|20–250|200|50|200|200|18|14|
||With limiter|100–250|200|200|200|150|70|18|
|LG 3P thermal-magnetic<br>LG3P electronic|Breaker only<br>Breaker only|250–600<br>100–600|200<br>200|65<br>65|200<br>200|200<br>200|35<br>35|18<br>18|



## **EG-Frame** 

## **EG IC Rating—150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac** 

|**UL Listed**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(NEMA/IEC Rated)**<br>**Base Molded Case**|**Breaker with**<br>**Line Side Mounted**|**Breaker with**<br>**Load Side Mounted**|**Line and Load**|**Interphase Barrier**|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Current Limiter**|**Current Limiter**|**Terminations Included**2|**Included for Limiter**|
|**EGC3015FFG**|**EGC3015FFGQ01**|**EGC3015FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3016FFG**|**EGC3016FFGQ01**|**EGC3016FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3020FFG**|**EGC3020FFGQ01**|**EGC3020FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3025FFG**|**EGC3025FFGQ01**|**EGC3025FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3030FFG**|**EGC3030FFGQ01**|**EGC3030FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3032FFG**|**EGC3032FFGQ01**|**EGC3032FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3035FFG**|**EGC3035FFGQ01**|**EGC3035FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3040FFG**|**EGC3040FFGQ01**|**EGC3040FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3045FFG**<br>**EGC3050FFG**|**EGC3045FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ01**|**EGC3045FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3050FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3060FFG**|**EGC3060FFGQ01**|**EGC3060FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3063FFG**|**EGC3063FFGQ01**|**EGC3063FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3070FFG**|**EGC3070FFGQ01**|**EGC3070FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3080FFG**<br>**EGC3090FFG**|**EGC3080FFGQ01**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ01**|**EGC3080FFGQ02**<br>**EGC3090FFGQ02**|**T125EF**<br>**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**<br>**EIPBSK**|
|**EGC3100FFG**|**EGC3100FFGQ01**|**EGC3100FFGQ02**|**T125EF**|**EIPBSK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   600Y/347V. 

- 2   Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-227** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|EGC…Q|240 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|480 V/150 kA|21.80|0.277|
|EGC…Q|600 V/100 kA|22.60|0.387|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

|**Assembled**|**Breaker and Current**|**Limiting Module**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in lbs (kg)**|
|EG|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|2.91 (1.32)|
|HMCP|9.66 (245.7)|3.00 (76.2)|2.98 (75.8)|4.18 (1.90)|



## **EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**==> picture [437 x 314] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
9.66<br>4.17 (245.4)<br>0.56 (105.9)<br>(14.2) 3.61<br>(91.7)<br>1.00<br>(25.4) 0.50<br>3.00 1.00 (12.7)<br>(76.2) (25.4)<br>1.00<br>(25.4)<br>3.20<br>(81.3)<br>4.17<br>(105.9)<br>2.75 0.09<br>(69.9) (2.3)<br>0.78<br>(19.8)<br>0.41<br>(10.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-228** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **JG Frame** 

## **JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac** 

|**JG Frame**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|**JG IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|@:@:@|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Magnetic**<br>**Range**|**UL Listed, IEC Rated**<br>**Breaker With Line Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**1|**UL Listed, IEC Rated**<br>**Breaker With Load Side**<br>**Mounted Current Limiter**2|**IEC Rated Breaker**<br>**With Line Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**1|**IEC Rated Breaker**<br>**With Load Side Mounted**<br>**Current Limiter**2|
||||**Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|**Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**|**Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic**||
||70|350–700|**JGH3070FAGQ01**|**JGH3070FAGQ02**|—|—|
|e:@:@|90|450–900|**JGH3090FAGQ01**|**JGH3090FAGQ02**|—|—|
||100|500–1000|**JGH3100FAGQ01**|**JGH3100FAGQ02**|**JGH3100AAGQ01**|**JGH3100AAGQ02**|
||125|625–1250|**JGH3125FAGQ01**|**JGH3125FAGQ02**|**JGH3125AAGQ01**|**JGH3125AAGQ02**|
|‘eee|150<br>750–1550<br>**JGH3150FAGQ01**<br>**JGH3150FAGQ02**<br>—<br>—<br>160<br>800–1600<br>—<br>—<br>**JGH3160AAGQ01**<br>**JGH3160AAGQ02**<br> ~~SEE~~||||||
||175|875–1750|**JGH3175FAGQ01**|**JGH3175FAGQ02**|—|—|
||200|1000–2000|**JGH3200FAGQ01**|**JGH3200FAGQ02**|**JGH3200AAGQ01**|**JGH3200AAGQ02**|
||225|1125–2250|**JGH3225FAGQ01**|**JGH3225FAGQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LS**||||
||250|—|**JGH325033GQ01**|**JGH325033GQ02**|—|—|
||250|—|**Electronic Trip LSI**<br>**JGH325032GQ01**|**JGH325032GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325035GQ01**|**JGH325035GQ02**|—|—|
||||**Electronic Trip LSIG**||||
||250|—|**JGH325036GQ01**|**JGH325036GQ02**|—|—|



## **Series G HMCP** 

|**Ampere**|**Motor Circuit Protector with**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>250|**Line Side Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ01**|**Mounted Current Limiter**<br>**HMCPJ250D5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250F5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250F5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250G5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250G5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250J5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250J5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250K5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250K5LQ02**|
|250|**HMCPJ250L5LQ01**|**HMCPJ250L5LQ02**|



## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**||**Metric Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/ Number**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range mm2**|**of Conductors**|**Number**|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/Al|10–185|#8–350 (1)|**TA250FJ**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJIPBK** . 

2   Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 

3   Line and load terminals included with products listed above. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-229** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JGH…Q|240 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|480 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|
|JGH…Q|600 V/200 kA|48.60|2.47|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module** 

|**Frame**<br>JG + limiter|**Height**<br>13.06 (331.7)|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|**Weight in lbs (kg)**<br>9.87 (4.48)|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|HMCP|13.06 (331.7)|4.13 (104.9)|3.44 (87.4)|9.87 (4.48)|



## **JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module** 

**==> picture [383 x 255] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.12 4.13<br>(104.6) (104.9)<br>13.06<br>(331.7)<br>4.41<br>(112.0)<br>3.44<br>3.34 (87.4)<br>(84.8)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-230** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-145** JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-159** LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-177** NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-195** RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-204** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-215** Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-219** 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . **V4-T2-222** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-226** High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-232** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-233** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-233** Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-234** Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-242** Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-244** Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-245** 

**2** 

## **High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination** 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Electrical Sector introduces new high-magnetic withstand molded case circuit breakers, specifically designed for critical operations and selective coordination requirements. The highmagnetic withstand LHH and NHH frames continue the legacy of circuit breaker innovation for which Eaton is recognized throughout the world. The LHH and NHH breakers are equipped with 125 to 400 ampere trip units with high-magnetic capability. This design enables the breakers to withstand up to 90 times rated current before opening under shortcircuit conditions. 

introduces new high-magnetic Eaton’s new LHH and NHH withstand molded case circuit molded case circuit breakers breakers, specifically designed are furnished with a higher for critical operations and level of magnetic pickup or selective coordination electronic instantaneous requirements. The highsettings as indicated in magnetic withstand LHH table on **Page V4-T2-233** . and NHH frames continue These higher levels of the legacy of circuit breaker magnetic pickup and innovation for which Eaton electronic instantaneous is recognized throughout the values in turn allow the world. The LHH and NHH system designer to obtain breakers are equipped with selective coordination at fault 125 to 400 ampere trip units current levels up to these with high-magnetic capability. higher ratings. Greater values This design enables the of selective coordination are breakers to withstand up available based on to 90 times rated current manufacturer tested before opening under shortcombinations using the circuit conditions. LHH and NHH as line-side breakers and standard The LHH and NHH circuit breakers as load-side devices. breakers incorporate a higher Refer to IA01200002E to level of instantaneous pickup, determine the maximum thus allowing for higher fault values that selective current levels of selective coordination achieves. When coordination. Standard the line-side and load-side molded case circuit breakers molded case circuit breaker typically are furnished with a trip ratings are chosen to magnetic pickup or electronic coordinate in the overload instantaneous adjustment or range, they also can be instantaneous override set at selectively coordinated in 10 times (10x) the continuous the fault range up to the trip rating. values listed in the table on **Page V4-T2-233** or IA01200002E. 

For overcurrents protected by circuit breakers on the load-side of the LHH or NHH, only the effected load-side circuit breaker will open, while the line-side LHH and/or NHH circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing continuity of power to the other critical loads supplied by the LHH or NHH circuit breakers. 

## _**Benefits of Using the LHH and NHH Molded Case Circuit Breakers**_ 

Customer expectations and codes are driving product development to protect customers’ critical operations. NEC[®] 2005 and 2008 requires circuits with elevators, emergency systems, legally required standby systems, health care essential systems and critical operation power systems to be selectively coordinated. Simply stated, only the closest protective device directly protecting the circuit having an overcurrent (overload or fault) condition should open. 

All other overcurrent protective devices within these systems shall remain closed. Similarly, backup power system designs of a critical nature that are not code mandated may also require overcurrent protective devices to be selectively coordinated as much as practicable to provide a higher level of uptime. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-231** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Proven Technology**_ **2** _**and Performance**_ 

The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed. 

The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM™ electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 1000–4000 A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000 A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted. 

## **LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers** 

## **LHH** 

|**LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers**|**LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers**|**LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers**|**LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**LSI Electronic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**LHH Frame**<br>**NHH Frame**<br>125<br>**LHH3125FFG**<br>**—**<br>150<br>**LHH3150FFG**<br>**NHH3150T52X15**<br>175<br>**LHH3175FFG**<br>**NHH3175T52X15**<br>200<br>**LHH3200FFG**<br>**NHH3200T52X15**<br>10595°,~~a~~||||
||225|**LHH3225FFG**|**NHH3225T52X15**|
||250|**LHH3250FFG**|**NHH3250T52X15**|
||300<br>350<br>400|**LHH3300FFG**<br>**LHH3350FFG**<br>**LHH3400FFG**|**NHH3300T52X15**<br>**NHH3350T52X15**<br>**—**|



The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eaton’s panelboards and switchboards. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

> l UL 

> l CSA 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-232** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

- l Three-pole 

- l 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 

- l 125–400 ampere LHH 

- l 150–350 ampere NHH 

- l Trip units: 

- l LHH—thermal-magnetic 

- l NHH—LSI electronic trip unit 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Dimensions** 

|**Description**|**Height**|**Width**|**Depth**|**Weight in**<br>**Lbs (kg)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|LHH|10.13 (257.3)|5.48 (139.2)|4.09 (103.9)|12.36 (5.6)|
|NHH|16.00 (406.4)|8.25 (209.5)|5.50 (139.7)|46.80 (21.2)|



**2** 

- l No rating plugs required 

- l Factory-sealed breakers 

- l LHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker 

- l NHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker 

## _**LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics**_ 

## **Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 50–60 Hz** 

||**Breaker Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**LHH**|**NHH**|
|Max. rated current (amperes)|400|350|
|NEMA UL 489|||
|240 Vac|100|100|
|480 Vac|65|65|
|600 Vac|35|35|
|250 Vac|42|—|
|IEC 60947-2|||
|220 Vac|100|100|
|415 Vac|70|70|
|690 Vac|25|25|
|125/250 Vdc|22|—|
|Number of poles|3|3|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|150–350 A|



## **L-Frame** 

**==> picture [205 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2.43 (61.7)<br>4.06<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker (103.1)<br>(6.4) 3.16<br>(80.3) 5.58<br>2.00 ( 141.7) 10.13<br>(50.8) (257.3)<br>1.92<br>(48.8)<br>2.69 5.48<br>(68.3) 5.38 (139.2)<br>(136.7) Three-Pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **N-Frame** 

**==> picture [236 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout Front View Three-Pole Side View<br>3.44<br>(87.4)<br>R 0.25 CL Breaker<br>(6.4) 1.91 9.25<br>1.50 (48.5) (235.0)<br>(38.1) 16.00<br>(406.4)<br>3.68<br>(93.5)<br>6.38  3.19  8.25 5.50<br>(162.1) (81.0) (209.6) (139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Continuous Current Ratings** 

|**Continuous**||**Continuous**||**Continuous**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Magnetic**|**Current**|**Instantaneous**|**Current**|**Short Delay**|
|**Rating (Ir)**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Trip Point**|**Multiplier**|**Pickup**|
|125 A|2500 A|20x|—|—|—|
|150 A|2500 A|16x|14,000 A|93x|225–1200 A|
|175 A|4000 A|22x|14,000 A|80x|260–1400 A|
|200 A|4000 A|20x|14,000 A|70x|300–1600 A|
|225 A|6000 A|26x|14,000 A|62x|338–1800 A|
|250 A|6000 A|24x|14,000 A|56x|375–2000 A|
|300 A|6000 A|20x|14,000 A|47x|450–2400 A|
|350 A|6000 A|17x|14,000 A|40x|525–2800 A|
|400 A|6000 A|15x|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-233** 

2.3 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

Series G 

## **Contents** 

**2** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories||
|Internal Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-236**|
|External Accessories and Test Kit  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-237**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-239**|
|Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **Special Features and Accessories** 

Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.” 

So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. 

In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. 

This section of circuit breakers includes: 

- l Thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

- l Electronic rms trip breakers 

- l Molded case switches 

- l Motor circuit protectors 

- l Current limiting breakers 

- l Special application breakers 

## _**Modified Breakers**_ 

Eaton breakers can be ordered 

with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge. 

## _**Special Calibration**_ 

## **Calibrations and Treatment** 

|**_Special Calibration_**|**Calibrations and Treatment**|
|---|---|
|Special non-UL listed<br>calibrations are available for<br>certain ambient temperatures<br>other than 40 °C and for<br>frequencies other than<br>50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced<br>interrupting ratings will apply<br>for 400 Hz applications.|**Description**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG JG LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**|
||Special<br>calibration<br>n<br>n<br>n<br>n<br>n|
||Moisture-<br>fungus<br>treatment<br>n<br>n<br>n<br>n<br>n|



- l Add suffix H01 to breaker catalog number for 400 Hz rating 

## **50 ºC Calibration** 

**Note:** Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50 °C. Add suffix “V3” to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40 °C labeling. 

Add suffix “V” to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 ºC ambients. 50 ºC ambient MCCBs are not UL listed. 

Contact Eaton for availability. 

**V4-T2-234 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Moisture-Fungus Treatment**_ 

All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. 

Order by description. 

- l Add suffix J01 to breaker catalog number 

## _**Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers**_ 

The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

- l Add suffix F01 to catalog number –57 °F, F02 –30 °F 

## _**Marine Applications**_ 

E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications: 

- l U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds 

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). 

Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). 

UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8m) in length. 

Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.) 

> l Add suffix H08 

Or you can choose to add 50ºC ambient but then there is no “UL” mark. 

## l Add suffix VH08 

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL but no “UL” mark due to 50 °C label.) 

> l Add suffix VH09 

## _**Certified Test Reports**_ 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. 

Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards: 

- l Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures 

- l National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers 

- l Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers 

- l British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers 

- l Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers 

- l International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers 

- l Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers 

- l South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers 

- l Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers 

- l Union Technique de l’Electricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. 

Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. 

Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure. 

**2** 

- l Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-235** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

## _**Alarm Lockout**_ 

The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release. 

## _**Auxiliary Switches**_ 

Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on **Page V4-T2-238** . 

## _**Shunt Trips**_ 

The shunt trip is used for remote tripping. 

The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation. 

It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips. 

## _**Undervoltage Releases**_ 

The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation. 

Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker. 

## **Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ 

## _**Electronic Portable Test Kit**_ 

The electronic portable test kit provides a means to complete field tests using secondary injection on all 310+ trip units. The same test kit is also capable of secondary injection testing on Magnum and Series NRX low voltage power circuit breakers' 520 and 1150 trip units. 

The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. 

## **Electronic Portable Test Kit** 

**Catalog Number** 

## **MTST230V** 

## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover of the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

**Catalog Number 5108A03H01** 

The DIGIVIEWR06 is NEMA 3R rated. 

## **Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display** 

## **Catalog Number** 

## **DIGIVIEW** 

## **DIGIVIEWR06** 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

## **Cause of Trip LED Module** 

**Catalog Number** 

## **TRIP-LED** 

**V4-T2-236 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **External Accessories and Test Kit** 

## **External Accessories** 

**2** 

|**External Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Fit**|**Frame**|||||
|**Description**|**Type**|**EG**|**JG**|**LG**|**NG**|**RG**|
|Non-padlockable handle block|Field|**EFHB**|**—**|**—**|**LKD4**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHB**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|Padlockable handle block|Field|**EFPHBOFF**|**FJPHBOFF**|**LBHPOFF**|**—**|**—**|
|off-only|||||||
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPLK**|**FJPHL**|**LPHL**|**PLK5**|**HLK6**|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|Field|**EFPHLOFF**|**FJPHLOFF**|**LPHLOFF**|**PLK5SOFF**|**HLK6OFF**|
|off-only|||||||
|Kirk key interlock kit12|Field|**—**|**KYKJG**|**KYKLG**|**KYK4**|**KYK6**|
|Castell key interlock kit23|Field|**—**|**CTKJG**|**CTKLG**|**CTK4**|**CTK6**|
|Slide bar interlock4|Field|**EFSBI**|**FJSBI**|**LGSBI**|**SBK5**|**—**|
|Walking beam interlock4|Three-pole<br>Four-pole|**EG3WBI**<br>**EG4WBI**|**JG3WBI**<br>**JG4WBI**|**LG3WBI**<br>**LG4WBI**|**WBL5**<br>**WBL5**|**WBL6**<br>**—**|
|Electrical operator5|120 Vac<br>240 Vac|**MOPEG240C**<br>**MOPEG240C**|**MOPJG120C**<br>**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG120C**<br>**MOPLG240C**|**EOP5T07**<br>**EOP5T11**|**EOP6T08K**<br>**EOP6T11K**|
||24 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**MOPJG24D**|**MOPLG24D**|**EOP5T21**|**—**|
||48 Vdc|**MOPEG48D**|**—**|**—**|**EOP5T22**|**EOP6T21K**|
||125 Vdc|**MOPEG120C**|**MOPJG120C**|**MOPLG120C**|**EOP5T26**|**—**|
||220 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
||250 Vdc|**—**|**MOPJG240C**|**MOPLG240C**|**—**|**—**|
|Plug-in adapters|Three-pole|**PAD3E**|**PAD3J**|**PAD3L**|**PAD53**|**—**|
||Four-pole|**PAD4E**|**PAD4J**|**PAD4L**|**—**|**—**|
|Wohner busbar adapter|Field top<br>Field bottom|**EG-BUS-T**<br>**EG-BUS-B**|**JG-BUS-TB**<br>**JG-BUS-TB**|**LG-BUS-TB**<br>**LG-BUS-TB**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|



## _**Series G MCCB Frames EG, JG, and LG to mount to the SASY 60 mm Wohner Classic System**_ 

- l UL file # E197132 

   - l No line side wiring required 

- l Compact design 

   - l Up to 630 A MCCB 

- l UL508 tested and certified using Wohner system with Eaton breakers 

- l Reverse feed possible 

## **Wohner Busbar Adapters** 

||**Wohner Busbar Adapters**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Wohner Busbar**<br>**Adapter**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Breaker Frame**|**Wohner Busbar Adapters**<br>**Busbar Adapter**|**Connection Point**|
||EG|**EG-BUS-T**|Top|
||EG|**EG-BUS-B**|Bottom|
||JG|**JG-BUS-TB**|Top or bottom|
||LG|**LG-BUS-TB**|Top or bottom|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Provision only. 

- 2   See **Page V4-T2-448** for bolt projection dimensions. 

- 3   Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm. 

- 4   Requires two breakers. 

- 5   Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-237** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## _**Accessory Configurations for EG–RG Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2 Internal Accessory Configurations** 

**==> picture [76 x 38] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [87 x 38] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [312 x 226] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
¬<br>¬<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¨ ¨<br>¡ ¡<br>¡ ¡<br>¨<br>≠<br>¬ =  For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker** 

**==> picture [140 x 160] intentionally omitted <==**

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-238** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers**_ 

## **Alarm Lockout** 

**2** 

|**Alarm Lockout**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|Make/Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**2<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L6RPK**|
|2 Make/2 Break|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**3<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEEPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEEPK**|
|Make/Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM1M1BEJPK**|
|2 Make/ 2 Break|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**ALM2M2BEJPK**|



## **Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Auxiliary Switch**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|1A, 1B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**—**|
|2A, 2B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X6RPK**|
|3A, 3B|Left<br>**—**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**—**|
|4A, 4B|Left<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A4X6RPK**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX1A1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Silver<br>**AUX2A2BPK**|
|1A, 1B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX1E1BPK**|
|2A, 2B|Right<br>EG/JG/LG<br>Gold<br>**AUX2E2BPK**|



## **Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout** 

|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**1|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**AUXALRMEPK**4<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**—**|
|**Description**|**Pole Location**<br>**For Use in Frame**<br>**Contact Type**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Silver<br>**AUXALRMJPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>EG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEEPK**|
|1A/1B & 1M/1B|Right<br>JG and LG<br>Gold<br>**AUXALRMEJPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

- 2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK. 

- 3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK. 

- 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-239** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

## Series G 

**==> picture [37 x 20] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Shunt Trip—Standard** 

**==> picture [38 x 46] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
ST<br>a<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Shunt Trip—Standard** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|Left<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>**SNT5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P11K**|
|380–600 Vac|Left<br>**SNT480CPK**3<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|220–250 Vdc or 380–440 Vac|—<br>**SNT5LP14K**<br>**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|—<br>**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT6P18K**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT012CPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|24 Vac/dc|Left<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>**SNT5LP03K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>**SNT5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>—<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT125DPK**<br>**SNT5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**SNT6P26K**|
|250 Vdc|Left<br>**SNT250DPK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **Shunt Trip—Low Energy** 

|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|**—**|Left<br>**—**<br>**LST5LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**LST6RPK**|



## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

|**Description**|**Pole**<br>**Location**<br>**Frame**<br>**EG, JG and LG**1<br>**NG**<br>**RG**2|
|---|---|
|110–127 Vac|Left<br>**UVR120APK**<br>**UVH5LP08K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|Left<br>**UVR240APK**<br>**UVH5LP11K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP11K**|
|24 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR024DPK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|24 Vac|Left<br>**UVR024APK**<br>**UVH5LP21K**4<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP21K**4|
|48–60 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR048DPK**<br>**UVH5LP23K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|48–60 Vac|Left<br>**UVR048APK**<br>**UVH5LP05K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP05K**|
|120 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>**UVH5LP26K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|Left<br>**UVR250DPK**<br>**UVH5LP28K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP28K**|
|380–500 Vac|Left<br>**UVR480APK**<br>**UVH5LP29K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP29K**|
|525–600 Vac|Left<br>**UVR600APK**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|12 Vdc|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP20K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP20K**|
|12 Vac|Left<br>**—**<br>**UVH5LP02K**<br>**—**|
||Right<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**UVH6RP02K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module. 

- 2   All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

3   380–600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz. 

- 4   24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-240** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Note:** Gold-plated contacts are well suited for switching low voltages and currents. Lead wires on accessories containing goldplated contacts are marked with a yellow stripe. 

**2** 

## **Series G Gold Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings** 

||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|125 V|50/60 Hz|0.1 A|2200 V|
|30 V|DC|0.25 A|2200 V|
|5 V|DC|5 mA|2200 V|



## **Series G Silver Contact Accessory Switch Electrical Ratings** 

||||**Dielectric Withstand**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Max. Voltage (Ue)**|**Frequency**|**Max. Current (ln)**|**Voltage (Ul)**|
|600 V|50/60 Hz|2 A|2200 V|
|125/250 V|50/60 Hz|5 A|2200 V|
|125 V|DC|1 A|2200 V|



## **Series GJ Frame: Terminal Extension Kits** 

||**Extension Orientation**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Edgewise**|**Right Angle**|**Spreader**|**Straight**|
|Three-pole|FJTEE3|FJTER3|FJTEW3|FJTES3|
|Four-pole|FJTEE4|FJTER4|FJTEW4|FJTES4|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-241** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

**==> picture [73 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Series G Motor Operators<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**|
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**|
|NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**|
|30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**|
|High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for||
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**|
|Motor Operators||
|Features, Benefits and Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-243**|
|Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-243**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-243**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-244**|
|Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **Motor Operators** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s motor operator The robust motor operators mechanism enables local and offer various voltages to remote ON, OFF and reset maximize customer flexibility. switching of a circuit breaker. Standard load transfer The motor operator is switching can be mounted on the circuit accomplished through the breaker cover within use of two circuit breakers the dimensions of the fitted with motor operators circuit breaker. and a mechanical interlock. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-242** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Features, Benefits and Functions** 

The motor operator provides l A key is provided to special features for ease of manually operate the customer use and status circuit breaker indication. l 

   - l A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position 

- l The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely 

   - l The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each 

- l The motor operator contains a motor accept three padlock shackles with a maximum 

- connected to a cam drive diameter of 1/4-inch 

- mechanism. The cam (6.4 mm) each 

- drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit l The cover provides visual breaker handle status of the circuit 

- l Internal limit switches and breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP 

- relays are used to control button allows the user to 

- motor operation to prevent manually trip the breaker 

- overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions 

**==> picture [213 x 156] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Manual Operating Key<br>Turn the Key<br>(clockwise only)<br>fe? Sx<br>Circuit Breaker<br>Status Indication<br>Window<br>PUSH-TO-TRIP Button<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Product Selection** 

## **Motor Operators** 

|**Frame**|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|Series G E-Frame|100–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||100–220 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPEG240C**|
||24/48 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPEG48D**|
|Series C F-Frame|208–240 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPFD120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPFD24D**|
|Series G J-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1A<br>1A|**MOPJG240C**<br>**MOPJG120C**|
||220–250 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG240C**|
||110–125 Vdc|DC|1A|**MOPJG120C**|
||24 Vdc|DC|3A|**MOPJG24D**|
|Series G L-Frame|208–240 Vac<br>110–127 Vac<br>220–250 Vdc<br>110–125 Vdc<br>24 Vdc<br>~~a~~|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz<br>DC<br>DC<br>DC|2A<br>2A<br>2A<br>2A<br>6A|**MOPLG240C**<br>**MOPLG120C**<br>**MOPLG240C**<br>**MOPLG120C**<br>**MOPLG24D**|



**2** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The motor operators are UL and CSA listed, and CE marked. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-243** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

**2** 

## **LG Breaker with Plug-In Block** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**<br>**V4-T2-159**<br>**V4-T2-177**<br>**V4-T2-195**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**<br>**V4-T2-215**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)  . . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . .|**V4-T2-219**<br>**V4-T2-222**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for<br>Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-226**<br>**V4-T2-231**|
|Special Features and Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**<br>**V4-T2-242**|
|Plug-In Blocks<br>Drawout Cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-245**|



## **Plug-In Blocks** 

## **Product Description** 

Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 ° for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Plug-In Blocks** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks**<br>EG<br>3<br>EG<br>4<br>JG<br>3|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**PAD3E**<br>**PAD4E**<br>**PAD3J**|
|---|---|---|
|JG|4|**PAD4J**|
|LG|4|**PAD4L**|
|**Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit**1|||
|EG<br>JG|3, 4<br>3, 4|**PIILEG**<br>**PIILJG**|
|LG|3, 4|**PIILLG**|
|**Terminal Shields IP30**|||
|EG|3|**EFTS3K**|
|EG|4|**EFTS4K**|
|JG|3|**FJTS3K**|
|JG<br>LG|4<br>3|**FJTS4K**<br>**LTS3K**|
|LG|4|**LTS4K**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-244** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.3 

Series G 

## **Drawout Cassettes** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|EG-Frame (15–125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-145**|**2**|
|JG-Frame (63–250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-159**||
|LG-Frame (250–630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>NG-Frame (320–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-177**<br>**V4-T2-195**|**2**|
|RG-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-204**<br>**V4-T2-215**|**2**|
|Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . .|**V4-T2-219**<br>**V4-T2-222**|**2**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module  . . . . . . . .<br>High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for|**V4-T2-226**|**2**|
|Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-231**||
|Special Features and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-234**<br>**V4-T2-242**|**2**|
|Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Drawout Cassette|**V4-T2-244**|**2**|



## **Drawout Cassette** 

## **Product Description** 

The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number. 

## **Features** 

Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include: 

- l Trip on drawout—breaker will trip if it is in the ON position when withdrawn from the cassette 

- l Secondary terminal block— the drawout cassettes include a secondary terminal block for easier access when wiring low voltage accessories, including shunts and undervoltage releases 

The drawout mechanism has three primary positions: 

- l Connected—the breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts 

## **Product Selection** 

|**JG Drawout Cassette**|**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**|**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**|**JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**Breaker Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||JG|3|**JG3DOM**|
|||4|**JG4DOM**|
|**LG Drawout Cassette**|LG|3|**LG3DOM**|
|Uerere)||||
|||4|**LG4DOM**|
||NG|3|**NG3DOM**|
|||4|**NG4DOM**|



- l Disconnected—both the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected 

- l Withdraw—the breaker can be removed from the cassette 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-245** 

2.4 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

**2** 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-386** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-399** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436** 

Learn Drawings Online Online 

## **Product Overview** 

Eaton’s molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, “... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions,” and furthermore as, “... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material.” The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, “A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.” 

So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. 

In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. 

Eaton offers the most 

comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. 

This section of circuit breakers includes: 

- l Thermal-magnetic trip breakers 

- l Electronic rms trip breakers 

- l Molded case switches 

- l Motor circuit protectors 

- l Current limiting breakers 

- l Special application breakers 

## **Modified Breakers** 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge. 

## **Special Calibration** 

Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40 °C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications. 

## _**50 °C Calibration**_ 

Add suffix **V** to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50 °C ambients. (No UL label.) 

## **Moisture-Fungus Treatment** 

All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. 

## **Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers** 

The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at –40 °C. 

## **Marine Applications** 

E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications: 

- l U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABS—American Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR 

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50 °C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). 

Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). 

UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40 °C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50 °C.) 

> l Suffix H08 

Or you can choose to add 50 °C ambient but then there is no “UL” mark. 

- l Suffix VH08 

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50 °C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50 °C ambient. (“Naval” labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50 °C label here.) 

- l Suffix VH09 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-246** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Certified Test Reports** 

Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Molded case circuit breakers l Japanese T-Mark Standard are designed to conform with molded case circuit the following standards: breakers 

- l Underwriters Laboratories l South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 

- Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit 

- breakers and circuit breakers 

- breaker enclosures 

   - l Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers 

- l National Electrical Association Standard SEV 

- Manufacturers Association 157-1, safety regulations 

- (NEMA) Standards for circuit breakers 

- Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit l Union Technique de breakers l’Electricite Standard NF C 

- l Australian Standard AS 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear 

- 2184, molded case circuit circuit breaker 

- breakers requirements 

- l British Standards Institution l Verband Deutscher 

- Standard BS 4752: Part 1, Elektrotechniker 

- switchgear and control (Association of German 

- gear Part 1: circuit breakers 

- l Canadian Standards Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low 

- Association (CSA) Standard voltage switchgear and 

- C22.2 No. 5, service control gear, circuit 

- entrance and branch circuit breakers 

- breakers 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local **2** and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. **2** 

Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. 

Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure. 

- l International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-247** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Quick Reference** 

## **Industrial Circuit Breakers** 

## **G-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|**Volts**||**Type**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**|**Ratings (rms**|**Ratings (rms**|**Symmetrical**|**Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**2|**Page**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHB|**at 40 °C**<br>15–100|**Poles**<br>1|**AC**<br>120|**DC**<br>125|**of Trip**1<br>N.I.T.U.|**W-C-375b**<br>11a|**120**<br>65|**120/240**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>—|**600**<br>—|**125**3<br>14|**250**<br>—|**Number**<br>**V4-T2-256**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|240|125/250|N.I.T.U.|11a10b, 11b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|14|**V4-T2-256**|
|GHB|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12b, 14b|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-256**|
|GHB|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|15b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-256**|
|HGHB<br>GHBS|15–30<br>15–30|1<br>1, 2|277<br>480Y/277|125<br>—|N.I.T.U.<br>—|12c, 13a, 13b<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>65|—<br>—|25<br>14|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>—|**V4-T2-256**<br>**V4-T1-34**|
|GBHS|15–20|1, 2|600Y/347|—|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|—|10|—|—|**V4-T1-34**|
|GDB|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-254**|
|GDB|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|—|—|—|—|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-254**|
|GD|15–50|2|480|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|**V4-T2-253**|
|GD|15–100|3|480|250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|**V4-T2-253**|
|GHC<br>GHC|15–100<br>15–100|1<br>2, 3|120<br>240|125<br>125/250|N.I.T.U.<br>N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a<br>13b|65<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>65|—|—<br>—|—<br>—|14<br>—|—<br>1|**V4-T2-261**<br>**V4-T2-261**|
|GHC|15–100|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|12c, 13a|—|—|—|14|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-261**|
|GHC|15–100|2, 3|480Y/277|125/250|N.I.T.U.|13b|—|—|—|14|14|—|—|14|**V4-T2-261**|
|HGHC|15–30|1|277|125|N.I.T.U.|—|65|—|—|25|—|—|14|—|**V4-T2-261**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

> 3 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-248** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **F-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**No. of**<br>**Poles**<br>**Volts**<br>**Type**<br>**of Trip**1<br>**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**<br>**UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Page**<br>**Number**<br>**AC**<br>**DC**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**DC (kA)**2<br>**120**<br>**120/240**<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**<br>EDB<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>EDS<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>ED<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>12b<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>EDH<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>14b<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>EDC<br>100–225<br>2, 3<br>240<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>1<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>EHD<br>15–100<br>2, 3<br>480<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13b<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>18a<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDB<br>15–150<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>HFD<br>15–150<br>1<br>277<br>125<br>N.I.T.U.<br>13a<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>2,3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>22a<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>HFD<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>HFDE<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>2, 3<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>24a<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDC4<br>15–225<br>4<br>600<br>250<br>N.I.T.U.<br>3<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22<br>**V4-T2-265**<br>FDCE45<br>15–225<br>3<br>600<br>—<br>N.I.T.U.<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—<br>**V4-T2-265**|**2**|
|---|---|
||**2**|
||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

- 3 Not defined in W-C-375b. 

- 4 Current limiting. 

- 5 Check with Eaton for availability. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-249** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **J-Frame** 

**2** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|JDB|70–250|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|22a|—|—|65|—|35|18|—|10|**V4-T2-286**|
|JD<br>HJD|70–250<br>70–250|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|22a<br>22a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|35<br>65|18<br>25|—<br>—|10<br>22|**V4-T2-285**<br>**V4-T2-285**|
|JDC3|70–250|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|22a|—|—|200|—|100|35|—|22|**V4-T2-285**|



## **K-Frame** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**Volts**<br>**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**UL Listed Interrupting**<br>**AC (kA)**<br>**120**<br>**120/240**|**Ratings**<br>**240**|**(rms**<br>**277**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**DC (kA)**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|DK|250–400|2, 3|240|250|N.I.T.U.|14b|—|—|65|—|—|—|—|10|**V4-T2-297**|
|KDB|100–400|2, 3|600|250|N.I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-297**|
|KD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|10|**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-295,**<br>**V4-T2-299, V4-T2-302**|
|CKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-296, V4-T2-305,**<br>**V4-T2-307**|
|HKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|22|**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-295,**<br>**V4-T2-299, V4-T2-302**|
|CHKD|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-296, V4-T2-305,**<br>**V4-T2-307**|
|KDC3|100–400|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|65|—|22|**V4-T2-294, V4-T2-295,**|
||||||||||||||||**V4-T2-299, V4-T2-302**|



## **L-Frame** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**No. of**<br>**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Type**<br>**of**<br>**Trip**1|**Federal**<br>**Specification**<br>**W-C-375b**|**AC (kA)**<br>**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**DC (kA)**<br>**125**|2<br>**250**|**Page**<br>**Number**|
|LDB<br>LD|300–600<br>300–600|2, 3<br>2, 3, 4|600<br>600|250<br>250|N.I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>65|—<br>—|35<br>35|25<br>25|—<br>—|22<br>22|**V4-T2-320**<br>**V4-T2-318, V4-T2-319,**|
|CLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|35|25|—|—|**V4-T2-324**<br>**V4-T2-320, V4-T2-330**|
|HLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|25|**V4-T2-318, V4-T2-319,**<br>**V4-T2-324**|
|CHLD|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-320, V4-T2-330**|
|LDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-318, V4-T2-319,**|
|CLDC3|300–600|2, 3, 4|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|200|—|100|50|—|30|**V4-T2-326**<br>**V4-T2-320, V4-T2-332**|



## **M-Frame** 

||**Continuous**||**Volts**||||**UL Listed Interrupting**|**UL Listed Interrupting**|**Ratings**|**(rms**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**No. of**|||**Type**<br>**of**|**Federal**<br>**Specification**|**AC (kA)**||||||**DC (kA)**|2|**Page**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Poles**|**AC**|**DC**|**Trip**1|**W-C-375b**|**120**|**120/240**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**|**Number**|
|MDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|65|—|50|25|—|22|**V4-T2-343, V4-T2-345**|
|CMDL<br>HMDL|300–800<br>300–800|2, 3<br>2, 3|600<br>600|250<br>250|I.T.U.<br>I.T.U.|23a<br>23a|—<br>—|—<br>—|65<br>100|—<br>—|50<br>65|25<br>35|—<br>—|—<br>25|**V4-T2-345**<br>**V4-T2-343, V4-T2-345**|
|CHMDL|300–800|2, 3|600|250|I.T.U.|23a|—|—|100|—|65|35|—|—|**V4-T2-345**|



_**Notes**_ 

> 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 

> 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 

> 3 Current limiting. 

**V4-T2-250 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)|**V4-T2-248**|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-252**<br>**V4-T2-252**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**<br>**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240 V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton 

- l Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for fluorescent lighting applications 

- l All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- l HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-251** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

## **GD 3 100 K** 

|||||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||||||||
||**Circuit**<br>**GD**|**Breaker Type**<br>**HGHB**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||||||**K** = Molded case switch||**Suffix**<br>**J01**= Fungus proofed|
||**GDB**<br>**GHB**<br>**GHC**<br>**GHQ**|**HGHC**<br>**GHBGFEP**<br>**GHCGFEP**|||**1**= 1 pole<br>**2**= 2 poles<br>**3**= 3 poles|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**024**<br>**030**||**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**|||**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**||||**D** = Ring type terminals<br>**C** = Steel collars<br>**V** = 122 °F (50 °C)||**R01**= Shock tested<br>**F01**= Freeze tester<br>**HID**= High intensity discharge1|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**<br>GDB|**of Poles**<br>2, 3|**120**<br>—|**240**<br>—|**277**<br>—|**480**<br>14|**480Y/277**<br>—|**125**2<br>—|**250**34<br>10|
|GD|2|—|65|—|14|—|—|10|
|GD|3|—|65|—|22|—|—|10|
|GHQ|—|65|—|14|—|—|—|—|
|GHB<br>GHB|1<br>2, 3|65<br>—|—<br>65|14<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>14|14<br>14|—<br>—|
|HGHB|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|1|65|—|14|—|—|14|—|
|GHC|2, 3|—|65|—|—|14|14|—|
|HGHC|1|65|—|25|—|—|14|—|



## _**Terminal Types**_ 

For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below. 

## **Terminal Types** 

|**Circuit Breaker Amperes**|**Terminal Type Material**|**Screw Head Type**|**Wire Type**|**AWG Wire Range**|**Metric Wire Range (mm2) **5|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Standard**||||||
|15–20<br>25–100|Clamp (plated steel)<br>Pressure (aluminum body)|Slotted<br>Slotted|Cu/Al<br>Cu/Al|14–10<br>10–1/0|2.5–4<br>4–50|
|**Optional—GD, GHB, GHC**||||||
|15–100|Pressure (steel body)|Slotted|Cu|14–3|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 15–20 A circuit breakers. 

- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems up to 70 A. 

- 3 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum. 

- 4 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 5 Not UL listed sizes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-252** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-246** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-386** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-399** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436** 

**2** 

## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Cable in, cable out 

**Standards and Certifications** 

   - l UL/CSA 

- l Includes mounting hardware and BMHE 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**22 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Includes Binding**<br>**Head Screws and Clamps**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||**10–32 x 0.312**|
|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GD2015**|**GD3015**|**GD3015D**|
|20|**GD2020**|**GD3020**|**GD3020D**|
|25|**GD2025**|**GD3025**|**GD3025D**|
|30|**GD2030**|**GD3030**|**GD3030D**|
|35|**GD2035**|**GD3035**|**GD3035D**|
|40|**GD2040**|**GD3040**|**GD3040D**|
|45|**GD2045**|**GD3045**|**GD3045D**|
|50|**GD2050**|**GD3050**|**GD3050D**|
|60|**—**|**GD3060**|**GD3060D**|
|70|**—**|**GD3070**|**GD3070D**|
|80|**—**|**GD3080**|**GD3080D**|
|90|**—**|**GD3090**|**GD3090D**|
|100|**—**|**GD3100**|**GD3100D**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-253** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

**2** 

||**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Includes Line and Load Terminals**||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**GDB2015**|**GDB3015**|
|20|**GDB2020**|**GDB3020**|
|25|**GDB2025**|**GDB3025**|
|30|**GDB2030**|**GDB3030**|
|35|**GDB2035**|**GDB3035**|
|40|**GDB2040**|**GDB3040**|
|45<br>50|**GDB2045**<br>**GDB2050**|**GDB3045**<br>**GDB3050**|
|60|**—**|**GDB3060**|
|70|**—**|**GDB3070**|
|80|**—**|**GDB3080**|
|90|**—**|**GDB3090**|
|100|**—**|**GDB3100**|



## _**Type GD Molded Case Switches**_ 

## **Type GD Molded Case Switches—Three-Pole** 

|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**(Includes Line and Load Terminals)**|
|60|**GD3060K**|
|60<br>100|**GD3060KC**1<br>**GD3100K**|
|100|**GD3100KD**2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Includes line and load steel terminals. 

> 2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 10–32 x 0.312. 

Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-254** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GD-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [121 x 222] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Off<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [28 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [78 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
4.88<br>(123.8)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-255** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**==> picture [35 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Typical GHB<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**<br>**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**<br>**V4-T2-436**|



## **Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows: 

- l Type GHB, 120 and 240 V: 

- l Single-pole: Class 11a 

- l Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b 

- l UL/CSA 

- l Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V: l Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a 

- l Two-, three-pole: Class 13b 

- l Type HGHB 277V 

- l Type GHQ 277V 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-256** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**Typical GHB** 

**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1] 

**2** 

|**Typical GHB**|**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with**<br>**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with**<br>**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with**<br>**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|**Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with**<br>**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1]|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|"|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**277/480 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125 Vdc Maximum**2<br>**277/480 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**<br>**277/480 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**3<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>15<br>**GHB1015**45<br>**GHB2015**4<br>**GHB3015**4<br> ~~Ct~~||||
||20|**GHB1020**45|**GHB2020**4|**GHB3020**4|
||25|**GHB1025**|**GHB2025**|**GHB3025**|
||30|**GHB1030**|**GHB2030**|**GHB3030**|
||35|**GHB1035**|**GHB2035**|**GHB3035**|
||40|**GHB1040**|**GHB2040**|**GHB3040**|
||45|**GHB1045**|**GHB2045**|**GHB3045**|
||50|**GHB1050**|**GHB2050**|**GHB3050**|
||60|**GHB1060**|**GHB2060**|**GHB3060**|
||70|**GHB1070**|**GHB2070**|**GHB3070**|
||80|**GHB1080**|**GHB2080**|**GHB3080**|
||90|**GHB1090**|**GHB2090**|**GHB3090**|
||100|**GHB1100**|**GHB2100**|**GHB3100**|



**Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|
|---|---|
||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15<br>~~Oe~~|**HGHB1015**6|
|20|**HGHB1020**6|
|25|**HGHB1025**|
|30|**HGHB1030**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   480Y/277 V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480 V). 

- 2   Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 3   Use two outside poles. 

- 4   Uses 0.190 (4.83) –32 screw type clamp terminals. 

- 5   Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

- 6   15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-257** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GDB-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [337 x 209] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>3.00 2.63<br>(76.2) (66.7)<br>Max.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-258** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**==> picture [97 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Single-Phase (requires two poles)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-246 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-386 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-399 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436 2** 

## **Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l 15–60 amperes, 277 V, 50/60 Hz 

- l Operational voltage 240 V to 305 V 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

- These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053. 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles)**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**277 Vac, 30 mA**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHBGFEP1015**|
|20<br>30|**GHBGFEP1020**<br>**GHBGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHBGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHBGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHBGFEP1060**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**<br>GHBGFEP|**of Poles**<br>1|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**<br>14,000|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-259** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **GHB-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [111 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>3.00<br>(76.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [120 x 182] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>4.00<br>(101.6)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-260** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical GHC** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-246 2** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248 2** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265 2** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315 2** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352 2** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-386 2** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-399 2** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436 2** 

## **Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l 15–100 amperes 

- l 120, 240, 277, 480Y/277V, 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc 

- l Single-, two- and three-pole 

- l Cable in, cable out 

- l Does not include mounting hardware 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-37b as follows: 

- l Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V: 

- l Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a 

- l Two-, three-pole: Class 13b 

- l UL/CSA 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-261** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **2 Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**|
|---|---|---|---|
||**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**GHC1015**34|**GHC2015**3|**GHC3015**3|
|20|**GHC1020**34|**GHC2020**3|**GHC3020**3|
|25<br>30|**GHC1025**<br>**GHC1030**|**GHC2025**<br>**GHC2030**|**GHC3025**<br>**GHC3030**|
|35|**GHC1035**|**GHC2035**|**GHC3035**|
|40|**GHC1040**|**GHC2040**|**GHC3040**|
|45|**GHC1045**|**GHC2045**|**GHC3045**|
|50|**GHC1050**|**GHC2050**|**GHC3050**|
|60|**GHC1060**|**GHC2060**|**GHC3060**|
|70|**GHC1070**|**GHC2070**|**GHC3070**|
|80|**GHC1080**|**GHC2080**|**GHC3080**|
|90|**GHC1090**|**GHC2090**|**GHC3090**|
|100|**GHC1100**|**GHC2100**|**GHC3100**|



## **Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**HGHC1015**5|
|20|**HGHC1020**5|
|25|**HGHC1025**|
|30|**HGHC1030**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 

- 2 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 ampere; 80 through 100 ampere devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 3 Uses 0.190–32 screw type clamp terminals. 

- 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

- 5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-262** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**==> picture [117 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-246** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-386** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . **V4-T2-399** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436** 

**2** 

## **Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15–100 Amperes)** 

**Standards and Certifications** 

## **Product Description** 

- l 15–60 amperes, 277 V, These circuit breakers meet 50/60 Hz the requirements of UL 489 

- l and UL 1053. 

- l Operational voltage 240–305 V 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|**Continuous**|**Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|15|**GHCGFEP1015**|
|20|**GHCGFEP1020**|
|30|**GHCGFEP1030**|
|40|**GHCGFEP1040**|
|50|**GHCGFEP1050**|
|60|**GHCGFEP1060**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**277 Vac (50/60 Hz)**|
|GHCGFEP|1|14,000|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-263** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**==> picture [95 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Special Purpose Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .<br>Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-367**<br>**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**<br>**V4-T2-399**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .<br>Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-400**<br>**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



## **Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15–100 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Type GHC circuit breakers have binding head screw-type terminals on line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals (0.190–32) will be marked “Special purpose breaker not for general use.” To order this special breaker, use the catalog number from the tables on this page. 

## **Product Selection** 

**Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125 Vdc Maximum**1|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**|**480Y/277 Vac Maximum,**<br>**125/250 Vdc Maximum**2|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>25<br>30|**Number**<br>**GHC1025D**<br>**GHC1030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC2025D**<br>**GHC2030D**|**Number**<br>**GHC3025D**<br>**GHC3030D**|
|35|**GHC1035D**|**GHC2035D**|**GHC3035D**|
|40|**GHC1040D**|**GHC2040D**|**GHC3040D**|
|45|**GHC1045D**|**GHC2045D**|**GHC3045D**|
|50|**GHC1050D**|**GHC2050D**|**GHC3050D**|
|60|**GHC1060D**|**GHC2060D**|**GHC3060D**|
|70|**GHC1070D**|**GHC2070D**|**GHC3070D**|
|80|**GHC1080D**|**GHC2080D**|**GHC3080D**|
|90|**GHC1090D**|**GHC2090D**|**GHC3090D**|
|100|**GHC1100D**|**GHC2100D**|**GHC3100D**|



**Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications** 

|||**277 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|
||**Continuous**|**Single-Pole**|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|
|**Type**|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|Cable-in|15|**GHC1015HID**|
||20|**GHC1020HID**|
|Bolt-on|15<br>20|**GHB1015HID**<br>**GHB1020HID**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Single-pole breakers can be applied in DC systems from 15 through 70 amperes; 80 through 100 amperes devices are not suitable for DC application. 

- 2 Use two outside poles. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-264** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Typical F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-266**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-268**<br>**V4-T2-279**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-280**<br>**V4-T2-282**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**<br>**V4-T2-291**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**<br>**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton’s F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- l All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use 

- l All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-265** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology** 

**==> picture [414 x 211] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
FDC 3 100 L<br>Circuit Breaker  Suffix<br>Type Number of  Trip Amperes E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole<br>EHD Poles 010 EH  = 50% protected (four-pole only)<br>FDB 1  = 1 pole 015 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>FD 2  = 2 poles 020 L = Line and load terminals<br>HFD 3  = 3 poles 025 S = Stainless steel terminals<br>FDC 4  = 4 poles 030 V = 50 °C calibration<br>035 W = Without terminals<br>040 Y = Line terminals only<br>045 Z = Aluminum terminals (≤100 amperes)<br>050<br>060<br>070<br>080<br>090<br>100<br>110<br>125<br>150<br>175  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>200  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>225  (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [283 x 108] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
EDC 3 200 L<br>Circuit Breaker  Suffix<br>Type Number of  Trip  L = Line and load terminals<br>EDB Poles Amperes W  = Without terminals<br>EDS 2  = 2 poles 100 Y = Line terminals only<br>ED 3  = 3 poles 125 Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)<br>EDH 150<br>EDC 175<br>200<br>225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-266** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 210+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

**2** 

**==> picture [344 x 75] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
HFDE 3 225 22 L<br>Performance at  Trip Unit Features<br>480 Vac Number of  Trip Units 21  = 210+ LI W = Without terminals<br>FDE = 35 kAIC Poles 100  22 = 210+ LSI L = Line and load terminals<br>HFDE = 65 kAIC 3  = 3 poles 150 Blank = Load side terminals only<br>FDCE = 100 kAIC 225<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **FD-Frame Circuit Breakers with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

## **HFDE 3 225 32 ZG W** 

**==> picture [408 x 92] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Performance at  Features<br>480 Vac Number of  W = Without terminals<br>FDE = 35 kAIC Poles Trip Units L = Line and load terminals<br>HFDE = 65 kAIC 3  = 3 poles 080  Trip Unit Trip Unit Features Blank = Load side terminals only<br>FDCE = 100 kAIC 160  32 = 310+ LSI ZG =  Zone<br>225 33  = 310+ LS selective<br>35  = 310+ LSG interlocking<br>36  = 310+ LSIG Blank = No option<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-267** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2 Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**<br>**65 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**ED2015**|**ED3015**|
|20|**ED2020**|**ED3020**|
|25|**ED2025**|**ED3025**|
|30|**ED2030**|**ED3030**|
|35|**ED2035**|**ED3035**|
|40|**ED2040**|**ED3040**|
|50|**ED2050**|**ED3050**|
|60|**ED2060**|**ED3060**|
|100<br>125|**ED2100**<br>**ED2125**|**ED3100**<br>**ED3125**|
|150|**ED2150**|**ED3150**|
|175|**ED2175**|**ED3175**|
|200|**ED2200**|**ED3200**|
|225|**ED2225**|**ED3225**|



**Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**100 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30<br>35|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDH2100**|**EDH3100**|
|125|**EDH2125**|**EDH3125**|
|150<br>175|**EDH2150**<br>**EDH2175**|**EDH3150**<br>**EDH3175**|
|200|**EDH2200**|**EDH3200**|
|225|**EDH2225**|**EDH3225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-268** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**200 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**—**|**—**|
|20|**—**|**—**|
|25|**—**|**—**|
|30|**—**|**—**|
|35|**—**|**—**|
|40|**—**|**—**|
|50|**—**|**—**|
|60|**—**|**—**|
|100|**EDC2100**|**EDC3100**|
|125|**EDC2125**|**EDC3125**|
|150|**EDC2150**|**EDC3150**|
|175|**EDC2175**|**EDC3175**|
|200|**EDC2200**|**EDC3200**|
|225|**EDC2225**|**EDC3225**|



**2** 

**Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
||**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
||**22 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDB2100**|**EDB3100**|
|110|**EDB2110**|**EDB3110**|
|125|**EDB2125**|**EDB3125**|
|150|**EDB2150**|**EDB3150**|
|175|**EDB2175**|**EDB3175**|
|200|**EDB2200**|**EDB3200**|
|225|**EDB2225**|**EDB3225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-269** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

**Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed** 

**2** 

||**240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**(Includes Terminals on Load End Only)**||
|---|---|---|
||**42 kAIC at 240 Vac**||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EDS2100**|**EDS3100**|
|110|**EDS2110**|**EDS3110**|
|125<br>150|**EDS2125**<br>**EDS2150**|**EDS3125**<br>**EDS3150**|
|175|**EDS2175**|**EDS3175**|
|200|**EDS2200**|**EDS3200**|
|225|**EDS2225**|**EDS3225**|



## **Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**14 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**EHD1010**|**EHD2010**|**EHD3010**|
|15|**EHD1015**2|**EHD2015**|**EHD3015**|
|20|**EHD1020**2|**EHD2020**|**EHD3020**|
|25<br>30|**EHD1025**<br>**EHD1030**|**EHD2025**<br>**EHD2030**|**EHD3025**<br>**EHD3030**|
|35|**EHD1035**|**EHD2035**|**EHD3035**|
|40|**EHD1040**|**EHD2040**|**EHD3040**|
|45|**EHD1045**|**EHD2045**|**EHD3045**|
|50|**EHD1050**|**EHD2050**|**EHD3050**|
|60|**EHD1060**|**EHD2060**|**EHD3060**|
|70|**EHD1070**|**EHD2070**|**EHD3070**|
|80|**EHD1080**|**EHD2080**|**EHD3080**|
|90|**EHD1090**|**EHD2090**|**EHD3090**|
|100|**EHD1100**|**EHD2100**|**EHD3100**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-270** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|
||**14 kAIC at 600 Vac**|||
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FDB2010**|**FDB3010**|**FDB4010**|
|15|**FDB2015**|**FDB3015**|**FDB4015**|
|20|**FDB2020**|**FDB3020**|**FDB4020**|
|25|**FDB2025**|**FDB3025**|**FDB4025**|
|30|**FDB2030**|**FDB3030**|**FDB4030**|
|35|**FDB2035**|**FDB3035**|**FDB4035**|
|40|**FDB2040**|**FDB3040**|**FDB4040**|
|45|**FDB2045**|**FDB3045**|**FDB4045**|
|50|**FDB2050**|**FDB3050**|**FDB4050**|
|60|**FDB2060**|**FDB3060**|**FDB4060**|
|70|**FDB2070**|**FDB3070**|**FDB4070**|
|80|**FDB2080**|**FDB3080**|**FDB4080**|
|90|**FDB2090**|**FDB3090**|**FDB4090**|
|100|**FDB2100**|**FDB3100**|**FDB4100**|
|110|**FDB2110**|**FDB3110**|**FDB4110**|
|125|**FDB2125**|**FDB3125**|**FDB4125**|
|150|**FDB2150**|**FDB3150**|**FDB4150**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-271** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

**2** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**<br>**35 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**600 Vac Maximum,**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|101|**FD1010**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|15<br>20|**FD1015**2<br>**FD1020**2|**FD2015**<br>**FD2020**|**FD3015**<br>**FD3020**|**FD4015**<br>**FD4020**|
|25|**FD1025**|**FD2025**|**FD3025**|**FD4025**|
|30|**FD1030**|**FD2030**|**FD3030**|**FD4030**|
|35|**FD1035**|**FD2035**|**FD3035**|**FD4035**|
|40<br>45|**FD1040**<br>**FD1045**|**FD2040**<br>**FD2045**|**FD3040**<br>**FD3045**|**FD4040**<br>**FD4045**|
|50|**FD1050**|**FD2050**|**FD3050**|**FD4050**|
|60|**FD1060**|**FD2060**|**FD3060**|**FD4060**|
|70|**FD1070**|**FD2070**|**FD3070**|**FD4070**|
|80|**FD1080**|**FD2080**|**FD3080**|**FD4080**|
|90|**FD1090**|**FD2090**|**FD3090**|**FD4090**|
|100<br>110|**FD1100**<br>**FD1110**|**FD2100**<br>**FD2110**|**FD3100**<br>**FD3110**|**FD4100**<br>**FD4110**|
|125|**FD1125**|**FD2125**|**FD3125**|**FD4125**|
|150|**FD1150**|**FD2150**|**FD3150**|**FD4150**|
|175|**—**|**FD2175**|**FD3175**|**FD4175**|
|200|**—**|**FD2200**|**FD3200**|**FD4200**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225**|**FD3225**|**FD4225**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 

> 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-272** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

||**277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum,**|**250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**65 kAIC at 277 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
||**Single-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**HFD1015**1|**HFD2015**|**HFD3015**|**HFD4015**|
|20|**HFD1020**1|**HFD2020**|**HFD3020**|**HFD4020**|
|25|**HFD1025**|**HFD2025**|**HFD3025**|**HFD4025**|
|30|**HFD1030**|**HFD2030**|**HFD3030**|**HFD4030**|
|35|**HFD1035**|**HFD2035**|**HFD3035**|**HFD4035**|
|40|**HFD1040**|**HFD2040**|**HFD3040**|**HFD4040**|
|45|**HFD1045**|**HFD2045**|**HFD3045**|**HFD4045**|
|50|**HFD1050**|**HFD2050**|**HFD3050**|**HFD4050**|
|60|**HFD1060**|**HFD2060**|**HFD3060**|**HFD4060**|
|70|**HFD1070**|**HFD2070**|**HFD3070**|**HFD4070**|
|80|**HFD1080**|**HFD2080**|**HFD3080**|**HFD4080**|
|90|**HFD1090**|**HFD2090**|**HFD3090**|**HFD4090**|
|100|**HFD1100**|**HFD2100**|**HFD3100**|**HFD4100**|
|110|**HFD1110**|**HFD2110**|**HFD3110**|**HFD4110**|
|125|**HFD1125**|**HFD2125**|**HFD3125**|**HFD4125**|
|150|**HFD1150**|**HFD2150**|**HFD3150**|**HFD4150**|
|175|**—**|**HFD2175**|**HFD3175**|**HFD4175**|
|200|**—**|**HFD2200**|**HFD3200**|**HFD4200**|
|225|**—**|**HFD2225**|**HFD3225**|**HFD4225**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-273** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)** 

**2** 

|**(Includes Terminals on Load**|**End Only)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Vdc**||
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|15|**FDC2015**|**FDC3015**|**FDC4015**|
|20|**FDC2020**|**FDC3020**|**FDC4020**|
|25|**FDC2025**|**FDC3025**|**FDC4025**|
|30|**FDC2030**|**FDC3030**|**FDC4030**|
|35|**FDC2035**|**FDC3035**|**FDC4035**|
|40|**FDC2040**|**FDC3040**|**FDC4040**|
|45<br>50|**FDC2045**<br>**FDC2050**|**FDC3045**<br>**FDC3050**|**FDC4045**<br>**FDC4050**|
|60|**FDC2060**|**FDC3060**|**FDC4060**|
|70|**FDC2070**|**FDC3070**|**FDC4070**|
|80|**FDC2080**|**FDC3080**|**FDC4080**|
|90|**FDC2090**|**FDC3090**|**FDC4090**|
|100|**FDC2100**|**FDC3100**|**FDC4100**|
|110<br>125|**FDC2110**<br>**FDC2125**|**FDC3110**<br>**FDC3125**|**FDC4110**<br>**FDC4125**|
|150|**FDC215**|**FDC3150**|**FDC4150**|
|175|**FDC2175**|**FDC3175**|**FDC4175**|
|200|**FDC2200**|**FDC3200**|**FDC4200**|
|225|**FDC2225**|**FDC3225**|**FDC4225**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-274** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE 310+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-281** . 

||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit**|**Only**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**Optional**||||
|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**LS**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**LSI**<br>**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup and Delay**|**LSG**<br>**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault Protection**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral**<br>**CT for LSG**<br>**and LSIG**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDE308033**|**FDE308032**|**FDE308035**|**FDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDE316033**|**FDE316032**|**FDE316035**|**FDE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDE322533**|**FDE322532**|**FDE322535**|**FDE322536**|**CTF225**|
|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**HFDE308033**|**HFDE308032**|**HFDE308035**|**HFDE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160<br>225|**HFDE316033**<br>**HFDE322533**|**HFDE316032**<br>**HFDE322532**|**HFDE316035**<br>**HFDE322535**|**HFDE316036**<br>**HFDE322536**|**CTF160**<br>**CTF225**|
|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**||||||
|80|**FDCE308033**|**FDCE308032**|**FDCE308035**|**FDCE308036**|**CTF080**|
|160|**FDCE316033**|**FDCE316032**|**FDCE316035**|**FDCE316036**|**CTF160**|
|225|**FDCE322533**|**FDCE322532**|**FDCE322535**|**FDCE322536**|**CTF225**|



**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

**FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking** 

|**Types FDE, HFDE, and FDCE 210+ Electronic Circuit Breakers**<br>**with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**|**FDE 310+ Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective**<br>**Interlocking**|
|---|---|
|**Digitrip RMS 210+ Trip Unit Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**<br>**LI**<br>**Adjustable**<br>**Instantaneous**<br>**LSI**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**and Delay**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**FDE310021**<br>**FDE310022**<br>150<br>**FDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**FDE322521**<br>**FDE322522**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**<br>100<br>**HFDE310021**<br>**HFDE310022**<br>150<br>**HFDE315021**<br>1<br>225<br>**HFDE322521**<br>**HFDE322522**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**LSI w/ZSI**<br>**LSIG w/ZSI**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**|
||**35 kAIC at 480 Vac / 18 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDE308032ZG**<br>**FDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDE316032ZG**<br>**FDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDE322532ZG**<br>**FDE322536ZG**|
||**65 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**HFDE308032ZG**<br>**HFDE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**HFDE316032ZG**<br>**HFDE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**HFDE322532ZG**<br>**HFDE322536ZG**|
||**100 kAIC at 480 Vac / 25 kAIC at 600 Vac**|
||80<br>**FDCE308032ZG**<br>**FDCE308036ZG**|
||160<br>**FDCE316032ZG**<br>**FDCE316036ZG**|
||225<br>**FDCE322532ZG**<br>**FDCE322536ZG**|



## **210+ Trip Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Frame**|**Ratings**|
|---|---|---|
|FDE, HFDE|225|100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE<br>FDE, HFDE|150<br>100|70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150<br>40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100|



## **Digitrip 310+ Electronic Trip Units Amperage Settings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Frame**|**Ratings**|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|225|100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE<br>FDE, HFDE, FDCE|160<br>80|60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160<br>15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80|



## _**Note**_ 

- 1 For 210+ trip unit, 150 A not available with LSI trip unit; entire range is covered by 100 A and 225 A frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-275** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

||**Complete Circuit Breaker with**<br>**Terminals Only**|**Load Side**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Catalog**||
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100|**EHD2100K**|**FD2100K**|**HFD2100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD2150K**|**HFD2150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD2225K**|**HFD2225K**|
|**Three-Pole**||||
|100|**EHD3100K**|**FD3100K**|**HFD3100K**|
|150<br>225|**—**<br>**—**|**FD3150K**<br>**FD3225K**|**HFD3150K**<br>**HFD3225K**|
|**Four-Pole**||||
|100|**—**|**FD4100K**|**HFD4100K**|
|150|**—**|**FD4150K**|**HFD4150K**|
|225|**—**|**FD4225K**|**HFD4225K**|



## _**Note**_ 

Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-276** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix **L** to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**Package of Three**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|||||**Terminals**|
|**Breaker**|**Terminal Body**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|20 (EHD)|Steel|Cu/AI|14–10|2.5–4|**3T20FB**1|
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|
|**Optional**|**Pressure Terminals**|||||
|50|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–4|2.5–25|**3TA50FB**1|
|100|Aluminum|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3TA100FD**|
|200|Stainless steel|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T150FB**|
|225|Copper|Cu|4–4/0|25–95|**3T225FD**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK3**2|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|6–300 kcmil|16–150|**3TA225FDK**2 3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers. 

> 2 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only. 

> 3 Replacement use only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-277** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

**2** 

**==> picture [506 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Collar<br>Nut<br>Screw<br>Clip<br>Conductor<br>Washer<br>Conductor<br>Conductor<br>Wire Clamp Screw Extrusion<br>3T20FB 3T100FB, 3T150FB 3TA225FD<br>Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of  Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. **Caution:** Collar must surround conductor. 

Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around bottom of collar. 

**==> picture [61 x 85] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [236 x 93] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Conductor<br>Collar<br>Washer Washer<br>Conductor<br>Screw<br>Screw<br>3TA50FB 3TA100FD<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **3TA225FDK3 (Up to 150 mm[2] )** 

Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw with screw and washer. and lockwasher. 

Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar. **Note:** For 185 mm[2] , use 3TA225FDK1. Same illustration for 3TA225FDK 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-278** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

## **FD Frame Accessories** 

|**FD Frame Accessories**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Single-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Right**||**Three-Pole**1<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole)**<br>Alarm lockout switch (make only)<br>**V4-T2-405**||n|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)<br>Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-405**<br>**V4-T2-405**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|o<br>o|—<br>—|o<br>o|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-407**<br>**V4-T2-407**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-409**|—|—|n|o|—|o|n|—|—|—|
|Shunt trip—standard|**V4-T2-411**|—|—|n|n|—|n|n|—|—|n|
|Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-415**|—|—|n|n|—|n|n|—|—|—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-417**|—|—|n|n|—|n|n|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**||||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-440**|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Keeper nut|**V4-T2-440**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-442**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-442**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-442**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-444**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal end covers|**V4-T2-445**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Interphase barriers<br>Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-445**<br>**V4-T2-446**|—<br>n|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|l<br>n|l<br>—|l<br>—|
|Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-446**<br>**V4-T2-447**|n<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>n|—<br>o|n<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>o|n<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>—|
|Cylinder lock<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-447**<br>**V4-T2-448**|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>n|n<br>o|—<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>o|—<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers<br>Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**<br>**V4-T2-449**|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|—<br>l|—<br>l|—<br>l|—<br>l|
|Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators|**V4-T2-450**|—|—|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-451**|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-453**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-454**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|LFD current limiter|**V4-T2-456**|—|—|—|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-456**|—|l|l|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Cause of trip display|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|Remote mount cause of trip display|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|Cause of trip LED|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|l|—|—|l|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**||||||||||||
|Special calibration<br>Moisture fungus treatment|—<br>**V4-T2-246**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers<br>Marine/naval application|—<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-279** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**240**<br>**277**<br>**480**<br>**600**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>4<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>—<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|FDE4|3<br>65<br>—<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>—|
|HFD|1<br>—<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|HFDE4|3<br>100<br>—<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>—|
|FDC5|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|
|FDCE456|3<br>200<br>—<br>100<br>25<br>—<br>—|



## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)** 

|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**Volts DC**1<br>**220, 240**<br>**380, 415**<br>**440**<br>**500**<br>**125**<br>**250**23|
|---|---|
|EDB|2, 3<br>22<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDS|2, 3<br>42<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|ED|2, 3<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDH|2, 3<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EDC|2, 3<br>200<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
|EHD|1<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3<br>18<br>—<br>14<br>—<br>—<br>10|
|FDB|2, 3, 4<br>18<br>14<br>14<br>14<br>—<br>10|
|FD|1<br>35<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>65<br>35<br>35<br>18<br>—<br>10|
|HFD|1<br>65<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>10<br>—|
||2, 3, 4<br>100<br>65<br>65<br>25<br>—<br>22|
|FDC|2, 3, 4<br>200<br>100<br>100<br>35<br>—<br>22|



## **210+ and 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**Description**|**210+**|**310+**|**Catalog**<br>**number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|Electronic portable test kit<br>Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|?<br>?|?<br>?|**MTST230V**<br>**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>External neutral sensor (160 A)7<br>External neutral sensor (225 A)7||?<br>?<br>?|**CTF080**<br>**CTF160**<br>**CTF225**|
|Compact external neutral sensor (80 A)7<br>Compact external neutral sensor (160 A)7||?<br>?|**CTFD080**<br>**CTFD160**|
|Compact external neutral sensor (225 A)7<br>Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication||?<br>?|**CTFD225**<br>**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module||?|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module||?|**DIGIVIEWR06**|



|**UL 489**|**Current Limiting Data**|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|FDC|240 V/200 kA|41.4|1.41|
|FDC|480 V/100 kA|38.9|2.50|
|FDC|600 V/35 kA|29.0|3.00|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 

- 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

- 4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE. 

- 5 Current limiting. 

- 6 Check with Eaton for availability. 

- 7 Neutral sensor required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired; sold separately. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-280** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **FDE 210+ and 310+ Specifications** 

## **FDE 310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**FDE 210+ Adjustability Specifications**<br>**Description**<br>**Digitrip RMS 210+**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker type**<br>Frame designation<br>FD<br>FD<br>Frames available<br>100 A, 150 A, 225 A<br>80 A, 160 A, 225 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>40–225 A<br>15–225 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>N/A<br>16–225 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>35, 65, 100<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LI, LSI<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>No<br>No<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>No<br>No<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)<br>No<br>No<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>No<br>No<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>No<br>LSI, LSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>No<br>Yes<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No<br>No<br>Test kit available<br>Yes<br>Yes<br>**FD Frame**<br>**210+ settings**<br>**100 A**<br>**150 A**<br>**225 A**<br>Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)<br>Ir<br>A<br>40<br>70<br>100<br>B<br>50<br>80<br>110<br>C<br>60<br>90<br>125<br>D<br>70<br>100<br>150<br>E<br>80<br>110<br>175<br>F<br>90<br>125<br>200<br>G (= In)<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)<br>Ii<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J–2x<br>200<br>300<br>450<br>K–2.5x<br>250<br>375<br>565<br>L–3x<br>300<br>450<br>675<br>M–3.5x<br>350<br>525<br>790<br>N–4x<br>400<br>600<br>900<br>O–5x<br>500<br>750<br>1125<br>P–6x<br>600<br>900<br>1350<br>Q–8x<br>800<br>1200<br>1800<br>R–10x<br>1000<br>1500<br>2250<br>S–12x1<br>1200<br>1800<br>2400<br>Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)<br>2400<br>2400<br>2400<br>“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)<br>Isd/ tsd<br>100<br>150<br>225<br>J<br>2x / 150<br>N/A<br>2x / 150<br>K<br>2x / 300<br>N/A<br>2x / 300<br>L<br>2x / I2t<br>N/A<br>2x / I2t<br>M<br>4x / Inst<br>N/A<br>4x / Inst<br>N<br>4x / 150<br>N/A<br>4x / 150<br>O<br>4x / I2t<br>N/A<br>4x / I2t<br>P<br>6x / Inst<br>N/A<br>6x / Inst<br>Q<br>6x / 300<br>N/A<br>6x / 300<br>R<br>10x / 150<br>N/A<br>10x / 150<br>S<br>10x / 300<br>N/A<br>10x / 300|**310+ Settings**|**FD Frame**<br>**80 A**<br>**160 A**<br>**225 A**|
|---|---|---|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>15<br>60<br>100|
|||B<br>20<br>70<br>110|
|||C<br>30<br>80<br>125|
|||D<br>40<br>90<br>150|
|||E<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||F<br>60<br>125<br>175|
|||G<br>70<br>150<br>200|
|||H (= In)<br>80<br>160<br>225|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||Position 2<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||Position 3<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||Position 4<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||Position 5<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||Position 6<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||Position 7<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||Position 8<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x<br>3x<br>3x|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup<br>(amperes)<br>(all 210+)||Position 3<br>4x<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10x<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12x<br>12x<br>12x|
|Ii(x In)= Instantaneous pickup<br>(210+ LI version)|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS, LSG)|Fixed<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x<br>67<br>at10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Ig= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>16<br>32<br>45|
|||Position 2<br>24<br>48<br>67|
|||Position 3<br>32<br>64<br>90|
|||Position 4<br>48<br>96<br>135|
|||Position 5<br>64<br>128<br>180|
|||Position 6<br>80<br>160<br>225|
|Fixed instantaneous override (all 210+)|||
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst<br>Inst<br>Inst|
|“Isd (x Ir) / tsd = SD profile2<br>(210+ LSI version)|||
|||Position 2<br>120<br>120<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300<br>300<br>300|
||Independently Adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|1|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)|2|
||**_Notes_**<br>1 Not available for FD. Independently adjustable Iisetting available in LG, NG and<br>RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units.<br>2 Maintenance Mode not available for FD frames. It is available for KD, LD, MDL, LG, NG<br>and RG.||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-281** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **FD Frame** 

|**FD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|1|1.38 (35.1)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|2|2.75 (70.0)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|3<br>4|4.13 (105.0)<br>5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)<br>6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)<br>3.38 (86.0)|



## **FD Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [147 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>On<br>Off<br>6.00<br>(152.4)<br>4.13<br>(104.9)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [99 x 208] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>3.38<br>(85.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 

## **FD Frame** 

|**FD Frame**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number of Poles**<br>**1**<br>**2**||**3**|**4**|
|ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC|—|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|—|
|EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC|2 (0.9)|3 (1.4)|4.5 (2.0)|6 (2.7)|
|FDE, HFDE, FDCE|—|—|4.5 (2.0)|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-282** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**Typical J-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)|||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-284**<br>**V4-T2-285**|**2**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-288**<br>**V4-T2-289**|**2**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-290**<br>**V4-T2-291**|**2**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-341**|**2**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**<br>**V4-T2-367**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|**2**|



## **J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton’s J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- l J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- l J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-283** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

**==> picture [353 x 131] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JD 3 250 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number of  Circuit Breaker/Frame  C = Non-aluminum terminals<br>JDB Poles Ampere Rating F = Frame only<br>JD 2  = 2 poles 070 K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HJD 3  = 3 poles 090 V = 50 °C calibration<br>JDC 4  = 4 poles 100 W = Without terminals<br>125 X = Load side terminals only<br>150 Y = Line side terminals only<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [315 x 132] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
JT 3 250 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>JT  = Thermal-magnetic Number  Trip Unit Rating/ T =Trip unit<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating thermal-magnetic<br>2  = 2 poles 070 fixed thermal<br>3  = 3 poles 090 adj. magnetic<br>4  = 4 poles 100 V =50 °C calibration<br>125 (thermal-magnetic<br>150 trip units only)<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-284** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

**2** 

||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**||**Standard**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1|**Trip Unit Only**1<br>**For Use with Standard or**<br>**High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-287**<br>**for Optional**<br>**Terminals**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD2070**|**HJD2070**|**JDC2070**|**JT2070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90|**JD2090**|**HJD2090**|**JDC2090**|**JT2090T**||
|100<br>125|**JD2100**<br>**JD2125**|**HJD2100**<br>**HJD2125**|**JDC2100**<br>**JDC2125**|**JT2100T**<br>**JT2125T**||
|150|**JD2150**|**HJD2150**|**JDC2150**|**JT2150T**||
|175|**JD2175**|**HJD2175**|**JDC2175**|**JT2175T**||
|200|**JD2200**|**HJD2200**|**JDC2200**|**JT2200T**||
|225|**JD2225**|**HJD2225**|**JDC2225**|**JT2225T**||
|250|**JD2250**|**HJD2250**|**JDC2250**|**JT2250T**||
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|70|**JD3070**|**HJD3070**|**JDC3070**|**JT3070T**|**TA250KB**2|
|90<br>100|**JD3090**<br>**JD3100**|**HJD3090**<br>**HJD3100**|**JDC3090**<br>**JDC3100**|**JT3090T**<br>**JT3100T**||
|125|**JD3125**|**HJD3125**|**JDC3125**|**JT3125T**||
|150|**JD3150**|**HJD3150**|**JDC3150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD3175**|**HJD3175**|**JDC3175**|**JT3175T**||
|200|**JD3200**|**HJD3200**|**JDC3200**|**JT3200T**||
|225|**JD3225**|**HJD3225**|**JDC3225**|**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD3250**|**HJD3250**|**JDC3250**|**JT3250T**||
|**Four-Pole**34||||||
|125|**JD4125**|**HJD4125**|**JDC4125**|**JT3125T**|**TA250KB**2|
|150|**JD4150**|**HJD4150**|**JDC4150**|**JT3150T**||
|175|**JD4175**|**HJD4175**|**JDC4175**|**JT3175T**||
|200<br>225|**JD4200**<br>**JD4225**|**HJD4200**<br>**HJD4225**|**JDC4200**<br>**JDC4225**|**JT3200T**<br>**JT3225T**||
|250|**JD4250**|**HJD4250**|**JDC4250**|**JT3250T**||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

- 2 Individually packed. 

- 3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection. 

- 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-285** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

**Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers— Frame Only** 

|**Frame Only**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Number**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**JD2250F**|**HJD2250F**|**JDC2250F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**JD3250F**|**HJD3250F**|**JDC3250F**|
|**Four-Pole**<br>**JD4250F**|**HJD4250F**|**JDC4250F**|



**Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application** 

||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line and**|
|**Continuous**|**Load Terminals**|**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|70|**JDB2070W**|**JDB2070**|
|90|**JDB2090W**|**JDB2090**|
|100<br>125|**JDB2100W**<br>**JDB2125W**|**JDB2100**<br>**JDB2125**|
|150|**JDB2150W**|**JDB2150**|
|175|**JDB2175W**|**JDB2175**|
|200|**JDB2200W**|**JDB2200**|
|225|**JDB2225W**|**JDB2225**|
|250|**JDB2250W**|**JDB2250**|
|**Three-Pole**<br>70|**JDB3070W**|**JDB3070**|
|90|**JDB3090W**|**JDB3090**|
|100|**JDB3100W**|**JDB3100**|
|125|**JDB3125W**|**JDB3125**|
|150<br>175|**JDB3150W**<br>**JDB3175W**|**JDB3150**<br>**JDB3175**|
|200|**JDB3200W**|**JDB3200**|
|225|**JDB3225W**|**JDB3225**|
|250|**JDB3250W**|**JDB3250**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminals Only**<br>**See PageV4-T2-287**<br>**for Optional Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without**<br>**Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|250|**JD2250KW**<br>**JDB2250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD2250KW**<br>**HJDB2250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|250|**JD3250KW**<br>**JDB3250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD3250KW**<br>**HJDB3250KW**<br>**—**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|250|**JD4250KW**<br>**JDB4250KW**<br>**TA250KB**1|
||**HJD4250KW**<br>**HJDB4250KW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Individually packed. Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-286** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. 

Unless otherwise specified, J- Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

The bottom of the standard TA250KB terminal contains a recess that is positioned over the J-Frame circuit breaker terminal conductor. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

J-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper-only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

**==> picture [243 x 96] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Collar<br>Collar<br>Slotted Nut Slotted<br>Screw Screw<br>T250KB Terminal TA250KB Terminal (Standard)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard**|**Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|**Optional**|**Cu Pressure Terminals**|||||
|250|Stainless Steel|Cu|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**T250KB**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-287** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **JD Frame Accessories** 

|**JD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-,**<br>**Left**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-405**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-407**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-407**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-409**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-412**<br>**V4-T2-415**|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-419**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-440**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Plug nut|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors<br>Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-442**<br>**V4-T2-443**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-444**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-447**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Cylinder lock<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-447**<br>**V4-T2-448**|o<br>o|—<br>—|o<br>o|—<br>o|—<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-451**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-451**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear connecting studs<br>Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-453**<br>**V4-T2-454**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-546**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-456**|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Moisture fungus treatment<br>Freeze-tested circuit breakers|**V4-T2-246**<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Marine/naval application|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-288** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JDB|2, 3|65|35|18|—|10|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|18|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|25|—|22|
|JDC3|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|—|22|



**2** 

## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||**Volts DC**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**380**|**415**|**600**|**125**|**250**12|
|JD|2, 3, 4|65|35|35|—|—|10|
|HJD|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|22|
|JDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|22|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|JDC|240 V/200 kA|42.6|1.36|
|JDC|480 V/100 kA|40.0|3.00|
|JDC|600 V/35 kA|31.9|3.10|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

> 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

> 3 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-289** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **JD Frame** 

|**JD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>4.13 (105.0)|**Height**<br>10.00 (254.0)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (104.1)|
|4|5.50 (139.7)|10.00 (254.0)|4.06 (104.1)|



## **JD-Frame, Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [411 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Side View<br>Front View Cutout 4.13<br>(104.8)<br>1.56<br>(39.7)<br>0.34 R 0.78<br>(8.7 R) (19.8)<br>2.92<br>3.94 (74.2)<br>(100.0)<br>0.88 10.00 ON<br>(22.2) (254.0)<br>CL Breaker 3.33<br>0.72 (4.8) R0.19 R (84.5) OFF<br>(18.2)<br>1.38<br>0.50 (12.7)Diameter 2.75 (34.9)<br>3 Megger Holes (69.9)<br>1.75<br>if Required 3.50 (44.5)<br>(88.9)<br>4.06<br>(103.2)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **JD Frame** 

|**JD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|JDB|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|JD|11.25 (5.1)|12.50 (5.7)|13.25 (6.0)|9.00 (4.1)|10.00 (4.5)|10.50 (4.8)|2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)|
|HJD<br>JDC|11.25 (5.1)<br>12.25 (5.6)|12.50 (5.7)<br>13.50 (6.1)|13.25 (6.0)<br>14.25 (6.5)|9.00 (4.1)<br>10.00 (4.5)|10.00 (4.5)<br>11.00 (5.0)|10.50 (4.8)<br>11.50 (5.2)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.00 (0.9)<br>2.00 (0.9)|2.25 (1.0)<br>2.25 (1.0)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-290** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-292**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-294**<br>**V4-T2-310**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-311**<br>**V4-T2-314**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**<br>**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**<br>**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton K-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

- l K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- l K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-291** 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**K-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frames**[1] 

**==> picture [354 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KD 3 400 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>DK of Poles Frame Ampere  E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip<br>KD 2  = Two-pole Rating unit circuit breaker only)<br>KDB 3  = Three-pole 100 F = Frame only (400 A only)<br>HKD 4  = Four-pole 125 K = High-magnetic molded-case switch<br>KDC  150 V = 50 ° calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>175 W = Without terminals<br>200 X = Load terminals only<br>225 Y = Line side terminals only<br>250 Blank = Standard load and line side terminals<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [271 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KT 3 400 F<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>KT  = Thermal-magnetic Number Circuit Breaker/ T = Trip unit only<br>of Poles Frame Ampere<br>2  = Two-pole Rating<br>3  = Three-pole 100<br>4  = Four-pole 125<br>150<br>175<br>200<br>225<br>250<br>300<br>350<br>400<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** or **HKD3400F** . 

Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-292** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**K-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_[1] 

## **310+ Circuit Breakers**[2] 

**2** 

**==> picture [454 x 157] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KDB 3 400 F T36 ZG W<br>Performance at  Terminals<br>480 Vac Number  Feature W  = No terminals<br>KDB = 35 kAIC of Poles Ampere Rating Blank = No feature L = Line and load<br>HKDB = 65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole 125 Frame Designation B20  = High load alarm<br>CKDB = 35 kAIC 250 F B21  = Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>100% rated 400 B22  = Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>CHKDB = 65 kAIC ZG  = Zone selective interlocking<br>100% rated<br>Trip Unit<br>T33 =310+ Electronic LS<br>T32 =310+ Electronic LSI<br>T35 =310+ Electronic LSG<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG<br>T38 =310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode<br>T39 =310+ Electronic ALSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[3] 

**==> picture [115 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
KES 3 400 LSIG ZG<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [478 x 111] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Unit Type Feature<br>KES Number  Blank = No feature<br>of Poles Ampere Rating B20  = High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole 125 Trip Unit B21  = Ground fault alarm, with trip  [2]<br>4  = Four-pole 250 LS = 310+ Electronic LS B22  = Ground fault alarm, no trip  [2]<br>400 LSI =310+ Electronic LSI ZG  = Zone selective interlocking<br>LSG =310+ Electronic LSG  [2]<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG  [2]<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [2]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**K-Frame with OPTIM Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers** 

|||||**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**|**KD**<br>**3**<br>**125**<br>**T5**<br>**7**<br>**W**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**|||**Trip Model**|||**Trip Type**|**W**= Without terminals||
|**KD**<br>**HKD**<br>**KDC**<br>**CKD**<br>**CHKD**|||||**T5**= Model 550<br>**T10**= Model 1050|||**2**= LSI<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA|||
|||**3**= Three-pole|||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Cannot combine ‘B2X’ suffixes with ‘B2X’ suffixes. 

- 2 Not available in four-pole configurations. 

- 3 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **KD3400F** , **HKD3400F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-293** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Standard Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Ultra High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity Current Limiting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**1||
||**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled**||**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**1<br>**Catalog**|**For Use with Standard**<br>**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**<br>**Catalog**|**See Page V4-T2-309 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD2100**|**HKD2100**|**KDC2100**|**KT2100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD2125**|**HKD2125**|**KDC2125**|**KT2125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150<br>175|**KD2150**<br>**KD2175**|**HKD2150**<br>**HKD2175**|**KDC2150**<br>**KDC2175**|**KT2150T**<br>**KT2175T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD2200**|**HKD2200**|**KDC2200**|**KT2200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD2225**|**HKD2225**|**KDC2225**|**KT2225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD2250**|**HKD2250**|**KDC2250**|**KT2250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD2300**|**HKD2300**|**KDC2300**|**KT2300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD2350**|**HKD2350**|**KDC2350**|**KT2350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD2400**|**HKD2400**|**KDC2400**|**KT2400T**|**2TA400K**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**KD3100**|**HKD3100**|**KDC3100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD3125**|**HKD3125**|**KDC3125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|150|**KD3150**|**HKD3150**|**KDC3150**|**KT3150T**|**TA300K**2|
|175<br>200|**KD3175**<br>**KD3200**|**HKD3175**<br>**HKD3200**|**KDC3175**<br>**KDC3200**|**KT3175T**<br>**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2<br>**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD3225**|**HKD3225**|**KDC3225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD3250**|**HKD3250**|**KDC3250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD3300**|**HKD3300**|**KDC3300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD3350**|**HKD3350**|**KDC3350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD3400**|**HKD3400**|**KDC3400**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**3|
|**Four-Pole**<br>100|**KD4100**|**HKD4100**|**KDC4100**|**KT3100T**|**TA300K**2|
|125|**KD4125**|**HKD4125**|**KDC4125**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**2|
|175|**KD4175**|**HKD4175**|**KDC4175**|**KT3175T**|**TA300K**2|
|200|**KD4200**|**HKD4200**|**KDC4200**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**2|
|225|**KD4225**|**HKD4225**|**KDC4225**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**2|
|250|**KD4250**|**HKD4250**|**KDC4250**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**2|
|300|**KD4300**|**HKD4300**|**KDC4300**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**2|
|350|**KD4350**|**HKD4350**|**KDC4350**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**2|
|400|**KD4400**|**HKD4400**|**KDC4400**|**KT3400T**|**4TA400K**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

> 3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-294** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only** 

|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**|
|**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|**KD2400F**|**HKD2400F**|**KDC2400F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|



**2** 

## _**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

## **Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**<br>**Interrupting**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|||**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|||
||**Capacity**|**Capacity**|**Limiting**|**Adjustable**|**Independently**|**Pickup with**|**Short Time**|||
|**Max.**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**I2t Short**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Pickup and**<br>**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-309**|
|400|**KD3400F**|**HKD3400F**|**KDC3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||



**Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Four-Pole**[45] 

|**Types K**|**D, HKD and KDC Electro**|**D, HKD and KDC Electro**|**nic Circuit B**|**reakers with Interchangeab**|**reakers with Interchangeab**|**le 310+ Trip U**|**nits—Four-Pol**|**e**45||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Standard**<br>**High**||**Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Options**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**||**LSG**<br>**Adjustable**|**LSIG**<br>**Independently**|||
|**Max.**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac**|**Current**<br>**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Cont.**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Rated**<br>**100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4125LS**|**KES4125LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**|
|250|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4250LS**|**KES4250LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**V4-T2-309**|
|400|**KD4400F**|**HKD4400F**|**KDC4400F**|**KES4400LS**|**KES4400LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

- 4 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required. 

- 5 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix **E** to four-pole trip unit catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-295** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**Type KDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**KDB3125FT33W**|**KDB3125FT32W**|**KDB3125FT35W**|**KDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250|3|**KDB3250FT33W**|**KDB3250FT32W**|**KDB3250FT35W**|**KDB3250FT36W**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-310**|
|400|3|**KDB3400FT33W**|**KDB3400FT32W**|**KDB3400FT35W**|**KDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT400**||



**Type HKDB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed** See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Standard**|**Optional**|||||
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**of Poles**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|125|3|**HKDB3125FT33W**|**HKDB3125FT32W**|**HKDB3125FT35W**|**HKDB3125FT36W**|**LGFCT125**|See**Page**|
|250<br>400|3<br>3|**HKDB3250FT33W**<br>**HKDB3400FT33W**|**HKDB3250FT32W**<br>**HKDB3400FT32W**|**HKDB3250FT35W**<br>**HKDB3400FT35W**|**HKDB3250FT36W**<br>**HKDB3400FT36W**|**LGFCT250**<br>**LGFCT400**|**V4-T2-310**|



## _**100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. 

## **100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers—Three-Pole** 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**|**Options**|||||
||||||**Adjustable**|**Independently**|||
||**Standard**|**High**|||**Short Time**|**Adjustable**|||
|**Maximum**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**Adjustable**<br>**Short Time**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**|||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>125|**Catalog Number**<br>**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3125LS**|**KES3125LSI**|**KES3125LSG**|**KES3125LSIG**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT125**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|250|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3250LS**|**KES3250LSI**|**KES3250LSG**|**KES3250LSIG**|**LGFCT250**|**V4-T2-309**|
|400|**CKD3400F**|**CHKD3400F**|**KES3400LS**|**KES3400LSI**|**KES3400LSG**|**KES3400LSIG**|**LGFCT400**||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For AC use only. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-296** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Suitable for reverse feed application. 

**2** 

## **Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**|||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Line**|**With Standard Line and**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**Without Line and**|**With Standard Line**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals Only**<br>**Catalog**|**Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|100<br>125|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB2100W**<br>**KDB2125W**|**KDB2100**<br>**KDB2125**|
|150|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2150W**|**KDB2150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2175W**|**KDB2175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2200W**|**KDB2200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB2225W**|**KDB2225**|
|250|**DK2250W**|**DK2250Y**|**DK2250**|**KDB2250W**|**KDB2250**|
|300<br>350|**DK2300W**<br>**DK2350W**|**DK2300Y**<br>**DK2350Y**|**DK2300**<br>**DK2350**|**KDB2300W**<br>**KDB2350W**|**KDB2300**<br>**KDB2350**|
|400|**DK2400W**|**DK2400Y**|**DK2400**|**KDB2400W**|**KDB2400**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|100|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3100W**|**KDB3100**|
|125<br>150|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**KDB3125W**<br>**KDB3150W**|**KDB3125**<br>**KDB3150**|
|175|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3175W**|**KDB3175**|
|200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3200W**|**KDB3200**|
|225|**—**|**—**|**—**|**KDB3225W**|**KDB3225**|
|250|**DK3250W**|**DK3250Y**|**DK3250**|**KDB3250W**|**KDB3250**|
|300|**DK3300W**|**DK3300Y**|**DK3300**|**KDB3300W**|**KDB3300**|
|350<br>400|**DK3350W**<br>**DK3400W**|**DK3350Y**<br>**DK3400Y**|**DK3350**<br>**DK3400**|**KDB3350W**<br>**KDB3400W**|**KDB3350**<br>**KDB3400**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-297** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as **2** compact switches in applications requiring high **2** current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals. Suitable for**<br>**Reverse Feed Use**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Two-Pole**||
|400|**DK2400K**<br>**KD2400K**<br>**KDB2400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD2400K**<br>**HKDB2400K**|
|**Three-Pole**||
|400|**DK3400K**<br>**KD3400K**<br>**KDB3400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD3400K**<br>**HKDB3400K**|
|**Four-Pole**||
|400|**—**<br>**KD4400K**<br>**KDB4400K**|
||**—**<br>**HKD4400K**<br>**HKDB4400K**|



## _**Note**_ 

Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-298** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T52W**<br>**KD3125T56W**<br>**KD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T52W**<br>**KD3250T56W**<br>**KD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T52W**<br>**KD3400T56W**<br>**KD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-299** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T52W**<br>**HKD3125T56W**<br>**HKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T52W**<br>**HKD3250T56W**<br>**HKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T52W**<br>**HKD3400T56W**<br>**HKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-300** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KDC3125T52W**<br>**KDC3125T56W**<br>**KDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KDC3250T52W**<br>**KDC3250T56W**<br>**KDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KDC3400T52W**<br>**KDC3400T56W**<br>**KDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-301** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**KD3125T106W**<br>**KD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**KD3250T106W**<br>**KD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**KD3400T106W**<br>**KD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A22**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-302** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HKD3125T106W**<br>**HKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**HKD3250T106W**<br>**HKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**HKD3400T106W**<br>**HKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-303** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp   ecoc cu ees w ecgee g ug, coue**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**KDC3125T106W**<br>**KDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
|||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
|||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
||250<br>**KDC3250T106W**<br>**KDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
||400<br>**KDC3400T106W**<br>**KDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-304** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CKD3125T52W**<br>**CKD3125T56W**<br>**CKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CKD3250T52W**<br>**CKD3250T56W**<br>**CKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CKD3400T52W**<br>**CKD3400T56W**<br>**CKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number (refer to **Page V4-T2-423** ). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-305** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T52W**<br>**CHKD3125T56W**<br>**CHKD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T52W**<br>**CHKD3250T56W**<br>**CHKD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T52W**<br>**CHKD3400T56W**<br>**CHKD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-306** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

|**_100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug_**<br>Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>70<br>**ORPK125A70**<br>90<br>**ORPK125A90**<br>100<br>**ORPK125A100**<br>110<br>**ORPK125A110**<br>125<br>**ORPK125A125**<br>125<br>**ORPK025A125**<br>150<br>**ORPK025A150**<br>175<br>**ORPK025A175**<br>200<br>**ORPK025A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK025A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK025A250**<br>200<br>**ORPK40A200**<br>225<br>**ORPK40A225**<br>250<br>**ORPK40A250**<br>300<br>**ORPK40A300**<br>350<br>**ORPK40A350**<br>400<br>**ORPK40A400**|**2**|
|||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
|125<br>**CKD3125T106W**<br>**CKD3125T107W**|||
|250<br>**CKD3250T106W**<br>**CKD3250T107W**|||
|400<br>**CKD3400T106W**<br>**CKD3400T107W**|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-307** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**2<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHKD3125T106W**<br>**CHKD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPK125A70**|
||90<br>**ORPK125A90**|
||100<br>**ORPK125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPK125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPK125A125**|
|250<br>**CHKD3250T106W**<br>**CHKD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPK025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPK025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPK025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPK025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK025A250**|
|400<br>**CHKD3400T106W**<br>**CHKD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPK40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPK40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPK40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPK40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPK40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPK40A400**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-308** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards 

UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, K-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

K-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

**==> picture [505 x 94] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Tab is 1/4 x.032<br>TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW,  TA402K, T402K<br>TA401KCW<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Line and Load Terminals**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/No.**<br>**Conductors**|**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**|**Terminal**<br>**Terminals with**<br>**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|||
|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**TA300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**TA350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2TA400K**23<br>**2TA400KCW**23|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**3TA400K**24<br>**3TA400KCW**24|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**4TA400K**56<br>**4TA400KCW**56|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||
|225<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 (1)|35–185|**T300K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)|120–240|**T350K**1<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 (2)|95–120|**2T400K**3<br>**2T400KCW**23<br>**3T400K**4<br>**3T400KCW**24<br>**4T400K**5<br>**4T400KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>or<br>2/0–500 (1)|70–120|**2TA401K**23<br>**2TA401KCW**23|
||70–240|**3TA401K**24<br>**3TA401KCW**24|
||70–240|**4TA401K**56<br>**4TA401KCW**56|
|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)|300–400|**2TA402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3TA402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4TA402K**56<br>**—**|
|400<br>Copper<br>Cu<br>500–750 (1)|—|**2T402K**23<br>**—**<br>**3T402K**24<br>**—**<br>**4T402K**56<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Individually packed. 

- 2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

- 3 Two-pole kit. 

- 4 Three-pole kit. 

- 5 Four-pole kit. 

- 6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-309** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **KD Frame Accessories** 

|**KD Frame Accessories**|||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Two-Pole**<br>**Left**|1<br>**Right**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**<br>**Center**||**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-406**|—|n|o|—|o|n|—|—|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)<br>Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-406**<br>**V4-T2-408**|—<br>—|—<br>n|o<br>n|—<br>—|o<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>n|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)<br>Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-408**<br>**V4-T2-408**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-409**|—|—|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Shunt trip—standard2|**V4-T2-412**|—|n|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-415**|—|—|n|—|n|n|—|—|—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-420**|—|n|n|—|n|n|—|—|—|
|PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-423**|—|—|—|—|n||—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||||
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-440**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Keeper nut|**V4-T2-440**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal adapter|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Multiwire connectors|**V4-T2-442**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-442**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-443**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|n|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|—|—|—|n|—|—|—|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Cylinder lock|**V4-T2-447**<br>**V4-T2-447**|—<br>o|n<br>o|o<br>o||o<br>o|o<br>—|—<br>—|o<br>—|—<br>—|
|Key Interlock kit<br>Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-448**<br>**V4-T2-449**|n<br>—|o<br>—|o<br>l|l|o<br>l|o<br>—|—<br>—|o<br>—|—<br>—|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers<br>Electrical (solenoid) operator|**V4-T2-449**<br>**V4-T2-450**|—<br>—|—<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Plug-in adapters<br>Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-451**<br>**V4-T2-453**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Panelboard connecting straps<br>Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-454**<br>**V4-T2-534**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Handle extension<br>IQ Energy Sentinel|**V4-T2-546**<br>**V4-T2-456**|l<br>—|l<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit<br>**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|**V4-T2-456**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Breaker interface module (BIM)<br>Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-457**<br>**V4-T2-457**|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary power module<br>**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Special calibration|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-246**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-310** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**1|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor, 400 A|**LGFCT400**2|
|External neutral sensor, 250 A|**LGFCT250**2|
|External neutral sensor, 125 A|**LGFCT125**2|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**3|



**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**4|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|22|
|KDC7|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|22|
|CKD|3|65|—|35|25|—|
|CHKD|3|100|—|65|35|—|



## **IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**(kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**||**Volts DC**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**4|**240**|**380**|**415**|**440**|**500**|**600**|**250**56|
|DK|2, 3|65|—|—|—|—|—|10|
|KDB|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|KD|2, 3, 4|65|40|40|—|—|—|10|
|HKD, HKDB|2, 3, 4|100|65|65|—|—|—|22|
|KDC|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|—|—|—|22|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|KDC|240 V/200 kA|56.00|2.30|
|KDC|480 V/100 kA|53.30|5.60|
|KDC|600 V/50 kA|43.40|5.40|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

- 2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

- 4 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

- 5 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 

- 7 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-311** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **310+ Specifications** 

## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**310+ Specifications**|**310+ Adjustability Specifications**||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**Digitrip RMS 310+**<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame<br>K<br>Frames available<br>125 A, 250 A, 400 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>55–400 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>50–400 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>35, 65, 100<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm, trip (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlock (suffix ZG)1<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**310+ Settings**|**K-Frame**<br>**125A**<br>**250 A**<br>**400 A**|
||Ir= continuous current or<br>long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir \ In|
|||A (=Ir)<br>55<br>100<br>160|
|||B (=Ir)<br>60<br>125<br>200|
|||C (=Ir)<br>70<br>150<br>225|
|||D (=Ir)<br>80<br>160<br>250|
|||E (=Ir)<br>90<br>175<br>300|
|||F (=Ir)<br>100<br>200<br>315|
|||G (=Ir)<br>110<br>225<br>350|
|||H (=Ir=In)<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2<br>2<br>2|
|||4<br>4<br>4<br>4|
|||7<br>7<br>7<br>7|
|||10<br>10<br>10<br>10|
|||12<br>12<br>12<br>12|
|||15<br>15<br>15<br>15|
|||20<br>20<br>20<br>20|
|||24<br>24<br>24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir)= short delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2<br>2x<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3<br>3x<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4<br>4x<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5<br>5x<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6<br>6x<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7<br>7x<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8<br>8x<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>10<br>10x<br>10x|
|||Position 9<br>12<br>12x<br>12x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In)= ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>25<br>50<br>80|
|||Position 2<br>37.5<br>75<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>50<br>100<br>160|
|||Position 4<br>75<br>150<br>240|
|||Position 5<br>100<br>200<br>320|
|||Position 6<br>125<br>250<br>400|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>312<br>625<br>1000|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for KD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**V4-T2-312 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Specifications** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|K|K|
|Ampere range|125–400 A|125–400 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|35, 65, 100 (kA)|35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.4–1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**|||
|Short delay pickup|150–800% x (Ir)|150–800% x (Ir)|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup|200–800% x (In)|200–800% x (In)|
|Discriminator|Yes|Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

(A) = GF Alarm 

Is = Sensor Rating 

In = Rating Plug 

Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Zone interlock kit. 

- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-313** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **KD Frame** 

|**KD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3<br>4|5.50 (149.7)<br>7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)<br>10.13 (257.3)|4.10 (104.1)<br>4.10 (104.1)|



## **KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [136 x 158] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front Cover Cutout<br>0.34 R<br>(8.7 R)<br>3.75<br>(95.3)<br>CL Handle<br>0.83<br>(21.0) 1.64<br>0.19 R (41.7)<br>(4.8 R)<br>1.25<br>(31.8)<br>1.31<br>(33.3)<br>2.63<br>(66.7)<br>2.39<br>4.78 (60.7)<br>(121.5)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [227 x 216] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front View<br>4.31<br>5.49 (109.6)<br>(139.4)<br>ON<br>10.13<br>(257.2)<br>OFF<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

**KD Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|||||||
|**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|DK|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|—|—|—|—|
|KDB<br>KD|10.0 (4.5)<br>10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)<br>11.5 (5.2)|—<br>7.5 (3.4)|—<br>8.5 (3.9)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|—<br>1.5 (0.7)|
|HKD, HKDB|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|
|KDC|10.0 (4.5)|11.5 (5.2)|7.5 (3.4)|8.5 (3.9)|1.5 (0.7)|1.5 (0.7)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-314** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

**==> picture [243 x 234] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|Description|Page|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-246|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-247|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-248|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-251|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-265|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-283|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-291|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)|
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-316|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-318|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-334|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-336|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-340|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-341|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-352|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-367|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-386|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|V4-T2-397|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)|. . . .|V4-T2-399|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-400|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-403|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|V4-T2-436|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - l CE marked 

- l L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- l L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-315** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**LD-Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame**[1] 

**==> picture [354 x 116] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 600 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Circuit Breaker/ C = Copper terminals<br>LDB of Poles Frame Ampere  F = Frame only (600 A only)<br>LD 2  = Two-pole Rating K = High magnetic molded case switch<br>HLD 3  = Three-pole  300 V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>LDC 4  = Four-pole  350 W  = Without terminals<br>CLD  400 X = Load side terminals only<br>CHLD  450 Y = Line side terminals only<br>CLDC  500<br> 600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [358 x 107] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LT 3 400 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>LT  = Thermal-magnetic Number  Trip Unit Rating/Plug  T  =Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable<br>of Poles Ampere Rating magnetic<br>2  = Two-pole 300 V  =50 °C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3  = Three-pole 350<br>4  = Four-pole 400<br>450<br>500<br>600<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-316** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**LD-Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **310+ Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [470 x 142] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LDB 3 600 F T36 B22ZG W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number  Terminals<br>LDB =35 kAIC of Poles W  = No terminals<br>HLDB =65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole<br>LDCB =100 kAIC 4  = Four-pole<br>CLDB =35 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>CHLDB =65 kAIC, 100% rated T33 =310+ Electronic LS Blank =No feature<br>CLDCB =100 kAIC, 100% rated Amperes T32 =310+ Electronic LSI B20 =High load alarm<br>600 T35 =310+ Electronic LSG  [1] B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip  [1]<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG  [1] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip  [1]<br>T38 =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>Designation T39 =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [1]<br>F<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Units**[2] 

## **LES 3 600 LSIG B22ZG** 

**==> picture [474 x 97] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Trip Unit Type Features<br>LES Number  Trip Unit Blank =No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 =High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole Amperes LSI =310+ Electronic LSI B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip  [1]<br>4  = Four-pole 600 LSG =310+ Electronic LSG  [1] B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip  [1]<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG  [1] ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode  [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**LD-Frame with OPTIM Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

## **OPTIM Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [103 x 12] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
LD 3 125 T5 7 W<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [435 x 101] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Trip Type W = Without terminals<br>LD of Poles Circuit Breaker/ 2  = LSI (550 only)<br>HLD 3  = Three-pole Frame Ampere Rating 6  = LSIG<br>LDC 125  (Available on Model 1050 only) 7  = LSIA<br>CLD 250  (Available on Model 1050 only)<br>CHLD 400 Trip Model<br>CLDC 600<br>T5  = Model 550<br>T10  = Model 1050<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Not available in four-pole configurations. 

- 2 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **LD3600F** , **HLD3600F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-317** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting**|**Ultra High Interrupting**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Capacity Current Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting of**|**Factory Assembled**|**Factory Assembled Circuit**|**For Use with Standard**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Frame, Trip Unit and**<br>**Terminals**|**Circuit Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Consisting of Frame,**<br>**Trip Unit and Terminals**|**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**See Page V4-T2-333 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**1|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD2300**|**HLD2300**|**LDC2300**|**LT2300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD2350**|**HLD2350**|**LDC2350**|**LT2350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD2400**|**HLD2400**|**LDC2400**|**LT2400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD2450**<br>**LD2500**|**HLD2450**<br>**HLD2500**|**LDC2450**<br>**LDC2500**|**LT2450T**<br>**LT2500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD2600**|**HLD2600**|**LDC2600**|**LT2600T**|**2TA603LDK**3|
|**Three-Pole**||||||
|300|**LD3300**|**HLD3300**|**LDC3300**|**LT3300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350|**LD3350**|**HLD3350**|**LDC3350**|**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**2|
|400|**LD3400**|**HLD3400**|**LDC3400**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**2|
|450<br>500|**LD3450**<br>**LD3500**|**HLD3450**<br>**HLD3500**|**LDC3450**<br>**LDC3500**|**LT3450T**<br>**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD3600**|**HLD3600**|**LDC3600**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**3|
|**Four-Pole**4||||||
|300|**LD4300**|**HLD4300**|**LDC4300**|**LT4300T**|**TA602LD**2|
|350<br>400|**LD4350**<br>**LD4400**|**HLD4350**<br>**HLD4400**|**LDC4350**<br>**LDC4400**|**LT4350T**<br>**LT4400T**|**TA602LD**2<br>**TA602LD**2|
|450|**LD4450**|**HLD4450**|**LDC4450**|**LT4450T**|**TA602LD**2|
|500|**LD4500**|**HLD4500**|**LDC4500**|**LT4500T**|**TA602LD**2|
|600|**LD4600**|**HLD4600**|**LDC4600**|**LT4600T**|**4TA603LDK**3|



## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers—Frame Only** 

|||**Ultra High Interrupting**|
|---|---|---|
|**Standard Interrupting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Capacity Current Limiting**|
|**Capacity 600 Vac Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at 480 Vac**|
|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**<br>**LD2600F**|**HLD2600F**|**LDC2600F**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Magnetic trip range 5–10 times continuous ampere rating. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

> 3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

> 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-318** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

## **Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Ultra High**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1<br>**Standard**<br>**Optional**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity**|**High**<br>**Interrupting**|**Capacity**<br>**Current**|**Adjustable**||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**600 Vac**<br>**Rated**<br>**35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Limiting**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**100 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|**Terminal**<br>**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**LD3600F**|**HLD3600F**|**LDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|**Four-Pole**4|||||||||**V4-T2-310**|
|600|**LD4600F**|**HLD4600F**|**LDC4600F**|**LES4600LS**|**LES4600LSI**|**—**|**—**|**—**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-310**|



## _**Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed**_ 

See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Less Terminals Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310+ Non-Interchangeable Trip Units** 

|||**Factory Assembled Circuit**<br>**Standard**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|**Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**1<br>**Optional**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**LS**|**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Number**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay Ramp**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Adjustable Short Time**<br>**Pickup with I2t Short**<br>**Delay and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>600|**of Poles**<br>**3**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LDB3600FT33W**|**LDB3600FT32W**|**LDB3600FT35W**|**LDB3600FT36W**|**Catalog Number**<br>**LGFCT600**|**Information**<br>See**Page**|
|600|**3**|**HLDB3600FT33W**|**HLDB3600FT32W**|**HLDB3600FT35W**|**HLDB3600FT36W**||**V4-T2-310**|
|600|**3**|**LDCB3600FT33W**|**LDCB3600FT32W**|**LDCB3600FT35W**|**LDCB3600FT36W**|||



## _**100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-312** . 

## **100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with 310+ Interchangeable Trip Units** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**||**Digitrip RMS 310+**|**Trip Unit Only**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Ultra High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 35 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity Current**<br>**Limiting 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 100 kAIC**<br>**at 480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with**<br>**I2t Short Delay**<br>**and Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**|||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|**Three-Pole**||||||||||
|600|**CLD3600F**|**CHLD3600F**|**CLDC3600F**|**LES3600LS**|**LES3600LSI**|**LES3600LSG**|**LES3600LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**<br>**V4-T2-310**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

- 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units. 

- 4 Neutral is in right pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-319** 

2.4 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

**Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units**[1] 

|**Non-Intercha**|**ngeable Trip Units** 1||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc**<br>**Complete Circuit Breaker**||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Without Line and**<br>**Load Terminals**|**With Standard Line and**<br>**Load Terminals Only**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB2300W**|**LDB2300**|
|350<br>400|**LDB2350W**<br>**LDB2400W**|**LDB2350**<br>**LDB2400**|
|450|**LDB2450W**|**LDB2450**|
|500|**LDB2500W**|**LDB2500**|
|600|**LDB2600W**|**LDB2600**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|300|**LDB3300W**|**LDB3300**|
|350|**LDB3350W**|**LDB3350**|
|400|**LDB3400W**|**LDB3400**|
|450|**LDB3450W**|**LDB3450**|
|500|**LDB3500W**|**LDB3500**|
|600|**LDB3600W**|**LDB3600**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Molded Case**|**Switches**||
|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc**|**Standard Terminals Only**|
|**Maximum**|**Circuit Breaker Only**||
|**Continuous**|**without Line and Load**|**See Page V4-T2-333 for**|
|**Ampere**|**Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole**|||
|600|**LD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB2600WK**1|**2TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD2600WK**|**2TA603LDK**|
|**Three-Pole**|||
|600|**LD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB3600WK**1|**3TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD3600WK**|**3TA603LDK**|
|**Four-Pole**|||
|600|**LD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**LDB4600WK**1|**4TA603LDK**|
|600|**HLD4600WK**|**4TA603LDK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Factory sealed—suitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-320** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

**2** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T52W**<br>**LD3125T56W**<br>**LD3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T52W**<br>**LD3250T56W**<br>**LD3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T52W**<br>**LD3400T56W**<br>**LD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T52W**<br>**LD3600T56W**<br>**LD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-321** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T52W**<br>**HLD3125T56W**<br>**HLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T52W**<br>**HLD3250T56W**<br>**HLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T52W**<br>**HLD3400T56W**<br>**HLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T52W**<br>**HLD3600T56W**<br>**HLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-322** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LDC3125T52W**<br>**LDC3125T56W**<br>**LDC3125T57W**|—<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||—<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LDC3250T52W**<br>**LDC3250T56W**<br>**LDC3250T57W**|—<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||—<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LDC3400T52W**<br>**LDC3400T56W**<br>**LDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LDC3600T52W**<br>**LDC3600T56W**<br>**LDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-323** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**LD3125T106W**<br>**LD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**LD3250T106W**<br>**LD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**LD3400T106W**<br>**LD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**LD3600T106W**<br>**LD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-324** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**HLD3125T106W**<br>**HLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**HLD3250T106W**<br>**HLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**HLD3400T106W**<br>**HLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**HLD3600T106W**<br>**HLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-325** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**gp   ecoc cu ee w ecgee g ug, cou**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|<br>**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||125<br>**LDC3125T106W**<br>**LDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
|||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
|||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
|||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
|||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||250<br>**LDC3250T106W**<br>**LDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
|||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
|||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
|||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
||400<br>**LDC3400T106W**<br>**LDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
|||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
|||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
|||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
||600<br>**LDC3600T106W**<br>**LDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
|||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
|||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
|||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
|||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-326** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**_ 

Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T52W**<br>**CLD3125T56W**<br>**CLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T52W**<br>**CLD3250T56W**<br>**CLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T52W**<br>**CLD3400T56W**<br>**CLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T52W**<br>**CLD3600T56W**<br>**CLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-327** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T52W**<br>**CHLD3125T56W**<br>**CHLD3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A125**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T52W**<br>**CHLD3250T56W**<br>**CHLD3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T52W**<br>**CHLD3400T56W**<br>**CHLD3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T52W**<br>**CHLD3600T56W**<br>**CHLD3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-328** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T52W**<br>**CLDC3125T56W**<br>**CLDC3125T57W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T52W**<br>**CLDC3250T56W**<br>**CLDC3250T57W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T52W**<br>**CLDC3400T56W**<br>**CLDC3400T57W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T52W**<br>**CLDC3600T56W**<br>**CLDC3600T57W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-329** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug** 

**2** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLD3125T106W**<br>**CLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLD3250T106W**<br>**CLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLD3400T106W**<br>**CLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLD3600T106W**<br>**CLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-330** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CHLD3125T106W**<br>**CHLD3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CHLD3250T106W**<br>**CHLD3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CHLD3400T106W**<br>**CHLD3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CHLD3600T106W**<br>**CHLD3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-331** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued** 

**2** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|125<br>**CLDC3125T106W**<br>**CLDC3125T107W**|70<br>**ORPL125A070**|
||90<br>**ORPL125A090**|
||100<br>**ORPL125A100**|
||110<br>**ORPL125A110**|
||125<br>**ORPL125A125**|
|250<br>**CLDC3250T106W**<br>**CLDC3250T107W**|125<br>**ORPL025A125**|
||150<br>**ORPL025A150**|
||175<br>**ORPL025A175**|
||200<br>**ORPL025A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL025A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL025A250**|
|400<br>**CLDC3400T106W**<br>**CLDC3400T107W**|200<br>**ORPL40A200**|
||225<br>**ORPL40A225**|
||250<br>**ORPL40A250**|
||300<br>**ORPL40A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL40A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL40A400**|
|600<br>**CLDC3600T106W**<br>**CLDC3600T107W**|300<br>**ORPL60A300**|
||350<br>**ORPL60A350**|
||400<br>**ORPL60A400**|
||500<br>**ORPL60A500**|
||600<br>**ORPL60A600**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-332** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Eaton’s line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, 

L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit 

breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Terminals** 

**==> picture [469 x 218] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
TA401LD or TA603LD<br>Terminal (Step-Type<br>Terminal Requires  Pan-Head Screws and<br>Terminal Cover and  Pan-Head Screws  Lockwashers (Installed<br>Warning Label.  and Lockwashers TA450LD or TA602LD or  before Cable Clamping<br>See Inset.) T602LD Terminal Screws)<br>Terminal Cover<br>| | @ ee | Gan @ ey<br>L Rye oN | S <a 4<br>Neal ~ Sp<br>Oe Warning Label<br>Lge C Retainer<br>YEP >. e e Screws<br>~N\ Y Circuit Breaker<br>Line Terminal Cover<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||||**Terminals with**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Terminal**<br>**Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire**<br>**Range/Number**|**Metric Wire**|**Terminal**|**Catalog**|**Control Wire Termination**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|**Material**<br>**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**|**Type**|**of Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Poles**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Two-pole kit1|**2TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Three-pole kit1|**3TA401LDK**|**—**|
|400|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–600 (1)|120–300|Four-pole kit1|**4TA401LDK**|**—**|
|450|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0 (2)|25–95|2|**TA450LD**|**—**|
|500|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–350 (2)|95–150|2|**TA602LD**|**TA602LDCW**|
|600<br>600|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|400–500 (2)<br>400–500 (2)|185–240<br>185–240|Two-pole kit1<br>Three-pole kit1|**2TA603LDK**<br>**3TA603LDK**|**2TA603LDKCW**<br>**3TA603LDKCW**|
|600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|400–500 (2)|185–240|Four-pole kit1|**4TA603LDK**|**4TA603LDKCW**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**||**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|600|Copper|Cu|250–350 (2)|120–250|2|**T602LD**|**T602LDCW**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

> 2 Individually packed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-333** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **LD Frame Accessories** 

|**LD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**3|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-406**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-406**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)<br>Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-408**<br>**V4-T2-408**|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-410**<br>**V4-T2-410**|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Shunt trip—standard4|**V4-T2-412**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Shunt trip—low energy4|**V4-T2-415**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism4|**V4-T2-421**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)<br>**External Accessories**|**V4-T2-423**|—|—|n|—|—|—|—|
|End cap kit|**V4-T2-440**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Control wire terminal kit|**V4-T2-441**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-443**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal shields|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Non-padlockable handle block<br>Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-446**<br>**V4-T2-447**|—<br>o|n<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>o|n<br>—|—<br>o|—<br>—|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-448**|o|—|o|o|—|o|—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Electrical (motor) operator<br>Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-450**<br>**V4-T2-452**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Rear connecting studs<br>Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-453**<br>**V4-T2-454**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-546**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-456**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 

> 3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. 

> 4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-334** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **LD Frame Accessories, continued** 

|**LD Frame Accessories, continued**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**|1**, Three-Pole**||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**2|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-456**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-456**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-457**<br>**V4-T2-457**|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-246**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**3|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**4|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication<br>Breaker-mount ammeter module|**TRIP-LED**<br>**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**5|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 

> 3 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

> 4 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 5 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-335** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA**|**rms Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**<br>**277**||**480**|**600**|**Volts DC**<br>**125**|**250**23|
|LDB|2, 3|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|LD|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|22|
|CLD4|2, 3, 4|65|—|35|25|—|—|
|HLD, HLDB<br>CHLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|100<br>100|—<br>—|65<br>65|35<br>35|—<br>—|25<br>—|
|LDC, LDCB5|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|30|
|CLDC45|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|50|—|—|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1] 

|||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**<br>**240**|**(50/60 Hz)**|**415**||**690**||**Volts DC**<br>**250**23||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Icu**|**Ics**|
|LDB|2, 3|85|85|45|45|20|10|20|10|
|LD<br>CLD4|2, 3, 4<br>2, 3, 4|85<br>85|85<br>85|45<br>45|45<br>45|20<br>20|10<br>10|20<br>—|10<br>—|
|HLD, HLDB|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|20|10|
|CHLD4|2, 3, 4|100|100|70|70|25|13|—|—|
|LDC, LDCB|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|20|10|
|CLDC4|2, 3, 4|200|100|100|75|35|18|—|—|



## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|LDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|LDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|LDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

- 2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. 

- 3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only. 

- 4 100% rated breakers. 

> 5 Current limiting. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-336** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **310+ Specifications** 

|**310+ Specifications**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Specification**|
|Trip Unit Type|Digitrip RMS 310+|
|**Breaker Type**||
|Frame designation|LD|
|Frames available|600 A|
|Continuous current range (A)|250–600 A|
|Ground fault pickup (A)|120–600 A|
|Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)|35, 65, 100|
|100% rated|Yes|
|**Protection**||
|Ordering options|LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System|Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG|
|(or Maintenance Mode)||
|Interchangeable trip unit|Yes|
|High load alarm (suffix B20)1|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1|LSG, LSIG, ALSIG|
|Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)|LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG|
|Cause of trip indication|Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)|
|Thru-cover accessories|No|



## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**y p**<br>**Description**|**LD Frame**<br>**Specification**<br>600 A<br>Ir<br>A<br>250<br>B<br>300<br>C<br>315<br>D<br>350<br>E<br>400<br>F<br>450<br>G<br>500<br>H (= In)<br>600<br>2<br>2<br>4<br>4<br>7<br>7<br>10<br>10<br>12<br>12<br>15<br>15<br>20<br>20<br>24<br>24<br>Position 1<br>2x<br>Position 2<br>3x<br>Position 3<br>4x<br>Position 4<br>5x<br>Position 5<br>6x<br>Position 6<br>7x<br>Position 7<br>8x<br>Position 8<br>8x<br>Position 9<br>8x<br>Fixed<br>67 @10x<br>Position 1<br>Inst<br>Position 2<br>120<br>Position 3<br>300<br>Position 1<br>120<br>Position 2<br>180<br>Position 3<br>240<br>Position 4<br>360<br>Position 5<br>480<br>Position 6<br>600<br>Position 1<br>Inst<br>Position 2<br>120<br>Position 3<br>300<br>2<br>Fixed<br>1500|**2**|
|---|---|---|
|||**2**|
|310+ settings|||
|||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|||
|tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|||
|Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|||
|tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|||
|tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|||
|Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|||
|tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|||
|Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|||
|Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|||
||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for LD. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-337** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM Specifications**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|L|L|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|200–600 A<br>35, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSI(A), LSIG|LSI(A), LSIG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|0.5–1.0 x Ir|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes1|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

(A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-338** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Specifications, continued** 

|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|---|---|---|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes2|Yes2|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|PowerNet|Yes3|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm 

Is = Sensor Rating 

In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

- 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 3 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-339** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **LD Frame** 

|**LD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**<br>2, 3|**Width**<br>8.25 (209.6)|**Height**<br>10.75 (273.1)|**Depth**<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|4|11.00 (279.4)|10.75 (273.1)|4.06 (103.1)|



## **LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [435 x 219] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>Front Cover Cutout Front View<br>3.81<br>(96.8)<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.7)<br>3.28<br>CL Handle (83.3)<br>1.33<br>(33.7)2.29<br>0.25 (6.4) R (58.2) 10.75 8.21<br>(273.1) (208.6)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.64<br>(92.5) 7.28 0.19 R<br>(184.9) (4.8) R<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>Breaker<br>CL<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

**LD Frame** 

|**LD Frame**||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Complete**|**Breaker**||**Frame Only**|||**Trip Unit**|||
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|LD, HLD, LDC|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|14 (6.4)|15 (6.8)|20 (9.1)|3 (1.4)|4 (1.8)|5 (2.3)|
|LDB|18 (8.2)|20 (9.1)|25 (11.3)|—|—|—|—|—|—|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-340** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-342**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-343**<br>**V4-T2-348**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-349**<br>**V4-T2-351**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **M-Frame (300–800 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - l CE marked 

- l MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers 

- l MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-341** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## _**MDL Frame with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Technology**_ 

**==> picture [164 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Thermal-Magnetic Breakers and Frame  [1]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [470 x 386] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MDL 3 800 F<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  Circuit Breaker/ F =Frame only (800 A only)<br>MDL, MDLB of Poles Frame Ampere Rating K =High magnetic molded case switch<br>HMDL, HMDLB 2  = Two-pole 300  [1] 500 V =50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>3  = Three-pole 350  [1] 600 W =Without terminals<br>400 700 X =Load side terminals only<br>450 800 Y =Line side terminals only<br>Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit  [[1]]<br>MT 3 800 T<br>Trip Unit Type Suffix<br>MT Number  Trip Unit Rating/ T = Thermal-magnetic<br>of Poles Plug Ampere Rating V = 50 °C (thermal-magnetic trip units only)<br>2  = Two-pole 300  [1] 500<br>3  = Three-pole 350  [1] 600<br>400 700<br>450 800<br>MDL Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology<br>MDLB 3 800 F T36 B21 W<br>Performance at 480 Vac Number  Terminals<br>MDLB =50 kAIC of Poles W  = No terminals<br>HMDLB =65 kAIC 3  = Three-pole<br>CMDLB =50 kAIC, 100% rated<br>CHMDLB =65 kAIC, 100% rated Trip Unit Features<br>Amperes T33 =310+ Electronic LS Blank =No feature<br>800 T32 =310+ Electronic LSI B20 =High load alarm<br>T35 =310+ Electronic LSG B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>T36 =310+ Electronic LSIG B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>Designation T38 =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>F T39 =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [117 x 8] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit  [[1]]<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


_**MDL Frame with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology**_ **310+ Circuit Breaker** 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [472 x 107] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
MES 3 800 ALSIG B21<br>Trip Unit Type Features<br>MES Number  Trip Unit Blank =No feature<br>of Poles LS = 310+ Electronic LS B20 =High load alarm<br>3  = Three-pole Amperes LSI =310+ Electronic LSI B21 =Ground fault alarm, with trip<br>800 LSG =310+ Electronic LSG B22 =Ground fault alarm, no trip<br>LSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG ZG = Zone selective interlocking<br>ALSI =310+ Electronic LSI with Maintenance Mode<br>ALSIG =310+ Electronic LSIG with Maintenance Mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Frames are the same for thermal-magnetic or 310+ electronic trip units, e.g., **MDL3800F** , **HMDL3800F** , etc. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-342** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole** 

||**Standard Interrupting**|**Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**High Interrupting Capacity**|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||**Trip Unit Only**||
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**<br>**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**|
|||||||**Terminals**|
||**Factory Assembled**||**Factory Assembled**||**Magnetic Trip Range**<br>**is 5–10 Up Through**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**Circuit Consisting**<br>**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**<br>**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**See Page**<br>**V4-T2-347 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300<br>350|**MDL2300**<br>**MDL2350**|**MDL2800F**|**HMDL2300**<br>**HMDL2350**|**HMDL2800F**|**MT2300T**<br>**MT2350T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL2400**||**HMDL2400**||**MT2400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL2450**||**HMDL2450**||**MT2450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL2500**||**HMDL2500**||**MT2500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDL2600**<br>**MDL2700**||**HMDL2600**<br>**HMDL2700**||**MT2600T**<br>**MT2700T**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL2800**||**HMDL2800**||**MT2800T**|**TA800MA2**|



**2** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Only**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||**For Use with Standard**||
||||||**or High or Ultra High**||
||||||**Interrupting Frames**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
||||||**Magnetic Trip Range**|**Only**1|
|**Maximum**|**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**Factory Assembled**<br>**Circuit Consisting**||**is 5–10 Up Through**<br>**600 A; 4–8 on 700 and**|**See Page**|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**of Frame, Trip Unit**<br>**and Terminals**|**Frame Only**|**800 A x Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**V4-T2-347 for**<br>**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDL3300**|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3300**|**HMDL3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDL3350**||**HMDL3350**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDL3400**||**HMDL3400**||**MT3400T**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDL3450**||**HMDL3450**||**MT3450T**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDL3500**||**HMDL3500**||**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDL3600**||**HMDL3600**||**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDL3700**||**HMDL3700**||**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDL3800**||**HMDL3800**||**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-343** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Two-Pole**[1] 

**2** 

|**Types MDLB an**|**d HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit B**|**reakers with Non-Interchangeabl**|**e Trip Units—Two-Pole**1|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-347 for**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**Optional Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|300|**MDLB2300**|**HMDLB2300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB2350**|**HMDLB2350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB2400**|**HMDLB2400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450<br>500|**MDLB2450**<br>**MDLB2500**|**HMDLB2450**<br>**HMDLB2500**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|600|**MDLB2600**|**HMDLB2600**|**TA700MA1**|
|700|**MDLB2700**|**HMDLB2700**|**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB2800**|**HMDLB2800**|**TA800MA2**|



**Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units—Three-Pole**[1] 

|**Types MDLB an**|**d HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit**|**reakers with Non-Interchangeab**|**e Trip Units—Three-Pole**1|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Standard Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**High Interrupting Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>**Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting**|**Standard Terminals Only**2<br>**See Page V4-T2-347 for**|
|**Ampere**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals**|**Optional Terminals**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**MDLB3300**|**HMDLB3300**|**TA700MA1**|
|350|**MDLB3350**|**HMDLB3350**|**TA700MA1**|
|400|**MDLB3400**|**HMDLB3400**|**TA700MA1**|
|450|**MDLB3450**|**HMDLB3450**|**TA700MA1**|
|500|**MDLB3500**|**HMDLB3500**|**TA700MA1**|
|600<br>700|**MDLB3600**<br>**MDLB3700**|**HMDLB3600**<br>**HMDLB3700**|**TA700MA1**<br>**TA700MA1**|
|800|**MDLB3800**|**HMDLB3800**|**TA800MA2**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application. 

- 2 Two terminals are required per pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-344** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-350** . 

**2** 

## **Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip**|**Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Optional**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Standard**||||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**|**Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br>**High Interrupting**<br>**Capacity 600 Vac**<br>**Rated 65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|<br> <br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23||
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||||||**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**Catalog Number**||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**MDL3800F**|**HMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page**|
|||||||||**V4-T2-348**|



**Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units**[4] 

|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**Maximum**<br>**Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit Less Terminals**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LSG**|**LSIG**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay Ramp**<br>**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Delay**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Adjustable Short Time Pickup**<br>**with I2t Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault Protection**|**Independently Adjustable**<br>**Short Time Pickup and Ground**<br>**Fault Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**<br>800<br>**MDLB3800FT33W**<br>**MDLB3800FT32W**|**MDLB3800FT35W**|**MDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||||
|800<br>**HMDLB3800FT33W**<br>**HMDLB3800FT32W**|**HMDLB3800FT35W**|**HMDLB3800FT36W**|**LGFCT600**|



## _**100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units**_ 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at the 75 °C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. See 310+ adjustability specifications on **Page V4-T2-350** . 

## **100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable 310+ Trip Units—Three-Pole** 

||**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|**Digitrip RMS 310+ Trip Unit Only**1|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Standard**|**High**|**Standard**<br>**LS**|**Options**<br>**LSI**|**LSG**|**LSIG**|||
||**Interrupting**|**Interrupting**|||**Adjustable Short**|**Independently**|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**50 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Capacity**<br>**600 Vac Rated**<br>**65 kAIC at**<br>**480 Vac**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay Ramp**|**Independently**<br>**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Delay**|**Time Pickup with I2t **<br>**Short Delay and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Adjustable Short**<br>**Time Pickup and**<br>**Ground Fault**<br>**Protection**|**Neutral CT for**<br>**LSG and LSIG**23|**Terminal**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Catalog Number**||||||**Catalog Number**|**Information**|
|800|**CMDL3800F**|**CHMDL3800F**|**MES3800LS**|**MES3800LSI**|**MES3800LSG**|**MES3800LSIG**|**LGFCT600**|See**Page V4-T2-348**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 For AC use only. 

> 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 

- 3 Included with LSG and LSIG trip units or breakers. 

> 4 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-345** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

**2** 

Eaton’s molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker 

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Circuit Breaker Only without Continuous Line and Load Terminals Ampere Rating Catalog at 40 °C Number Two-Pole** 800 **MDL2800WK MDLB2800WK**[1] **HMDL2800WK Three-Pole** 800 **MDL3800WK MDLB3800WK**[1] **HMDL3800WK** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-346** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

M-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**==> picture [58 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [58 x 59] intentionally omitted <==**

**TA700MA1** 

**TA800MA2** 

**==> picture [54 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**TA801MA** 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

||||||**Terminals with Control**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Terminal**|**Wire Termination**|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**|**Range/No.**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Conductors**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700|Aluminum|Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)|**TA700MA1**|**TA700MA1CWT**|
|800 std.|Aluminum|Cu/AI|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|**TA800MA2**|**TA800MA2CWT**|
|800|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (2)|**TA801MA**|**TA801MACWT**|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type**|||**Terminals**|||
|600|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|**T600MA1**|**—**|
|800|Copper|Cu|3/0–300 kcmil (3)|**T800MA1**|**—**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-347** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **MD Frame Accessories** 

|**MD Frame Accessories**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Two-Pole**1||**Three-Pole**|||
|**Description**|**Page**|**Left**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|
|**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**|||||||
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)<br>Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-406**<br>**V4-T2-406**|n<br>n|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|n|n|—|n|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|n|n|—|n|
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|n|n|—|n|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-410**<br>**V4-T2-410**|n<br>n|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|
|Shunt trip—standard2<br>Shunt trip—low energy2|**V4-T2-413**<br>**V4-T2-415**|n<br>n|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|
|Undervoltage release mechanism2|**V4-T2-421**|n|n|n|—|n|
|**External Accessories**|||||||
|Rear fed terminals|**V4-T2-442**|—|—|l|l|l|
|Base mounting hardware<br>Terminal shields|**V4-T2-443**<br>**V4-T2-445**|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|l<br>l|—<br>—|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-445**|—|—|—|l|—|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|—|—|—|n|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-447**|o|—|o|—|o|
|Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-448**|o|—|o|—|o|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers<br>Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-449**<br>**V4-T2-450**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-452**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-453**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-454**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle extension|**V4-T2-546**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-456**|l|l|l|l|l|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||
|Special calibration|—|l|l|l|l|l|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-246**|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers|—|l|l|l|l|l|
|Marine/naval application|—|l|l|l|l|l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 

> 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-348** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories** 

|**310+ Electronic Trip Unit Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Catalog Number**|
|Electronic portable test kit|**MTST230V**1|
|Trip unit tamper protection wire seal|**5108A03H01**|
|External neutral sensor|**LGFCT600**2|
|Breaker-mount cause-of-trip indication|**TRIP-LED**|
|Breaker-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEW**|
|Remote-mount ammeter module|**DIGIVIEWR06**3|



**2** 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65|50|25|22|
|CMDL|2, 3|65|50|25|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100|65|35|25|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100|65|35|—|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[4] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) ICU ≠ ICS**|**Volts DC**56|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|**250**|
|MDL, MDLB|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|20/10|
|CMDL|2, 3|65/65|50/50|20/10|—|
|HMDL, HMDLB|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|20/10|
|CHMDL|2, 3|100/100|70/50|25/13|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 MTST230V applies to 100–230 Vac. 

> 2 Included with all LD LSG and LSIG trip units and breakers. 

> 3 Includes 6 ft cable for remote mounting; NEMA 3R rated. 

> 4 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 5 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. 

> 6 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-349** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **310+ Specifications** 

## **310+ Adjustability Specifications** 

|**Description**<br>**Specification**<br>Trip Unit Type<br>Digitrip RMS 310+<br>**Breaker Type**<br>Frame designation<br>MDL<br>Frames available<br>800 A<br>Continuous current range (A)<br>320–800 A<br>Ground fault pickup (A)<br>160–800 A<br>Interrupting capacities at 480 Vac (kAIC)<br>50, 65<br>100% rated<br>Yes<br>**Protection**<br>Ordering options<br>LS, LSI, LSG, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System<br>(or Maintenance Mode)<br>Remote enabled on ALSI, ALSIG<br>Interchangeable trip unit<br>Yes<br>High load alarm (suffix B20)1<br>Yes<br>Ground fault alarm with trip (suffix B21)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Ground fault alarm, no trip (suffix B22)1<br>LSG, LSIG, ALSIG<br>Zone selective interlocking (suffix ZG)<br>LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG<br>Cause of trip indication<br>Yes (via TRIP-LED or DIGIVIEW)<br>Thru-cover accessories<br>No|**Description**|**MDL Frame**<br>**Specification**|
|---|---|---|
||310+ settings|800 A|
||Ir= continuous current or long delay pickup (amperes)<br>(All 310+)|Ir|
|||A<br>320|
|||B<br>400|
|||C<br>450|
|||D<br>500|
|||E<br>600|
|||F<br>630|
|||G<br>700|
|||H (= In)<br>800|
||tr= long delay time (seconds)<br>(All 310+)|2<br>2|
|||4<br>4|
|||7<br>7|
|||10<br>10|
|||12<br>12|
|||15<br>15|
|||20<br>20|
|||24<br>24|
||Isd(x Ir) = short delay pickup<br>(All 310+)|Position 1<br>2x|
|||Position 2<br>3x|
|||Position 3<br>4x|
|||Position 4<br>5x|
|||Position 5<br>6x|
|||Position 6<br>7x|
|||Position 7<br>8x|
|||Position 8<br>8x|
|||Position 9<br>8x|
||tsd= short delay time I2t (milliseconds)<br>(LS and LSG)|Fixed<br>67 @10x|
||tsd= short delay time flat (milliseconds)<br>(LSI, LSIG, ALSI, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Ig(x In) = ground fault pickup (amperes)<br>(310+ w/ ground fault)|Position 1<br>160|
|||Position 2<br>240|
|||Position 3<br>320|
|||Position 4<br>480|
|||Position 5<br>640|
|||Position 6<br>800|
||tg= ground fault delay time (milliseconds)<br>(LSG, LSIG, ALSIG)|Position 1<br>Inst|
|||Position 2<br>120|
|||Position 3<br>300|
||Independently adjustable Instantaneous (Ii) setting|2|
||Maintenance Mode pickup (2.5 x In) (amperes)<br>(310+ with Maintenance Mode—ALSI and ALSIG)|Fixed<br>2000|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 B2x suffixes cannot be combined with B2x suffixes. 

- 2 Not available for MDL. Independently adjustable Ii setting available in LG, NG, and RG ALSI and ALSIG trip units. 

**V4-T2-350 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

|**MD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|4.06 (103.1)|



**2** 

## **MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [436 x 212] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Drilling Plan<br>Front View Side View<br>3.44<br>1.72 (87.3)<br>(43.7)<br>CLBreaker R 0.25<br>(6.4)<br>3.28 16.00<br>R 0.19 C L H andle 1.33 (83.3) (406.4)<br>(4.8) (33.7)<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>0.97<br>(24.6)<br>3.64<br>(92.5)<br>7.28 8.25 4.06<br>(184.9) (209.6) (103.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) 

## **MD Frame** 

||**Complete**|**Breaker**|**Frame Only**||**Trip Unit**1||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.)|26.5 (12.0)|29.0 (13.2)|24.5 (11.1)|26.0 (11.8)|2.5 (1.1)|3.0 (1.4)|
|MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.)|—|30.0 (13.6)|—|26.0 (11.8)|—|4.0 (1.8)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Thermal-magnetic only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-351** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**Typical N-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)||
|Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-353**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-354**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-362**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-363**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-366**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-399**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



## **N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

- l All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-352** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

|||||**ND**|**3**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|**Trip Model**<br>**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050<br>**12**<br>**T3**<br>**2**<br>**W**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||**Trip Type**<br>**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|**Circuit Breaker/**<br>**Frame Type**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Number**<br>**of Poles**||||||||**Trip Type**|**E**<br>= 100% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**EH** = 50% R.P. protected (four-pole)<br>**K**<br>= High magnetic molded case switch<br>**W** = Without terminals<br>**X**<br>= Load only terminals<br>**Y**<br>= Line only terminals|
|**ND**<br>**HND**<br>**NDC**<br>**NDU**<br>**CND**<br>**CHND**<br>**CNDC**||||**Circuit Breaker/Frame**<br>**Ampere Rating**||**Trip Model**||||**2**= LSI<br>**3**= LS<br>**5**= LSG<br>**6**= LSIG<br>**7**= LSIA||
|||**2**= Two-pole<br>**3**= Three-pole<br>**4**= Four-pole||||**T3**= Model 310<br>**T5**= Model 550<br>**T7**= Model 750<br>**T10**= Model 1050||||||
|||||**800**= 800 amperes<br>**12**= 1200 amperes||||||||
|||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-353** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T52W**<br>**ND3800T56W**<br>**ND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T52W**<br>**ND312T56W**<br>**ND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T52W**<br>**HND3800T56W**<br>**HND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T52W**<br>**HND312T56W**<br>**HND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-354** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T52W**<br>**NDC3800T56W**<br>**NDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T52W**<br>**NDC312T56W**<br>**NDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-355** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Only** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L– Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S– Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G– Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A– Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**ND3800T106W**<br>**ND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**ND312T106W**<br>**ND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**HND3800T106W**<br>**HND3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**HND312T106W**<br>**HND312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**NDC3800T106W**<br>**NDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**NDC312T106W**<br>**NDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

**V4-T2-356 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals. 

**2** 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Only** 

**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only** 

**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I[2] t or I[4] t Response)**[1] 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CND3800T52W**<br>**CND3800T56W**<br>**CND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CND312T52W**<br>**CND312T56W**<br>**CND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CHND3800T52W**<br>**CHND3800T56W**<br>**CHND3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|12003<br>**CHND312T52W**<br>**CHND312T56W**<br>**CHND312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

- 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-357** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e gp   cu ees w ecgee g ugs, coue**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 550**2<br>**LSI**<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|
||**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
||800<br>**CNDC3800T52W**<br>**CNDC3800T56W**<br>**CNDC3800T57W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
|||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
|||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
|||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
|||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
|||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
|||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
||12003<br>**CNDC312T52W**<br>**CNDC312T56W**<br>**CNDC312T57W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
|||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
|||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
|||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
|||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|
||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes **ZG** , **PN** or **ZGP** respectively to above catalog number. 

> 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-358** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**gp      g g g**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>400<br>**ORPN80A400**<br>450<br>**ORPN80A450**<br>500<br>**ORPN80A500**<br>550<br>**ORPN80A550**<br>600<br>**ORPN80A600**<br>700<br>**ORPN80A700**<br>800<br>**ORPN80A800**<br>600<br>**ORPN12A600**<br>700<br>**ORPN12A700**<br>800<br>**ORPN12A800**<br>1000<br>**ORPN12A100**<br>1200<br>**ORPN12A120**<br>400<br>**ORPN80A400**<br>450<br>**ORPN80A450**<br>550<br>**ORPN80A550**<br>600<br>**ORPN80A600**<br>700<br>**ORPN80A700**<br>800<br>**ORPN80A800**<br>600<br>**ORPN12A600**<br>700<br>**ORPN12A700**<br>800<br>**ORPN12A800**<br>1000<br>**ORPN12A100**<br>1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|**2**|
|---|---|---|
|||**2**|
|||**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
|800<br>**CND3800T106W**<br>**CND3800T107W**|||
|1200<br>**CND312T106W**<br>**CND312T107W**|||
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**|||
|800<br>**CHND3800T106W**<br>**CHND3800T107W**|||
|1200<br>**CHND312T106W**<br>**CHND312T107W**|||
||||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

- 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

- 3 Factory sealed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-359** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued** 

**2** 

**Circuit Breaker Frame Only** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only** 

|**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**|
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response)**1<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**OPTIM 1050**23<br>**LSIG**<br>**LSIA**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|800<br>**CNDC3800T106W**<br>**CNDC3800T107W**|400<br>**ORPN80A400**|
||450<br>**ORPN80A450**|
||500<br>**ORPN80A500**|
||550<br>**ORPN80A550**|
||600<br>**ORPN80A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN80A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN80A800**|
|1200<br>**CNDC312T106W**4<br>**CNDC312T107W**|600<br>**ORPN12A600**|
||700<br>**ORPN12A700**|
||800<br>**ORPN12A800**|
||1000<br>**ORPN12A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPN12A120**|



## _**Type ND Molded Case Switches**_ 

## **Type ND High Instantaneous (K)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**5<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|800|**ND3800WK**<br>**ND4800WK**|
||**HND3800WK**<br>**HND4800WK**|
|1200|**ND312WK**<br>**ND412WK**|
||**HND312WK**<br>**HND412WK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 

> 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 

> 3 Factory sealed. 

> 4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 

> 5 Neutral is in right pole. 

Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 

For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-360** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals—Ordering Information**_ 

N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

**==> picture [449 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 T700NB1 T1000NB1<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum Breaker**|**Terminal Body**|**Wire**|**AWG Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals**||||||
|700<br>1000|Aluminum<br>Aluminum|Cu/AI<br>Cu/AI|1–500 kcmil (2)<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)|50–240<br>95–185|**TA700NB1**<br>**TA1000NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–240|**TA1200NB1**1|
|1200|Aluminum|Cu/AI|500–750 kcmil (3)|300–400|**TA1201NB1**2|
|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|**Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals**|||||
|700|Copper|Cu|2/0–500 kcmil (2)|70–240|**T700NB1**|
|1000|Copper|Cu|3/0–500 kcmil (3)|95–240|**T1000NB1**|
|1200|Copper|Cu|3/0–400 kcmil (4)|95–185|**T1200NB3**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Terminal rating is AL9CU. 

> 2 Terminal rating is AL7CU. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-361** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

**2** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

## **ND Frame Accessories** 

|**ND Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Reference**|**Three-Pole**|||**Four-Pole**||||
|**Description**<br>**Page**<br>**Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole)**1||**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neutral**|
|Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-406**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-406**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B)|**V4-T2-408**|n|—|n|n|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination<br>Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination|**V4-T2-410**<br>**V4-T2-410**|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|n<br>n|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-414**<br>**V4-T2-415**|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|**V4-T2-422**|n|—|—|n|—|—|—|
|Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550)|**V4-T2-423**|—|—|n|—|—|—|—|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-443**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Interphase barriers|**V4-T2-445**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Terminal shield|**V4-T2-445**|n|n|n|—|—|—|—|
|Non-padlockable handle block|**V4-T2-446**|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp<br>Key interlock kit|**V4-T2-447**<br>**V4-T2-448**|o<br>o||o<br>o|o<br>o|—<br>—|o<br>o|—<br>—|
|Sliding bar interlock—requires two breakers<br>Walking beam interlock—requires two breakers|**V4-T2-449**<br>**V4-T2-449**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l|l|l|l|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-451**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Plug-in adapters|**V4-T2-452**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Rear connecting studs|**V4-T2-453**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Panelboard connecting straps|**V4-T2-454**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Handle extension<br>Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit|**V4-T2-546**<br>**V4-T2-457**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|**OPTIM System Components Three Poles**|||||||||
|Ground fault alarm unit|**V4-T2-456**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Potential transformer module|**V4-T2-456**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Digitrip OPTIMizer|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-457**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration<br>Moisture fungus treatment|—<br>**V4-T2-246**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers<br>Marine/naval application|—<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

o May be mounted on left or right pole—not both 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-362** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

**2** 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical**|**Amperes)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**||||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|ND|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|CND2|2, 3, 4|65|—|50|25|
|HND|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|CHND2|2, 3, 4|100|—|65|35|
|NDC|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CNDC2|2, 3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|NDU3|3|3004|—|150|755|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**IEC 947-2**|**Interrupting**|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|**Capacity Ratings**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|||
|**Breaker**|**Number**|**Volts AC**|**(50/60 Hz)**||
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**ND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**CND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|85|50|20|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|85|50|10|
|**HND**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**CHND** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|100|70|25|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|13|
|**NDC**|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|
|**CNDC** 2|||||
|Icu|2, 3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|2, 3, 4|100|50|18|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 100% rated breakers. 

- 3 800 amperes maximum rating. 

> 4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac. 

> 5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-363** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **N-Frame Digitrip** 

|**N-Frame Digitrip**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing|Yes|Yes|
|**Breaker Type**|||
|Frame|N|N|
|Ampere range<br>Interrupting rating at 480 volts|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|400–1200 A<br>50, 65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**|||
|Ordering options|LSI, LSIG, LSI(A)|LSI(A), LISG|
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip|Yes|Yes|
|**Long Delay Protection (L)**|||
|Adjustable rating plug (In)<br>Long delay pickup|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|No<br>0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t|1–5 seconds|1–5 seconds|
|Long delay thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|High load alarm<br>**Short Delay Protection (S)**|No|0.5–1.0 x Ir|
|Short delay pickup<br>Short delay time I2t|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|150–800% x (Ir)<br>100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**|||
|Instantaneous pickup<br>Discriminator|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|200–800% x (In)<br>Yes|
|Instantaneous override|Yes|Yes|
|**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|||
|Ground fault alarm|20–100% x (Is)|20–100% x (Is)|
|Ground fault pickup<br>Ground fault delay I2t|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|20–100% x (Is)<br>100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes1|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|
|**System Diagnostics**|||
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs<br>Magnitude of trip information|Yes<br>Yes|Yes<br>Yes|
|Remote signal contact—ground alarm|Yes1|Yes|
|Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact|Optional|Included|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM= Breaker Interface Module 

(A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Note**_ 

- 1 Zone interlock kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-364** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame Digitrip, continued** 

|**N-Frame Digitrip, continued**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip OPTIM 550**|**Digitrip OPTIM 1050**|
|**System Monitoring**|||
|Digital display|Yes1|Yes1|
|Current|Yes|Yes|
|Power and energy|No|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|Yes|
|Power factor|No|Yes|
|**Communications**|||
|Eaton PowerNet|No2|Yes|
|**Testing**|||
|Testing method|OPTIMizer, BIM,|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||PowerNet|PowerNet|



**2** 

## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm 

- Is = Sensor Rating 

- In = Rating Plug 

- Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

- 2 Eaton’s PowerNet kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-365** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **ND Frame** 

|**ND Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|2, 3|8.25 (209.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|
|4|11.13 (282.6)|16.00 (406.4)|5.50 (139.7)|



## **ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole** 

**==> picture [309 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Front View<br>Front Cover Cutout<br>3.44<br>(87.3)<br>1.72<br>(43.6)<br>0.25 R<br>(6.4 R)<br>1.91<br>(48.4) 16.00<br>CLHandle (406.4) ON/I<br>3.68 0.19 R<br>(93.2) (4.8 R) OFF/O<br>1.50<br>(38.1)<br>3.19<br>(80.9) 6.38<br>(161.9)<br>8.25<br>(209.6)<br>CL Handle<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Side View** 

**==> picture [63 x 86] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [53 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
5.50<br>(139.7)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **ND Frame** 

|**Breaker Type**|**Complete**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Breaker**<br>**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|ND, HND, NDC, NDU|37 (16.8)|45 (20.4)|58 (26.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-366** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Typical R-Frame Breaker** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|**2**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**||
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|**2**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**||
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)<br>Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-368**|**2**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-369**<br>**V4-T2-381**|**2**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-382**<br>**V4-T2-385**|**2**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**||
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|**2**|



## **R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes)** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals 

- l All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-367** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **Circuit Breaker/Frame** 

**==> picture [453 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
RD 3 16 T53 W<br>Circuit Breaker/ Suffix<br>Frame Type Number  W =Without terminals<br>RD of Poles Circuit Breaker/Frame  Trip Type  [1] P =100% protected neutral pole<br>RDC 3  = Three-pole Ampere Rating T53 = Digitrip RMS 510 LS R =Ground fault remote (310 only)<br>CRD  [2] 4  = Four-pole 16 = 1600 amperes T65 = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG K =Molded case switch<br>CRDC  [2] 20  = 2000 amperes T86 = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG<br>25  = 2500 amperes T96 = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG<br>T106  = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG<br>T107  = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to **Pages V4-T2-369** to **V4-T2-378** . 

> 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-368** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T51W**<br>**RD316T53W**<br>**RD316T52W**<br>**RD316T54W**<br>**RD316T55W**<br>**RD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T51W**<br>**RD320T53W**<br>**RD320T52W**<br>**RD320T54W**<br>**RD320T55W**<br>**RD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T51W**<br>**RD325T53W**<br>**RD325T52W**<br>**RD325T54W**<br>**RD325T55W**<br>**RD325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T51W**<br>**RDC316T53W**<br>**RDC316T52W**<br>**RDC316T54W**<br>**RDC316T55W**<br>**RDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T51W**<br>**RDC320T53W**<br>**RDC320T52W**<br>**RDC320T54W**<br>**RDC320T55W**<br>**RDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T51W**<br>**RDC325T53W**<br>**RDC325T52W**<br>**RDC325T54W**<br>**RDC325T55W**<br>**RDC325T56W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-369** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T51W**<br>**CRD316T53W**<br>**CRD316T52W**<br>**CRD316T54W**<br>**CRD316T55W**<br>**CRD316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T51W**<br>**CRD320T53W**<br>**CRD320T52W**<br>**CRD320T54W**<br>**CRD320T55W**<br>**CRD320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**—**<br>**CRDC316T53W**<br>**CRDC316T52W**<br>**CRDC316T54W**<br>**CRDC316T55W**<br>**CRDC316T56W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T51W**<br>**CRDC320T53W**<br>**CRDC320T52W**<br>**CRDC320T54W**<br>**CRDC320T55W**<br>**CRDC320T56W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-370** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T61W**<br>**RD316T63W**<br>**RD316T62W**<br>**RD316T64W**<br>**RD316T65W**<br>**RD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T61W**<br>**RD320T63W**<br>**RD320T62W**<br>**RD320T64W**<br>**RD320T65W**<br>**RD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T61W**<br>**RD325T63W**<br>**RD325T62W**<br>**RD325T64W**<br>**RD325T65W**<br>**RD325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T61W**<br>**RDC316T63W**<br>**RDC316T62W**<br>**RDC316T64W**<br>**RDC316T65W**<br>**RDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T61W**<br>**RDC320T63W**<br>**RDC320T62W**<br>**RDC320T64W**<br>**RDC320T65W**<br>**RDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T61W**<br>**RDC325T63W**<br>**RDC325T62W**<br>**RDC325T64W**<br>**RDC325T65W**<br>**RDC325T66W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-371** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T61W**<br>**CRD316T63W**<br>**CRD316T62W**<br>**CRD316T64W**<br>**CRD316T65W**<br>**CRD316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T61W**<br>**CRD320T63W**<br>**CRD320T62W**<br>**CRD320T64W**<br>**CRD320T65W**<br>**CRD320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T61W**<br>**CRDC316T63W**<br>**CRDC316T62W**<br>**CRDC316T64W**<br>**CRDC316T65W**<br>**CRDC316T66W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T61W**<br>**CRDC320T63W**<br>**CRDC320T62W**<br>**CRDC320T64W**<br>**CRDC320T65W**<br>**CRDC320T66W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-372** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T81W**<br>**RD316T83W**<br>**RD316T82W**<br>**RD316T84W**<br>**RD316T85W**<br>**RD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T81W**<br>**RD320T83W**<br>**RD320T82W**<br>**RD320T84W**<br>**RD320T85W**<br>**RD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T81W**<br>**RD325T83W**<br>**RD325T82W**<br>**RD325T84W**<br>**RD325T85W**<br>**RD325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T81W**<br>**RDC316T83W**<br>**RDC316T82W**<br>**RDC316T84W**<br>**RDC316T85W**<br>**RDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T81W**<br>**RDC320T83W**<br>**RDC320T82W**<br>**RDC320T84W**<br>**RDC320T85W**<br>**RDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T81W**<br>**RDC325T83W**<br>**RDC325T82W**<br>**RDC325T84W**<br>**RDC325T85W**<br>**RDC325T86W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-373** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T81W**<br>**CRD316T83W**<br>**CRD316T82W**<br>**CRD316T84W**<br>**CRD316T85W**<br>**CRD316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T81W**<br>**CRD320T83W**<br>**CRD320T82W**<br>**CRD320T84W**<br>**CRD320T85W**<br>**CRD320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T81W**<br>**CRDC316T83W**<br>**CRDC316T82W**<br>**CRDC316T84W**<br>**CRDC316T85W**<br>**CRDC316T86W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T81W**<br>**CRDC320T83W**<br>**CRDC320T82W**<br>**CRDC320T84W**<br>**CRDC320T85W**<br>**CRDC320T86W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-374** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T91W**<br>**RD316T93W**<br>**RD316T92W**<br>**RD316T94W**<br>**RD316T95W**<br>**RD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T91W**<br>**RD320T93W**<br>**RD320T92W**<br>**RD320T94W**<br>**RD320T95W**<br>**RD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T91W**<br>**RD325T93W**<br>**RD325T92W**<br>**RD325T94W**<br>**RD325T95W**<br>**RD325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T91W**<br>**RDC316T93W**<br>**RDC316T92W**<br>**RDC316T94W**<br>**RDC316T95W**<br>**RDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T91W**<br>**RDC320T93W**<br>**RDC320T92W**<br>**RDC320T94W**<br>**RDC320T95W**<br>**RDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T91W**<br>**RDC325T93W**<br>**RDC325T92W**<br>**RDC325T94W**<br>**RDC325T95W**<br>**RDC325T96W**|1600<br>**RP6R25A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R25A200**|
||2500<br>**RP6R25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-375** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90 °C wire is applied at 75 °C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers** 

|**100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LI**<br>**LS**<br>**LSI**<br>**LIG**<br>**LSG**<br>**LSIG**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Digitrip Rating Plug Only**<br>**Rated**<br>**Current**<br>**(In)**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T91W**<br>**CRD316T93W**<br>**CRD316T92W**<br>**CRD316T94W**<br>**CRD316T95W**<br>**CRD316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T91W**<br>**CRD320T93W**<br>**CRD320T92W**<br>**CRD320T94W**<br>**CRD320T95W**<br>**CRD320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T91W**<br>**CRDC316T93W**<br>**CRDC316T92W**<br>**CRDC316T94W**<br>**CRDC316T95W**<br>**CRDC316T96W**|800<br>**RP6R16A080**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1000<br>**RP6R16A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R16A120**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T91W**<br>**CRDC320T93W**<br>**CRDC320T92W**<br>**CRDC320T94W**<br>**CRDC320T95W**<br>**CRDC320T96W**|1000<br>**RP6R20A100**|
||1200<br>**RP6R20A120**|
||1600<br>**RP6R20A160**|
||2000<br>**RP6R20A200**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-376** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

**2** 

## **Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I**<br>**– Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RD316T107W**<br>**RD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RD320T107W**<br>**RD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RD325T107W**<br>**RD325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**RDC316T107W**<br>**RDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|2000<br>**RDC320T107W**<br>**RDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|2500<br>**RDC325T107W**<br>**RDC325T106W**|1600<br>**ORPR25A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR25A200**|
||2500<br>**ORPR25A250**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-377** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**_ 

Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug. 

## **100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs** 

|**100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs**||
|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Circuit Breaker Frame Only**<br>**L – Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time**<br>**S – Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**I – Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup**<br>**G – Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**A – Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response)**<br>**LSIA 1050**<br>**LSIG 1050**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only**<br>**Ampere**<br>**Rating**<br>**Fixed**<br>**Rating Plug**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRD316T107W**<br>**CRD316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRD320T107W**<br>**CRD320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|
|**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac**||
|1600<br>**CRDC316T107W**<br>**CRDC316T106W**|800<br>**ORPR16A080**|
||1000<br>**ORPR16A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR16A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR16A160**|
|20001<br>**CRDC320T107W**<br>**CRDC320T106W**|1000<br>**ORPR20A100**|
||1200<br>**ORPR20A120**|
||1600<br>**ORPR20A160**|
||2000<br>**ORPR20A200**|



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data. 

## **Type RD—High Instantaneous (K)** 

|**Continuous**|**Complete without**|**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1600|**RD316WK**|**RD416WK**|
|2000|**RD320WK**|**RD420WK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-378** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## _**Line and Load Terminals**_ 

Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, R-Frame circuit breaker line load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. 

## _**Ordering Information**_ 

R-Frame circuit breakers have Cu/AI terminals as standard and Cu only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. 

**2** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Maximum**|**Terminal**|||**AWG/kcmil**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Body**|**Wire**||**Wire Range/**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|**Amperes**|**Material**|**Type**|**Hardware**|**No. Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|**Wire Terminals**|||||||
|1600|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|500–1000 (4)|300–500|**TA1600RD**|
|1600|Copper|Cu|English|1–600 (4)|50–300|**T1600RD**|
|2000|Aluminum|Cu/AI|English|2–600 (6)|35–300|**TA2000RD**1|
|**Rear Connectors**|||||||
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RD**|
|2000|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2016RDL**2|
|2500|Copper|—|English|—|—|**B2500RD**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 

> 2 For use with 100% rated 1600 A and 2000 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered. 

> 3 For use with 2500 A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500 A breaker is ordered. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-379** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Mounting Hardware** 

**==> picture [105 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2 Breaker Line/LoadConductors<br>2<br>2<br>ORs<br>2<br>2 Nase<br>| ZS<br>ORrJ-<br>2 OY<br>2<br>S°<br>e359)<br>2<br>Sr FO<br>2 "<br>TA2000RD<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-380** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Allowable Accessory Combinations**_ 

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. 

**2** 

## **RD Frame Accessories** 

|**RD Frame Accessories**|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**Reference**<br>**Page**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Four-Pole**<br>**Left**|**Center**|**Right**|**Neu.**|
|**Internal Accessories**1<br>Alarm lockout (Make/Break)|**V4-T2-406**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break)|**V4-T2-406**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B)|**V4-T2-406**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B)|**V4-T2-406**|—|—|n|—|—|n|—|
|Shunt trip—standard<br>Shunt trip—low energy|**V4-T2-414**<br>**V4-T2-415**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|
|Undervoltage release mechanism<br>Accessory terminal block2|**V4-T2-422**<br>**V4-T2-423**|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>n|—<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>n|
|**External Accessories**|||||||||
|Base mounting hardware|**V4-T2-443**|—|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|Padlockable handle lock hasp|**V4-T2-446**|—|l|—|—|l|—|—|
|Key interlock kit<br>Walking beam interlock|**V4-T2-448**<br>**V4-T2-449**|n<br>—|n<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>—|n<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|Electrical (motor) operator|**V4-T2-451**|n|n|n|—|n|—|—|
|Handle mechanisms|**V4-T2-534**|n|n|n|—|n|—|—|
|Handle extension3|**V4-T2-546**|—|n|—|—|n|—|—|
|**OPTIM System Components**<br>Breaker interface module (BIM)|**V4-T2-457**|l|l|l|—|—|—|—|
|Digitrip OPTIMizer<br>Auxiliary power module|**V4-T2-457**<br>**V4-T2-457**|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|**Modifications (Refer to Eaton)**|||||||||
|Special calibration|—|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Moisture fungus treatment|**V4-T2-246**|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|
|Freeze-tested circuit breakers<br>Marine/naval application|—<br>—|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|l<br>l|



## _**Legend**_ 

n Applicable in indicated pole position 

l Accessory available/modification available 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 

- 2 Mounts outside breaker. 

> 3 Included with breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-381** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

**UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**|**Number**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**(kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**of Poles**|**240**|**277**|**480**|**600**|
|RD|3, 4|125|—|65|50|
|CRD2|3|125|—|65|50|
|RDC|3, 4|200|—|100|65|
|CRDC2|3|200|—|100|65|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings**[1 ] 

|**Circuit**||**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**|**Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**Volts AC (50/60 Hz)**<br>**240**|**415**|**690**|
|**RD**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|135|70|25|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|13|
|**RDC**|||||
|Icu|3, 4|200|100|35|
|Ics|3, 4|100|50|18|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 

> 2 100% rated breakers. 

See **Page V4-T2-383** for Trip Unit Specifications. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-382** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Specifications**_ 

## **R-Frame Digitrip** 

**2** 

|**R-Frame Digitrip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 510**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 610**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 810**|**Digitrip**<br>**RMS 910**|**Digitrip**<br>**OPTIM 1050**|
|rms sensing<br>**Breaker Type**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Frame|R|R|R|R|R|
|Ampere range|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|800–2500 A|
|Interrupting rating at 480 volts|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|65, 100 (kA)|
|**Protection**||||||
|Ordering options|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LI, LS, LSI, LIG,|LSI(A), LISG|
||LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG|LSG, LSIG||
|Fixed rated plug (In)|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Overtemperature trip<br>**Long Delay Protection (L)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Adjustable rating plug (In)|No|No|No|No|No|
|Long delay pickup|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5–1.0 x (In)|0.5 –1.0 x (In)|0.4–1.0 x (In)|
|Long delay time I2t|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|2–24 seconds|
|Long delay time I4t<br>Long delay thermal memory|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|No<br>Yes|1–5 Seconds<br>Yes|
|High load alarm|No|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.85 x Ir|0.5-1.0 x Ir|
|**Short Delay Protection (S)**||||||
|Short delay pickup|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|200–600%<br>S1 and S2 x (Ir)|150-800% x (Ir)12|
|Short delay time I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time flat|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Short delay time zone selective interlocking|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Instantaneous Protection (I)**<br>Instantaneous pickup|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–600%|200–800% x (In)2|
|Discriminator|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|M1and M2 x (In)<br>Yes3|Yes|
|Instantaneous override<br>**Ground Fault Protection (G)**|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Ground fault alarm4|No|No|No|No|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault pickup4|25–100% x (Is)|25-100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (Is)|25–100% x (In)|
|Ground fault delay I2t|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|100–500 ms|
|Ground fault delay flat<br>Ground fault zone selective interlocking|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|100–500 ms<br>Yes|
|Ground fault thermal memory|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200–600%. 

- 2 Varies by frame. 

- 3 LS/LSG only. 

- 4 Not to exceed 1200 amperes. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-383** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

## **R-Frame Digitrip, continued** 

**2** 

||**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|**Digitrip**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Trip Unit Type**<br>**System Diagnostics**|**RMS 510**|**RMS 610**|**RMS 810**|**RMS 910**|**OPTIM 1050**|
|Status LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Cause of trip LEDs|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Magnitude of trip information|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Remote signal contacts<br>**System Monitoring**|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Digital display|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes1|
|Current|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Voltage|No|No|No|Yes|No|
|Power and energy|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|Power quality—harmonics|No|No|No|Yes|Yes|
|Power factor|No|No|Yes (over<br>Eaton PowerNet only)|Yes|Yes|
|**Communications**||||||
|Eaton PowerNet|No|No|Yes|Yes|Yes|
|**Testing**||||||
|Testing method|Integral|Integral|Integral|Integral|OPTIMizer, BIM,|
||||||PowerNet|



## _**Legend**_ 

BIM = Breaker Interface Module 

- (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating 

- In = Rating Plug 

Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In 

## _**Note**_ 

> 1 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-384** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **RD Frame** 

**2** 

|**RD Frame**||||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||||
|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|3|15.50 (393.7)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|
|4|20.00 (508.0)|16.00 (406.4)|9.75 (247.7)|



## **RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes** 

**Front View** 

**==> picture [28 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [471 x 149] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
11.13 (0.4) Dia. 15.50<br>14.50 (4 Holes) Use 4, (393.7)<br>7.25 (368.3) 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts  9.00<br>(184.2) for Mounting Breaker (228.6)<br>CL Breaker<br>5.09 7.75<br>(129.4) (196.9)<br>CL Handle<br>9.69<br>(246.1) 15.00 16.00<br>(381.0) (406.4)<br>PushTripTo<br>6.65 0.16<br>(166.7) 12.91 (4.0)<br>(327.8) R Typ.<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 

## **RD Frame** 

||**Complete Breaker**||
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**1600 Amperes**|||
|RD, CRD1, RDC, CRDC1|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|**2000 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|102 (46.3)|135 (61.2)|
|CRD, CRDC|130 (59.0)|175 (79.4)|
|**2500 Amperes**|||
|RD, RDC|135 (61.2)|182 (82.6)|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-385** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [10 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [69 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motor Circuit Protectors<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

## _**Page**_ 

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-246** Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-247** Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-248** G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-251** F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-265** J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-283** K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-291** L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-315** M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-341** N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-352** R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-367** Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-387** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-388** Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-389** Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . **V4-T2-397** Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4) . . . . . **V4-T2-399** Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-400** Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-403** External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-436** 

## **Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)** 

## **Product Description** 

Designated as Eaton’s Types GMCP and HMCP, the instantaneous-only motor circuit protector (MCP) is available in ratings from 3 A to 1200 A for motor starter sizes 0 through 8. 

An innovative design of internal components allows higher MCP-starter combination interrupting ratings. The MCP is marked to permit proper electrical application within the assigned equipment ratings. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The MCP is designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, and International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1. 

The MCP is a recognized component (UL File E7819) and complies with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. It is also designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1, and nameplates bear the CE marking. 

**Note:** Interrupting ratings are dependent on starter it is used with. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-386** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **Motor Circuit Protector** 

## **HMCP 003 A0 C** 

||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**<br>**Protective Type**||||||||||**Suffix**|
|||**Continuous Ampere**<br>**Rating**|||||||**C** =Non-aluminum terminals<br>**W**=Without terminals<br>**X** =Load terminals only<br>**Y** =Line terminals only<br>**S** =Stainless steel terminals<br>(150A frame only)<br>**No Suffix:**Standard terminals on line and load||
|**HMCP**= Three-pole<br>**HM2P**= Two-pole1<br>**HMCPS**= Three-pole|||||||||||
|||**003**<br>**007**<br>**015**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**050**<br>**070**<br>**100**<br>**150**<br>**250**<br>**400**<br>**600**<br>**800**<br>**1200**|||||||||
||||||||||||
||||||||||||



## **Motor Circuit Protector** 

## **GMCP 003 A0 C** 

|||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||||||
|**Motor Circuit**|||||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**Protective Device**||||**Continuous**|||**Magnetic Trip**|||||**C**= Non-aluminum terminals||
|**GMCP**= Three-pole||||**Ampere**|||**Range/NEMA**|||||||
|||||**Rating**|||**Starter Size**|||||||
||||**003**||||**A0**=15–30/0|||||||
||||**007**||||**C0**=35–70/0|||||||
||||**015**||||**E0**=75–150/0|||||||
||||**030**||||**H1**=150–300/1|||||||
||||**050**||||**K2**=250–500/2|||||||
||||**060**||||**J2**=300–600/2|||||||
||||**063**||||**M2**=320–630/2|||||||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-387** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**G-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter Size**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Amperes**|**Cam Setting**<br>**Motor Full Load**<br>**Current Amperes (FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|0<br>3|A<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>**GMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>C<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>D<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>E<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>F<br>2.3–2.5<br>30|
|0<br>7|A<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>**GMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>C<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>D<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>E<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>F<br>5.3–5.7<br>70|
|0<br>15|A<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>**GMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>C<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>D<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>E<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>F<br>11.5–12.6<br>150|
|1<br>30|A<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>**GMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>C<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>D<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>E<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>F<br>23.0–25.2<br>300|
|2<br>50|A<br>19.3–22.9<br>250<br>**GMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>C<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>D<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>E<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>F<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|
|3<br>60|A<br>23.1–27.5<br>300<br>**GMCP060J2C**<br>B<br>27.7–32.2<br>360<br>C<br>32.3–36.7<br>420<br>D<br>36.9–41.4<br>480<br>E<br>41.5–46.0<br>540<br>F<br>46.2–50.5<br>600|
|3<br>63|A<br>24.2–32.1<br>320<br>**GMCP063M2C**<br>B<br>29.1–34.8<br>380<br>D<br>38.8–46.4<br>500<br>E<br>43.6–48.9<br>570<br>F<br>48.5–53.7<br>630|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

All GMCP 3–63A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to **Page V4-T2-252** under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved. 

**V4-T2-388 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Modifications for GMCP**_ 

Internal accessories must be factory installed. 

**2** 

## **Internal Accessories**[1] 

|**Internal Accessories**[1]|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type Accessory**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**|**Factory**<br>**Suffix**|**Style**<br>**Number**|
|Shunt trip2<br>Shunt trip2|120<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|1.1<br>2.1|—<br>—|S5<br>S6|**1373D62G18**<br>**1373D62G19**|
|Auxiliary switch3<br>Auxiliary switch3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|1A/1B<br>2A/2B|A3<br>A6|**1288C74G03**<br>**1288C73G03**|
|Alarm switch3<br>Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination3|240<br>240|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|6.0<br>6.0|Make/Break<br>1A/1B Make/Break|B3<br>B13|**1288C75G03**<br>**1288C76G09**|



## **External Mounted Accessories** 

||**Number Units**|**Style**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**|**in Package**|**Number**|
|Lock dog (non-padlockable)|1|**1294C01H01**|
|Mounting hardware|1|**624B375G23**|
|DIN rail adapter4|10|**1225C79G02**|



## _**Modifications for HMCP**_ 

See Internal Accessories starting on **Page V4-T2-403** . 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_ 

|||**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|**Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GMCP-Frame**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Rating Type**||**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
|**S01 Red Handle**~~2~~<br>~~2~~||12-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**<br>**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**<br>**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|



## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ 

**G Direct**[5] 

||**Black Handle**||**Yellow Handle**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
|**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP. 

- 2 LH only. 

- 3 RH only. 

- 4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 

> 5 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. 

No UVR available on GMCP. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-389** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**F-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCP003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCP007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCP015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5 –12.6<br>150<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCP030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCP050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–4.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|0<br>3||2<br>70|A<br>16.1–21.4<br>210<br>**HMCP070M2C**<br>B<br>21.5 –26.8<br>280<br>C<br>26.9 –32.2<br>350<br>D<br>32.3–37.5<br>420<br>E<br>37.6–42.9<br>490<br>F<br>43.0–48.3<br>560<br>G<br>48.4–53.7<br>630<br>H<br>53.8–59.1<br>700|
|0<br>7||3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCP100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8 –61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5 –69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>15||4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCP150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|1<br>30||||
|||4<br>150|A<br>57.0 –75.0<br>750<br>**HMCP150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|2<br>50||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with||



- 3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. 

HMCP 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-390** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

|**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|25|A<br>40<br>**HMCP025D0C**<br>B<br>43<br>D<br>49<br>E<br>52<br>F<br>55<br>G<br>58<br>H<br>60|
|50|A<br>80<br>**HMCP050G2C**<br>B<br>87<br>C<br>93<br>D<br>98<br>E<br>103<br>F<br>109<br>G<br>115<br>H<br>120|
|70|A<br>115<br>**HMCP070J2C**<br>B<br>122<br>C<br>130<br>D<br>139<br>E<br>145<br>F<br>153<br>G<br>160<br>H<br>170|
|100|A<br>160<br>**HMCP100L3C**<br>B<br>174<br>C<br>185<br>D<br>196<br>E<br>207<br>F<br>218<br>G<br>229<br>H<br>240|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-391** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays**_ 

**2** 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>0<br>3<br>A<br>0.69–0.91<br>9<br>**HMCPS003A0C**<br>B<br>0.92–1.0<br>12<br>C<br>1.1–1.2<br>15<br>D<br>1.3–1.5<br>18<br>E<br>1.6–1.7<br>21<br>F<br>1.8–1.9<br>24<br>G<br>2.0–2.2<br>27<br>H<br>2.3–2.5<br>30<br>0<br>7<br>A<br>1.5–2.0<br>21<br>**HMCPS007C0C**<br>B<br>2.1–2.5<br>28<br>C<br>2.6–3.1<br>35<br>D<br>3.2–3.6<br>42<br>E<br>3.7–3.9<br>49<br>F<br>4.3–4.7<br>56<br>G<br>4.8–5.2<br>63<br>H<br>5.3–5.7<br>70<br>0<br>15<br>A<br>3.4–4.5<br>45<br>**HMCPS015E0C**<br>B<br>4.6–5.6<br>60<br>C<br>5.7–6.8<br>75<br>D<br>6.9–7.9<br>90<br>E<br>8.0–9.1<br>105<br>F<br>9.2–10.3<br>120<br>G<br>10.4–11.4<br>135<br>H<br>11.5–12.6<br>150<br>1<br>30<br>A<br>6.9–9.1<br>90<br>**HMCPS030H1C**<br>B<br>9.2–11.4<br>120<br>C<br>11.5–13.7<br>150<br>D<br>13.8–16.0<br>180<br>E<br>16.1–18.3<br>210<br>F<br>18.4–20.6<br>240<br>G<br>20.7–22.9<br>270<br>H<br>23.0–25.2<br>300<br>2<br>50<br>A<br>11.5–15.2<br>150<br>**HMCPS050K2C**<br>B<br>15.3–19.1<br>200<br>C<br>19.2–22.9<br>250<br>D<br>23.0–26.8<br>300<br>E<br>26.9–30.6<br>350<br>F<br>30.7–34.5<br>400<br>G<br>34.6–38.3<br>450<br>H<br>38.4–42.1<br>500|**600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued**<br>**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**<br>**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|0<br>3|3<br>100|A<br>23.0–30.6<br>300<br>**HMCPS100R3C**<br>B<br>30.7–38.3<br>400<br>C<br>38.4–46.0<br>500<br>D<br>46.1–53.7<br>600<br>E<br>53.8–61.4<br>700<br>F<br>61.5–69.1<br>800<br>G<br>69.2–76.8<br>900<br>H<br>76.9–84.5<br>1000|
|0<br>7|4<br>150|A<br>34.6–46.0<br>450<br>**HMCPS150T4C**<br>B<br>46.1–57.5<br>600<br>C<br>57.6–69.1<br>750<br>D<br>69.2–80.6<br>900<br>E<br>80.7–92.2<br>1050<br>F<br>92.3–103.7<br>1200<br>G<br>103.8–115.2<br>1350<br>H<br>115.3–126.7<br>1500|
|0<br>15|4<br>150|A<br>57.0–75.0<br>750<br>**HMCPS150U4C**<br>B<br>76.0–95.0<br>1000<br>C<br>96.0–114.0<br>1250<br>D<br>115.0–130.7<br>1500<br>E<br>3<br>1750<br>F<br>3<br>2000<br>G<br>3<br>2250<br>H<br>3<br>2500|
|1<br>30|**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the<br>ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load<br>ampere rating.<br>HMCP 25–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.<br>HMCPS 3–100 A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come<br>with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.||
|2<br>50|||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-392** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**J-Frame**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP250A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>47.0–50.7<br>660<br>I<br>47.0–50.7<br>700<br>A<br>34.7–38.8<br>450<br>**HMCP250C5C**<br>B<br>38.9–43.4<br>505<br>C<br>43.5–47.6<br>565<br>D<br>47.7–52.2<br>620<br>E<br>52.3–56.5<br>680<br>F<br>56.6–60.7<br>735<br>G<br>60.8–64.9<br>790<br>H<br>65.0–69.2<br>845<br>I<br>69.3–73.5<br>900<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP250D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>625<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP250F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP250G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP250J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|
|5<br>250||||
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>77.0–86.6<br>1000<br>**HMCP250K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP250L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>250||5<br>250|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP250W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>250||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate<br>cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix<br>“C,” without “C” comes with TA250KB.)||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-393** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**K-Frame**_ 

**2** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum** 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>27.0–30.7<br>350<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>B<br>30.8–33.8<br>400<br>C<br>33.9–36.9<br>440<br>D<br>37.0–40.3<br>480<br>**HMCP400A5C**<br>E<br>40.4–43.8<br>525<br>F<br>43.9–46.9<br>570<br>G<br>47.0–50.7<br>610<br>H<br>50.8–53.8<br>660<br>I<br>53.9–57.2<br>700<br>A<br>38.5–43.4<br>500<br>**HMCP400D5C**<br>B<br>43.5–48.0<br>565<br>C<br>48.1–53.0<br>626<br>D<br>53.1–57.6<br>690<br>E<br>57.7–62.3<br>750<br>F<br>62.4–67.3<br>810<br>G<br>67.4–71.9<br>875<br>H<br>72.0–76.9<br>935<br>I<br>77.0–81.6<br>1000<br>A<br>48.1–53.8<br>625<br>**HMCP400F5C**<br>B<br>53.9–59.9<br>700<br>C<br>60.0–66.1<br>780<br>D<br>66.2–72.3<br>860<br>E<br>72.4–78.4<br>940<br>F<br>78.5–83.8<br>1020<br>G<br>83.9–89.9<br>1090<br>H<br>90.0–96.1<br>1170<br>I<br>96.2–102.0<br>1250<br>A<br>57.7–64.6<br>750<br>**HMCP400G5C**<br>B<br>64.7–71.9<br>840<br>C<br>72.0–79.2<br>935<br>D<br>79.3–86.5<br>1030<br>E<br>86.6–93.8<br>1125<br>F<br>93.9–101.1<br>1220<br>G<br>101.2–108.4<br>1315<br>H<br>108.5–115.3<br>1410<br>I<br>115.4–122.4<br>1500<br>A<br>67.4–75.3<br>875<br>**HMCP400J5C**<br>B<br>75.4–83.8<br>980<br>C<br>83.9–92.3<br>1090<br>D<br>92.4–100.7<br>1200<br>E<br>100.8–109.2<br>1310<br>F<br>109.3–117.6<br>1420<br>G<br>117.7–126.1<br>1530<br>H<br>126.2–134.6<br>1640<br>I<br>134.7–142.8<br>1750|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3|
|---|---|---|---|
|4<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>77.0–86.5<br>1000<br>**HMCP400K5C**<br>B<br>86.6–96.1<br>1125<br>C<br>96.2–105.7<br>1250<br>D<br>105.8–115.3<br>1375<br>E<br>115.4–124.9<br>1500<br>F<br>125.0–134.6<br>1625<br>G<br>134.7–144.2<br>1750<br>H<br>144.3–153.8<br>1875<br>I<br>153.9–163.3<br>2000|
|5<br>400||||
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>86.6–97.3<br>1125<br>**HMCP400L5C**<br>B<br>97.4–108.4<br>1265<br>C<br>108.5–118.8<br>1410<br>D<br>118.9–129.9<br>1545<br>E<br>130.0–140.7<br>1690<br>F<br>140.8–151.5<br>1830<br>G<br>151.6–162.3<br>1970<br>H<br>162.4–173.0<br>2110<br>I<br>173.1–183.6<br>2250|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>96.2–108.0<br>1250<br>**HMCP400W5C**<br>B<br>108.1–119.9<br>1405<br>C<br>120.0–132.3<br>1560<br>D<br>132.4–144.2<br>1720<br>E<br>144.3–156.1<br>1875<br>F<br>156.2–168.0<br>2030<br>G<br>168.1–179.9<br>2185<br>H<br>180.0–192.3<br>2340<br>I<br>192.4–204.0<br>2500|
|5<br>400||5<br>400|A<br>115.4–129.9<br>1500<br>**HMCP400N5C**<br>B<br>130.0–144.2<br>1690<br>C<br>144.3–158.4<br>1875<br>D<br>158.5–173.0<br>2060<br>E<br>173.1–187.6<br>2250<br>F<br>187.7–201.9<br>2440<br>G<br>202.0–216.1<br>2625<br>H<br>216.2–230.7<br>2810<br>I<br>230.8–244.9<br>3000|
|5<br>400||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.<br>2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.<br>3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with**HM2P**in place<br>of**HMCP**.<br>All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers<br>with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-394** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**L-Frame**_ 

## **600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued** 

**600 Vac Maximum**[4 ] 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>2<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**3<br>A<br>134.7–151.5<br>1750<br>**HMCP400R5C**<br>B<br>151.6–168.4<br>1970<br>C<br>168.5–185.3<br>2190<br>D<br>185.4–201.9<br>2410<br>E<br>202.0–218.8<br>2625<br>F<br>218.9–235.7<br>2845<br>G<br>235.8–252.6<br>3065<br>H<br>252.7–269.2<br>3285<br>I<br>269.3–285.7<br>3500<br>A<br>153.9–173.0<br>2000<br>**HMCP400X5C**<br>B<br>173.1–192.3<br>2250<br>C<br>192.4–211.5<br>2500<br>D<br>211.6–230.7<br>2750<br>E<br>230.8–249.9<br>3000<br>F<br>250.0–269.2<br>3250<br>G<br>269.3–288.4<br>3500<br>H<br>288.5–307.6<br>3750<br>I<br>307.7–326.9<br>4000<br>A<br>173.1–194.5<br>2250<br>**HMCP400Y5C**<br>B<br>194.6–216.1<br>2530<br>C<br>216.2–237.6<br>2810<br>D<br>237.7–259.5<br>3090<br>E<br>259.6–281.1<br>3375<br>F<br>281.2–302.6<br>3655<br>G<br>302.7–324.1<br>3935<br>H<br>324.2–346.1<br>4215<br>I<br>346.2–368.1<br>4500|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor**<br>**Full Load**<br>**Current**<br>**Amperes**<br>**(FLA)**1<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|5<br>400||6<br>600|A<br>138.5–184.5<br>1800<br>**HMCP600L6W**<br>B<br>184.6–230.7<br>2400<br>C<br>230.8–276.8<br>3000<br>D<br>276.9–323.0<br>3600<br>E<br>323.1–369.1<br>4200<br>F<br>369.2–415.3<br>4800<br>G<br>415.4–461.4<br>5400<br>H<br>461.5–507.7<br>6000|
|||6<br>600|A<br>38.5–46.1<br>500<br>**HMCP600X6W**<br>B<br>46.2–61.4<br>600<br>C<br>61.5–76.8<br>800<br>D<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>E<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>F<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>G<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>H<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500|
|5<br>400||||
|||6<br>600|A<br>76.9–96.1<br>1000<br>**HMCP600Y6W**<br>B<br>96.2–115.3<br>1250<br>C<br>115.4–153.7<br>1500<br>D<br>153.8–192.2<br>2000<br>E<br>192.3–230.7<br>2500<br>F<br>230.8–269.1<br>3000<br>G<br>269.2–307.6<br>3500<br>H<br>307.7–346.1<br>4000|
|5<br>400||||
|||**_Notes_**<br>1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA<br>value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam<br>||



- 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

**2** 

- 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 

- 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with **HM2P** in place of **HMCP** . 

- 4 Equipped with electronic trip device. 

All HMCP and HM2P 400 A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix “C” as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. 

All HMCP 600 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-347.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-395** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**N-Frame**_ 

**2** 

**600 Vac Maximum**[1 ] 

|**NEMA**<br>**Starter**<br>**Size**<br>**Cont.**<br>**Amps**|**Cam**<br>**Setting**<br>**Motor Full**<br>**Load Current**<br>**Amperes (FLA)**2<br>**MCP**<br>**Trip**<br>**Setting**<br>**MCP**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|7<br>800|A<br>123.1–184.5<br>1600<br>**HMCP800X7W**<br>B<br>184.6–246.1<br>2400<br>C<br>246.2–307.6<br>3200<br>D<br>307.7–369.1<br>4000<br>E<br>369.2–430.7<br>4800<br>F<br>430.8–492.2<br>5600<br>G<br>492.3–553.7<br>6400|
|8<br>1200|A<br>184.6–276.8<br>2400<br>**HMCP12Y8W**<br>B<br>276.9–369.1<br>3600<br>C<br>369.2–461.4<br>4800<br>D<br>461.5–553.7<br>6000<br>E<br>553.8–646.1<br>7200<br>F<br>646.2–738.4<br>8400<br>G<br>738.5–830.7<br>9600|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Equipped with electronic trip device. 

> 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-396** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**==> picture [97 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**<br>**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)|**V4-T2-386**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-398**<br>**V4-T2-398**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)** 

## **Product Description** 

Motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) provide UL 489 branch circuit protection, UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements. Typical branch motor loads are protected by three-component starters, consisting of breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB application-specific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay found in the traditional three-component starter assembly. The branch motor load protection is simplified to an MPCB and contactor, reducing both space requirements and heat generation in customer panels. Protection is provided by application-specific electronic trip units. 

The electronic trip unit provides typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground faults. 

- l Disconnecting means 

- l Branch circuit short-circuit protection 

- l Overload protection 

- l Class 5, 10, 15 and 20 

- l Phase unbalance protection 

- l FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average 

- l Phase loss protection 

- l Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting 

- l Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current 

- l Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips 

- l Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down 

The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-397** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## **FDMP and HFDMP** 

|**FDMP and HFDMP**|**FDMP and HFDMP**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous Amperes**<br>**35 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**35 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**<br>**65 kA Without Phase Unbalance,**<br>**Class 10 Motor Protection Only**<br>**65 kA With Phase**<br>**Unbalance and Adjustable**<br>**Motor Class Protection**||
|80<br>**FDMP3080L**|**FDMP3080JL**<br>**HFDMP3080L**<br>**HFDMP3080JL**|
|100<br>**FDMP3100L**|**FDMP3100JL**<br>**HFDMP3100L**<br>**HFDMP3100JL**|
|160<br>**FDMP3160L**|**FDMP3160JL**<br>**HFDMP3160L**<br>**HFDMP3160JL**|
|205<br>**FDMP3205L**|**FDMP3205JL**<br>**HFDMP3205L**<br>**HFDMP3205JL**|
|**FLA le Dial Setting**<br>**Continuous Amperes**<br>**A**<br>**B**|**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**F**<br>**G**<br>**H**|
|80<br>40<br>50|60<br>70<br>80<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|100<br>80<br>—|90<br>—<br>100<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|160<br>100<br>115|130<br>145<br>160<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|205<br>160<br>170|180<br>195<br>205<br>—<br>—<br>—|
|**Technical Data and Specifications**<br>**Specifications**<br>**Feature**|**FDMP**<br>**HFDMP**|
|Interruption rating at 240 V|65 kA<br>100 kA|
|Interruption rating at 480 V|35 kA<br>65 kA|
|Interruption rating at 600 V|18 kA<br>25 kA|
|Icu/Ics at 240 V|65 kA/33 kA1<br>100 kA/50 kA1|
|Icu/Ics at 415 V|35 kA/18 kA1<br>65 kA/33 kA1|
|100% rated|No<br>No|
|FLA range (A)|40–205<br>40–205|
|Motor class protection|5, 10, 15, 20<br>5, 10, 15, 20|
|Phase unbalance protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds<br>40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds|
|Phase loss protection (current)—active for phase current<br>>0.5 FLA setting|Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second<br>Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second|
|Thermal memory protection|Yes<br>Yes|
|High load indicator|—<br>—|
|Pre-detection relays|—<br>—|
|Internal accessories|Factory installed<br>Factory installed|
||Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR<br>Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP. 

For additional breaker solutions, see **Page V4-T2-219** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-398** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|**2**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**||
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**<br>**V4-T2-251**|**2**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-283**|**2**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|**2**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|**2**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**||
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|**2**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-400**|**2**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**<br>**V4-T2-436**|**2**|



## **Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4)** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Type ELC current limiter attachment for the MCP is designed to provide increased interrupting capacity. The combination may be used for the application up to 200,000 A symmetrical at 600 Vac, making the MCP suitable for use in network distribution systems or other applications where unusually high fault currents are available. The current limiter connects to the load end of the MCP and is provided with terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. (See table at right **.** ) 

Limiters are coordinated with the MCP so that normal fault currents are interrupted automatically by the MCP without any damage to the limiter. Only the rare very high fault is opened by the limiter. Faults that are interrupted by the limiter also magnetically trip the MCP, opening all three poles, preventing singlephase operation. 

Each of the three poles of the Type ELC limiter is equipped with an indicator that extends when a fault is interrupted by the limiter. 

## **Product Selection** 

|**Type ELC Current**<br>**Limiter Attachment**|**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**<br>**MCP Rating**<br>**Catalog**|**ELC Current Limiter Attachment**<br>**MCP Rating**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
||**(Amperes)**|**Number**|
||3|**ELC3003R**|
||7|**ELC3007R**|
||15|**ELC3015R**|
||30|**ELC3030R**|
||50|**ELC3050R**|
||100|**ELC3100R**|
||150|**ELC3150R**|



## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes**[1] 

|**Type ELC Current**|**Wire Range**|**Metric**|
|---|---|---|
|**Limiter Maximum Amperes**|**AWG**|**(mm2)**|
|**Standard Aluminum Terminals**|||
|50<br>100|14–2<br>1–4/0|2.5–35<br>50–95|
|150<br>**Non-Standard Terminals (Steel)**|1–4/0|50–95|
|50|14–22|2.5–35|
|100|—|—|
|150|—|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in UL 486A or UL 486B. 

> 2 Optional on special order for copper cable only. 

All HMCP 800 A and 1200 A come without terminals. For terminals, see **Page V4-T2-347.** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-399** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-399**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-401**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-402**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-402**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-436**|



## **Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module** 

## **Product Overview** 

Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a short-circuit event. Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring the system back online. 

## **Product Description** 

The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics. 

## **Application Description** 

High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications. 

## **Features and Benefits** 

Superior system protection: 

- l Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts 

- l No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses 

- l Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- l Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker 

- l High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts 

- l Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

> l UL 489 

- l CSA C22.2 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-400** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Series C High Performance Ratings** 

**2** 

|**Type**<br>~~eee—V—_—~~|**Product**<br>~~eee—V—_—~~|**Amperes**<br>~~eee—V—_—~~|**480 Vac (UL)**<br>~~eee—V—_—~~|**600 Vac (UL)**<br>~~eee—V—_—~~|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|FDC 3P thermal-magnetic|Breaker only|15–225|100|35|
||With limiter|40–200|200|200|



## **FD Frame** 

## **FD IC Rating—200 kAIC at 600 Vac**[1] 

||||**Ampere**|**Breaker with Line Side**|**Breaker with Load Side**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|oe<br>Leh<br>ee<br>=<br>=|||**Rating**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Mounted Current Limiter**2|**Mounted Current Limiter**3|
|es<br>er<br>ee<br>oO ee,<br>ae|||40<br>45<br>50<br>~~—_—_~~ _<br>~~ee~~|**FDC3040Q01**<br>**FDC3045Q01**<br>**FDC3050Q01**|**FDC3040YQ02**<br>**FDC3045YQ02**<br>**FDC3050YQ02**|
||||60|**FDC3060Q01**|**FDC3060YQ02**|
||||70|**FDC3070Q01**|**FDC3070YQ02**|
|.<br>Pate||.<br>|80<br>**FDC3080Q01**<br>**FDC3080YQ02**<br>90<br>**FDC3090Q01**<br>**FDC3090YQ02**<br> ~~a~~|||
||||100|**FDC3100Q01**|**FDC3100YQ02**|
||||110|**FDC3110Q01**|**FDC3110YQ02**|
||||125|**FDC3125Q01**|**FDC3125YQ02**|
||||150<br>175|**FDC3150Q01**<br>**FDC3175Q01**|**FDC3150YQ02**<br>**FDC3175YQ02**|
||||200|**FDC3200Q01**|**FDC3200YQ02**|



## **Limiter Terminals** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Body Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>~~SS~~<br>~~ee—V<—_V~~|
|---|
|250<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>10–185<br>#8–350 (1)<br>**TA250FJ**4|



## **Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)** 

||||||**Package of**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Terminal**||**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Three Terminals**|
|**Breaker Amperes**|**Body Material**|**Wire Type**|**Range**|**Range mm2**|**Catalog Number**|
|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>~~LS~~|**Standard Pressure Type Terminals**<br>~~LS~~|~~LS~~|~~LS~~|~~LS~~|~~LS~~|
|100|Steel|Cu/AI|14–1/0|2.5–50|**3T100FB**|
|225|Aluminum|Cu/AI|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Line and load terminal included. 

> 2   Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number **FJ1PBK** . 

3   Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 

- 4   Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-401** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Current Limiting Data** 

|**Frame**|**Circuit**|**Ip (kA)**|**I2T (106A2S)**|
|---|---|---|---|
|FDC|240 V/200 kA|64.80|6.80|
|FDC|480 V/100 kA|66.90|9.33|
|FDC|600 V/50 kA|54.30|8.92|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module** 

|**sembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**|**sembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**|**sembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**|**sembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**|**sembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**me**<br>**Height**<br>**Width**<br>**Depth**<br>**Weight in lbs (kg)**|||||4.13<br>(104.9)|||
|+ limiter<br>12.06 (306.3)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>3.39 (86.1)<br>8.50 (3.86)||||||||
|**-Frame With Current Limiter Module**<br>4.12<br>(104.6)||||||||
||12<br>4.6)||||||4.13<br>(104.|



**==> picture [350 x 112] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
12.06<br>(306.3)<br>3.96<br>(100.5)<br>3.34<br>(84.8) 3.39<br>(86.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-402** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Series C Internal Accessories** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>G-Frame (15–100 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**<br>**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>J-Frame (70–250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**<br>**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**<br>**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**<br>**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**<br>**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . .<br>Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-399**<br>**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-405**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .<br>External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-424**<br>**V4-T2-436**|



**2** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

## **Product Overview** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A “make” contact closes and a “break” contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. 

## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one “a” and one “b” contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the “a” contact is open and the “b” contact is closed. 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

Each catalog number listed in tables on **Pages V4-T2-408** and **V4-T2-409** includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker. 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage. 

Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. 

## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_ 

Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism. 

When a 100 microfarad capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-403** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ 

The undervoltage release **2** mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line **2** voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage **2** falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating. 

The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted. 

## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_ 

(For fixed-mounted configuration.) 

Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories. 

For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to **Page V4-T2-404** . 

## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_ 

Eaton’s PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an “isolated high quality” unit. 

**Note:** Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-404** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

**2** 

|||
|---|---|
|**Alarm Switch**<br>Make<br>Break|**G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)**1<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**234<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**|
||**Alarm Switch**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break<br>**B3**<br>**1288C75G03**|
||**Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B<br>**B13**<br>**1288C76G09**|



## **F-Frame Alarm Switch**[1] 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L1LPK**<br>**A1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L1RPK**<br>**A1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L1LPK**<br>**A2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L1RPK**<br>**A2L1RTK**|
|1|Single-pole<br>**B15**8<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|



## **F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch**[1] 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**5<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left7<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**MA1L1LPK**<br>**MA1L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**MA1L1RPK**<br>**MA1L1RTK**|
|2|Left7<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**MA2L1LPK**<br>**MA2L1LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**MA2L1RPK**<br>**MA2L1RTK**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**9<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**7<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Leftj<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L2LPK**<br>**A1L2LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L2RPK**<br>**A1L2RTK**6|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed; however, this is not recommended for FDE breakers. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

- 2   Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (16–0.010). 

- 3   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 

- 4   Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 

- 5   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 

- 6   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

- 7   Standard mounting location. 

- 8   Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker. 

- 9   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

> j Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-405** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch** 

**2** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L3LPK**<br>**A1L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L3RPK**<br>**A1L3RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L3LPK**<br>**A2L3LTK**|
||Right4<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L3RPK**<br>**A2L3RTK**|



## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left3<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L4LPK**<br>**A1L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L4RPK**<br>**A1L4RTK**|
|2|Left3<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L4LPK**<br>**A2L4LTK**|
||Right<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L4RPK**<br>**A2L4RTK**|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1M and 1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**B01**<br>**B02**<br>**B03**<br>**B04**<br>**A1L5LPK**<br>**A1L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B05**<br>**B06**<br>**B07**<br>**B08**<br>**A1L5RPK**<br>**A1L5RTK**|
|2|Left<br>**B09**<br>**B10**<br>**—**<br>**B11**<br>**A2L5LPK**<br>**A2L5LTK**|
||Right3<br>**B12**<br>**B13**<br>**—**<br>**B14**<br>**A2L5RPK**<br>**A2L5RTK**|



## **R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**5|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Number of Contacts**<br>**(Make and Break)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**6|**Catalog**<br>**Number**6|
|1|**B05**|**A1L6RPK**|
|2|**B12**|**A2L6RPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location. 

- 3 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-406** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

**G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)** 

||**GF Aili Sih RH Ol**|
|---|---|
|**Auxiliary Switch**<br>a<br>b|**-rame uxary wtc ( ny)**<br>**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Contact**<br>**Arrangement**<br>**Factory**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**12<br>**Volts**<br>**Frequency**<br>**Amperes**|
|a<br>b||
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>1a/1b<br>**A3**<br>**1288C74G03**|
||240<br>50/60 Hz<br>6<br>2a/2b<br>**A6**<br>**1288C73G03**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**4<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left5<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A15**7<br>**A16**7<br>**A17**7<br>**—**<br>**E1X1PK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X1PK**<br>**A1X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A18**7<br>**A19**7<br>**A20**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|2|Left5<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X1LPK**<br>**A2X1LTK**|
||Left5<br>**A21**7<br>**A22**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>**A2X1RTK**8|
||Right or Neutral6<br>**A23**7<br>**A24**7<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2X1RPK**<br>**—**|



## **F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch**[9] 

|||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**4|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Connection Type and Location**||||||
|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Number of**|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|||
|**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Location**<br>**(Pole)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**310+**|||||||
|1|Right|**A30**|**A31**|**A32**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|**Trip Unit Type**|**210+**|||||||
|1|Right|**A33**|**A34**|**A35**|**—**|**—**|**—**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**j<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X2RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2LTK**|
||Rightk<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X2RTK**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010). 

- 2   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 

- 3   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

- 4   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 

- 5   Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

- 6   Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit. 

- 7   125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 

- 8   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

- 9   Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. Installation auxiliary switch for FD electronic breakers on right pole must be performed at breaker factory. 

- j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- k Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-407** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch** 

**2** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X3PK**<br>**A1X3RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3LTK**|
||Right23<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X3PK**<br>**A2X3RTK**4|
||Right<br>**A21**<br>**A22**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G10**67<br>**—**|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X3LPK**<br>**A3X3LTK**|
||Right3<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X3RPK**<br>**A3X3RTK**4|



## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X4PK**<br>**A1X4RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X4PK**<br>**A2X4RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X4PK**<br>**A3X4RTK**4|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**A and B**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**A01**<br>**A02**<br>**A03**<br>**A04**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A05**<br>**A06**<br>**A07**<br>**A08**<br>**A1X5PK**<br>**A1X5RTK**4|
|2|Left<br>**A09**<br>**A10**<br>**—**<br>**A11**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A12**<br>**A13**<br>**—**<br>**A14**<br>**A2X5PK**<br>**A2X5RTK**4|
|3|Left<br>**A18**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A15**<br>**A3X5LPK**<br>**A3X5LTK**|
||Right2<br>**A17**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**A16**<br>**A3X5RPK**<br>**A3X5RTK**4|



## **R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Contacts**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|
|**A and B**|**Number**5|**Number**5|
|2|**A12**|**A2X6RPK**|
|4|**A19**|**A4X6RPK**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

> 6 This option is not field installable. 

> 7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-408** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**[1] 

|||
|---|---|
|**Auxiliary Switch and**<br>**Alarm Switch**<br>**Combination**<br>a<br>b|**F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**1<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Factory Installation Kit**2<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**3<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Left3<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL1LPK**<br>**AAL1LTK**|
||Right<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL1RPK**<br>**AAL1RTK**4|



**2** 

## **F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

||**Factory Mounted**|||**Factory Installation Kit**2|**Factory Installation Kit**2|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|||||
||**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Mounting**<br>**Location**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**<br>Left4|**Number**<br>**C01**|**Number**<br>**C02**|**Number**<br>**C03**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LPK**|**Number**<br>**MAAL1LTK**|
|Right|**C04**|**C05**|**C06**|**MAAL1RPK**|**MAAL1RPK**|



## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL2LPK**<br>**AAL2LTK**|
||Right4<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL2RPK**<br>**AAL2RTK**4|



## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**(1M–1B)**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**5<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**6<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AAL3LPK**<br>**AAL3LTK**|
||Right67<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AAL3RPK**8<br>**AAL3RTK**|
||Right<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**1482D28G09**9j<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination options (Cxx) are not available on FDE 310+ with LSG or LSIG trip units due to exit wire limitations. To obtain both features, order a left mounting alarm switch (B01-B04 or B09-B11), and right mounting auxiliary switch (A30-A32). 

- 2   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation. 

- 3   Standard mounting location. 

- 4   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers 

- 5   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 

- 6   Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 7   Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

- 8   Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH). 

- 9   Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 

- j This option is not field installable. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-409** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA114LPK**<br>**AA114LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA114RPK**<br>**AA114RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA214LPK**<br>**AA214LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA214RPK**<br>**AA214RTK**3|
|3A, 3B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C14**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314LPK**<br>**—**|
||Right2<br>**C15**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**AA314RPK**<br>**—**|



## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination** 

|**N-Frame and HMCP**|**(N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**|
|---|---|
|**Number of**<br>**Sets of**<br>**Contacts**|**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**(Pole)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|1A, 1B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C01**<br>**C02**<br>**—**<br>**C03**<br>**AA115LPK**<br>**AA115LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C04**<br>**C05**<br>**—**<br>**C06**<br>**AA115RPK**<br>**AA115RTK**3|
|2A, 2B and<br>1 Make/1 Break|Left<br>**C07**<br>**C08**<br>**—**<br>**C12**<br>**AA215LPK**<br>**AA215LTK**|
||Right2<br>**C10**<br>**C11**<br>**—**<br>**C13**<br>**AA215RPK**<br>**AA215RTK**3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-410** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

**==> picture [39 x 59] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Shunt Trip<br>ST<br>a<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)** 

|**Electrical Ratings**<br>**Volts**<br>120<br>240|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>1.1<br>2.1|**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**S1**<br>**S2**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**1373D62G01**<br>**1373D62G02**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|12|DC|2.8|**S3**|**1373D62G15**|
|24|DC|5.7|**S4**|**1373D62G16**|
|24|60 Hz|—|**S7**|**1373D62G20**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip** 

||**Factory Mounted**||||**Factory Installation**|**Kit**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**2|||**Terminal Block**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**3<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S01**<br>**S05**|**S02**<br>**S06**|**S03**<br>**S07**|**S04**<br>**S08**|**SNT1LP03K**<br>**SNT1LP08K**|**SNT1LT03K**<br>**SNT1LT08K**|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT1LP12K**|**SNT1LT12K**|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT1LP18K**|**SNT1LT18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**5|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT1RP03K**|**SNT1RT03K**6|
|48–127 Vac or 48–60 Vdc4|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT1RP08K**|**SNT1RT08K**6|
|208–380 Vac or 110–127 Vdc|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT1RP12K**|**SNT1RT12K**6|
|415–600 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT1RP18K**|**SNT1RT18K**6|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 

2   Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

3   Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

4   120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices. 

5   Standard mounting location. 

6   Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. 

Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-411** 

2.4 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip** 

**2** 

||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT2P04K**|**SNT2T04K**4|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S53**|**S54**|**S55**|**S56**|**SNT2P06K**|**SNT2T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT2P11K**|**SNT2T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT2P14K**|**SNT2T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT2P18K**|**SNT2T18K**4|



## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip** 

||**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|**Factory Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**|||**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|**Field Mounted**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2||**Opposite Side**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2<br>12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT3P04K**|**SNT3T04K**|
|48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S49**|**S50**|**S51**|**S52**|**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T06K**|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S17**|**S18**|**S19**|**S20**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**|
|**Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC**|**Ratings**56||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc<br>48–60 Vac or Vdc|**S45**<br>**S53**|**S46**<br>**S54**|**S47**<br>**S55**|**S48**<br>**S56**|**SNT3P04K**<br>**SNT3P06K**|**SNT3T04K**4<br>**SNT3T06K**4|
|110–240 Vac or 110–125 Vdc3|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT3P11K**|**SNT3T11K**4|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT3P14K**|**SNT3T14K**4|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT3P18K**|**SNT3T18K**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element. 

> 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

> 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-412** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip** 

|**L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and**|**Shunt Trip**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT4LP03K**|**SNT4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT4LP05K**|**SNT4LT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S85**|**S86**|**S87**|**—**|**SNT4LP23K**|**SNT4LT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT4LP11K**|**SNT4LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT4LP26K**|**SNT4LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc<br>480–600 Vac|**S13**<br>**S17**|**S14**<br>**S18**|**S15**<br>**S19**|**S16**<br>**S20**|**SNT4LP14K**<br>**SNT4LP18K**|**SNT4LT14K**<br>**SNT4LT18K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12–24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**S22**|**S23**|**S24**|**SNT4RP03K**|**SNT4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**S26**|**S27**|**S28**|**SNT4RP05K**|**SNT4RT05K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**S88**|**S89**|**S90**|**—**|**SNT4RP23K**|**SNT4RT23K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**S30**|**S31**|**S32**|**SNT4RP11K**|**SNT4RT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S45**|**S46**|**S47**|**S48**|**SNT4RP26K**|**SNT4RT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**S34**|**S35**|**S36**|**SNT4RP14K**|**SNT4RT14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**S38**|**S39**|**S40**|**SNT4RP18K**|**SNT4RT18K**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-413** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip** 

||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation Kits**1||
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings**2|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|9–24 Vac or Vdc|**S01**|**S02**|**S03**|**S04**|**SNT5LP03K**|**SNT5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S05**|**S06**|**S07**|**S08**|**SNT5LP05K**|**SNT5LT05K**|
|110–240 Vac3|**S09**|**S10**|**S11**|**S12**|**SNT5LP11K**|**SNT5LT11K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**S41**|**S42**|**S43**|**S44**|**SNT5LP26K**|**SNT5LT26K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S13**|**S14**|**S15**|**S16**|**SNT5LP14K**|**SNT5LT14K**|
|480–600 Vac<br>48–60 Vdc|**S17**<br>**S21**|**S18**<br>**S22**|**S19**<br>**S23**|**S20**<br>**S24**|**SNT5LP18K**<br>**SNT5LP23K**|**SNT5LT18K**<br>**SNT5LT23K**|



## **R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**|**Field Installation Kits**1|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|24 Vac or Vdc|**S21**|**SNT6P03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**S25**|**SNT6P05K**|
|110–240 Vac|**S29**|**SNT6P11K**|
|380–440 Vac or 220–250 Vdc|**S33**|**SNT6P14K**|
|480–600 Vac|**S37**|**SNT6P18K**|
|48–60 Vdc<br>110–125 Vdc|**S88**<br>**S45**|**SNT6P23K**<br>**SNT6P26K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 

> 4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-414** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Low Energy Shunt Trip**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. 

## **Low Energy Shunt Trip** 

UV 

## **F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip**[1] 

|**F-, J-, K-, L**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fram**|**-, M-, N- and R-Fram**|**es and H**|**MCPs Lo**|**w Energy Shu**|**nt Trip**1|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Factory Mounted**||||**Field Mounted**||
||**Connection**|**Type and Location**|||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|||
||||**Opposite**||||
|**Mounting**|**Same Side**|**Rear**3|**Side**|**Same Side**|**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Positions**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Pole)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**F-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**NO4**|**LST1LPK**4|**LST1LTK**4|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**NO8**|**LST1RPK**4|**LST1RTK**4|
|**J-Frame**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST2LPK**|**—**|
|Right3|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST2RPK**|**—**|
|**K-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST3LPK**|**—**|
|Right56|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST3RPK**|**—**|
|**L- and M-Frames**|||||||
|Left|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST4LPK**|**—**|
|Right|**NO5**|**NO6**|**NO7**|**—**|**LST4RPK**|**—**|
|**N-Frame**|||||||
|Left3|**NO1**|**NO2**|**NO3**|**—**|**LST5LPK**|**—**|
|**R-Frame**|||||||
|Right|**NO1**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**LST6RPK**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 

- 2   Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 3   Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 4   For F-Frame HMCP, add an “M” to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for field installation. 

- 5   For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only. 

- 6   Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-415** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ **Ordering Information** 

**2** Select handle reset undervoltage release **2** mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. **2** Undervoltage release mechanism coils are **2** designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages **2** within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit **2** breaker accessory nameplates. 

## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism** UV 

## **G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)** 

|**Electrical Ratings**||||**Factory**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Volts (AC Only)**<br>120|**Frequency (Hz)**<br>50/60|**Amperes**<br>0.05|**Style Numbers**123<br>**1373D62G03**|**Suffix**<br>**T1**|
|24<br>48|50/60<br>50/60|0.22<br>0.11|**1373D62G04**<br>**1373D62G05**|**T2**<br>**T3**|
|60|50/60|0.10|**1373D62G06**|**T4**|
|110|50|0.049|**1373D62G07**|**T5**|
|208|60|0.026|**1373D62G08**|**T6**|
|220|50|0.025|**1373D62G09**|**T7**|
|240|50/60|0.024|**1373D62G10**|**T8**|
|380<br>415|50<br>50|0.015<br>0.013|**1373D62G11**<br>**1373D62G12**|**T9**<br>**T10**|
|440|50|0.012|**1373D62G13**|**T11**|
|480|60|0.01|**1373D62G14**|**T12**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (16–0.010). 

2   A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 

3   Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker. 

G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-416** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Connection Type and Location**|**Connection Type and Location**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**18-Inch Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|
||**Same Side**|**Rear**1|**Opposite Side**|**Same Side**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vac|**U01**|**U02**|**U03**|**U04**|
|24 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|
|48 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vac|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|
|208–240 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|
|380–480 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|
|525–600 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|
|24 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|
|48 Vac|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vac|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vac|**U61**|**U62**|**U63**|**U64**|
|208–240 Vac|**U65**|**U66**|**U67**|**U68**|
|380–480 Vac|**U69**|**U70**|**U71**|**U72**|
|525–600 Vac|**U73**|**U74**|**U75**|**U76**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|||||
|12 Vdc|**U29**|**U30**|**U31**|**U32**|
|24 Vdc|**U33**|**U34**|**U35**|**U36**|
|48 Vdc|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|
|60 Vdc|**U97**|**U98**|**U99**|**U100**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|23||||
|12 Vdc|**U77**|**U78**|**U79**|**U80**|
|24 Vdc|**U81**|**U82**|**U83**|**U84**|
|48 Vdc|**U85**|**U86**|**U87**|**U88**|
|60 Vdc|**U101**|**U102**|**U103**|**U104**|
|110–127 Vdc|**U89**|**U90**|**U91**|**U92**|
|220–250 Vdc|**U93**|**U94**|**U95**|**U96**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 

> 2 Standard mounting location. 

> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. 

Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-417** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e e oue evoge eese ecs**<br>**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**F-Frame Breaker**<br>**F-Frame Breaker HMCP**<br>**Factory Installation Kits**1<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**|
||12 Vac<br>**UVH1LP02K**<br>**UVH1LT02K**<br>**MUVH1LP02K**<br>**MUVH1LT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**UVH1LP03K**<br>**UVH1LT03K**<br>**MUVH1LP03K**<br>**MUVH1LT03K**|
||48 Vac<br>**UVH1LP22K**<br>**UVH1LT22K**<br>**MUVH1LP22K**<br>**MUVH1LT22K**|
||60 Vac<br>**UVH1LP24K**<br>**UVH1LT24K**<br>**MUVH1LP24K**<br>**MUVH1LT24K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**UVH1LP08K**<br>**UVH1LT08K**<br>**MUVH1LP08K**<br>**MUVH1LT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**UVH1LP11K**<br>**UVH1LT11K**<br>**MUVH1LP11K**<br>**MUVH1LT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**UVH1LP15K**<br>**UVH1LT15K**<br>**MUVH1LP15K**<br>**MUVH1LT15K**|
||525–600 Vac<br>**UVH1LP18K**<br>**UVH1LT18K**<br>**MUVH1LP18K**<br>**MUVH1LT18K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**23|
||12 Vac<br>**UVH1RP02K**<br>**UVH1RT02K**<br>**MUVH1RP02K**<br>**MUVH1RT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**UVH1RP03K**<br>**UVH1RT03K**<br>**MUVH1RP03K**<br>**MUVH1RT03K**|
||48 Vac<br>**UVH1RP22K**<br>**UVH1RT22K**<br>**MUVH1RP22K**<br>**MUVH1RT22K**|
||60 Vac<br>**UVH1RP24K**<br>**UVH1RT24K**<br>**MUVH1RP24K**<br>**MUVH1RT24K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**UVH1RP08K**<br>**UVH1RT08K**<br>**MUVH1RP08K**<br>**MUVH1RT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**UVH1RP11K**<br>**UVH1RT11K**<br>**MUVH1RP11K**<br>**MUVH1RT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**UVH1RP15K**<br>**UVH1RT15K**<br>**MUVH1RP15K**<br>**MUVH1RT15K**|
||525–600 Vac<br>**UVH1RP18K**<br>**UVH1RT18K**<br>**MUVH1RP18K**<br>**MUVH1RT18K**|
||**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**|
||12 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP20K**<br>**UVH1LT20K**<br>**MUVH1LP20K**<br>**MUVH1LT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP21K**<br>**UVH1LT21K**<br>**MUVH1LP21K**<br>**MUVH1LT21K**|
||48 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP22K**<br>**UVH1LT22K**<br>**MUVH1LP22K**<br>**MUVH1LT22K**|
||60 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP24K**<br>**UVH1LT24K**<br>**MUVH1LP24K**<br>**MUVH1LT24K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP26K**<br>**UVH1LT26K**<br>**MUVH1LP26K**<br>**MUVH1LT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**UVH1LP28K**<br>**UVH1LT28K**<br>**MUVH1LP28K**<br>**MUVH1LT28K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**23|
||12 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP20K**<br>**UVH1RT20K**<br>**MUVH1RP20K**<br>**MUVH1RT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP21K**<br>**UVH1RT21K**<br>**MUVH1RP21K**<br>**MUVH1RT21K**|
||48 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP22K**<br>**UVH1RT22K**<br>**MUVH1RP22K**<br>**MUVH1RT22K**|
||60 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP22K**<br>**UVH1RT22K**<br>**MUVH1RP22K**<br>**MUVH1RT22K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP26K**<br>**UVH1RT26K**<br>**MUVH1RP26K**<br>**MUVH1RT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**UVH1RP28K**<br>**UVH1RT28K**<br>**MUVH1RP28K**<br>**MUVH1RT28K**|
|||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 

> 2 Standard mounting location. 

> 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-418** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**2|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**1|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**3|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH2LP02K**|**UVH2LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH2LP03K**|**UVH2LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH2LP05K**|**UVH2LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH2LP08K**|**UVH2LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH2LP11K**|**UVH2LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH2LP15K**|**UVH2LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH2RP02K**|**UVH2RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH2RP03K**|**UVH2RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH2RP05K**|**UVH2RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH2RP08K**|**UVH2RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH2RP11K**|**UVH2RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH2RP15K**|**UVH2RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**4|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH2LP20K**|**UVH2LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH2LP21K**|**UVH2LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH2LP23K**|**UVH2LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH2LP26K**|**UVH2LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH2LP28K**|**UVH2LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**3|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH2RP20K**|**UVH2RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH2RP21K**|**UVH2RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH2RP23K**|**UVH2RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH2RP26K**|**UVH2RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH2RP28K**|**UVH2RT28K**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 

- 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers. 

> 4 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-419** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

## Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e    evoge eese ecs**<br>**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Factory Mounted**<br>**Field Mounted**<br>**Connection Type and Location**<br>**Field Installation Kits**1<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Block**<br>**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Terminal Block**<br>**Same Side**<br>**Rear**2<br>**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
||**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|
||12 Vac<br>**U05**<br>**U06**<br>**U07**<br>**U08**<br>**UVH3LP02K**<br>**UVH3LT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U09**<br>**U10**<br>**U11**<br>**U12**<br>**UVH3LP03K**<br>**UVH3LT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U13**<br>**U14**<br>**U15**<br>**U16**<br>**UVH3LP05K**<br>**UVH3LT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U17**<br>**U18**<br>**U19**<br>**U20**<br>**UVH3LP08K**<br>**UVH3LT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U21**<br>**U22**<br>**U23**<br>**U24**<br>**UVH3LP11K**<br>**UVH3LT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U25**<br>**U26**<br>**U27**<br>**U28**<br>**UVH3LP15K**<br>**UVH3LT15K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**345|
||12 Vac<br>**U37**<br>**U38**<br>**U39**<br>**U40**<br>**UVH3RP02K**<br>**UVH3RT02K**|
||24 Vac<br>**U41**<br>**U42**<br>**U43**<br>**U44**<br>**UVH3RP03K**<br>**UVH3RT03K**|
||48–60 Vac<br>**U45**<br>**U46**<br>**U47**<br>**U48**<br>**UVH3RP05K**<br>**UVH3RT05K**|
||110–127 Vac<br>**U49**<br>**U50**<br>**U51**<br>**U52**<br>**UVH3RP08K**<br>**UVH3RT08K**|
||208–240 Vac<br>**U53**<br>**U54**<br>**U55**<br>**U56**<br>**UVH3RP11K**<br>**UVH3RT11K**|
||380–480 Vac<br>**U57**<br>**U58**<br>**U59**<br>**U60**<br>**UVH3RP15K**<br>**UVH3RT15K**|
||**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|
||12 Vdc<br>**T01**<br>**T02**<br>**T03**<br>**T04**<br>**UVH3LP20K**<br>**UVH3LT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T05**<br>**T06**<br>**T07**<br>**T08**<br>**UVH3LP21K**<br>**UVH3LT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T09**<br>**T10**<br>**T11**<br>**T12**<br>**UVH3LP23K**<br>**UVH3LT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T13**<br>**T14**<br>**T15**<br>**T16**<br>**UVH3LP26K**<br>**UVH3LT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T17**<br>**T18**<br>**T19**<br>**T20**<br>**UVH3LP28K**<br>**UVH3LT28K**|
||**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**345|
||12 Vdc<br>**T21**<br>**T22**<br>**T23**<br>**T24**<br>**UVH3RP20K**<br>**UVH3RT20K**|
||24 Vdc<br>**T25**<br>**T26**<br>**T27**<br>**T28**<br>**UVH3RP21K**<br>**UVH3RT21K**|
||48–60 Vdc<br>**T29**<br>**T30**<br>**T31**<br>**T32**<br>**UVH3RP23K**<br>**UVH3RT23K**|
||110–127 Vdc<br>**T33**<br>**T34**<br>**T35**<br>**T36**<br>**UVH3RP26K**<br>**UVH3RT26K**|
||220–250 Vdc<br>**T37**<br>**T38**<br>**T39**<br>**T40**<br>**UVH3RP28K**<br>**UVH3RT28K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

> 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

> 5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-420** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**||||**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|||||**Terminal**|||
||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Block**|||
||**Same Side**|**Rear**2|**Opposite Side Same Side**||**Pigtail Leads**|**Terminal Block**|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Suffix**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH4LP02K**|**UVH4LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH4LP03K**|**UVH4LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH4LP05K**|**UVH4LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH4LP08K**|**UVH4LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH4LP11K**|**UVH4LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH4LP15K**|**UVH4LT15K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vac|**U37**|**U38**|**U39**|**U40**|**UVH4RP02K**|**UVH4RT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**U42**|**U43**|**U44**|**UVH4RP03K**|**UVH4RT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U45**|**U46**|**U47**|**U48**|**UVH4RP05K**|**UVH4RT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U49**|**U50**|**U51**|**U52**|**UVH4RP08K**|**UVH4RT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**U54**|**U55**|**U56**|**UVH4RP11K**|**UVH4RT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U57**|**U58**|**U59**|**U60**|**UVH4RP15K**|**UVH4RT15K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T01**|**T02**|**T03**|**T04**|**UVH4LP20K**|**UVH4LT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T05**|**T06**|**T07**|**T08**|**UVH4LP21K**|**UVH4LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH4LP23K**|**UVH4LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH4LP26K**|**UVH4LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH4LP28K**|**UVH4LT28K**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**34|||||||
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**T22**|**T23**|**T24**|**UVH4RP20K**|**UVH4RT20K**|
|24 Vdc|**T25**|**T26**|**T27**|**T28**|**UVH4RP21K**|**UVH4RT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T29**|**T30**|**T31**|**T32**|**UVH4RP23K**|**UVH4RT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T33**|**T34**|**T35**|**T36**|**UVH4RP26K**|**UVH4RT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**T38**|**T39**|**T40**|**UVH4RP28K**|**UVH4RT28K**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

- 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

- 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 

- 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-421** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism** 

**2** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Factory Mounted**|||**Field Mounted**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|||**Terminal Block**|**Field Installation**|**Kits**1|
|**Voltage Rating**|**Same Side**<br>**Suffix**|**Rear**2<br>**Suffix**|**Opposite Side Same Side**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Suffix**||**Pigtail Leads**<br>**Catalog**|**Terminal Block**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)**<br>**Number**<br>**Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings**2||**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|12 Vac|**U05**|**U06**|**U07**|**U08**|**UVH5LP02K**|**UVH5LT02K**|
|24 Vac|**U09**|**U10**|**U11**|**U12**|**UVH5LP03K**|**UVH5LT03K**|
|48–60 Vac|**U13**|**U14**|**U15**|**U16**|**UVH5LP05K**|**UVH5LT05K**|
|110–127 Vac|**U17**|**U18**|**U19**|**U20**|**UVH5LP08K**|**UVH5LT08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U21**|**U22**|**U23**|**U24**|**UVH5LP11K**|**UVH5LT11K**|
|380–480 Vac|**U25**|**U26**|**U27**|**U28**|**UVH5LP29K**|**UVH5LT29K**|
|**Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings**2|||||||
|12 Vdc<br>24 Vdc|**T01**<br>**T05**|**T02**<br>**T06**|**T03**<br>**T07**|**T04**<br>**T08**|**UVH5LP20K**<br>**UVH5LP21K**|**UVH5LT20K**<br>**UVH5LT21K**|
|48–60 Vdc|**T09**|**T10**|**T11**|**T12**|**UVH5LP23K**|**UVH5LT23K**|
|110–127 Vdc|**T13**|**T14**|**T15**|**T16**|**UVH5LP26K**|**UVH5LT26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T17**|**T18**|**T19**|**T20**|**UVH5LP28K**|**UVH5LT28K**|



## **R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)** 

||**Factory Mounted**|**Field Mounted**|
|---|---|---|
||**Connection Type and Location**<br>**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads**|**Field Installation Kits**3<br>**Pigtail Leads**|
|**Voltage Rating**<br>**(AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)**|**Suffix**<br>**Number**4|**Catalog**<br>**Number**4|
|12 Vac|**U37**|**UVH6RP02K**|
|24 Vac|**U41**|**UVH6RP03K**|
|48–60 Vac<br>110–127 Vac|**U45**<br>**U49**|**UVH6RP05K**<br>**UVH6RP08K**|
|208–240 Vac|**U53**|**UVH6RP11K**|
|380–500 Vac|**U57**|**UVH6RP29K**|
|12 Vdc|**T21**|**UVH6RP20K**|
|24 Vdc<br>48–60 Vdc|**T25**<br>**T29**|**UVH6RP21K**<br>**UVH6RP23K**|
|110–125 Vdc|**T33**|**UVH6RP26K**|
|220–250 Vdc|**T37**|**UVH6RP28K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 

> 2 Standard mounting location—leads exit rear of breaker. 

> 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

> 4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-422** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)**_ 

## **R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**[1] 

|**Accessory Terminal**|**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|**R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Block (R-Frame)**|**Factory Installed**|**Field Mounted**|
||**Suffix**|**Catalog**|
||**Number**|**Number**|
||**Q01**|**TBRDK**|



**2** 

**Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory** 

||**Number of Contacts**|**Required Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Type of Accessory**|**per Single Accessory**|**of Wires**|
|Auxiliary switch|2a/2b|6|
||4a/4b|12|
|Alarm (Signal)/|1m/1b|6|
|Lockout switch|2m/2b|12|
|Shunt trip|N/A|2|
|Low energy shunt|N/A|2|
|Undervoltage release mechanism|N/A|2|



## _**PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames**_ 

## **PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2] 

||**PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2]|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**PowerNet and Zone**|**PowerNet Interlock Kit**[2]|||
|**Interlock Kits**|**Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Factory Install**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>K-Frame<br>**PN**<br>**ICK550K**<br>L-Frame<br>**PN**<br>**ICK550L**<br>~~OO~~|||
||N-Frame|**PN**|**ICK550N**|



## **Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23] 

|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZG**|**ZGK550N**|



## **PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit**[23] 

|**Circuit**|**Factory Install**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Suffix**|**Number**|
|K-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550K**|
|L-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550L**|
|N-Frame|**ZGP**|**ZGPK550N**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714). 

- 2   Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole. 

- 3   Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-423** 

2.4 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2** 

## _**Alarm Switch**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**F-Frame E**|**lectrical Rating D**|**ata**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|**Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers**||||
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250<br>**Single-Pole**|DC<br>**Circuit Breakers**|0.253|2500|
|125/250|50/60 Hz|63|2000|
|28|DC|33|2000|
|28|DC|54|2000|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[56] 

|**J-Frame El**|**ectrical Rating**|**Data**56||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600<br>125|50/60 Hz<br>DC|6<br>0.503|2500<br>2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[67] 

|**K-Frame**|**Electrical Rating**|**Data**67||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**67<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|||**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data** 8|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|
|**R-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**9j|||
|**Maximum**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Maximum**<br>**Current Amperes**|**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## _**Auxiliary Switch**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|1253|50/60 Hz|1|2500|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**J-Frame**|**Electrical Rating**|**Data**12||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**K-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**25|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**2||||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|
|**N-Frame**|**Electrical Rating Data**26|||
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.504|2500|
|250|DC|0.254|2500|



## **R-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[78] 

|**R-Frame E**|**lectrical Ratin**|**g Data**78|
|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|
|125|DC|0.504|
|250|DC|0.254|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

> 3 Non-inductive load. 

> 4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026). 

> 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

- 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

> 7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

> 8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

> i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

> j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-424** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination**_ 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[12] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2200|
|250|DC|0.253|2200|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[24] 

|**J-Frame Ele**|**ctrical Rating D**|**ata**24||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[25] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Current Amperes**<br>6|**Withstand Voltage**<br>2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[26] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

## **K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[24] 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum**|**Dielectric**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Current Amperes**|**Withstand Voltage**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6|2500|
|125|DC|0.503|2500|
|250|DC|0.253|2500|



- 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 

- 3 Non-inductive load. 

> 4 Endurance: 4000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

- 5 Endurance: 1000 electrical operations plus 5000 mechanical operations. 

- 6 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-425** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Shunt Trip**_ 

**2** 

**F-Frame and HMCP Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**F-Frame and HMCP**|**Shunt Trip Electrical R**|**ating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT1LP03K or SNT1LT03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>6.1<br>4.3<br>40<br>1048<br>12<br>8.5<br>6<br>75<br>24<br>17<br>12<br>300<br>12<br>9<br>8<br>100<br>24<br>16<br>400|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT1LP08K or SNT1LT08K|48–127<br>50/60|48<br>33.6<br>2.7<br>1.9<br>92<br>1254<br>60<br>3.4<br>2.4<br>140<br>110<br>6.2<br>4.4<br>480<br>120<br>6.8<br>4.8<br>570<br>127<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>640<br>48<br>33.6<br>2.1<br>100<br>60<br>2.6<br>160|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT1LP12K or SNT1LT12K|208–380<br>50/60|208<br>146<br>1.2<br>0.25<br>180<br>1760<br>220<br>1.3<br>0.27<br>200<br>240<br>1.4<br>0.29<br>240<br>380<br>2.3<br>0.31<br>610<br>110<br>77<br>0.5<br>55<br>120<br>0.55<br>66<br>125<br>0.57<br>71|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT1LP18K or SNT1LT18K|415–600<br>50/60|400<br>280<br>1.1<br>0.77<br>310<br>2200<br>415<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>330<br>440<br>1.2<br>0.85<br>380<br>480<br>1.3<br>0.93<br>450<br>525<br>1.4<br>1.02<br>530<br>550<br>1.5<br>1.06<br>590<br>600<br>1.6<br>1.16<br>700<br>220<br>154<br>0.48<br>110<br>250<br>0.55<br>140|
||220–250<br>DC||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-426** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT2P04K or SNT2T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT2P06K or SNT2T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT2P11K or SNT2T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>0.9<br>0.6<br>66<br>1480<br>120<br>1<br>0.7<br>84<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>354<br>220<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>396<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432<br>110<br>60<br>1<br>112<br>120<br>1.1<br>138<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT2P14K or SNT2T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.34<br>0.25<br>127<br>1880<br>400<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>150<br>415<br>0.4<br>0.29<br>163<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>188<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>40<br>250<br>0.22<br>58|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT2P18K or SNT2T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.13<br>0.07<br>34<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.08<br>42<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.14<br>0.1<br>60|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-427** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

**2** 

|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT3P04K or SNT3T04K|12–24<br>50/60|12<br>9<br>17.7<br>12.6<br>164<br>1048<br>24<br>38.3<br>27.4<br>631<br>12<br>9<br>7.3<br>87<br>24<br>16.9<br>405|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT3P06K or SNT3T06K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>36<br>24.4<br>17.3<br>830<br>1120<br>60<br>30.1<br>21.3<br>1280<br>48<br>36<br>14.8<br>710<br>60<br>18.4<br>1105|
||48–60<br>DC||
|SNT3P11K or SNT3T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>1.3<br>0.9<br>100<br>1480<br>120<br>1.4<br>1<br>120<br>127<br>1.5<br>1.1<br>140<br>208<br>2.8<br>2<br>420<br>220<br>3<br>2.1<br>470<br>240<br>3.2<br>2.3<br>550<br>110<br>82<br>1<br>110<br>120<br>1.1<br>130<br>125<br>1.2<br>140|
||110–125<br>DC||
|SNT3P14K or SNT3T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>285<br>0.37<br>0.25<br>95<br>1880<br>400<br>0.39<br>0.27<br>108<br>415<br>0.42<br>0.29<br>120<br>440<br>0.44<br>0.31<br>136<br>220<br>165<br>0.19<br>41<br>250<br>0.22<br>54|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT3P18K or SNT3T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>360<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>40<br>2200<br>525<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>550<br>0.13<br>0.09<br>50<br>600<br>0.16<br>0.12<br>70|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds. 

> 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-428** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**L-Frame and HMCP (L) and M-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**L-Frame and HMCP (**|**L) and M-Frame Shu**|**nt Trip Electrical Rating Data**123|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|SNT4P03K or SNT4T03K|12–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28.6<br>20.2<br>485<br>9<br>6.3<br>8.5<br>75<br>12<br>8.6<br>103<br>24<br>17.4<br>418|
||12–24<br>DC||
|SNT4P05K SNT4T05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>0.72<br>0.51<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>1.2<br>0.84<br>126|
|SNT4P11K or SNT4T11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.89<br>0.63<br>69<br>1480<br>120<br>1.03<br>0.73<br>88<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.8<br>102<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
|SNT4P14K or SNT4T14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.3<br>0.21<br>80<br>1880<br>400<br>0.34<br>0.24<br>96<br>415<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>104<br>440<br>0.38<br>0.27<br>119<br>220<br>154<br>0.34<br>75<br>250<br>0.34<br>85|
||220–250<br>DC||
|SNT4P18K or SNT4T18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.07<br>0.05<br>24<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.09<br>0.07<br>39<br>600<br>0.11<br>0.08<br>48|
|SNT4P23K SNT4T23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>0.76<br>36<br>1120<br>60<br>0.95<br>57|
|SNT4P26K or SNT4T26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>0.42<br>46<br>1250<br>120<br>0.43<br>52<br>125<br>0.44<br>55|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

- 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-429** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123] 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e**<br>**Catalog Number**|**u p ec**<br>**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**g**<br>**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|
||SNT5LP03K or SNT5LT03K|9–24<br>50/60|9<br>6.3<br>7.2<br>5.1<br>46<br>1048<br>12<br>11.6<br>8.2<br>98<br>24<br>28<br>19.8<br>475<br>9<br>7.2<br>8.8<br>79<br>12<br>12.1<br>145<br>24<br>25.4<br>610|
|||9–24<br>DC||
||SNT5LP05K SNT5LT05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>82<br>1120<br>60<br>3<br>2.1<br>126|
||SNT5LP11K or SNT5LT11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>77<br>0.86<br>0.61<br>67<br>1480<br>120<br>0.98<br>0.69<br>83<br>127<br>1.1<br>0.75<br>95<br>208<br>2.3<br>1.6<br>333<br>220<br>2.4<br>1.7<br>374<br>240<br>2.6<br>1.8<br>432|
||SNT5LP14K or SNT5LT14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>0.28<br>0.2<br>76<br>1880<br>400<br>0.31<br>0.22<br>88<br>415<br>0.33<br>0.23<br>95<br>440<br>0.35<br>0.25<br>110<br>220<br>154<br>0.21<br>46<br>250<br>0.22<br>55|
|||220–250<br>DC||
||SNT5LP18K or SNT5LT18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.06<br>0.04<br>19<br>2200<br>525<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>32<br>550<br>0.08<br>0.06<br>33<br>600<br>0.1<br>0.07<br>42|
||SNT5LP23K SNT5LT23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>1.4<br>67<br>1120<br>60<br>1.7<br>102|
||SNT5LP26K or SNT5LT26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>1.1<br>121<br>1250<br>120<br>1.2<br>144<br>125<br>1.2<br>150|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 

> 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 

> 3 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-430** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**R-Frame Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data**[123456] 

|**Catalog Number**|**Application Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Frequency**<br>**(Hz)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**One Minute Dielectric**<br>**Withstand Voltage (V)**<br>**Supply Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Minimum Operating**<br>**Voltage (V)**<br>**Ip**<br>**(A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.25 (A)**<br>**Irms at**<br>**0.33s (A)**<br>**VA**|
|---|---|---|
|SNT6P03K|24<br>50/60|24<br>16.8<br>36.1<br>25.5<br>612<br>1050<br>24<br>16.8<br>16.5<br>396|
||24<br>DC||
|SNT6P05K|48–60<br>50/60|48<br>34<br>11.9<br>8.4<br>403<br>1120<br>60<br>15.7<br>11.1<br>666|
|SNT6P11K|110–240<br>50/60|110<br>60<br>5.09<br>3.6<br>396<br>1480<br>120<br>5.66<br>4<br>480<br>127<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>533<br>208<br>10.2<br>7.2<br>1498<br>220<br>10.5<br>7.4<br>1628<br>240<br>11.2<br>7.9<br>1896|
|SNT6P14K|380–440<br>50/60|380<br>266<br>5.94<br>4.2<br>1596<br>2200<br>400<br>6.23<br>4.4<br>1760<br>415<br>6.51<br>4.6<br>1909<br>440<br>6.93<br>4.9<br>2156|
||220–250<br>DC|220<br>154<br>1.7<br>374<br>1500<br>250<br>1.9<br>475|
|SNT6P18K|480–600<br>50/60|480<br>336<br>0.68<br>0.48<br>230<br>2200<br>525<br>0.78<br>0.55<br>289<br>550<br>0.79<br>0.56<br>308<br>600<br>0.91<br>0.64<br>384|
|SNT6P23K|48–60<br>DC|48<br>34<br>7.1<br>341<br>1120<br>60<br>8.8<br>258|
|SNT6P26K|110–125<br>DC|110<br>77<br>2.4<br>264<br>1250<br>120<br>2.6<br>312<br>125<br>2.8<br>350|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds. 

- 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage. 

- 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations. 

- 4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute. 

- 5 Maximum operating voltage—110% of maximum voltage range rating. 

- 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-431** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Undervoltage Release Mechanism**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|1.3|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|12|4.2|6.3|7.6|2.5|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|2.8|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.4|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|1.6|
|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.2<br>1.9|48<br>60|21.0<br>21.0|33.6<br>33.6|40.8<br>40.8|1.3<br>2.0|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.3|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.5|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.7|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.2|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|2.6|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.4|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.4|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|2.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.5|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.9|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|525<br>550|210.0<br>210.0|367.0<br>367.0|446.0<br>446.0|4.3<br>4.8|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|600|210.0|367.0|446.0|5.8|—|—|—|—|—|



## **J-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[23] 

|**J-Fram**|**e Electric**|**al Rating**|**Data**23|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|**Supply**<br>**Voltage**|**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.9<br>3.9|12<br>24|4.2<br>8.4|8.4<br>16.8|10.2<br>20.4|1.6<br>3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208<br>220|84.0<br>84.0|145.6<br>145.6|176.8<br>176.8|2.7<br>3.1|220<br>250|87.5<br>87.5|154.0<br>154.0|187.0<br>187.0|3.1<br>4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 

> 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 

> 3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-432** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**K-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



**2** 

## **L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**50/60 Hz**|||||**DC**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||**Supply**|**Dropout Voltage**||**Pickup Voltage**||
|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|**Voltage**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**|**Maximum**|**VA**|
|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.9|12|4.2|8.4|10.2|1.6|
|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.9|24|8.4|16.8|20.4|3.1|
|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.5|48|21.0|33.6|40.8|2.0|
|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.8|60|21.0|33.6|40.8|3.1|
|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.8|110|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.6|
|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.1|120|44.5|77.0|93.5|1.9|
|127|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.4|125|44.5|77.0|93.5|2.2|
|208|84.0|145.6|176.8|2.7|220|87.5|154.0|187.0|3.1|
|220|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.1|250|87.5|154.0|187.0|4.0|
|240|84.0|145.6|176.8|3.8|—|—|—|—|—|
|380|168.0|266.0|323.0|3.4|—|—|—|—|—|
|415|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.0|—|—|—|—|—|
|440|168.0|266.0|323.0|4.6|—|—|—|—|—|
|480|168.0|266.0|323.0|5.4|—|—|—|—|—|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-433** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **N-Frame Electrical Rating Data**[1] 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**e ecc g**<br>**50/60 Hz**<br>**DC**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|
|---|---|
||12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.9<br>12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>1.6|
||24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.9<br>24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1|
||48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.5<br>48<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>2.0|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.8<br>60<br>21.0<br>33.6<br>40.8<br>3.1|
||110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.8<br>110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.6|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.1<br>120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>1.9|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.4<br>125<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>2.2|
||208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>2.7<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>3.1|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.1<br>220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>—|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>3.8<br>250<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>4.0|
||380<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||415<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.0<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||480<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>4.6<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|
||500<br>175.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>5.4<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—<br>—|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-434** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**[12] 

|**R-Frame AC Underv**|**oltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**12|
|---|---|
|**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**|**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**|
|**02/02K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>2.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**03/03K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>3.1<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**05/05K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>6.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**08/08K**<br>110–127|110<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||120<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
||127<br>44.5<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1254|
|**11/11K**<br>208–240|208<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>4.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||220<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
||240<br>84.0<br>145.6<br>176.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1480|
|**29/29K**<br>380–500|380<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||415<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||440<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>8.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||480<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>9.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
||500<br>168.0<br>266.0<br>323.0<br>10.0<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>2000|
|**R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings**12<br>**Catalog**<br>**Suffix**<br>**Application**<br>**Ratings**<br>**Electrical Operating Ratings**<br>**Approximate Operating Time (ms)**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Supply**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V)**<br>**Dropout Voltage (V)**<br>**Pickup**<br>**Voltage**<br>**(V) Max.**<br>**VA**<br>**Minimum**<br>**UVR**<br>**Response**3<br>**Initiation**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Contact Separation**4<br>**Maximum Circuit**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Contact Opening**<br>**Dielectric**<br>**Withstand**<br>**Voltage (V)**5<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**||
|**20/20K**<br>12|12<br>4.2<br>8.4<br>10.2<br>3.4<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1024|
|**21/21K**<br>24|24<br>8.4<br>16.8<br>20.4<br>4.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1048|
|**23/23K**<br>48–60|48<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>4.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
||60<br>21.0<br>33.5<br>40.8<br>7.2<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1120|
|**26/26K**<br>110–127|110<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.3<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||120<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
||125<br>43.8<br>77.0<br>93.5<br>3.8<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1250|
|**28/28K**<br>220–250|220<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>6.6<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|
||250<br>87.5<br>154.0<br>187.0<br>7.5<br>5<br>46<br>77<br>1500|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 

- 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 

- 3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown. 

- 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate. 

- 5 For 1 minute. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-435** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

**==> picture [86 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Series C External Accessories<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-246**|
|Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-247**|
|Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-248**|
|G-Frame (15–100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-251**|
|F-Frame (10–225 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-265**|
|J-Frame (70–250 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-283**|
|K-Frame (70–400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-291**|
|L-Frame (125–600 Amperes)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-315**|
|M-Frame (300–800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-341**|
|N-Frame (400–1200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-352**|
|R-Frame (800–2500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-367**|
|Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-386**|
|Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-397**|
|Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 0–4). . . . .|**V4-T2-399**|
|Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-400**|
|Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-403**|
|External Accessories||
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-440**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-458**|
|Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-459**|
|Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-460**|



## **External Accessories** 

## **Product Overview** 

## _**End Cap Kit**_ 

The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. 

## _**Keeper Nut**_ 

The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. 

## **L-, M-, N-Frames** 

Not required. Terminals are threaded. 

## _**J-Frame Plug Nut**_ 

The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. 

## _**Terminal Adapter**_ 

## _**Control Wire Terminal Kit**_ 

The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect. 

For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only. 

**Note:** Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

## _**Multiwire Connectors**_ 

Eaton’s field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. 

Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Rear Fed Terminals.**_ 

Rear fed terminals allow the cable to connect to the breaker from the back instead of the top. Terminal shields or interphase barriers are included with each rear fed terminal kit (depending on frame size). When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-436** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Terminal End Covers**_ 

The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Interphase Barriers**_ 

The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package. 

## _**Base Mounting Plate**_ 

Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers. 

## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_ 

For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 

Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding. 

## _**Key Operated Attachment**_ 

## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_ 

## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_ 

The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the 

handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Padlockable Handle**_ 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_ 

The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock. 

## _**Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON 

position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Cylinder Lock**_ 

The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.) 

## _**Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included)**_ 

The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation. 

The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types. 

## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_ 

The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.) 

## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_ 

The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two **2** adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. **2** The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind **2** and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted **2** through an access hole in the back plate and base of each **2** circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both **2** circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same **2** time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the **2** wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers **2** and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified **2** circuit breakers are required for this application. UL **2** File E38116. 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications. 

Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-437** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

Series C 

## 2.4 

The electrical (motor) operator **2** allows the circuit’s breaker to be opened, closed or reset **2** remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation. 

The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor. 

## _**Plug-In Adapters**_ 

Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available. 

One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end. 

Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted. 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications. 

Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes. 

## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_ 

Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.) 

Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included. 

**Note:** Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility. 

## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_ 

The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000 A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. 

## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_ 

The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N- Frame. 

## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_ 

The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. 

The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. 

For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178. 

## _**Potential Transformer Module**_ 

The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. 

## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_ 

The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. 

**Note:** Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-438** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_ 

The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eaton’s specifications. The BIM is a member of Eaton’s PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. 

## _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_ 

The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the “Copy” and “Download” commands. 

Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. 

## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_ 

The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power. 

## _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ 

The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

**Note:** The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-439** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Product Selection** 

**2** 

## _**Termination Hardware—End Cap Kit**_ 

## **End Cap Kit** 

**End Cap Kit** 

|**End Cap Kit**|||
|---|---|---|
|**Thread**|**Thread**|**Catalog**|
|**Type**|**Size**|**Number**|
|**Two-Pole F-Frame (225A)**|||
|Imperial<br>Metric|10–32<br>M–5|**KPEK12**<br>**KPEKM12**|
|**Three-Pole F-Frame (225A)**<br>Imperial|10–32|**KPEK1**|
|Metric|M–5|**KPEKM1**|
|**Four-Pole F-Frame (225A)**|||
|Imperial|10–32|**KPEK14**|
|Metric|M–5|**KPEKM14**|
|**Three-Pole J-Frame**|||
|Imperial<br>Metric|0.312–18<br>M–8|**KPEK2**<br>**KPEKM2**|
|**Four-Pole J-Frame**|||
|Imperial|0.312–18|**KPEK24**|
|Metric|M–8|**KPEKM24**|
|**Three-Pole K-Frame**|||
|Imperial|0.312–18|**KPEK3**|
|Metric<br>**Four-Pole K-Frame**|M–8|**KPEKM3**|
|Imperial<br>Metric|0.312–18<br>M–8|**KPEK34**<br>**KPEKM34**|
|**Three-Pole L-Frame**|||
|Imperial|0.312-18|**KPEK4**|
|Metric|M-8|**KPEKM4**|
|**Four-Pole L-Frame**|||
|Imperial|0.312–18|**KPEK44**|
|Metric|M–8|**KPEKM44**|



## _**Termination Hardware—Keeper Nut**_ 

**F-Frame Keeper Nut** 

## **F-Frame Keeper Nut** 

|||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**Thread**<br>**Type**|**Thread**<br>**Size**|**Package of 12**<br>**(Priced Individually)**|
|Imperial|10–32|**KPR1A**|
|Metric|M–5|**KPR1AM**|



**K-Frame Keeper Nut** 

## **K-Frame Keeper Nut** 

|**Thread**<br>**Type**<br>Imperial<br>Metric|**Thread**<br>**Size**<br>0.375–16<br>M–8|**Line/Load**<br>**End**<br>Line<br>Load<br>Line<br>Load|**Catalog Number**<br>**Package of 3**<br>**KPR3A**<br>**KPR3B**<br>**KPR3AM**<br>**KPR3BM**|
|---|---|---|---|



## _**Note**_ 

L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-440** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Termination Hardware**_ 

|**me Plug Nut**<br>**me Terminal**<br>**er**|**J-Frame Plug Nut**<br>**Thread**<br>**Type**<br>**Thread**<br>**Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Package of 6**|
|---|---|
||Imperial<br>0.250–20<br>**PLN2**|
||Metric<br>M–6<br>**PLN2M**|
||**K-Frame Terminal Adapter**1<br>**Line/Load End**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Line and load<br>**TAD3**|



**2** 

## **F-Frame Ordering Information** 

Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

||||
|---|---|---|
|**F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**2<br>**nd K-Frame Ordering Information**<br>minals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.<br>**J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**<br>**Description**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.<br>150<br>**FCWTK**<br>225<br>**FCWTK225**<br>**Description**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.<br>**KCWTK**<br>**me Kit**<br>**K-Frame Kit**|**F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit**2<br>**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.|150<br>**FCWTK**|
|||225<br>**FCWTK225**|
||Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs.<br>**KCWTK**||



## **L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit** 

|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Range/Number Conductors**|**Range mm2**|**Number**|
|Al/Cu|95–150|**TA602LDCW**3|
|3/0–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Cu|120–250|**T602LDCW**3|
|250–350 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**2TA603LDKCW**45|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**3TA603LDKCW**46|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||
|Al/Cu|185–240|**4TA603LDKCW**47|
|400–500 kcmil (2)|||



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers. 

- 2   Not for use with T250KB terminals. 

- 3   Individually packed. 

- 4   Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 

- 5   Two-pole kit. 

- 6   Three-pole kit. 

- 7   Four-pole kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-441** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**2** 

## _**Termination Hardware**_ 

## **G-Frame Control Wire Terminal** 

||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|
|**Description**<br>Control wire terminal (kit of 12)|**Number**<br>**5652B38G01**|**Number**<br>**GCWTK**|



## **Multiwire Connectors** 

**==> picture [48 x 44] intentionally omitted <==**

## **Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**|**Wires per**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Kit Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|
|**G-Frame**2||
|100|3<br>14–2<br>**3TA100G3K**|
||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA100G6K**|
|**F-Frame**||
|225|3<br>14–2<br>**3TA150F3K**|
||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA150F6K**|
|**J-Frame**||
|250|3<br>14–2<br>**3TA250J3K**|
||6<br>14–6<br>**3TA250J6K**|
|**K-Frame**||
|400|3<br>14–2/0<br>**3TA400K3K**|
||6<br>14–3<br>**3TA400K6K**|



## **Rear Fed Terminals** 

|**Frame**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Wire Size**<br>**Range AWG Cu**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**1|
|---|---|
|FD|150<br>14–4/0<br>**TA150FDRF**|
||150<br>14–4/0<br>**3TA150FDRF**|
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**TA225FDRF**|
||225<br>6–300 kcmil<br>**3TA225FDRF**|
|KD|400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**TA350KRF**|
||400<br>250–500 kcmil<br>**3TA350KRF**|
|MDL|800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**TA800MDLRF**|
||800<br>3/0 MAX (3)<br>**3TA800MDLRF**|



## _**Base Mounting Hardware**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required. 

## **Mounting Hardware** 

|**Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Screw Length in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
|**G-Frame**||
|0.138–32 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std.<br>0.138–32 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm)|**624B375G23**<br>**8703C80G05**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   When catalog number starts with a 3, it indicates a kit with three terminals in each kit. Catalog number beginning with a TA indicates one terminal. 

- 2   GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-442** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware** 

|**Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware**||
|---|---|
|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps|Individual<br>**624B375G01**|
||Group1<br>**624B375G02**|
|2<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G01**|
|3, 4<br>0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH4**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH5**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||



**2** 

## **Metric Thread Mounting Hardware** 

|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Description**|**Type of**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**F-Frame**||
|1<br>M4–0.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps|Individual<br>**4218B80G09**|
||Group1<br>**4218B80G10**|
|2<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**4218B80G11**|
|3, 4<br>M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH1M**|
|**J-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH2M**|
|**K-Frame**||
|2, 3, 4<br>M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|Individual<br>**BMH3M**|
|**L-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**M-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH4M**|
|**N-Frame**||
|2, 3<br>—|Individual<br>**BMH5M**|
|**R-Frame**||
|Supplied by customer||



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 One set of hardware for two circuit breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-443** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Terminal Shields**_ 

**2** 

**==> picture [23 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
F-Frame<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **G-Frame Terminal Shield** 

**Catalog Number Units in Package Number** _ 10 **GTSK3** 

## **F-Frame Terminal Shield** 

|||**Standard (Package of 10)**|**Special—For Use When Electrical**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Number**||**(Priced Individually)**<br>**Catalog**|**Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|
|**of Poles**|**Location**|**Number**|**Number**|
|1|Line|**625B229G06**|**—**|
|2|Line|**625B229G07**|**—**|
|3|Line|**625B229G08**|**4210B95G01**|
|4|Line|**625B229G09**|**4210B95G02**|



**==> picture [24 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
J-Frame<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **J-Frame Terminal Shield** 

|**Number**||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|
|**of Poles**|**Location**|**(Package of 10)**|
|2, 3<br>~~SS~~|Line End<br>~~SS~~|**1266C07G01**<br>~~SS~~|
|4|Line End|**6631C01G01**|
|2, 3|Load End|**6641C16G01**|
|4|Load End|**6641C16G02**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-444** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **K-Frame Terminal Shield** 

**==> picture [218 x 62] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
||||
|---|---|---|
|K-Frame|
|Number|Catalog Number|
|of Poles|Location|(Package of 10)|
|2, 3|Line|TS33LN|
|4|Line|TS34LN|
|3|Load|TS33LD|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **L-Frame Terminal Shield** 

## _**Interphase Barriers**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Two per package. 

## **Interphase Barriers** 

**==> picture [242 x 87] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|Interphase Barrier|
|Catalog|
|Frame|Number|
|F|IPB1|
|J, K|IPB3|
|L|IPB4|
|M|IPB4|
|af.|~~.|N|IPB5|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2** 

**Catalog Number (Package of 1) 314C420G05** 

## _**Base Mounting Plate**_ 

## **M-Frame Terminal Shield** 

**Catalog Number (Package of 1) 208B966G01** 

## **N-Frame Terminal Shield** 

**Catalog Number (Package of 1) NTS3K** 

**==> picture [234 x 41] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Base Mounting Plate|Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC|
|Number of Units|Catalog|
|in Package|Number|
|1|207B513G01|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**DIN Rail Adapter**_ 

**==> picture [241 x 110] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||||
|---|---|---|---|
|DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC|
|DIN Rail Adapter|
|Number|Number of Units|Catalog|
|||of Poles|in Package|Number|
|a|
|1, 2|10|1225C79G01|
|3|10|1225C79G02|[1]|
|All Metal DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC|
|Number|Number of Units|Catalog|
|of Poles|in Package|Number|
|3|1|EGGDDIN|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Key Operated Attachment**_ 

## _**Terminal End Covers**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. 

## **F-Frame Terminal End Covers** 

**==> picture [211 x 50] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|F-Frame|
|Conductor Opening|Catalog|
|Diameter in Inches (mm)|Number|
|0.25 (6.35 mm)|TEC1|
|0.41 (10.41 mm)|TEC2|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [205 x 50] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
|||
|---|---|
|Key Operated Attachment|
|Key Operated|
|Attachment|G-Frame GD/GHC|
|Number of Units|Catalog|
|in Package|Number|
|10|GKOA|

**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

1   For use on three-pole breakers only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-445** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**_ 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock**_ 

|**2**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|**_Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)_**|
|---|---|---|
|**2**|**Lock Dog (Non-**<br>**Padlockable)**|**Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)**<br>**G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP**|
|**2**||**Number of Units**<br>**in Package**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**2**||1<br>**1294C01H01**|



## **Padlockable Handle Lock** 

||**Padlockable Handle Lock**||
|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle Lock**||
|**Lock**||**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||G|**GPHBOFF**|
||J, K|**PHB3**|



**==> picture [41 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Ties<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

## **Handle Tie—Series C, F-Frame** 

**Handle Tie—Series C, F-Frame Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Snap-On Padlockable Number Number of Units Catalog Handle Lock Hasp Catalog of Poles in Package Number Frame Number** 2 10 **HTBFD2P** F **PHL1** 3 10 **HTBFD3P Handle Tie—Series C, G-Frame Number Number of Units Catalog** ~~4~~ **of Poles in Package Number** _**Notes**_ 2 10 **HTBGD2P** 1   Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank. 3 10 **HTBGD3P** 2   Padlockable in the OFF position only. 

## _**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**_ 

**Non-Padlockable Handle Block Non-Padlockable Handle Block Catalog Frame Number** F **LKD1** J, K **LKD3** L, M, N **LKD4** ~~a~~ _**Padlockable Handle**_ **Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB Padlockable Handle Number of Units Catalog in Package Number**[1] 10 **1223C77G03** 10 **1223C77G05**[2] 10 **1223C77G06**[2] ~~———~~ 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-446** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**_ 

## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp** 

|||**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle**|**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp**||
|**Lock Hasp**|||**Catalog**|
|||**Description**|**Number**|
|||**F-Frame**||
|SO|i|Single-pole breakers|**PHL1**|
|||Two-, three- and four-pole breakers|**PLK1**|
|||For left side mounting|**PLK1LOFF**|
|||For right side mounting|**PLK1ROFF**|
|||**J, K-Frames**||
|||Two-, three- and four-pole breakers|**PLK3**|
|||For left side mounting|**PLK3LOFF**1|
|||For right side mounting|**PLK3ROFF**1|
|||**L-Frame (Side Mounted)**||
|||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
|||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
|||**L-Frame (Top Mounted)**||
|||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4S**|
|||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**1|
|||**M-Frame**||
|||Lock ON or OFF|**HLK4**|
|||Lock OFF only (left-hand mount)|**HLK4LOFF**1|
|||**M-Frame (Vertical Mounting)**||
|||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK4S**|
|||Lock OFF only|**HLK4SOFF**|
|||**N-Frame**||
|||Side mounted|**PLK5**|
|||Top mounted (ON/OFF)|**PLK5S**|
|||Top mounted (OFF only)|**PLK5SOFF**1|
|||**R-Frame**||
|||Lock ON/OFF|**HLK6**|
|||Lock OFF only|**HLK6OFF**1|



**2** 

## _**Cylinder Lock**_ 

## **Cylinder Lock** 

**==> picture [177 x 38] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Cylinder Lock<br>Catalog<br>Frame Number<br>F, J, K Order by description<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

1   For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only, order either catalog number. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-447** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

**2** 

## Series C 

## _**Key Interlock Kit**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

Key interlock kits contain the necessary interface and hardware to install a trapped key interlock from one of the listed manufacturers. Key interlocks are not installed or supplied as part of the breaker, and must be obtained separately from the lock manufacturer or through the manufacturer of the equipment on which the breaker will be installed. Select the mounting kit catalog number to match the type of lock used. 

## **Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)** 

|**Key Interlock Kit**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**|**Key Interlock Kit (Trapped Key Interlock)**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Lock**<br>**Manufacturer**<br>**Lock**<br>**Type**<br>**Bolt Projection in**<br>**Withdrawn Position**<br>**in Inches (mm)**<br>**Kit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**F-Frame**<br>caen?:~~a~~|||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK1**|
||Kirk®|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK1**|
||Castell1<br>**J, K-Frames**|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK1**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK3**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTK3**|
||**L-, M-, N-Frames**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYK4**<br>**CTK4**|
||**R-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Kirk|F|1.0 (25.4)|**KYK6**|
||Castell1<br>**JG-Frame**|K or QK|1.0 (25.4)|**CTK6**|
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Kirk|F|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKJG**|
||Castell1|K or QK|0.38 (9.5)|**CTKJG**|
||**LG-Frame**||||
||Superior|B-4003-1|0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**|
||Kirk<br>Castell1|F<br>K or QK|0.38 (9.5)<br>0.38 (9.5)|**KYKLG**<br>**CTKLG**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-448** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Sliding Bar Interlock**_ 

## **Ordering Information** 

The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline 

spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.) 

## **Sliding Bar Interlock** 

||**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**|**Sliding Bar Interlock**||
|||**Centerline Spacing**|**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**|
||F|4.19 (106.4)|**SBK1**|
||J|4.38 (111.3)|**SBK2**|
||K|5.75 (146.0)|**SBK3**|
||L, M|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK4**|
||N|8.50 (215.9)|**SBK5**|



**2** 

## _**Walking Beam Interlock**_ **Ordering Information** 

With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately. 

The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers). 

## **Walking Beam Interlock** 

|**Walking Beam**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|**Walking Beam Interlock**|
|---|---|---|
|**Interlock**||**Catalog**|
||**Frame**|**Number**|
||F|**WBL1**|
||K|**WBL3**|
||L, M|**WBL4A**|
||N|**WBL5**|
||R1|**WBL6**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Three-pole only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-449** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>240|AC<br>AC|**EOP1T07**<br>**EOP1T11**|**EOP1P07**<br>**EOP1P11**|



## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator**[1] 

|||**18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120<br>24|50/60 Hz AC<br>DC|**MOPFD120C**<br>**MOPFD24D**|
|125|DC|**MOPFD120C**|
|208–240|50/60 Hz|**MOPFD240C**|
|220–250|DC|**MOPFD240C**|



## **J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP2T11**|



## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT07**|
|240|50/60 Hz AC|**EOP3MT11**|



## **K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|K|**BBMK3**|



## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)** 

|||**Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11**|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|**EOP4MT11A**<br>**EOP4MT15**|
|125|DC|**EOP4MT26**|
|24|DC|**EOP4MT21**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-450** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator** 

|||**Pigtail Leads**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T07**|
|208|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T09**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T11**|
|480|50/60 Hz|**EOP5T15**|
|24|DC|**EOP5T21**|
|48|DC|**EOP5T22**|
|125|DC|**EOP5T26**|



**2** 

## **R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator** 

|||**Factory-Installed Terminal Block**|
|---|---|---|
|**Operating**||**Catalog**|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Number**|
|120|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T08K**|
|240|50/60 Hz|**EOP6T11K**|
|48|DC|**EOP6T21K**|



## _**Plug-In Adapters**_ 

**F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)** 

|**Continuous**|**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|100–225|**1480D13G01**|**1480D13G02**|**1480D13G07**1|
|Mounting plate|**176C511H01**|**507C047H01**|**—**|



## **J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)** 

|**Continuous**<br>**Current Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Terminal**<br>**End**<br>**Two-Pole**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Four-Pole**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|250|Line<br>**1260C86G05**<br>**1260C86G06**<br>**1231C67G01**|
||Load<br>**1260C86G07**<br>**1260C86G08**<br>**1231C67G02**|
||One line and one load<br>**506C144G27**<br>**506C144G28**<br>**—**|
|Mounting plate|—<br>2<br>**PMP23**<br>**—**|



## **K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400|**PAD32**|**PAD33**|**—**|
|Mounting plate|2|**PMP33**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 100 ampere maximum. 

> 2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-451** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)** 

**2** 

|**L-Frame (Threaded**|**Stud Type)**|||
|---|---|---|---|
||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|600 (threaded stud type)|**506C059G03**|**506C059G04**|**PAD44**|
|600 (flat bar type)|**1288C19G01**|**1288C19G02**|**6636C55H01**|
|Mounting plate|**504C824H01**|**504C824H01**|**—**|



## **M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)—600 Vac Maximum** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating (Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|800|**2614D53G05**|**2614D53G06**|
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**|



## **N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)** 

||**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Continuous Current**<br>**Rating (Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**||
|1200|**2614D53G03**|**2614D53G04**||
|Mounting plate|**1290C73H01**|**1290C73H01**||
|**Plug-In Adapters**||||
|**Frame**|**Number of**<br>**Poles**|**Standard**<br>**Certification**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|FD|3|IEC|**PAD3F**|
|FD|4|IEC|**PAD4F**|
|JD|3|IEC|**PAD3JD**|
|KD<br>LD|3<br>3|IEC<br>IEC|**PAD3K**<br>**PAD3LD**|
|LD|4|IEC|**PAD4LD**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-452** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

## **F-Frame**[1] 

|**F-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H20**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H21**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H22**|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|**32B9446H23**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H24**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H25**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H26**|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|**32B9446H27**|
|**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H06**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H07**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H08**|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|**374D883H09**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H10**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H11**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H12**|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|**374D883H13**|



## **L-Frame Ordering Information** 

**Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09** 

## **M-Frame Ordering Information**[1] 

|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225|**314C960G01**|
|400|**314C960G04**|
|400|**314C960G05**|
|400|**314C960G06**|
|600|**314C960G07**|
|600<br>600|**314C960G08**<br>**314C960G09**|
|800|**314C960G10**|
|800|**314C960G11**|
|800|**314C960G12**|



**2** 

## **N-Frame Ordering Information**[1] 

## **J-Frame**[1] 

|**J-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H05**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|**5010D23H07**|



|**Stud**|**Stud**|
|---|---|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|
|800|**623B222G01**|
|800|**623B222G02**|
|800<br>1200|**623B222G03**<br>**373B375G04**|
|1200|**373B375G03**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

## **K-Frame**[1] 

|**K-Frame**1|||
|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Standard Tube**|
|**Ampere**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Rating**|**Number**|**Number**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G02**|**313C909H17**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G04**|**313C909H18**|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|**313C909H19**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|**313C909H20**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|**313C909H21**|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|**313C909H22**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-453** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Panelboard Connecting Straps**_ 

**2** 

## **F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**|**Current**<br>**Rating**|**Center**<br>**Catalog**|**Outside**<br>**Catalog**|
|**(mm)**<br>2.75 (69.9)|**(Amperes)**<br>50|**Number**<br>**673B142G02**|**Number**<br>**673B142G09**|
|2.75 (69.9)|100|**673B142G02**|**673B142G10**|
|2.75 (69.9)|150|**673B142G04**|**673B142G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|50|**1253C72G01**|**1253C72G03**|
|3.50 (88.9)|100|**1253C73G03**|**1253C73G06**|
|3.50 (88.9)|150|**1253C73G01**|**1253C73G05**|



## **F-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2|**624B600H02**|
|3|**624B600H01**|



## **J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|250|**2600D26G01**|**2600D26G02**|



## **K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Spacing**|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**|**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|3.50 (88.9)|400|**4212B78G02**|**4212B77G01**|



## **K-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

||**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B264H01**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-454** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

**L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Continuous**|**Pole Connector Type**||
|---|---|---|
|**Current**|**Center**|**Outside**|
|**Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**(Amperes)**|**Number**|**Number**|
|600|**624B609G01**|**506C052G01**|



**2** 

## **L-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

|**L-Frame Mounting Bracket**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Number of Poles**|**Number**|
|2, 3|**208B297H01**|



## **M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>800|Short<br>**314C996G01**|
||Medium<br>**314C996G02**|
||Long<br>**314C996G03**|



## **M-Frame Mounting Bracket** 

## **Catalog Number 315C270H01** 

## **N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps** 

|**Bus**<br>**Spacing**<br>**in Inches**<br>**(mm)**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Current**<br>**Rating**<br>**(Amperes)**|**Connector**<br>**Type**<br>**Pole Connector Type**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|3.50 (88.9)<br>1200|Short<br>**505C606G04**|
||Medium<br>**505C606G05**|
||Long<br>**505C606G06**|



## **N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)** 

**Catalog Number** 

**315C270H01** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-455** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Type LFD Current Limiter**_ 

The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the **2** load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic and **2** electronic circuit breaker, providing 200,000 A 

interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. 

## **Type LFD Current Limiter** 

||||**Type LFD Current Limiter**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type LFD Current**<br>**Limiter**|||**Type LFD Current Limiter**<br>**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Rating Amperes**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|e|e|.|15–70|**LFD3070R**|
||||80–160|**LFD3150R**|



## _**Potential Transformer Module**_ 

The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt 

line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. 

## **Potential Transformer Module** 

**Potential Transformer Module Catalog** LASS SSE **Description Number** ON OP Pm ~~SE~~ Potential transformer module **DOPTMLN** 

## _**Ground Fault Alarm Unit**_ 

The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the 

light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame. 

## **GF Alarm Unit** 

**Ground Fault Alarm Unit Catalog Description Number** ua ~~TT~~ a Ground fault alarm unit **GFAU** a a ioL. ~~ooo~~ Face mounting bracket **1264C67G01** 

## _**Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit**_ 

The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 

50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/ instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. 

## **Portable Test Kit** 

**Catalog Description** ~~ES~~ **Number** Solid-state (electronic) **STK2** portable test kit 

## _**IQ Energy Sentinel**_ 

The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. 

The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. 

For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-456** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## _**Breaker Interface Module (BIM)**_ 

## _**Auxiliary Power Module**_ 

The Breaker Interface Module Vdc power supply is required The auxiliary power module is power module connects into (BIM) is a panel mounted to provide power to the BIM. a power supply requiring 120 the top of the Digitrip user interface device that is This is supplied by the Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that OPTIMizer via a keyed mounted on the front of an switchboard builder to provides a 32 Vdc output. The receptacle. The main electrical assembly or at a Eaton’s specifications. The auxiliary power module application for the auxiliary remote location. The BIM is BIM is a member of Eaton’s provides control power for power module would be for used to access, configure, PowerNet family of testing an OPTIM trip unit the testing of a standalone test and display information communicating devices that when other means of control non-communicating OPTIM for OPTIM trip units and other connects OPTIM trip units, power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer breaker that ordinarily would not have control power. devices. The BIM consists of Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip continuous OPTIMizer not have control power. four display windows, eight units and energy sentinels as operation versus temporary function buttons, 18 LEDs, a subnetwork system. The with a battery. The auxiliary and a graphical time/current BIM can also be connected to curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. **Auxiliary Power Module CatalogNumberAuxiliary Power Module** and energy monitoring. A 24 **PRTBAPMDV Breaker Interface Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Module (BIM) Catalog Number** _**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ **BIMII** The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will be field-installed on any provide a local display at the Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional The device provides breaker wiring by connecting directly information through an LCD onto the trip unit. The ~~OO~~ screen, such as cause of trip, DIGIVIEWR06 version has a _**Digitrip OPTIMizer**_ phrase current, ground 6 foot cable that allows users current and low loads. The to mount the display on the The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a the programmer, the eightdisplay is ideal for outside of an enclosure door hand-held programmer that is pin connection cord, battery troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit used to access, configure, and carrying case. The trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the test and display information auxiliary power module is long delay, and enclosure. from OPTIM trip units. The optional. instantaneous/short delay. OPTIMizer plugs into the **Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply** front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack A 24 Vdc power supply is **Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount** and is powered by a nine-volt required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to units that are required to **Cause of Trip Display** battery or the auxiliary power communicate either on the main **Catalog** module. One highlighted Eaton PowerNet network or as a **Number** feature is the “Copy” and subnetwork to a BIM. The **DIGIVIEW** “Download” commands. breaker’s load is 45 mA of current. 

The auxiliary power module is power module connects into a power supply requiring 120 the top of the Digitrip Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that OPTIMizer via a keyed **2** provides a 32 Vdc output. The receptacle. The main auxiliary power module application for the auxiliary **2** provides control power for power module would be for testing an OPTIM trip unit the testing of a standalone **2** when other means of control non-communicating OPTIM power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer breaker that ordinarily would not have control power. **2** operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary **2** 

_**Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display**_ The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will be field-installed on any provide a local display at the Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional The device provides breaker wiring by connecting directly information through an LCD onto the trip unit. The screen, such as cause of trip, DIGIVIEWR06 version has a phrase current, ground 6 foot cable that allows users current and low loads. The to mount the display on the display is ideal for outside of an enclosure door troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the long delay, and enclosure. instantaneous/short delay. 

A 24 Vdc power supply is an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to units that are required to battery or the auxiliary power communicate either on the main module. One highlighted Eaton PowerNet network or as a feature is the “Copy” and subnetwork to a BIM. The “Download” commands. breaker’s load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is Setting up multiple OPTIM required per switchboard and can trips can be finished in provide control power to a BIM minutes and with no errors. and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 An Auxiliary Power Module Vdc power supply should be an “isolated high quality” power connection provides a trip test supply with a “CE” label, and is when control power is not normally provided by the present at the breaker. The switchboard manufacturer to OPTIMizer is supplied as a Eaton’s recommendations. standard package to include 

**Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06** 

## _**Cause of Trip LED Module**_ 

The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the 

breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. 

## **Digitrip OPTIMizer** 

**Digitrip OPTIMizer Catalog Number OPTIMizer—standard package** ~~a~~ 

## **Cause of Trip LED Module** 

**Catalog Number TRIP-LED** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com **V4-T2-457** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

**2** _**Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame)**_ 

**NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371**[1] 

|**NEMA 12 Safety Door Ha**|**rdware for Flex Shaft and C371**1|
|---|---|
|**Handle Length**|**Catalog**|
|**in Inches (mm)**|**Number**2|
|4 (101.6)|**C361KJ4**|
|6 (152.4)|**C361KJ6**|
|Roller Latch3|**C361KR**|



## _**Wire Seal**_ 

The wire seal can be used to secure the cover on the trip unit to prevent adjustments after settings are confirmed. 

## **Wire Seal** 

|**Wire Seal**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Number**|
|Wire seal|**5108A03H01**|



## _**Notes**_ 

## _**Series C Rotary Accessories**_ 

As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker. 

This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads. 

- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 

- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 

- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is required. 

## **Series C Auxiliary Switch** 

**Catalog Number 5108A61G01** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-458** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

## _**Electrical Operator**_ 

**F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[12] 

||||**Inrush Current**|**Maximum**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|**Operating Time**|**Amperes**4|
|120||50/60 Hz AC|10|5 cycles (80 ms)|3|
|240||50/60 Hz AC|5|5 cycles (80 ms)|2|



## **F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[2567] 

||||**Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|3|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120||AC|2|
|24||DC|5|
|48||DC|3|
|125||DC|2|



**J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689] 

|**J-Fra**|**me Electr**|**ical (Solenoid) Operato**|**r Rating Data**1689|
|---|---|---|---|
|||**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|**Voltage**|3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120||30|6|
|240||16|4|



**K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data**[1689] 

|**Operating**|**Inrush Current**|**Fuse**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**3|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|
|120|30|6|
|240|16|4|



## **L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data** 

## 168j 

|**Operating Voltage**3|**Inrush Current Amperes**|
|---|---|
|120 AC|31|
|208 AC|13|
|240 AC|12|
|125 DC|21|
|24 DC|50|



## **N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[16][kl] 

|**Operating**<br>**Voltage**3|**Frequency**|**Inrush Current**<br>**Amperes**|**Fuse**<br>**Amperes**|
|---|---|---|---|
|120|50/60 Hz|31|6|
|208|50/60 Hz|21|—|
|240<br>480|50/60 Hz<br>50/60 Hz|19<br>—|4<br>—|
|24|DC|50|—|
|48|DC|80|—|
|125|DC|21|—|



## **R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data**[mnop ] 

|**Operating**||**Motor Inrush Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**q|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|120|50/60 Hz|40|
|240<br>48|50/60 Hz<br>DC|27<br>53|
|24|DC|58|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 UL listed under UL File E64983. 

- 2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations. 

- 3 Tolerance: +10%, –15% of nominal voltage. 

- 4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required. 

- 5 UL listed under UL File E64124. 

- 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz. 

- 7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- 8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations. 

- 9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS). 

- j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles. 

- k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations. 

- l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 

- n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON–1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF–1/2 second max. 

- Motor operating temperature; Class “A” temperature limits apply. 

- p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation. 

- q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage. 

- For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-459** 

2.4 

Series C 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## _**Rear Connecting Studs**_ 

|**F-Frame**1|||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**<br>**Catalog**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Rating**|**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|**For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||||||||
|100 A short<br>100 A short|**451D874G01**<br>**451D874G01**|1.00 (25.4)<br>0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.06 (26.9)<br>1.38 (34.9)|—<br>—|**32B9446H20**<br>**32B9446H21**|—<br>—|3.63 (92.1)<br>3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18<br>0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**32B9446H22**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A short|**451D874G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**32B9446H23**|—|3.63 (92.1)|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**32B9446H24**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|—|3.75 (95.2)|**32B9446H25**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long|**451D874G02**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—|4.06 (103.1)|**32B9446H26**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|100 A long<br>**451D874G02**<br>0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)<br>**For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers**|||—|4.38 (111.3)|**32B9446H27**|6.13 (155.6)|—|0.31 (7.9)–18|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|1.00 (25.4)|1.06 (26.9)|—|**374D883H06**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)|1.38 (34.9)|—|**374D883H07**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|1.69 (42.9)|—|**374D883H08**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A short|**374D883G01**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|2.00 (50.8)|—|**374D883H09**|—|4.25 (108.0)|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|1.00 (25.4)|—|3.44 (87.3)|**374D883H10**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long<br>225A long|**374D883G02**<br>**374D883G02**|0.69–0.94 (17.5 to 23.8)<br>0.38–0.63 (9.5 to 15.9)|—<br>—|3.75 (95.2)<br>4.06 (103.1)|**374D883H11**<br>**374D883H12**|7.50 (190.5)<br>7.50 (190.5)|—<br>—|0.44 (11.1)–14<br>0.44 (11.1)–14|
|225A long|**374D883G02**|0.25–0.31 (6.4 to 7.9)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**374D883H13**|7.50 (190.5)|—|0.44 (11.1)–14|



## **F-Frame** 

**==> picture [257 x 118] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>.06<br>(1.5) A C<br>.75<br>D<br>(19.1)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-460** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **J-Frame** 

|**J-Frame**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Tube**|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250A short<br>250A short|**5010D23G01**<br>**5010D23G01**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|0.84 (21.4)<br>1.09 (27.7)|—<br>—|**456D983H05**<br>**456D983H06**|
|250A short|**5010D23G01**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|1.03 (26.2)|—|**456D983H07**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.75–1.00 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.88 (98.6)|**5010D23H05**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–19.1)|—|4.13 (104.9)|**5010D23H06**|
|250A long|**5010D23G02**|0.25–0.50 (6.4–12.7)|—|4.38 (111.3)|**5010D23H07**|



**2** 

**==> picture [315 x 153] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
1.59 6.66<br>(40.4) (169.2)<br>0.59 A C<br>(15.0)<br>0.03<br>0.06<br>(0.7)<br>(1.5)<br>0.31 (7.9) – 18 Thread<br>Do Not Use More<br>Than 10 Ft Lbs<br>Torque to Tighten Nuts<br>0.50 (12.7) – 13 Thread<br>Breaker<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>3.63<br>(92.2)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **K-Frame**[1] 

|**K-Frame**|1||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Stud**|**Stud**|**Panel Thickness**|**Tube Length**||**Standard Tube**|**Dimensions**|||
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**A**|**B**|**C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**D**|**E**|**F**|
|400 A short<br>400 A short|**6642C14G02**<br>**6642C14G04**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)<br>0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|0.84 (21.3)<br>1.09 (27.69)|—<br>—|**313C909H17**<br>**313C909H18**|—<br>—|3.66 (93.0)<br>—|0.75–16 (19.1–406.4)<br>—|
|400 A short|**6642C14G06**|0.25–0.5 (6.35–12.7)|1.03 (26.16)|—|**313C909H19**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G03**|0.75–1 (19.1–25.4)|—|3.78 (96.0)|**313C909H20**|—|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G05**|0.50–0.75 (12.7–18.4)|—|4.03 (102.4)|**313C909H21**|6.58 (167.1)|—|—|
|400 A long|**6642C14G07**|0.25 –0.5 (6.35–12.7)|—|4.28 (108.7)|**313C909H22**|—|—|—|



**==> picture [254 x 127] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E<br>B<br>Mounting Panel<br>“F” Thread<br>Breaker Mounting<br>Surface<br>0.06 A C<br>(1.5)<br>1.67<br>D<br>(42.4)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL listed. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-461** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.4 

Series C 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **L-Frame** 

|**L-Frame**||
|---|---|
||**Stud Catalog**|
|**Stud Length (A)**<br>5.47 (138.9)|**Number**<br>**314C960G07**|
|7.97 (202.4)|**314C960G08**|
|10.47 (265.9)|**314C960G09**|



.44 (11.2) 

(11.2) ~~A~~ Insulators Washer Nut SVE____ I] ~~>~~ el Circuit Breaker fie Rear ra! Connecting Stud Insulating Panel 

## **M-Frame** 

|**Stud**|**Diameter**|**Extension**|**Stud**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere**<br>**Rating**|**and**<br>**Thread**|**Back of**<br>**Breaker**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|225<br>400|0.50 (12.7)–13<br>0.75 (19.1)–16|3.66 (93.0)<br>5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G01**<br>**314C960G04**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G05**|
|400|0.75 (19.1)–16|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G06**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|5.91 (150.1)|**314C960G07**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G08**|
|600|1.00 (25.4)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G09**|
|800<br>800|1.13 (28.7)–12<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|5.91 (150.1)<br>8.41 (213.6)|**314C960G10**<br>**314C960G11**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.91 (277.0)|**314C960G12**|



## **N-Frame** 

|**Stud**<br>**Ampere**|**Diameter**<br>**and**|**Extension**<br>**Back of**|**Stud**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Rating**<br>800|**Thread**<br>1.13 (28.7)–12|**Breaker**<br>5.5 (139.7)|**Number**<br>**623B222G01**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|8.0 (203.2)|**623B222G02**|
|800|1.13 (28.7)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**623B222G03**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|5.5 (139.7)|**373B375G04**|
|1200|1.25 (31.8)–12|10.5 (266.7)|**373B375G03**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-462** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Engine Generator Circuit Breakers** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-464**<br>**V4-T2-465**|
|Accessories Selection Guide and<br>Ordering Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-467**|
|Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-467**<br>**V4-T2-468**|
|Dimensions and Weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-468**<br>**V4-T2-469**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-483**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|
|Learn<br>Drawings||
|Online<br>Online||



**2** 

## **Engine Generator Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed specifically for application on diesel engine powered standby generators where high interrupting circuit breakers are not required. The JG through NG breakers are equipped with a special trip unit, that includes standard thermal (overload) protection and special low magnetic pickup range (FG includes a fixed thermalmagnetic pickup). The standard thermal trip unit provides overload protection for conductors per the National Electrical Code[®] . The low magnetic pickup range is approximately two to five times the continuous rating and provides closer low-level short-circuit protection when applied on generators that have very low short-circuit capacity. This combination allows the user to customize the breaker to the generator output. 

## **Application Description** 

Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards: 

- l Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819 

- l Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers 

- l International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers 

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-463** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to **2** understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used **2** to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers. 

- l FG breakers include both line and load side terminals 

- l JG, KG, LG and NG l Contact Eaton for breakers with **W** catalog additional ratings and number suffix do not internal/external accessories include any terminals l Reverse feed 

- l JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without **W** catalog number suffix include both line and load terminals 

## **Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG** 

|**nd NG**||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**FG**<br>|||**3**<br> **100**<br>  **W**||||||
|||||||||||||
|||||||||||||
|**Frame**|||||||||||**Suffix**|
|**FG**<br>**JG**<br>**KG**<br>**LG**<br>**NG**|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Amperes**|||||**W**= Without terminals|
||||**3**= Three-pole|||**015**<br>**020**<br>**025**<br>**030**<br>**035**<br>**040**<br>**045**<br>**050**<br>**060**<br>**070**<br>**080**<br>**090**<br>**100**<br>**125**<br>**150**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**175**<br>**200**<br>**225**<br>**250**<br>**300**<br>**350**<br>**400**<br>**450**<br>**500**<br>**600**<br>**700**<br>**800**<br>**900**<br>**1000**<br>**1200**||||||
|||||||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-464** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the 

generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor. 

**2** 

## **Thermal-Magnetic** 

||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**||||||**Breaker**3|
|**Magnetic**|**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**kVA**1|**kW**2|**Number**|
|Fixed|5|4|11|9|14|11|**FG3015**4|
|Fixed|7|6|14|12|18|14|**FG3020**4|
|Fixed|9|7|18|14|23|18|**FG3025**4|
|Fixed|11|9|22|17|27|22|**FG3030**4|
|Fixed|13|10|25|20|32|25|**FG3035**4|
|Fixed|14|12|29|23|36|29|**FG3040**4|
|Fixed|16|13|32|26|41|32|**FG3045**4|
|Fixed|18|14|36|29|45|36|**FG3050**4|
|Fixed|22|17|43|35|54|43|**FG3060**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|25<br>29|20<br>23|51<br>58|40<br>46|63<br>72|51<br>58|**FG3070**4<br>**FG3080**4|
|Fixed|32|26|65|52|81|65|**FG3090**4|
|Fixed|36|29|72|58|90|72|**FG3100**4|
|Fixed|40|32|79|64|99|79|**FG3110**4|
|Fixed|45|36|90|72|113|90|**FG3125**4|
|Fixed|54|43|108|87|135|108|**FG3150**4|
|Fixed<br>Fixed|63<br>72|51<br>58|126<br>144|101<br>116|158<br>181|126<br>144|**FG3175**4<br>**FG3200**4|
|Fixed|81|65|162|130|203|162|**FG3225**4|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175W**5|
|350–700|63|51|126|101|158|126|**JG3175**4|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200W**5|
|350–700|72|58|144|116|181|144|**JG3200**4|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225W**5|
|350–700|81|65|162|130|203|162|**JG3225**4|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250W**5|
|350–700|90|72|181|144|226|181|**JG3250**4|
|500–1000|108|87|217|173|271|217|**KG3300W**5|
|500–1000<br>500–1000|108<br>126|87<br>101|217<br>253|173<br>202|271<br>316|217<br>253|**KG3300**4<br>**KG3350W**5|
|500–1000|126|101|253|202|316|253|**KG3350**4|
|1000–2000|144|116|289|231|361|289|**KG3400**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 

- 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 

- 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 

- 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 

> 5 Without terminals. 

The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-465** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Electronic** 

**2** 

|**Electronic**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||**Engine Generator**|
|**Magnetic**|**Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz**<br>**240 Vac**||**480 Vac**||**600 Vac**||**Breaker**3<br>**Catalog**|
|**Pickup Range**<br>500–2500|**kVA**1<br>162|**kW**2<br>130|**kVA**1<br>325|**kW**2<br>260|**kVA**1<br>406|**kW**2<br>325|**Number**<br>**LG3450**4|
|500–2500|181|144|361|289|451|361|**LG3500**4|
|500–2500|217|173|433|347|542|433|**LG3600**4|
|500–2500|253|202|505|404|632|505|**NG3700**4|
|500–2500|289|231|578|462|722|578|**NG3800**4|
|1250–5000|325|260|650|520|812|650|**NG3900**4|
|1250–5000<br>1250–5000|361<br>433|289<br>347|722<br>867|578<br>693|903<br>1083|722<br>867|**NG31000**4<br>**NG31200**4|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 

> 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 

> 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 

> 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 

The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-466** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information** 

## **Options and Accessories** 

## _**Enclosures**_ 

## **Standard Terminals** 

## **Type 1 General Purpose** 

as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. 

|**Breaker**|**Max. Amp**|**AWG Wire**|**Metric Wire**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>FG|**Rating**<br>100|**Range**<br>14–1/0|**Range mm2**<br>2.5–50|**Number**<br>**3T100FB**1|
|FG|150|4–4/0|25–95|**3TA225FD**1|
|JG|250|4–350 kcmil|25–185|**TA250KB**|
|KG|350|250–500 kcmil|120–240|**TA350K**|
|KG<br>LG|400<br>600|3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>250–500 kcmil (2)|95–120<br>120–240|**3TA400K**1<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|NG|700|1–500 kcmil (2)|50–300|**TA700NB1**|
|NG|1000|3/0–400 kcmil (3)|95–185|**TA1000NB1**|
|NG|1200|4/0–500 kcmil (4)|120–300|**TA1200NB1**|



- l Surface or flush mounting 

- l 15–1200 ampere range 

- l 600 Vac, 500 Vdc 

Type 1 enclosed breakers application. are designed for use in KG 350 250–500 kcmil 120–240 **TA350K** commercial buildings, **Type 12 Dustproof Surface** KG 400 3/0–250 kcmil (2) 95–120 **3TA400K** apartment buildings and **Mounting** other areas where a general l No knockouts or other LG 600 250–500 kcmil (2) 120–240 purpose enclosure is NG 700 1–500 kcmil (2) 50–300 **TA700NB1** openings applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable l 15–1200 ampere range NG 1000 3/0–400 kcmil (3) 95–185 of being padlocked in either l 600 Vac, 500 Vdc NG 1200 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 120–300 the ON or OFF position. The Type 12 enclosure is Ratings through 1200 designed in line with **Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable** amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as specifications for special **Max. Enclosure Main Lug Number Ground Lug Catalog** industry applications where **Rating (Amperes) Size Cu/Al Size Cu/Al Number** approved for service entrance application. Both surface and unusually severe conditions 100 (1) 14–1/0 (1) 14–1/0 **INK100** flush mounted enclosures are available. involving oil, coolant, dust and other foreign materials exist 250 (1) 6–350 kcmil (1) 4–300 kcmil **INK250** in the operating atmosphere. 400 (1) 4–750 kcmil or (1) 4–300 kcmil **INK400 Type 3R Rainproof Surface** The handle padlocks in the (2) 1/0–250 kcmil **Mounting** OFF position and the cover is 600 (2) 250–500 kcmil (1) 4–300 kcmil **INK600** interlocked with the handle l Interchangeable hubs 1200 (3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or (1) 6–250 kcmil **INK1200** (through 400 amperes) mechanism to prevent (4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil opening the cover with the l 15–1200 ampere range circuit breaker in the ON l 600 Vac, 500 Vdc position. Ratings through _**Internal Accessories**_ 1200 amperes are listed by This general purpose outdoor Underwriters Laboratories as service center employs a suitable for service entrance **Auxiliary Switch**[2] circuit breaker inside a **1A-1B 2A-2B** application. 

This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve 

|**Breaker**|**Factory**|**1A-1B**<br>**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**2A-2B**<br>**Field Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|**Mounted**|**Catalog Number**|
|FG3|A06|**A1X1PK**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|
|JG<br>KG|A06<br>A06|**A1X2PK**<br>**A1X3PK**|A13<br>A13|**A2X2PK**<br>**A2X3PK**|
|LG|A06|**A1X4PK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|NG|A06|**A1X5PK**|A13|**A2X5PK**|



## **Enclosure Selection Data** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>**JNDN1200**|



## **Shunt Trip**[2] 

|**Breaker**||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>FG3|**Rating**<br>12–24 Vdc|**Mounted**<br>S02|**Catalog Number**<br>**SNT1LP03K**|
|JG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT2P04K**|
|KG|12–24 Vdc|S42|**SNT3P04K**|
|LG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|NG|12–24 Vdc|S02|**SNT5LP03K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Package of three terminals. 

- 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers. 

- 3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed. 

**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-467** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

**2 UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**|
|240|18,000|
|480|14,000|
|600|10,000|



## **IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Volts AC**|**Interrupting Capacity**|
|---|---|
|**(50/60 Hz)**<br>220, 240|**(Symmetrical Amperes)**<br>18,000/9,000|
|380, 415|14,000/7,000|
|660, 690|18,000/9,000|
||14,000/7,000<br>10,000/5,000|



## **Dimensions and Weights** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Enclosure Selection Data** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>**Amperes**|**Enclosure**<br>**Type Class**<br>**A**<br>**B**<br>**C**<br>**D**<br>**E**<br>**Approx. Weight**<br>**Lbs (kg)**<br>**Conduit Sizes,**<br>**Inches**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|FG<br>15–225|Type 1<br>23.25 (590.6)<br>8.41 (213.6)<br>6.28 (159.5)<br>18.75 (476.3)<br>1.20 (30.5)<br>15 (7)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**SFDN225**|
||Type 3R<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>19 (9)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50<br>**RFDN225**|
||Type 12<br>25.66 (651.8)<br>8.84 (224.7)<br>9.31 (236.5)<br>24.28 (616.7)<br>1.70 (43.2)<br>18 (8)<br>—<br>**JFDN225**|
|JG<br>175–250|Type 1<br>34.70 (881.4)<br>10.92 (277.4)<br>7.20 (182.9)<br>30.00 (762.0)<br>1.88 (47.8)<br>31 (14)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**SJDN250**|
||Type 3R<br>37.50 (952.5)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>40 (18)<br>0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3<br>**RJDN250**|
||Type 12<br>37.53 (953.3)<br>11.56 (293.6)<br>10.22 (259.6)<br>35.77 (908.6)<br>1.94 (49.3)<br>37 (17)<br>—<br>**JJDN250**|
|KG<br>300–400|Type 1<br>38.81 (985.8)<br>11.06 (280.9)<br>10.94 (277.9)<br>34.00 (863.6)<br>2.28 (57.9)<br>53 (24)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**SKDN400**|
||Type 3R<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>60 (27)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50<br>**RKDN400**|
||Type 12<br>41.69 (1058.9)<br>11.75 (298.5)<br>14.06 (357.1)<br>39.90 (1013.5)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>53 (24)<br>—<br>**JKDN400**|
|LG<br>450–600|Type 1<br>45.88 (1165.4)<br>14.31 (363.5)<br>12.38 (314.5)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.91 (48.5)<br>81 (37)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**SLDN600**|
||Type 3R<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>84 (38)<br>0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4<br>**RLDN600**|
||Type 12<br>48.31 (1227.1)<br>14.91 (378.7)<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>46.56 (1182.6)<br>1.92 (48.8)<br>81 (37)<br>—<br>**JLDN600**|
|NG<br>700–1200|Type 1<br>61.22 (1555.0)<br>21.44 (544.6)<br>15.41 (391.4)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>178 (81)<br>—<br>**SNDN1200**|
||Type 3R<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>175 (79)<br>—<br>**RNDN1200**|
||Type 12<br>63.59 (1615.2)<br>22.00 (558.8)<br>17.63 (447.8)<br>61.84 (1570.7)<br>1.97 (50.0)<br>170 (77)<br>—<br>**JNDN1200**|



**Type 1 Surface Mounted** 

## **Type 3R Rainproof** 

## **Type 12, 12K Dustproof** 

**==> picture [369 x 135] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E E C E C<br>B C<br>ON<br>D A D ON<br>A OFF OFF<br>D A<br>B<br>B<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-468** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**==> picture [89 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Direct Current Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-463**|
|Direct Current Circuit Breakers||
|Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-471**|
|Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-472**<br>**V4-T2-479**|
|Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-481**<br>**V4-T2-482**|
|PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole<br>and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-483**|
|E2Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-496**|



**2** 

## **Direct Current Circuit Breakers** 

## **Product Description** 

DC (direct current) systems and applications are becoming commonplace as alternative energy sources have expanded and the number of DC devices and data centers using DC power has swelled. 

Eaton offers molded case circuit breakers and switches to meet circuit protection and switching requirements for a host of different DC end user requirements. Applications include UPS battery supply circuits, solar systems and electric vehicle charging, as well as commercial and industrial distribution. 

Current ratings are available from 15 to 3000 A, with a full scale of voltage and interrupting ratings to address needs ranging from standard to the highest performance. Optional internal accessories provide remote tripping and indication of breaker status. 

The DC breaker family is UL 489 listed and exceeds the requirements in UL 489 Supplement SC for UPS applications. Eaton breakers may be applied in both ungrounded and select grounded applications, with poles connected in series to operate at the maximum voltages shown on **Page V4-T2-470** . To use DC circuit breakers on 600 V grounded systems, three poles in series must be connected on the ungrounded leg. 

All DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC frame equivalents, except for the NBDC breaker, which uses the same internal and external accessories as the standard NB frame. 

The HFDDC through HMDLDC and EG to RG DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their corresponding Series C and Series G AC Frame equivalents. NBDC uses the same internal and external accessories as standard NB breakers. 

Many of the Eaton AC molded case circuit breakers carry 250 Vdc ratings for ungrounded systems. Refer to **Pages V4-T2-139** and **V4-T2-248** for these interrupting tables. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-469** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## _**Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers**_ 

**2** 

## **UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|||**Interrupting**|**Capacity (kA)**||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Volts DC**1|**Poles in**||**Poles in**|||**Poles in**||**Poles in**|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**125**|**Series**|**250**2|**Series**|**500**|**600**|**Series**|**750**2|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|1|35|2|35|—|3|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|1<br>1|42<br>50|2<br>2|50<br>65|—<br>—|3<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HFDDC|225|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|42|4|
|JGEDC|250|35|1|35|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|42|1|42|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|HKDDC|400|42|1|50|2|—|42|3|—|—|
|LGEDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|LGSDC|600|22|1|22|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|LGHDC|600|50|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|
|HLDDC|600|42|1|50|2|—|35|3|—|—|
|HLDDC3<br>HMDLDC|1200<br>800|42<br>42|1<br>1|50<br>50|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>35|—<br>3|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|NBDC|1200|42|1|50|2|—|50|3|—|—|
|RGHDC|3000|42|1|50|2|—|65|3|—|—|



## **IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings** 

|**Circuit Breaker**|**Maximum**|**125 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**250 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|**600 Volts DC**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Type**|**Amperes**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|**Icu**|**Ics**|**Series**|
|EGEDC|100|10|10|1|10|10|2|—|—|—|
|EGSDC<br>EGHDC|100<br>100|35<br>42|35<br>42|1<br>1|35<br>42|35<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|JGEDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGSDC|250|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|JGHDC|250|42|42|1|42|42|2|—|—|—|
|HJDDC|250|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|LGEDC|600|22|22|1|22|22|2|—|—|—|
|LGSDC<br>LGHDC|600<br>600|22<br>42|22<br>42|1<br>1|22<br>42|22<br>42|2<br>2|—<br>—|—<br>—|—<br>—|
|HLDDC|600|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|
|HMDLDC|800|—|—|—|—|—|—|20|10|3|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489. 

> 2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150 A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings. 

> 3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel. 

See **Page V4-T2-481** for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-470** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

**2** 

## **DC Circuit Breaker** 

## **HFDDC 3 150 W** 

||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||||||||||||
|**Frame**|||||||||||||
|**EGEDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**Number of Poles**|||**Trip Unit Ampere Rating**||||||**S**|
|**EGSDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**1**= Single-pole|||**015**= 15 A||||||**K**|
|**EGHDC**=Series G—E (100 A max.)|||**2**= Two-pole|||**020**= 20 A||||||**L**|
|**HFDDC**=Series C—F (225 A max.)|||**3**= Three-pole|||**025**= 25 A|||||||
|**JGEDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)|||**4**= Four-pole|||**030**= 30 A|||||||
|**JGSDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**035**= 35 A||||||**S**|
|**JGHDC**=Series G—J (250 A max.)||||||**040**= 40 A||||||**F**|
|**HJDDC**=Series C—J (250 A max.)||||||**045**= 45 A||||||**F**|
|**HKDDC**=Series C—K (400 A max.)||||||**050**= 50 A||||||**F**|
|**LGEDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**060**= 60 A||||||**F**|
|**LGSDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**070**= 70 A||||||**K**|
|**LGHDC**=Series G—L (600 A max.)||||||**080**= 80 A||||||**K**|
|**HLDDC**=Series C—L (1200 A max.)||||||**090**= 90 A|||||||
|**HMDLDC**=Series C—M (800 A max.)||||||**100**= 100 A|||||||
|**NBDC**=NB (1200 A max.)||||||**110**= 110 A|||||||
|**RGHDC**=Series G—R (3000 A max.)||||||**125**= 125 A|||||||
|||||||**150**= 150 A|||||||
|||||||**175**= 175 A|||||||
|||||||**200**= 200 A|||||||
|||||||**225**= 225 A|||||||
|||||||**250**= 250 A|||||||
|||||||**300**= 300 A|||||||
|||||||**350**= 350 A|||||||
|||||||**400**= 400 A|||||||
|||||||**450**= 450 A|||||||
|||||||**500**= 500 A|||||||
|||||||**600**= 600 A|||||||
|||||||**700**= 700 A|||||||
|||||||**800**= 800 A|||||||
|||||||**900**= 900 A|||||||
|||||||**1000**=1000 A|||||||
|||||||**1200**=1200 A|||||||
|||||||**1600**=1600 A|||||||
|||||||**2000**=2000 A|||||||
|||||||**2500**=2500 A|||||||
|||||||**3000**=3000 A|||||||



## **Suffix** 

## **Series C, NB Frames** 

**K** = Molded case switch 

**L** = Line and load terminals, F-Frame 

**MW** = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals 

**W** = Without terminals 

## **Series G Frames** 

**FFG** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FFW** = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals **FAG** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals **FAW** = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals **KSG** = Molded case switch, with terminals **KSW** = Molded case switch, without terminals 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-471** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**2 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**with Terminals**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**<br>**without Terminals**|
|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|25|**EGEDC3025FFG**|**EGEDC3025FFW**|
|30|**EGEDC3030FFG**|**EGEDC3030FFW**|
|35<br>40|**EGEDC3035FFG**<br>**EGEDC3040FFG**|**EGEDC3035FFW**<br>**EGEDC3040FFW**|
|45|**EGEDC3045FFG**|**EGEDC3045FFW**|
|50|**EGEDC3050FFG**|**EGEDC3050FFW**|
|60|**EGEDC3060FFG**|**EGEDC3060FFW**|
|70|**EGEDC3070FFG**|**EGEDC3070FFW**|
|80|**EGEDC3080FFG**|**EGEDC3080FFW**|
|90<br>100|**EGEDC3090FFG**<br>**EGEDC3100FFG**|**EGEDC3090FFW**<br>**EGEDC3100FFW**|



## **Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**|**with Terminals**|**without Terminals**|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|25|**EGHDC3025FFG**|**EGHDC3025FFW**|
|30|**EGHDC3030FFG**|**EGHDC3030FFW**|
|35|**EGHDC3035FFG**|**EGHDC3035FFW**|
|40|**EGHDC3040FFG**|**EGHDC3040FFW**|
|45|**EGHDC3045FFG**|**EGHDC3045FFW**|
|50|**EGHDC3050FFG**|**EGHDC3050FFW**|
|60|**EGHDC3060FFG**|**EGHDC3060FFW**|
|70|**EGHDC3070FFG**|**EGHDC3070FFW**|
|80|**EGHDC3080FFG**|**EGHDC3080FFW**|
|90|**EGHDC3090FFG**|**EGHDC3090FFW**|
|100|**EGHDC3100FFG**|**EGHDC3100FFW**|



## **Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|**Complete Circuit Breaker**|
|---|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**with Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|**without Terminals**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|
|25|**EGSDC3025FFG**|**EGSDC3025FFW**|
|30<br>35|**EGSDC3030FFG**<br>**EGSDC3035FFG**|**EGSDC3030FFW**<br>**EGSDC3035FFW**|
|40|**EGSDC3040FFG**|**EGSDC3040FFW**|
|45|**EGSDC3045FFG**|**EGSDC3045FFW**|
|50|**EGSDC3050FFG**|**EGSDC3050FFW**|
|60|**EGSDC3060FFG**|**EGSDC3060FFW**|
|70|**EGSDC3070FFG**|**EGSDC3070FFW**|
|80<br>90|**EGSDC3080FFG**<br>**EGSDC3090FFG**|**EGSDC3080FFW**<br>**EGSDC3090FFW**|
|100|**EGSDC3100FFG**|**EGSDC3100FFW**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-472** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **HFDDC** 

## **Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals**1<br>**Single-Pole**<br>**Two-Pole**|**Three-Pole**|**Four-Pole**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>15<br>20<br>~~—~~<br>~~SSS~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**HFDDC1015L**<br>**HFDDC1020L**<br>~~SSS~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**HFDDC2015L**<br>**HFDDC2020L**<br>~~SSS~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**HFDDC3015L**<br>**HFDDC3020L**<br>~~SSS~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**HFDDC4015L**<br>**HFDDC4020L**<br>~~SSS~~|
|25|**HFDDC1025L**|**HFDDC2025L**|**HFDDC3025L**|**HFDDC4025L**|
|30|**HFDDC1030L**|**HFDDC2030L**|**HFDDC3030L**|**HFDDC4030L**|
|35|**HFDDC1035L**|**HFDDC2035L**|**HFDDC3035L**|**HFDDC4035L**|
|40|**HFDDC1040L**|**HFDDC2040L**|**HFDDC3040L**|**HFDDC4040L**|
|45|**HFDDC1045L**|**HFDDC2045L**|**HFDDC3045L**|**HFDDC4045L**|
|50<br>60|**HFDDC1050L**<br>**HFDDC1060L**|**HFDDC2050L**<br>**HFDDC2060L**|**HFDDC3050L**<br>**HFDDC3060L**|**HFDDC4050L**<br>**HFDDC4060L**|
|70|**HFDDC1070L**|**HFDDC2070L**|**HFDDC3070L**|**HFDDC4070L**|
|80|**HFDDC1080L**|**HFDDC2080L**|**HFDDC3080L**|**HFDDC4080L**|
|90|**HFDDC1090L**|**HFDDC2090L**|**HFDDC3090L**|**HFDDC4090L**|
|100|**HFDDC1100L**|**HFDDC2100L**|**HFDDC3100L**|**HFDDC4100L**|
|110|**HFDDC1110L**|**HFDDC2110L**|**HFDDC3110L**|**HFDDC4110L**|
|125|**HFDDC1125L**|**HFDDC2125L**|**HFDDC3125L**|**HFDDC4125L**|
|150|**HFDDC1150L**|**HFDDC2150L**|**HFDDC3150L**|**HFDDC4150L**|
|175|**—**|**HFDDC2175L**|**HFDDC3175L**|**—**|
|200|**—**|**HFDDC2200L**|**HFDDC3200L**|**—**|
|225|**—**|**HFDDC2225L**|**HFDDC3225L**|**—**|



**2** 

## **Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**2|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>~~=~~|**Number**<br>~~=~~|**Number**<br>~~=~~|**Number**<br>~~=~~|**Number**<br>~~=~~|
|70|**JGEDC3070FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
|90|**JGEDC3090FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100|**JGEDC3100FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**|**T250FJ**|
|125|**JGEDC3125FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGEDC3150FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGEDC3175FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGEDC3200FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGEDC3225FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGEDC3250FAG**|**JGEDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For breaker without terminals, replace “L” with “W” at end of catalog number. 

- 2   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-473** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

**2** 

## **JGHDC3250NN** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>70<br>~~ee~~|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGSDC3070FAG**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JGSDC3250NN**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**JT3070FA**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**T250FJ**|
|90|**JGSDC3090FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|100<br>125|**JGSDC3100FAG**<br>**JGSDC3125FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**<br>**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3100FA**<br>**JT3125FA**|**T250FJ**<br>**T250FJ**|
|150|**JGSDC3150FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
|175|**JGSDC3175FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
|200|**JGSDC3200FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
|225|**JGSDC3225FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
|250|**JGSDC3250FAG**|**JGSDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



## **Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|@:;@e@;@|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|—e|**at 40 °C**<br>~~a~~|**Number**<br>~~a~~|**Number**<br>~~a~~|**Number**<br>~~a~~|**Number**<br>~~a~~|
|*|70|**JGHDC3070FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3070FA**|**T250FJ**|
||90|**JGHDC3090FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3090FA**|**T250FJ**|
|———||||||
|lo|100<br>**JGHDC3100FAG**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**<br>**JT3100FA**<br>**T250FJ**<br>125<br>**JGHDC3125FAG**<br>**JGHDC3250NN**<br>**JT3125FA**<br>**T250FJ**<br> ~~SS~~|||||
||150|**JGHDC3150FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3150FA**|**T250FJ**|
||175|**JGHDC3175FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3175FA**|**T250FJ**|
||200|**JGHDC3200FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3200FA**|**T250FJ**|
||225|**JGHDC3225FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3225FA**|**T250FJ**|
||250|**JGHDC3250FAG**|**JGHDC3250NN**|**JT3250FA**|**T250FJ**|



## **HJDDC3250** 

## **Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|Aeron bere<br>@.0.@<br>co<br>@|bere sem<br>@.0.@<br>@e|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|a<br>=<br>By<br>=F|=?<br>valid<br>rt|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>70<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3070T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>~~Ss~~||||
|||90|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3090T**|**TA250KB**|
|ecete||100<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3100T**<br>**TA250KB**<br>125<br>**HJDDC3250F**<br>**JT3125T**<br>**TA250KB**<br> ~~a~~||||
|||150|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3150T**|**TA250KB**|
|||175|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3175T**|**TA250KB**|
|||200|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3200T**|**TA250KB**|
|||225|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3225T**|**TA250KB**|
|||250|**HJDDC3250F**|**JT3250T**|**TA250KB**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-474** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

||||**Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**|**Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**|**Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**HKDDC3400**|||**Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers—**<br>**Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc**||||
|e@e®e®?.<br>eo<br>—|||**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|——_<br>it,<br>Ta<br>Setie <br>ax|||**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>100<br>**HKDDC3400F**<br>**KT3100T**<br>**TA300K**<br> ~~SS~~||||
|-e%e°%e°*|||125|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3125T**|**TA300K**|
||||150<br>175|**HKDDC3400F**<br>**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3150T**<br>**KT3175T**|**TA300K**<br>**TA300K**|
||||200|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3200T**|**TA300K**|
||||225|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3225T**|**TA300K**|
||||250|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3250T**|**TA350K**|
||||300|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3300T**|**TA350K**|
||||350|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3350T**|**TA350K**|
||||400|**HKDDC3400F**|**KT3400T**|**3TA400K**2|



## **LGEDC3630NN** 

## **Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|=><br>e.e.8<br>ore:<br>Deume<br>“ff<br>:<br>P|<br>er|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**<br>250|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGEDC3250FAG**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**LT3250FA**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**TA350LK**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|ee|300<br>**LGEDC3300FAG**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**<br>**LT3300FA**<br>**TA350LK**<br>350<br>**LGEDC3350FAG**<br>**LGEDC3630NN**<br>**LT3350FA**<br>**TA350LK**<br> ~~TS~~|||||
||400|**LGEDC3400FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
||500|**LGEDC3500FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
||600|**LGEDC3600FAG**|**LGEDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|



## **Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>~~CT~~|**Number**<br>~~CT~~|**Number**<br>~~CT~~|**Number**<br>~~CT~~|**Number**<br>~~CT~~|
|250|**LGSDC3250FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGSDC3300FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350|**LGSDC3350FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**|**TA350LK**|
|400|**LGSDC3400FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**|
|500<br>600|**LGSDC3500FAG**<br>**LGSDC3600FAG**|**LGSDC3630NN**<br>**LGSDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**<br>**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2<br>**3TA632LK**2|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

2   Three-pole kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-475** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

**2** 

## **HLDDC** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete**<br>**Breaker**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|250|**LGHDC3250FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3250FA**|**TA350LK**|
|300|**LGHDC3300FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3300FA**|**TA350LK**|
|350<br>400|**LGHDC3350FAG**<br>**LGHDC3400FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**<br>**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3350FA**<br>**LT3400FA**|**TA350LK**<br>**TA350LK**|
|500|**LGHDC3500FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT4500FA**|**3TA632LK**2|
|600|**LGHDC3600FAG**|**LGHDC3630NN**|**LT3600FA**|**3TA632LK**2|



## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

## **Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|300|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3300T**|**TA602LD**|
|350|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3350T**|**TA602LD**|
|400|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3400T**|**TA602LD**|
|450|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3450T**|**TA602LD**|
|500|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3500T**|**TA602LD**|
|600|**HLDDC3600F**|**LT3600T**|**3TA603LDK**2|



## **Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers—** 

**Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc**[34] 

|**Maximum**|**Complete**|
|---|---|
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Breaker**<br>**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|
|600|**HLDDC20600**|
|700<br>800|**HLDDC20700**<br>**HLDDC20800**|
|900|**HLDDC20900**|
|1000|**HLDDC21000**|
|1200|**HLDDC21200**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 

- 2   Three-pole kit. 

- 3   Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. 

- 4   Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parallel. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-476** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

## **HMDLDC3800F** 

|a<br>SS|a<br>SS||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>SS<br>:<br>_<br>4||**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Only**1|**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|—|**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||300|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3300T**|**TA700MA1**|
|=|350|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3350T**|**TA700MA1**|
||400<br>450|**HMDLDC3800F**<br>**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3400T**<br>**TA700MA1**<br>**MT3450T**<br>**TA700MA1**<br>~~EEE~~||
||500|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3500T**|**TA700MA1**|
||600|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3600T**|**TA700MA1**|
||700|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3700T**|**TA700MA1**|
||800|**HMDLDC3800F**|**MT3800T**|**TA800MA2**|



**2** 

## **Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**<br>**Assembled without Terminals**2|**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory**|**Standard**<br>**Terminals**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating**|**Catalog**|**Includes Magnetic**|**Catalog**|
|**at 40 °C**<br>~~el~~|**Number**<br>~~el~~|**Trip Unit Calibrated at 135%**<br>~~el~~|**Number**<br>~~el~~|
|700|**NBDC3700MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|800|**NBDC3800MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|900|**NBDC3900MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|1000|**NBDC31000MW**|Included|**TA1000NB1**|
|1200|**NBDC31200MW**|Included|**TA1200NB1**|



## **RGHDC3300FFWM** 

**Type RGHDC DC Circuit Breakers— Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc** 

**Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled**[2] 

||**Factory Assembled**[2]|||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum**|**Imperial Termination**|**Metric Termination**||
|**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**|**Threading**<br>**Catalog**|**Threading**<br>**Catalog**|**Includes Magnetic**<br>**Trip Unit Calibrated**|
|**at 40 °C**|**Number**|**Number**|**at 135%**|
|1600|**RGHDC3160FFWE**|**RGHDC3160FFWM**|Included|
|2000|**RGHDC3200FFWE**|**RGHDC3200FFWM**|Included|
|2500|**RGHDC3250FFWE**|**RGHDC3250FFWM**|Included|
|3000|**RGHDC3300FFWE**|**RGHDC3300FFWM**|Included|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately. 

- 2   Six rear connectors included as standard that match terminal threading. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-477** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals Included**<br>**Standard Terminal**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|100<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0<br>2.5–50<br>3<br>**3TA125EF**|
|HFDDC|20<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–10 (1)<br>2.5–4 (1)<br>3<br>**3T20FB**|
||100<br>Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–1/0 (1)<br>2.5–50 (1)<br>3<br>**3T100FB**|
||225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FD**|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|250<br>Stainless steel<br>Cu<br>4–350 (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T250FJ**|
|HJDDC|250<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4–350 kcmil (1)<br>25–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA250KB**|
|HKDDC|225<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||350<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA400K**|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|400<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350LK**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>1<br>**TA632L**|
||630<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA632LK**|
|HLDDC|500<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–350 kcmil (2)<br>95–150 (2)<br>1<br>**TA602LD**|
||600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>400–500 kcmil (2)<br>185–240 (2)<br>3<br>**3TA603LDK**|
|HMDLDC|600<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|NBDC|700<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||800<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||900<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1000<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>95–185 (3)<br>1<br>**TA1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>4/0–500 kcmil (4)<br>120–240 (4)<br>1<br>**TA1200NB1**|



**Note:** RGHDC breakers include six rear connectors as standard. 

## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

Eaton’s DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum**<br>**Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating**<br>**at 40 °C**|**Interrupting Capacity**<br>**(Volts DC)**<br>**Poles in**<br>**Series**<br>**With Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Without Line and Load Terminals**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|**600 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3100KL**<br>**HFDDC3100KW**|
|150|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3150KL**<br>**HFDDC3150KW**|
|225|42<br>3<br>**HFDDC3225KL**<br>**HFDDC3225KW**|
|250|65<br>3<br>**JGKDC3250KSG**<br>**JGKDC3250KSW**|
|250|42<br>3<br>**HJDDC3250K**<br>**HJDDC3250KW**|
|400|35<br>3<br>**HKDDC3400K**<br>**HKDDC3400KW**|
||65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3400KSG**<br>**LGKDC3400KSW**|
|600|65<br>3<br>**LGKDC3630KSG**<br>**LGKDC3630KSW**|
||35<br>3<br>**HLDDC3600K**<br>**HLDDC3600WK**|
|800|35<br>3<br>**HMDLDC3800K**<br>**HMDLDC3800WK**|
|**500 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|65<br>3<br>**EGK3100KSG**<br>**EGK3100KSW**|
|**250 Vdc Maximum**||
|100|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2100KL**<br>**HFDDC2100KW**|
|150|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2150KL**<br>**HFDDC2150KW**|
|225|50<br>2<br>**HFDDC2225KL**<br>**HFDDC2225KW**|
|1200|50<br>1<br>**HLDDC21200K**1<br>**HLDDC21200WK**1|



_**Note**_ 1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel. 

**V4-T2-478 Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## **Internal Accessories** 

**2** 

## **Field Installation Kits** 

|||||**JGEDC,**<br>**JGSDC,**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**JGHDC**|||||||
||**Factory**||**EGEDC,**|**LGEDC,**|||||||
|**Description**|**Installation**<br>**(HFDDC)**|**HFDDC**1|**EGSDC,**<br>**EGHDC**|**LGSDC,**<br>**LGHDC**|**HJDDC**|**HKDDC**|**HLDDC**|**HMDLDC**|**NBDC**|**RGHDC**|
|**Right-Pole Mounting**<br>Auxiliary switch|||||||||||
|1A-1B<br>2A-2B|A06<br>A13|A1X1PK<br>A2X1RPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|AUX1A1BPK<br>AUX2A2BPK|A1X2PK<br>A2X2PK|A1X3PK<br>A2X3PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|A1X4PK<br>A2X4PK|4980D16G05<br>4980D16G06|—<br>A2X6RPK|
|Alarm switch<br>1 make/1 break|B06|A1L1RPK|ALM1M1BEPK|ALM1M1BJPK|A1L2RPK|A1L3RPK|A1L4RPK|A1L4RPK|—|A1L6RPK|
|Auxiliary and alarm combo<br>1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05||AAL1RPK|AUXALRMEPK|AUXALRMJPK|AAL2RPK|AAL3RPK|AA114RPK|AA114RPK|—|—|
|**Left-Pole Mounting**|||||||||||
|Shunt trip|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT012CPK|SNT012CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G14|—|
|24 Vdc|S02|SNT1LP03K|SNT024CPK|SNT024CPK|SNT2P04K|SNT3P04K|SNT4LP03K|SNT4LP03K|2606D58G13|SNT6P03K2|
|48 Vdc|S06|SNT1LP08K|SNT4860CPK|SNT4860CPK|SNT2P06K|SNT3P06K|SNT4LP23K|SNT4LP23K|2606D58G12|SNT6P23K2|
|60 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|S06<br>S10|SNT1LP08K<br>SNT1LP12K|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT4860CPK<br>SNT120CPK|SNT2P06K<br>SNT2P11K|SNT3P06K<br>SNT3P11K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|SNT4LP23K<br>SNT4LP26K|2606D58G11<br>2606D58G10|SNT6P23K2<br>SNT6P23K2|
|250 Vdc|S14|SNT1LP18K|—|—|SNT2P14K|SNT3P14K|SNT4LP14K|SNT4LP14K|2606D58G09|SNT6P14K|
|120 Vac|S06|SNT1LP12K|SNT120CPK|SNT120CPK|SNT2P11K|SNT3P11K|SNT4LP11K|SNT4LP11K|2060D58G05|SNT6P11K2|
|Undervoltage release|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|UVH1LP20K|UVR012DPK|UVR012DPK|UVH2LP20K|UVH3LP20K|UVH4LP20K|UVH4LP20K|372D032G06|UVH6RP20K2|
|24 Vdc|U34|UVH1LP21K|UVR024DPK|UVR024DPK|UVH2LP21K|UVH3LP21K|UVH4LP21K|UVH4LP21K|372D032G07|UVH6RP21K2|
|48 Vdc|U38|UVH1LP22K|UVR048DPK|UVR048DPK|UVH2LP22K|UVH3LP22K|UVH4LP22K|UVH4LP22K|372D032G08|UVH6RP23K2|
|125 Vdc|U42|UVH1LP26K|UVR125DPK|UVR125DPK|UVH2LP26K|UVH3LP26K|UVH4LP26K|UVH4LP26K|372D032G09|UVH6RP26K2|
|250 Vdc<br>120 Vac|U46<br>U14|UVH1LP28K<br>UVH1LP08K|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVR250DPK<br>UVR120APK|UVH2LP28K<br>UVH2LP08K|UVH3LP28K<br>UVH3LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|UVH4LP28K<br>UVH4LP08K|372D032G10<br>373D632G05|UVH6RP28K2<br>UVH6RP08K2|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

> 2 Right-pole mounted. 

One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-479** 

2.5 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## _**Jumpers**_ 

Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

## **HFDDC Frame** 

|**HFDDC Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|



## **JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames** 

|**JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
|**HKDDC Frame**|||
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|



## **LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames** 

|**LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-480** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

## _**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12] 

**2** 

## **250 Vdc Maximum—Two Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [22 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [33 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

## **500 Vdc or 600 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [26 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [38 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

## **750 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [34 x 17] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

**==> picture [21 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 

> 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-481** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **DC Breaker Dimensions** 

|**Frame**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**<br>**Width**<br>**Height**<br>**Depth**|
|---|---|
|EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC|3<br>3.00 (76.2)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>2.99 (75.9)|
|HFDDC|1<br>1.38 (35.1)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||2<br>2.75 (70.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
||4<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>3.38 (86.0)|
|JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC|3<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>7.00 (177.8)<br>3.57 (90.7)|
|HJDDC|2, 3<br>4.13 (105.0)<br>10.00 (254.0)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HKDDC|2, 3<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
|LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC|3<br>5.48 (139.2)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>4.09 (103.9)|
|600 A Max. HLDDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|1200 A Max. HLDDC|4<br>11.00 (279.4)<br>10.75 (273.1)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|HMDLDC|2, 3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|NBDC|3<br>8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)|
|RGHDC|3<br>15.50 (393.7)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>9.75 (247.7)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-482** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**==> picture [124 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [189 x 6] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
600 Vdc Per-Pole 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-463** Direct Current Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-469** PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-484** Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-484** Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-484** Product Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-485** Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-487** Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-491** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-494** Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-495** E[2] Mining Service Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-496** 

**2** 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series** 

## **Product Overview** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Two PVGard lineups 

Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric grid. Within the balance of system (BOS), direct current (DC) circuit breakers protect the wiring connected from the PV modules to the combiner or the inverter, while also behaving as a disconnect. 

- l 600 Vdc per-pole breaker and switch. Each pole rated 600 Vdc 

- l 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breaker and switch. Requires poles in series connection 

- l Both options UL 489B listed for solar photovoltaic circuit protection 

- l 50 °C calibration 

> l Offers both 100% and Eaton is a global leader in 80% rated breakers circuit protection and brings 

> l Handle bi-directional this expertise to bear in the photovoltaic market. PVGard current flow solar circuit breakers are part of a product family that combines a disconnect with circuit protection in a single, compact, resettable device to protect and isolate DC circuits as needed in photovoltaic systems. PVGard breakers can replace fuses, fuse holders and disconnects in combiner box and inverter applications— saving space, streamlining design, purchasing and receiving, and reducing spare parts requirements. 

There are two PVGard lineups to choose from: the industryexclusive, 600 Vdc per-pole breakers and switches designed for residential and light commercial applications and 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches for commercial and utility scale applications. 

## _**PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Lineup**_ 

Only Eaton can offer this breakthrough breaker that will save significant space, time and cost. As a single-circuitper-pole device, it allows space savings of up to 66% when compared to traditional poles-in-series disconnects, switches and breakers. In addition, it eliminates the need for jumpers for poles-inseries connection—saving on installation time, labor and even inventory. 

## _**PVGard 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series Lineup**_ 

This 1000 Vdc poles-in-series lineup provides reliable and safe disconnect means and overcurrent protection in a single, compact device for commercial and utility scale PV systems. This solution does not require jumpers with the breaker/switch to be a UL 489B listed device, providing reliability and flexibility in design without limitation on implementation of the breaker/switch. If needed, cost-effective Eaton jumpers can be included. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-483** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Application Description** 

Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun **2** into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric **2** grid. PVGard circuit breakers are used to protect the wiring **2** from the modules to the combiner box or inverter from **2** overcurrents, and to provide an isolation mechanism. 

Eaton offers a complete line of UL 489 Listed multi-purpose 600 Vdc poles-in-series breakers and switches, as well as protection for the AC side of the inverter. Refer to **Page V4-T2-469** for 600 Vdc breakers and **Page V4-T2-136** for AC breaker selection. 

## **Features** 

PVGard breakers are uniquely designed with these features: 

- l Meets the higher voltage and lower fault current levels of solar systems 

- l Tested to extreme ambient conditions from –40ºC to +90ºC 

- l Full complement of accessories for status, signalling, and on/off operation remotely 

- l Can handle bi-directional flow of current 

- l Can be applied in grounded, ungrounded or bi-polar systems 

- l Meets and exceeds the standards of UL 489B for photovoltaic molded case circuit breakers and molded case switches 

- l Available both standard (80%-rated) and 100%rated breakers 

- l 50ºC calibration 

- l Ability to open on signal from DC arc or ground fault detector 

- l Wide range of current ratings increases options for matching incoming strings 

Designed specifically for high- and low-temperature demands of PV installations, PVGard circuit breakers undergo extreme ambient cycling tests, and carry a robust operating temperature range. Trip units calibrate at 100% and 80% of nameplate current in a 50ºC ambient, ensuring continuous operation in higher temperature environments typical to solar. 

Rigorous third-party testing includes limited and standard fault current tests, electrical and mechanical endurance, di-electric voltage withstand and temperature tests. Eaton’s PVGard products are stand-alone devices without requiring jumpers to be UL 489B listed devices. 

PVGard breakers are available with a full complement of accessories to provide string status, enable remote trip, on/off operation, and can be customized to site requirements. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - l Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection 

   - l UL File E350638, Category Control Number DIUR 

- l Eliminates fuse stocking costs and matching issues 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-484** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-489** . For complete internal and external accessories, see accessory section of each frame. 

## **JG PVS Frame, 250 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 1.2 kA**[1] 

## **JG PVS Frame** 

**2** 

|**Current Rating Amperes**|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**|**Trip Unit**|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|90<br>100|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3090W**<br>**JGPVS3100W**|**CJGPVS3090W**<br>**CJGPVS3100W**|
|125<br>150<br>175<br>~~a~~<br>~~I~~|3<br>3<br>3<br>~~I~~|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>~~I~~|**JGPVS3125W**<br>**JGPVS3150W**<br>**JGPVS3175W**<br>~~I~~|**CJGPVS3125W**<br>**CJGPVS3150W**<br>**CJGPVS3175W**<br>~~I~~|
|200|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3200W**|**CJGPVS3200W**|
|225|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3225W**|**CJGPVS3225W**|
|250|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**JGPVS3250W**|**CJGPVS3250W**|



## **KD PVS Frame** 

**KD PVS Frame, 400 A Maximum, 600 Vdc Per Pole, 3 kA**[1] 

|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>100|**Number Poles/**<br>**600 Vdc Circuits**<br>3|**Trip Unit**<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**80% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**KDPVS3100W**|**100% Rated**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**CKDPVS3100W**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|125|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3125W**|**CKDPVS3125W**|
|150|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3150W**|**CKDPVS3150W**|
|175|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3175W**|**CKDPVS3175W**|
|200|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3200W**|**CKDPVS3200W**|
|225|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3225W**|**CKDPVS3225W**|
|250<br>300|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3250W**<br>**KDPVS3300W**|**CKDPVS3250W**<br>**CKDPVS3300W**|
|350<br>400|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPVS3350W**<br>**KDPVS3400W**|**CKDPVS3350W**<br>**CKDPVS3400W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Terminals not included with frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-485** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See **Page V4-T2-489** . 

**2** 

## **FD PV Frame** 

## **FD PV Frame, 100 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA**[1] 

|ee ea<br>79898889:<br>“26<br>peat <br>2<br>=<br>wan|**80% Rated**<br>**100% Rated**<br>**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>30<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4030W**<br>**CFDPV4030W**<br>40<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4040W**<br>**CFDPV4040W**<br>50<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4050W**<br>**CFDPV4050W**<br> ~~|~~<br>~~ee~~|
|---|---|
||60<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4060W**<br>**CFDPV4060W**|
||70<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4070W**<br>**CFDPV4070W**|
||80<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4080W**<br>**CFDPV4080W**|
||90<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4090W**<br>**CFDPV4090W**<br>100<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**FDPV4100W**<br>**CFDPV4100W**|



## **KD PV Frame** 

## **KD PV Frame, 350 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1] 

||||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**|**Poles in Series**|**Trip Unit**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|125<br>~~OOOOOOOOOOee~~|4<br>~~OOOOOOOOOOee~~|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>~~OOOOOOOOOOee~~|**KDPV4125W**<br>~~OOOOOOOOOOee~~|**CKDPV4125W**<br>~~OOOOOOOOOOee~~|
|150|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4150W**|**CKDPV4150W**|
|175|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4175W**|**CKDPV4175W**|
|200|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4200W**|**CKDPV4200W**|
|225|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4225W**|**CKDPV4225W**|
|250|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4250W**|**CKDPV4250W**|
|300|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4300W**|**CKDPV4300W**|
|350|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**KDPV4350W**|**CKDPV4350W**|



## **LG PV Frame** 

## **LG PV Frame, 400 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA**[1] 

|pee<br>wei<br>e<br>*<br>.<br>.<br>s|||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>**Poles in Series**<br>**Trip Unit**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>250<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**LGPV4250W**<br>**CLGPV4250W**<br>300<br>4<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>**LGPV4300W**<br>**CLGPV4300W**<br>=<br>><br>~~en~~<br>a<br>‘abe ~~OO~~|||||
|350<br>fofcrots?|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4350W**|**CLGPV4350W**|
|400|4|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**LGPV4400W**|**CLGPV4400W**|



## **MDL PV Frame** 

**MDL PV Frame, 600 A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 7.5 kA**[1] 

|||||**80% Rated**|**100% Rated**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Current Rating Amperes**<br>300<br>~~ee~~||**Poles in Series**<br>3|**Trip Unit**<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>~~—V—n~~|**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**MDLPV3300W**<br>**CMDLPV3300W**<br>~~—V—n~~||
||350<br>400|3<br>3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic<br>Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**MDLPV3350W**<br>**MDLPV3400W**|**CMDLPV3350W**<br>**CMDLPV3400W**|
||450|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**MDLPV3450W**|**CMDLPV3450W**|
||500|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**MDLPV3500W**|**CMDLPV3500W**|
||600|3|Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic|**MDLPV3600W**|**CMDLPV3600W**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   Terminals not included with frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-486** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **Accessories** 

## _**Available Accessories**_ 

- l Auxiliary switch 

- l Shunt trip 

- l Electrical operator 

- l Alarm lockout 

- l Undervoltage release 

- l Terminals 

- l Lock-off devices 

- l End cap kits 

- l Rotary handle mechanisms 

- l Flexible shaft handle mechanisms 

_**Optional modifications**_ 

- l Freeze testing 

**Factory Modifications—Freeze Testing to –40ºC**[4] 

|**Frame**|**Modification Code**|
|---|---|
|FD PV|F01|
|JG PVS|F01|
|KD PV and KD PVS|F01|
|LG PV|F01|
|MDL PV|F01|
|Special calibration—contact Eaton for availability||



## _**Molded Case Switches**_ 

For complete internal and external accessories, see the accessory section of each frame. 

## **External Accessories** 

|**External Accessories**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Frame**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Imperial Base Mounting Hardware**||
|0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|FD PV<br>**BMH1**|
|0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3**|
|—|JG PVS<br>N/A|
|—|LG PV<br>N/A|
|0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and<br>lockwashers and flat washers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5**|
|**Metric Base Mounting Hardware**||
|M4–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers<br>|FD PV<br>**BMH1M**<br> <br>|
|M6–0.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**BMH3M**|
|—|JG PVS<br>Included1|
|—|LG PV<br>Included1|
|M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers|MDL PV<br>**BMH5M**|
|**Interphase Barriers**||
||FD PV<br>**IPB1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**IPB3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJIPBK** 2|
||LG PV<br>**IPB3**|
||MDL PV<br>**IPB4**|
|**Non-Padlockable Handle Block**||
||FD PV<br>**LKD1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**LKD3**|
||JG PVS<br>N/A|
||LG PV<br>N/A|
||MDL PV<br>**LKD4**|
|**Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp **3||
||FD PV<br>**PLK1**|
||KD PV<br>KD PVS<br>**PLK3**|
||JG PVS<br>**FJPHL**|
||LG PV<br>**LPHL**|
||MDL PV<br>**HLK4**|



Eaton’s DC molded case switches (MCS) are used in applications requiring a compact, high capacity disconnect. PVGard 1000 Vdc 

MCS are UL 489B listed and have automatic instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. 

## **Molded Case Switches** 

|**Maximum Continuous**|**Interrupting**|**Poles in**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|
|**Ampere Rating at 50 °C**|**Capacity Vdc**|**Series**|**Number**|
|**1000 Vdc Maximum**||||
|100|3000|4|**FDPV4100KW**|
|200|5000|4|**KDPV4200KW**|
|250|5000|4|**KDPV4250KW**|
|350|5000|4|**KDPV4350KW**|
|400|5000|4|**LGPV4400KSW**|
|600|7500|3|**MDLPV3600KSW**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or a molded case switch (included with breaker). If required separately, order 66A2546G02. 

- 2 Individually priced. 

- 3 Locks in ON and OFF position. 

- 4 Add 20% to list price. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-487** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Internal Accessories—Right Pole Mounting** 

**2** 

||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**JG PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**KD PVS**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**LG PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**MDL PV**<br>**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|**Modification**|**Catalog**|
||**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|**Code**|**Number**|
|**Auxiliary Switch**|||||||||||
|1A-1B|A06|**A1X1PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X3PK**|A1|**AUX1A1BPK**|A06|**A1X4PK**|
|2A-2B<br>**Alarm Switch**|A13|**A2X1RPK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X3PK**|A2|**AUX2A2BPK**|A13|**A2X4PK**|
|1 make/1 break|B06|**A1L1RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPKL**|B06|**A1L3RPK**|B1|**ALM1M1BJPK**|B06|**A1L4RPK**|
|**Auxiliary and Alarm Combo**|||||||||||
|1A-1B, 1 make/1 break|C05|**AAL1RPK**|B2w|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AAL3RPK**|B2|**AUXALRMJPK**|C05|**AA114RPK**|



## **Internal Accessories—Left Pole Mounting** 

||||||**KD PV**||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**FD PV**1||**JG PVS**||**KD PVS**||**LG PV**||**MDL PV**||
||**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|**Factory**|**Field Kit**|
||**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Modification**<br>**Code**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|**Shunt Trip**|||||||||||
|12 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S4|**SNT012CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|24 Vdc|S02|**SNT1LP03K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S42|**SNT3P04K**|S6|**SNT024CPK**|S02|**SNT4LP03K**|
|48 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|60 Vdc|S06|**SNT1LP08K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S50|**SNT3P06K**|S7|**SNT4860CPK**|S86|**SNT4LP23K**|
|125 Vdc<br>250 Vdc|S10<br>S14|**SNT1LP12K**<br>**SNT1LP18K**|S5<br>—|**SNT125DPK**<br>**—**|S10<br>S14|**SNT3P11K**<br>**SNT3P14K**|S2<br>**—**|**SNT120CPK**<br>**—**|S42<br>S14|**SNT4LP26K**<br>**SNT4LP14K**|
|120 Vac|S10|**SNT1LP12K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT3P11K**|S2|**SNT120CPK**|S10|**SNT4LP11K**|
|**Undervoltage**|**Release**||||||||||
|12 Vdc|U30|**UVH1LP20K**|—|—|T02|**UVH3LP20K**|U1|**UVR012DPK**|T02|**UVH4LP20K**|
|24 Vdc|U34|**UVH1LP21K**|U2|**UVR024CPK**|T02|**UVH3LP21K**|U2|**UVR024DPK**|T06|**UVH4LP21K**|
|48 Vdc|U38|**UVH1LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH3LP22K**|U4|**UVR048DPK**|T10|**UVH4LP22K**|
|60 Vdc|—|—|U4|**UVR048DPK**|—|—|—|—|—|—|
|125 Vdc|U42|**UVH1LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH3LP26K**|U6|**UVR125DPK**|T14|**UVH4LP26K**|
|250 Vdc|U46|**UVH1LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH3LP28K**|U8|**UVR250DPK**|T18|**UVH4LP28K**|
|120 Vac|U14|**UVH1LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH3LP08K**|U5|**UVR120APK**|U18|**UVH4LP08K**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the FD PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 

One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-488** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**<br>**Ampacity**<br>**Terminal Body**<br>**Material**<br>**Wire Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range/**<br>**Number of Conductors**<br>**Metric Wire**<br>**Range mm2**<br>**Number of**<br>**Terminals**<br>**Included**<br>**Standard**<br>**Terminal**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Comments**|
|---|---|---|
|FD PV|50|Steel<br>Cu/Al<br>14–4 (1)<br>2.5–25 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA50FB**|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK3** Includes 3P terminal cover|
||100|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>6–300 kcmil (1)<br>16–150 (1)<br>3<br>**3TA225FDK**<br>Includes 3P terminal cover<br>Replacement use only|
||100|Copper<br>Cu<br>4–4/0 (1)<br>25–95 (1)<br>3<br>**3T225FD**|
|JG PVS|250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>#8–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**TA250FJ**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>1<br>**3TA251FJK1**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>(2) 2/0–(2) 4/0<br>—<br>2<br>**3TA251FJK2**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>#4–350 kcmil (1)<br>—<br>—<br>**T250FJ**|
|KD PV<br>KD PVS|225|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**TA300K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**TA350K**|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4TA400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||250|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2/0–250 kcmil (2) or 2/0–500 kcmil (1)<br>70–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**|
||300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||225|Copper<br>Cu<br>3–350 kcmil (1)<br>35–185 (1)<br>1<br>**T300K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>250–500 kcmil (1)<br>120–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350K**|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (1)<br>4<br>**4T400K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||300|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
||350|Copper<br>Cu<br>3/0–250 kcmil (2)<br>95–120 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA401K**<br>Contains interphase barriers|
|LG PV|400|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4TA632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
||250|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (1)<br>35–240 (1)<br>1<br>**T350LK**|
||400|Copper<br>Cu<br>2–500 kcmil (2)<br>35–240 (2)<br>4<br>**4T632LK**<br>Includes 4P terminal cover|
|MDL PV|300|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>1–500 kcmil (2)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA700MA1**|
||600|Aluminum<br>Cu/Al<br>3/0–400 kcmil (3)<br>—<br>1<br>**TA800MA2**|
|**Endcap Kits**<br>**Breaker Frame**||**Number of Poles**<br>**Thread Type**<br>**Thread Size**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>10–32<br>**KPEK14**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–5<br>**KPEKM14**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**FJ3RTDK**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**FJ3RTWK**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>0.312–18<br>**KPEK34**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M–8<br>**KPEKM34**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**KPEK3**<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>**KPEKM3**<br>4<br>Imperial<br>—<br>**N/A**<br>4<br>Metric<br>M-10<br>**L4RTWK**<br>3<br>Imperial<br>—<br>—<br>3<br>Metric<br>—<br>—|
|FD PV|||
|JG PVS|||
|KD PV|||
|KD PVS|||
|LG PV|||
|MDL PV|||



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit. 

> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-489** 

2.5 

**2** 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## _**Jumpers**_ 

Jumpers must be ordered separately. Priced individually. 

## **FD PV Frame** 

|**FD PV Frame**||
|---|---|
|**Description**|**Maximum**<br>**Amperes**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|Single copper jumper|60<br>**DC1F060**1|
||100<br>**DC1F100**1|
||125<br>**DC1F125**1|
||225<br>**DC1F225**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC2FD100A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|100<br>**DC3FD100A**|



## **JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames** 

|**JG PVM, JG PVMD Frames**|||
|---|---|---|
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**|**Amperes**|**Number**|
|Single aluminum jumper|250|**DC1JG250A**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC2JG250A**1|
|Package of 20 aluminum jumpers|250|**DC20JG250A**1|
|**KD PV, KD PVM, KD PVMD Frames**|||
||**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Single copper jumper|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC1K400**1|
|Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC2KD400A**1|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3KD400A**1|
|**LG PV Frame**|**Maximum**|**Catalog**|
|**Description**<br>Package of 2 aluminum jumpers|**Amperes**<br>400|**Number**<br>**DC2LG400A**|
|Package of 3 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC3LG400A**|
|Package of 30 aluminum jumpers|400|**DC30LG400A**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Not UL Listed; Non UL listed jumpers used in a UL application may need to be qualified by the OEM in their assembly. This may take place with UL or another certified testing agency. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-490** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Technical Data and Specifications** 

   - l Two PVGard lineups 

- l Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers 

   - l UL File EE350638, Category Control Number DIUR 

- l Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection 

   - l 600 Vdc per-pole breaker and switch 

- l 100% rated of the continuous current rating 

- Each pole rated 

- l 50 °C calibrated 600 Vdc 

   - l 1000 Vdc poles-in-series breaker and switch 

- l Can be applied in l grounded, ungrounded or breaker and switch bi-polar systems – Requires poles in 

- l Ability to open on signal series connection from DC arc or ground fault detector 

**2** 

## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 600 Vdc Per-Pole**_ 

**PVGard 600 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||
|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|
|JG PVS|90|250|1.2|
|KD PVS|100|400|3|



## _**Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series**_ 

**PVGard 1000 Vdc Current Ratings by Frame UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc** 

|**Circuit**|**Minimum**|**Maximum**||**Poles in**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker Type**|**Amperes**|**Amperes**|**kA Rating**|**Series**|
|FD PV|30|100|3|4|
|KD PV|125|350|5|4|
|LG PV|250|400|5|4|
|MDL PV|300|600|7.5|3|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-491** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard 600 Vdc Per-Pole Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**c eoe o**|**cu ees**<br>**JG PVS**|**cu ees**<br>**JG PVS**|**cu ees**<br>**JG PVS**||**e es**<br>**KD PVS**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||Number of 600 Vdc circuits|3||||3|
||Maximum voltage rating|600 Vdc||||600 Vdc|
||Ampere range|90–250 A||||100–400 A|
||Interrupting capacity at 600 Vdc|1.2 kA||||3 kA|
||Time constant|1 ms||||1 ms|
||Trip unit type|Thermal-magnetic||||Thermal-magnetic|
||Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits|8 kV<br>4 kV||||8 kV<br>4 kV|
||Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency|10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||6000<br>400<br>240 per hour|
||Third-party certification|UL 489B||||UL 489B|
||Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current|50 °C<br>93%<br>85%||||50 °C<br>93%<br>85%|
||Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity|–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing|
||Suitable for reverse-feed applications|Yes||||Yes|
||Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º||
||||90º||90º||
||||||||
||||||||
||||||||
||Connection diagrams||||||
||Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire|TA250FJ: (1) #8–350 kcmil||||TA300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
|||3TA251FJK1: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/01||||TA350K: (1) 250–500 kcmil|
|||3TA251FJK2: (2) 2/0–(2) 4/02||||TA403K: (2) 1/0–400 kcmil|
|||||||3TA402K: (1) 500–750 kcmil3|
||Cu wire|T250FJ: (1) #4–350 kcmil||||T300K: (1) #3–350 kcmil|
||Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth|7.00 (177.8)<br>4.13 (104.9)<br>3.57 (90.7)||||10.13 (257.3)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>4.10 (104.1)|
||Weight in lbs|6.6||||11.42|
||||||||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Three terminals with terminal shield as a kit. 

> 2 Three terminals with two interphase barriers as a kit. 

> 3 Not UL 489B recognized size for maximum of 400 A breaker. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-492** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)** 

|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|**PVGard 1000 Vdc Solar PV Circuit Breakers (100% and 80% Rated Frames)**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**FD PV**<br>**KD PV**<br>**LG PV**<br>**MDL PV**||||||||
|Number of poles<br>4<br>4<br>4<br>3||||||||
|Maximum voltage rating<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc<br>1000 Vdc||||||||
|Maximum current rating<br>100 A<br>350 A<br>400 A<br>600 A||||||||
|Interrupting capacity at 1000 Vdc<br>3 kA<br>5 kA<br>5 kA<br>7.5 kA||||||||
|Time constant<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms<br>1 ms||||||||
|Ampere range<br>15–100 A<br>125–350 A<br>250–400 A<br>300–600 A||||||||
|Trip unit type<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic<br>Thermal-magnetic||||||||
|Rated impulse withstand voltage<br>Main conducting paths<br>Auxiliary circuits<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV<br>8 kV<br>4 kV||||||||
|Endurance<br>Mechanical operations<br>Electrical operations<br>Maximum switching frequency<br>10,000<br>1000<br>300 per hour<br>10,000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour<br>8000<br>400<br>240 per hour||||||||
|Third-party certification<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B<br>UL 489B||||||||
|Environment<br>Design ambient temperature<br>Maximum current at 60 °C, as % of rated current<br>Maximum current at 70 °C, as % of rated current<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>91%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%<br>50 °C<br>93%<br>88%||||||||
|Operating temperature range<br>Storage temperature range<br>Suitable for freeze temperatures to –40 °C<br>Relative humidity<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing<br>–20 °C to +50 °C<br>–20 °C to +70 °C<br>Option<br>0 to 95% noncondensing||||||||
|Suitable for reverse-feed applications<br>Yes|Yes|||Yes|Yes|||
|Mounting—permissible mounting position||||90º|||90º|
||90º|||90º|90º||90º|
|||||||||
|||||||||
|||||||||
|Connection diagrams|Load (A)|||1|2<br>Load|||
|Terminations<br>Al/Cu wire<br>#6–300 kcmil<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil||||||||
|Cu wire<br>#4–4/0<br>(2) 3/0–250 kcmil<br>(2) #2–500 kcmil<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil||||||||
|Dimensions in inches (mm)<br>Height<br>Width<br>Depth<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>5.50 (139.7)<br>3.38 (85.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>10.13 (257.3)<br>7.22 (183.4)<br>4.09 (103.9)<br>16.00 (406.4)<br>8.25 (209.5)<br>4.06 (103.1)||||||||
|Weight in lbs<br>6<br>20<br>20<br>29||||||||



**2** 

_**Notes**_ 

> 1 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

> 2 Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-493** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

**2** 

## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

||**Number of**<br>**Circuits in**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**<br>JG PVS|**a Frame**<br>3|**Width**<br>4.13 (104.9)|**Height**<br>7.00 (177.8)|**Depth**<br>3.44 (87.4)|
|KD PVS|3|5.49 (139.4)|10.13 (257.2)|4.31 (109.6)|



## **PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series** 

||**Number**||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**of Poles**|**Width**|**Height**|**Depth**|
|FD PV|4|5.50 (139.7)|6.00 (152.4)|3.38 (86.0)|
|KD PV|4|7.22 (183.4)|10.13 (257.3)|4.09 (103.9)|
|LG PV<br>MDL PV|4<br>3|7.22 (183.4)<br>8.25 (209.6)|10.13 (257.3)<br>16.00 (406.4)|4.09 (103.9)<br>4.06 (103.1)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-494** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Wiring Diagrams** 

_**Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application**_[12] 

**2** 

## **JF PVS, KD PVS—600 Vdc Per-Pole** 

**==> picture [34 x 43] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [43 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for grounded or ungrounded systems. Suitable for quantity (3) 600 Vdc circuits. 

## **FD PV, KD PV, LG PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Four Poles-in-Series** 

**==> picture [96 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [34 x 16] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

**==> picture [21 x 15] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. 

## **MDL PV—1000 Vdc Maximum—Three Poles in Series** 

**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [26 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**==> picture [53 x 55] intentionally omitted <==**

**==> picture [38 x 14] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Load<br>(A)<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only. systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 

- 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-495** 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2** 

**==> picture [79 x 9] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E [2]  Mining Service Breakers<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

## _**Page**_ 

Engine Generator Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-463** Direct Current Circuit Breakers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-469** PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers—600 Vdc Per-Pole and 1000 Vdc Poles-in-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-483** E[2] Mining Service Breakers Catalog Number Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-498** Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-502** Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-513** Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-516** 

## **E[2] Mining Service Breakers** 

## **Product Overview** 

State-of-the-art E[2] mining service breakers incorporate the rigid specifications and testing procedures developed by a focus group led by engineers from several large coal companies and Eaton design engineers. Additionally, the performance of these breakers was proven and verified during hundreds of hours of field testing in harsh mine environments. 

E[2] mining breakers are available in 600 Vac, l000Y/ 577 Vac and 1200 Vac. Interchangeable trip units can be used on either 600 or 1000 Vac frames. 

The E[2] mining breaker family is designed especially for trailing cable application per MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field interchangeable electronic rms sensing trip units are available from 150 to 2000 amperes with instantaneous pickup settings conforming to the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. 

E[2] electronic trip units are the first to provide the mining industry with true rms sensing, made possible by the custom ASIC microprocessor in each electronic trip unit. 

E[2] breakers are designed to be physically and electrically interchangeable with Classic Mining Service Breakers and supersede Series C[®] Mining Service Breakers. The table to the right outlines direct replacements. 

|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**600 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|**1000 Vac Mining Breaker**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Replacement Chart**|||**Replacement Chart**|||
|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2**|**Classic**|**Series C**|**E2M**|
|FBM|FDBM|E2F|HFM|—|E2FM|
|HFBM|FDM|E2F|—|JDCM|E2JM|
||HFDM (mag. only)|E2F|HKAM|KDCM|E2KM|
|—|JDM|E2J|HLAM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAM|KDM|E2K|HLCM|LDCM|E2LM|
|KAMH|KDM|E2K|HMAM|—|E2MM|
|LAM|LDM|E2L|HMCM|—|E2MM|
|LAMH|LDM|E2L|HNBM|—|E2NM|
|LCM|LDM|E2L|HNBMH|—|E2NM|
|LCMH|LDM|E2L|HNCM|—|E2NM|
|MAM|—|E2M|HLCLM|—|E2NM|
|MAMH|—|E2M|HPBM|—|E2RM 1|
|MCM|—|E2M||||
|MCMH|—|E2M||||
|NBM|—|E2N||||
|NBMH|—|E2N||||
|NCM|—|E2N||||
|NCMH|—|E2N||||



## **Additional Information on Mining Breakers** 

|**Source**|**Description**|
|---|---|
|TD01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data|
|BR01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure|
|TC01217001E|E2Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves|
|www.eaton.com/mining|Mining and Metals|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-496** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

E[2] 225/400 A K frame and 400/600 A L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. 

Eaton’s mining service circuit breakers provide short-circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. 

## **Interrupting Capacity Rating** 

||**Interrupting Capacity**|**Interrupting Capacity**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|**(Symmetrical kA)**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit**|**Vac (50/60 Hz)**|||||**Vdc**1|
|**Breaker Type**|**240**|**480**|**600**|**1000Y/577**|**1200**|**250**|
|E2F|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2J|65|35|18|—|—|10|
|E2K|65|35|25|—|—|10|
|E2LME|100|65|35|—|—|42|
|E2L|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2M|65|35|25|—|—|22|
|E2N|65|50|25|—|—|—|
|E2R|125|65|50|—|—|—|
|E2FM|65|25|18|10|—|10|
|E2JM|65|35|18|10|—|22|
|E2KM|65|35|25|14|—|10|
|E2LMZ|100|65|35|10|—|42|
|E2LM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2MM|—|35|25|18|—|22|
|E2NM2|—|50|25|25|—|—|
|E2RM|—|65|50|25|—|—|
|E2KW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2LW|—|—|—|10|10|—|
|E2MW|—|—|—|12|12|—|



The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E[2] breaker that meets that setting. 

## **Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75** 

||**Maximum**<br>**Breaker**|**Maximum**<br>**Ampere**|**E2/E2M/E2W**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Conductor**<br>**Size**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Setting**|**75 °C Insulated**<br>**Conductor**|**Instantaneous**<br>**Only**|**Setting**|
|14<br>12|50<br>75|15<br>20|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 150 A|A<br>B|
|10<br>8|150<br>200|30<br>50|E2K 150 A<br>E2K 225 A|C<br>A|
|6|300|65|E2K 225 A|B|
|4|500|85|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|C/A|
|3|600|100|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|D/B|
|2|800|115|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|E/C|
|1|1000|130|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|F/D|
|1/0<br>2/0|1250<br>1500|150<br>175|E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A<br>E2K 225 A / E2L 400 A|G/E<br>H/F|
|3/0<br>4/0|2000<br>2500|200<br>230|E2L 400 A<br>E2L 400 A|G<br>H|
|250|2500|255|E2L 400 A|H|
|300|2500|285|E2L 400 A|H|
|350|2500|310|E2L 400 A|H|
|400|2500|335|E2L 400 A|H|
|500|2500|380|E2L 400 A|H|



**2** 

## **Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**<br>600|**Frequency**<br>50/60 Hz|**Amperes**<br>6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|



## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Maximum**||**Maximum Current**|
|---|---|---|
|**Voltage**|**Frequency**|**Amperes**|
|600|50/60 Hz|6.0|
|125|DC|0.5 (non-inductive load)|
|250|DC|0.25 (non-inductive load)|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated. 

- 2 Series rated for application with Eaton’s E2KM and E2LM breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-497** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Catalog Number Selection** 

**2** 

This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. 

## **E[2] Mining Service Breaker with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit Technology** 

**==> picture [499 x 148] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K E M 3 400 38 2 B20 W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2K Electronic Trip Optional Features W = No terminals<br>E2L E  [1 ] = Electronic trip  Magnetic Rating  B20  [2] = High load alarm Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2M (If Applicable)<br>E2NE2R  Blank = 600 Vac max. Voltage Current Ampere Rating Blank2 = High mag.= Standard mag.<br>M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. 100–2000<br>Trip Unit Function<br>M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>Number (magnetic only)<br>of Poles<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>3  = Three-pole 38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>maintenance mode<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **E[2] Mining Service 310+ Electronic Trip Unit** 

**==> picture [500 x 138] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
K E M 3 400 38 T 2 B20<br>Frame Size Optional Features<br>K Electronic Trip Magnetic Rating  B20  [1] = High load alarm<br>L E  = Electronic trip  Trip Unit (If Applicable)<br>M T Blank = Standard mag.<br>Voltage Current Ampere  2 = High mag.<br>M  = 600 V and 1000 V  Rating Trip Unit Function<br>interchangeable 100–2000 M = 310+ Electronic Inst only<br>(magnetic only)<br>Blank = 310+ Electronic LSI<br>Number<br>38 = 310+ Electronic ALSI with<br>of Poles<br>maintenance mode<br>3  = Three-pole<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 All N- and R-Frame breakers equipped with 310+ Electronic Trip Unit. No “E” suffix required. 

> 2 Not available with instantaneous only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-498** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**E[2] Mining Service Breaker Frame Only**[1] 

**==> picture [470 x 228] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K M 3 400 F<br>Frame Size Frame<br>E2J Voltage Current Ampere  Designation<br>E2K Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Rating F<br>E2L M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles 70–800<br>E2M 3  = Three-pole<br> Mining Service Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit  [[1]]<br>E2K M 3 400 M K W<br>Frame Size Terminal<br>E2F Voltage Magnetic Trip Range  W = No terminals<br>E2J Blank = 600 Vac max. Number Trip Unit Function Suffix Blank = Standard terminals<br>E2K M = 1000Y/577 Vac max. of Poles M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L W [2] = 1200 Vac max. 3  = Three-pole Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M<br>Current Ampere<br>Rating<br>3–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**E[2] Mining Service Breaker with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[[1]] 

**2** 

**E[2] Mining Service Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit**[1] 

**==> picture [382 x 78] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E2K 3 400 T M A<br>Frame Size Magnetic Trip Range<br>E2J Number Trip Unit Function Suffix<br>E2K of Poles Current Ampere  Trip Unit M = Magnetic only See catalog<br>E2L 3  = Three-pole Rating T Blank = Thermal-magnetic<br>E2M 70–800<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Does not apply to E2LME/LMZ. 

> 2 Only available in K-, L- and M-Frames. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-499** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Dropout Voltage**<br>**Pickup Voltage**<br>**Minimum**<br>**Maximum**<br>**Maximum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|
||E2F/E2FM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.3|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.5|
||||1.7|
||||1.9|
||E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|0.96|
||||1.13|
||||1.25|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|0.94|
||||1.12|
||||1.21|
||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>110 Vdc<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|1.8|
||||2.1|
||||2.4|
||||1.6|
||||1.9|
||||2.2|
||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>44.5<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||110 Vdc<br>43.8<br>77<br>93.5<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|3.3|
||||3.6|
||||3.8|
|||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-500** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data** 

|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**<br>92<br>140<br>480<br>570<br>640<br>180<br>200<br>240<br>100<br>160<br>55<br>66<br>71<br>66<br>84<br>102<br>112<br>138<br>150<br>100<br>120<br>140<br>110<br>130<br>140<br>41<br>139<br>210<br>83<br>92<br>117<br>120<br>475<br>720<br>99<br>120<br>121|**Breaker Type**|**Supply Voltage**<br>**Operating Voltage**<br>**Minimum**|**VA**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|48 Vac<br>33.6<br>60 Vac<br>110 Vac<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|48 Vac<br>34<br>60 Vac|830|
||||||1280|
|||||110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
||208 Vac<br>146<br>220 Vac<br>230 Vac|||48 Vdc<br>34<br>60 Vdc|710|
||||||1105|
|||||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||48 Vdc<br>33.6<br>60 Vdc||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2N/E2NM|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|100|
||||||120|
||||||140|
|E2J/E2JM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|110|
||||||130|
||||||140|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc||E2R/E2RM|110 Vac<br>60.5<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|330|
||||||390|
||||||430|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac|||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|370|
||||||440|
||||||480|
||110 Vdc<br>77<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc<br>24 Vac|||||
||48 Vac<br>18<br>60 Vac|||||
|E2LME/E2LMZ|110 Vac<br>60<br>120 Vac<br>127 Vac<br>24 Vdc|||||
||48 Vdc<br>18<br>60 Vdc|||||
||110 Vdc<br>82<br>120 Vdc<br>125 Vdc|||||



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-501** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

**==> picture [10 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**3 A–150 A** _**E[2] F/E[2] FM**_ 

**E[2] F/E[2] FM** 

**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit—Include Line/Load Terminals, Non-Electronic Trip Units**[1] 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**|**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**|**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|**250 Vdc**<br>**10 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|15|—|—|**E2F3015**|**—**|
|20|—|—|**E2F3020**|**E2FM3020**|
|25<br>30|—<br>—|—<br>—|**E2F3025**<br>**E2F3030**|**E2FM3025**<br>**—**|
|35|—|—|**E2F3035**|**—**|
|40|—|—|**E2F3040**|**E2FM3040**|
|45|—|—|**E2F3045**|**—**|
|50|—|—|**E2F3050**|**E2FM3050**|
|60|—|—|**E2F3060**|**E2FM3060**|
|70|—|—|**E2F3070**|**E2FM3070**|
|80|—|—|**E2F3080**|**E2FM3080**|
|90|—|—|**E2F3090**|**E2FM3090**|
|100|—|—|**E2F3100**|**E2FM3100**|
|125|—|—|**E2F3125**|**E2FM3125**|
|150<br>**Magnetic Only**|—|—|**E2F3150**|**E2FM3150**|
|3|9–30|—|**E2F003AM**|**—**|
|7|21–70|—|**E2F007CM**|**—**|
|15|45–150|—|**E2F015EM**|**—**|
|30|90–300|—|**E2F030HM**|**—**|
||50–150|—|**E2F030EM**|**—**|
|50|150–500<br>66–190|—<br>—|**E2F050KM**<br>**E2F050YM**|**E2FM050KM**<br>**E2FM050YM**|
|70|210–700|—|**E2F070MM**|**E2FM070MM**|
|100|150–500|—|**E2F100KM**|**E2FM100KM**|
||300–1000|—|**E2F100RM**|**E2FM100RM**|
|150|450–1500|—|**E2F150TM**|**E2FM150TM**|
||750–2500|—|**E2F150UM**|**E2FM150UM**|



## _**Note**_ 

1   For two-pole application, use outer poles. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-502** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **70 A–250 A** 

## _**E[2] J/E[2] JM**_ 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**10 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>70<br>300–650<br>**E2J3070T**<br>**E2J3070W**<br>**E2JM3070W**<br>**E2J/E2JM**<br>~~©.~~||||||
|CO|90<br>100|450–900<br>500–1000|**E2J3090T**<br>**E2J3100T**|**E2J3090W**<br>**E2J3100W**|**E2JM3090W**<br>**E2JM3100W**|
||125|625–1250|**E2J3125T**|**E2J3125W**|**E2JM3125W**|
||150|750–1500|**E2J3150T**|**E2J3150W**|**E2JM3150W**|
||175<br>200|875–1750<br>1000–2000|**E2J3175T**<br>**E2J3200T**|**E2J3175W**<br>**E2J3200W**|**E2JM3175W**<br>**E2JM3200W**|
||225|300–650|**E2J3225TA**|**E2J3225AW**|**E2JM3225AW**|
|||500–1000|**E2J3225TD**|**E2J3225DW**|**E2JM3225DW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2J3225T**|**E2J3225W**|**E2JM3225W**|
||250|1250–2500|**E2J3250T**|**E2J3250W**|**E2JM3250W**|
||**Magnetic Only**|||||
||250|300–650<br>450–900|**E2J3250TMA**<br>**E2J3250TMC**|**E2J3250MAW**<br>**E2J3250MCW**|**E2JM3250MAW**<br>**E2JM250MCW**|
|||500–1000|**E2J3250TMD**|**E2J3250MDW**|**E2JM3250MDW**|
|||625–1250|**E2J3250TMF**|**E2J3250MFW**|**E2JM3250MFW**|
|||750–1500|**E2J3250TMG**|**E2J3250MGW**|**E2JM3250MGW**|
|||875–1750|**E2J3250TMJ**|**E2J3250MJW**|**E2JM3250MJW**|
|||1000–2000|**E2J3250TMK**|**E2J3250MKW**|**E2JM3250MKW**|
|||1125–2250|**E2J3250TML**|**E2J3250MLW**|**E2JM3250MLW**|
|||1250–2500|**E2J3250TM**|**E2J3250MW**|**E2JM3250MW**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2J3250F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2JM3250F** . 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-503** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**100 A–400 A** _**E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW**_ 

|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|**2**<br>**100 A–400 A**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**_E[2]K/E[2]KM/E[2]KW_**<br>**Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units**<br>**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**14 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**34<br>**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**<br>100<br>500–1000<br>**E2K3100T**<br>**E2K3100W**<br>**E2KM3100W**<br>**E2KW3100W**<br>125<br>625–1250<br>**E2K3125T**<br>**E2K3125W**<br>**E2KM3125W**<br>**E2KW3125W**<br>150<br>750–1500<br>**E2K3150T**<br>**E2K3150W**<br>**E2KM3150W**<br>**E2KW3150W**<br>**E2K/E2KM**<br>~~_rr~~<br>ES|||||||||
||||175|875–1750|**E2K3175T**|**E2K3175W**|**E2KM3175W**|**E2KW3175W**|
|**2**|||200|1000–2000|**E2K3200T**|**E2K3200W**|**E2KM3200W**|**E2KW3200W**|
|**2**|||225|300–650<br>500–1000|**E2K3225TA**<br>**E2K3225TD**|**E2K3225AW**<br>**E2K3225DW**|**E2KM3225AW**<br>**E2KM3225DW**|**E2KW3225AW**<br>**E2KW3225DW**|
|**2**||||1125–2250|**E2K3225T**|**E2K3225W**|**E2KM3225W**|**E2KW3225W**|
||||250|1250–2500|**E2K3250T**|**E2K3250W**|**E2KM3250W**|**E2KW3250W**|
|**2**|||300|1500–3000|**E2K3300T**|**E2K3300W**|**E2KM3300W**|**E2KW3300W**|
||||320|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3320W**|
|**2**|||350|1750–3500|**E2K3350T**|**E2K3350W**|**E2KM3350W**|**E2KW3350W**|
|**2**|||400<br>**Magnetic Only**|2000–4000|**E2K3400T**|**E2K3400W**|**E2KM3400W**|**—**|
|**2**|||400|300–650|**E2K3400TMA**|**E2K3400MAW**|**E2KM3250MAW**|**E2KW3250MAW**|
|||||500–1000|**E2K3400TMD**|**E2K3400MDW**|**E2KM3400MDW**|**E2KW3350MDW**|
|**2**||||625–1250|**E2K3400TMF**|**E2K3400MFW**|**E2KM3400MFW**|**E2KW3350MFW**|
|||||750–1500|**E2K3400TMG**|**E2K3400MGW**|**E2KM3400MGW**|**E2KW3350MGW**|
|**2**||||875–1750|**E2K3400TMJ**|**E2K3400MJW**|**E2KM3400MJW**|**E2KW3350MJW**|
|**2**||||1000–2000|**E2K3400TMK**|**E2K3400MKW**|**E2KM3400MKW**|**E2KW3350MKW**|
|||||1125–2250|**E2K3400TML**|**E2K3400MLW**|**E2KM3400MLW**|**E2KW3350MLW**|
|**2**||||1250–2500|**E2K3400TMW**|**E2K3400MWW**|**E2KM3400MWW**|**E2KW3350MWW**|
|||||1500–3000|**E2K3400TMN**|**E2K3400MNW**|**E2KM3400MNW**|**E2KW3350MNW**|
|**2**||||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2KW3350MVW**|
|**2**||||1750–3500<br>2000–4000|**E2K3400TMR**<br>**E2K3400TM**|**E2K3400MRW**<br>**E2K3400MW**|**E2KM3400MRW**<br>**E2KM3400MW**|**E2KW3350MRW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2K3400F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2KM3400F** . 

- 3   1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only. 

- 4   Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-504** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **100 A–400 A** 

## _**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM**_ 

## **E[2] KM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|150|50–800|**KEM3150TM**|**E2KE3150MW**|**E2KEM3150MW**|
|225|200–1500<br>~~eee~~|**KEM3225TM**<br>~~eee~~|**E2KE3225MW**<br>~~eee~~|**E2KEM3225MW**<br>~~eee~~|
||500–2500|**KEM3225TM2**|**E2KE3225M2W**|**E2KEM3225M2W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400TM**|**E2KE3400MW**|**E2KEM3400MW**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400TM2**|**E2KE3400M2W**|**E2KEM3400M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|100|50–800|**KEM3100T**|**E2KE3100W**|**E2KEM3100W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM3125T**<br>**KEM3150T**|**E2KE3125W**<br>**E2KE3150W**|**E2KEM3125W**<br>**E2KEM3150W**|
|200|200–1500|**KEM3200T**|**E2KE3200W**|**E2KEM3200W**|
|225|200–1500|**KEM3225T**|**E2KE3225W**|**E2KEM3225**|
||500–2500|**KEM3225T2**|**E2KE32252W**|**E2KEM32252W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM3400T**|**E2KE3400W**|**E2KEM3400W**|
||500–2500|**KEM3400T2**|**E2KE34002W**|**E2KEM34002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3||||
|100|50–800|**KEM310038T**|**E2KE310038W**|**E2KEM310038W**|
|125<br>150|50–800<br>50–800|**KEM312538T**<br>**KEM315038T**|**E2KE312538W**<br>**E2KE315038W**|**E2KEM312538W**<br>**E2KEM315038W**|
|200<br>225|200–1500<br>200–1500|**KEM320038T**<br>**KEM322538T**|**E2KE320038W**<br>**E2KE322538W**|**E2KEM320038W**<br>**E2KEM322538**|
||500–2500|**KEM322538T2**|**E2KE3225238W**|**E2KEM3225238W**|
|400|200–1500|**KEM340038T**|**E2KE340038W**|**E2KEM340038W**|
||500–2500|**KEM340038T2**|**E2KE3400238W**|**E2KEM3400238W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2K3400F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2KM3400F** . 

- 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2KE340038B20W, KEM3400TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-505** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **160 A–400 A** 

## _**E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ (Series G)**_ 

## **Circuit Breakers** 

|**Circuit Breakers**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**14 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Magnetic Only**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|3600–4400|**LT3400KM**|**E2LME3400KMW**|**E2LMZ3400KMW**|
|**Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit**|||||
|160|320–1920|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|200|400–2400|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|225|450–2700|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|250<br>300|500–3000<br>600–3600|**LT340031M**<br>**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**<br>**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**<br>**E2LMZ340031W**|
|315|630–3780|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|350|700–4200|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|
|400|800–4800|**LT340031M**|**E2LME340031W**|**E2LMZ340031W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Frame only: **E2LME3400NN** . 

> 2 Frame only: **E2LMZ3400NN** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-506** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A–600 A** 

## _**E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW**_ 

**2** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Maximum Continuous**<br>**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**|**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**1<br>**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**2<br>**1200 Vac Maximum**<br>**10 kA at 1200 Vac**<br>**Three-Pole**3<br>**Magnetic**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Trip Unit Only**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Complete Breaker**<br>**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|**Thermal-Magnetic**||
|300|1500–3000<br>**E2L3300T**<br>**E2L3300W**<br>**E2LM3300W**<br>**E2LW3300W**|
|320|2250–4500<br>**E2L3450T**<br>**E2L3450W**<br>**E2LM3450W**<br>**E2LW3320W**|
|350|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3350W**|
|400|1750–3500<br>**E2L3350T**<br>**E2L3350W**<br>**E2LM3350W**<br>**E2LW3400W**|
|450|2000–4000<br>**E2L3400T**<br>**E2L3400W**<br>**E2LM3400W**<br>**E2LW3450W**|
|500|2500–5000<br>**E2L3500T**<br>**E2L3500W**<br>**E2LM3500W**<br>**—**|
|600|3000–6000<br>**E2L3600T**<br>**E2L3600W**<br>**E2LM3600W**<br>**—**|
||1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TL**4<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|**Magnetic Only**||
|450|1600–3200<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MVW**|
||1125–2250<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MLW**|
||1500–3000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MNW**|
||1750–3500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MRW**|
||2000–4000<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MXW**|
||2250–4500<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**E2LW3450MYW**|
|600|1125–2250<br>**E2L3600TML**<br>**E2L3600MLW**<br>**E2LM3600MLW**<br>**—**|
||1500–3000<br>**E2L3600TMN**<br>**E2L3600MNW**<br>**E2LM3600MNW**<br>**—**|
||1750–3500<br>**E2L3600TMR**<br>**E2L3600MRW**<br>**E2LM3600MRW**<br>**—**|
||2000–4000<br>**E2L3600TMX**<br>**E2L3600MXW**<br>**E2LM3600MXW**<br>**—**|
||2250–4500<br>**E2L3600TMY**<br>**E2L3600MYW**<br>**E2LM3600MYW**<br>**—**|
||2500–5000<br>**E2L3600TMP**<br>**E2L3600MPW**<br>**E2LM3600MPW**<br>**—**|
||3000–6000<br>**E2L3600TM**<br>**E2L3600MW**<br>**E2LM3600MW**<br>**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Frame only: **E2L3600F** . 

- 2 Frame only: **E2LM3600F** . 

- 3 Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

- 4 600 A thermal 1125–2250 T.A. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-507** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A–600 A** 

**==> picture [10 x 11] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
2<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## _**E[2] LE/E[2] LEM**_ 

## **E[2] LM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400TM**|**E2LE3400MW**|**E2LEM3400MW**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400TM2**|**E2LE3400M2W**|**E2LEM3400M2W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600TM**|**E2LE3600MW**|**E2LEM3600MW**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600TM2**|**E2LE3600M2W**|**E2LEM3600M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM3300T**<br>**LEM3350T**|**E2LE3300W**<br>**E2LE3350W**|**E2LEM3300W**<br>**E2LEM3350W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM3400T**|**E2LE3400W**|**E2LEM3400W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM3400T2**|**E2LE34002W**|**E2LEM34002W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM3600T**|**E2LE3600W**|**E2LEM3600W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM3600T2**|**E2LE36002W**|**E2LEM36002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3||||
|300<br>350|500–2500<br>500–2500|**LEM330038T**<br>**LEM335038T**|**E2LE330038W**<br>**E2LE335038W**|**E2LEM330038W**<br>**E2LEM335038W**|
|400|500–2500|**LEM340038T**|**E2LE340038W**|**E2LEM340038W**|
||1000–4000|**LEM340038T2**|**E2LE3400238W**|**E2LEM3400238W**|
|600|500–2500|**LEM360038T**|**E2LE360038W**|**E2LEM360038W**|
||2500–5000|**LEM360038T2**|**E2LE3600238W**|**E2LEM3600238W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Frame only: **E2L3600F** . 

> 2   Frame only: **E2LM3600F** . 

> 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2LE360038B20W, LEM3600TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-508** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **300 A— 800 A** 

## _**E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW**_ 

**2** 

## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1200 Vac Maximum**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|**12 kA at 1200 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**34<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Thermal-Magnetic**|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|400|1000–2000|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3400W**|
|500|1250–2500|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3500W**|
|600|1500–3000|**E2M3600TN**|**E2M3600W**|**E2MM3600W**|**E2MW3600W**|
|630|1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3630W**|
|800|2000–4000|**E2M3800TX**|**E2M3800W**|**E2MM3800W**|**E2MW3800W**|
|**Magnetic Only**<br>800|1500–3000|**E2M3800TMN**|**E2M3800MNW**|**E2MM3800MNW**|**E2MW3800MNW**|
||1600–3200|**—**|**—**|**—**|**E2MW3800MVW**|
||2000–4000|**E2M3800TMX**|**E2M3800MXW**|**E2MM3800MXW**|**E2MW3800MXW**|
||2500–5000|**E2M3800TMP**|**E2M3800MPW**|**E2MM3800MPW**|**—**|
||3000–6000|**E2M3800TMW**|**E2M3800MWW**|**E2MM3800MWW**|**—**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Frame only: **E2M3800F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2MM3800F** . 

- 3   1200 V breakers are sold as “complete breakers” only. 

- 4   Maximum continuous ampere rating at 50 °C. 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-509** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **800 A** 

**2** 

## _**E[2] ME/E[2] MEM**_ 

## **E[2] MN** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**1<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**2<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**||**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800TM**|**E2ME3800MW**|**E2MEM3800MW**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800TM2**|**E2ME3800M2W**|**E2MEM3800M2W**|
|**310+ Electronic LSI**3|||||
|800|500–2500|**MEM3800T**|**E2ME3800W**|**E2MEM3800W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM3800T2**|**E2ME38002W**|**E2MEM38002W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**<br>800|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**3<br>500–2500|**MEM380038T**|**E2ME380038W**|**E2MEM380038W**|
||1000–4000|**MEM380038T2**|**E2ME3800382W**|**E2MEM3800382W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   Frame only: **E2M3800F** . 

- 2   Frame only: **E2MM3800F** . 

- 3   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2ME380038B20W, MEM3800TB20** . 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-510** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **400 A–1200 A** 

## _**E[2] N/E[2] NM**_ 

## **E[2] NM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**2** 

|||||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||**35 kA at 480 Vac**||**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|||**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**||**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**||**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|| <br>ae|<br>3<br>fi|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**Trip Range**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**310+ Electronic Instantaneous Only**<br>800<br>500–2500<br>**—**<br>**E2N3800MW**<br>**E2NM3800MW**<br>1200<br>1250–5000<br>**—**<br>**E2N312MW**<br>**E2NM312MW**<br>**310+ Electronic LSI**1<br> ~~SS~~<br>~~a~~<br>~~oOo~~<br>~~a~~<br>~~eo~~<br>~~OO~~|||||||
|||400|500–2500|**—**||**E2N3400W**||**E2NM3400W**|
|||500|500–2500|**—**||**E2N3500W**||**E2N3M500W**|
|||600<br>700|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**||**E2N3600W**<br>**E2N3700W**||**E2NM3600W**<br>**E2NM3700W**|
|||800|500–2500|**—**||**E2N3800W**||**E2NM3800W**|
|||900|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N3900W**||**E2NM3900W**|
|||1000|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N310W**||**E2NM310W**|
|||1200|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N312W**||**E2NM312W**|
|||**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1||||||
|||400<br>500|500–2500<br>500–2500|**—**<br>**—**||**E2N340038W**<br>**E2N350038W**||**E2NM340038W**<br>**E2NM350038W**|
|||600|500–2500|**—**||**E2N360038W**||**E2NM360038W**|
|||700|500–2500|**—**||**E2N370038W**||**E2NM370038W**|
|||800|500–2500|**—**||**E2N380038W**||**E2NM380038W**|
|||900|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N390038W**||**E2NM390038W**|
|||1000|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N31038W**||**E2NM31038W**|
|||1200|1250–5000|**—**||**E2N31238W**||**E2NM31238W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2N380038B20W** . Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-511** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **1600 A–2000 A** 

**2** 

## _**E[2] R/E[2] RM**_ 

**==> picture [16 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
E [2] RM<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units** 

||||**600 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**35 kA at 480 Vac**|**1000Y/ 577 Vac Maximum**<br>**250 Vdc**<br>**18 kA at 1000 Vac**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Maximum Continuous**|**Magnetic**|**Trip Unit Only**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**|**Three-Pole**<br>**Complete Breaker**|
|**Ampere Rating at 40 °C**<br>**310+ Electronic LSI**1|**Trip Range**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|**Catalog Number**|
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R316W**|**E2RM316W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R320W**|**E2RM320W**|
|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**|**310+ Electronic ALSI with Maintenance Mode**1||||
|1600|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R31638W**|**E2RM31638W**|
|2000|2–8 x In|**—**|**E2R32038W**|**E2RM32038W**|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1   For High Load Alarm option (B20): **E2R1638B20W** . Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-512** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## **Accessories** 

## **Line and Load Terminals** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Maximum**<br>**Breaker Amperes**<br>**Wire**<br>**Type**<br>**AWG Wire Range**<br>**(No. Conductors)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|100<br>Cu/AI<br>#14–1/0 (1)<br>**3T100FB**(package of three)|
||150<br>Cu<br>#4–4/0 (1)<br>**3T150FB**(package of three)|
|E2J/E2JM|250<br>Cu<br>#4–350 (1)<br>**T250KB**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|225<br>Cu<br>#3–350 (1)<br>**T300K**|
||350<br>Cu<br>250–500 (1)<br>**T350K**|
||400<br>Cu<br>2/0–250 (2)<br>**3T400K**(three-pole kit)|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400<br>Cu/AI<br>500–750 (1)<br>**3TA631LK**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|400<br>Cu/AI<br>4/0–600 (1)<br>**3TA401LDK**(three-pole kit)|
||600<br>Cu<br>250–350 (2)<br>**T602LD**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|600<br>Cu<br>(2) 2/0–500 kcmil<br>**T600MA1**|
||600<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 1–500 kcmil<br>**TA700MA1**|
||800 std.<br>Cu/AI<br>(3) 3/0–400 kcmil<br>**TA800MA2**|
||800<br>Cu/AI<br>(2) 500–750 kcmil<br>**TA801MA**|
||800<br>Cu<br>(3) 3/0–300 kcmil<br>**T800MA1**|
|E2N/E2NM|700<br>Cu<br>2/0–500 (2)<br>**T700NB1**|
||1000<br>Cu<br>3/0–500 (3)<br>**T1000NB1**|
||1200<br>Cu<br>3/0–400 (4)<br>**T1200NB3**|
||1600<br>Cu/AI<br>500–1000 (4)<br>**TA1600RD**|
||2000<br>Cu/AI<br>2–600 (6)<br>**TA2000RD**|



**2** 

## **End Cap Terminals—For Use with Ring Type Terminals** 

||||**Metric**||
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**Maximum**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**||
|**Type**|**Breaker Amperes**|**Number**|**Number**|**Imperial**|
|E2F/E2FM|150|**KPEK1**|**KPEMK1**|**—**|
|E2J/E2JM|250|**KPEK2**|**KPEMK2**|**—**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|400|**KPEK3**|**KPEMK3**|**—**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|400|**—**|**L3RTWK**|**—**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|600|**KPEK4**|**KPEMK4**|**—**|



## _**External Accessories**_ 

## **Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp** 

|**Lock Hasp**||
|---|---|
||**Catalog**|
|**Breaker Type**|**Number**|
|E2F/E2FM|**PLK1**|
|E2J/E2JM|**PLK3**|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|**PLK3**|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|**LPHL**|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW|**HLK4**|
|E2M/E2MM/E2MW|**HLK4**|
|E2N/E2NM|**PLK5**|
|E2R/E2RM|**HLK6**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-513** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

## _**Internal Accessories**_ 

**2** 

**Undervoltage Release**[1] 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**UVR**<br>**Type**<br>**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP11K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH1LP26K**(thermal/magnetic only) 2<br>U42|
|E2J/E2JM|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH2LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM3LP08KT**24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH3LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVR120APK**<br>U5|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVR125DPK**<br>U6|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/E2MM/<br>E2MW|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08K** 23<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM4LP08KT** 24<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH4LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2N/E2NM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LP08K**3<br>U66|
||120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVM5LT08K**4<br>U68|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP08K**2<br>U18|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP11K**2<br>U22|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**UVH5LP26K**2<br>T14|
|E2R/E2RM|120 volt handle reset with LED<br>120 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVM6RP08K**35<br>U58|
||Handle reset<br>110–127 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP08K**5<br>U49|
||Handle reset<br>208–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP11K**5<br>U53|
||Handle reset<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**UVH6RP26K**5<br>T33|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 

> 2 LH (RH also available). 

> 3 Pigtail leads. 

> 4 Terminal blocks. 

> 5 RH only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-514** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

**2** 

## **Shunt Trip**[1] 

## **Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Voltage**<br>**Rating**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**<br>48–127 Vac or<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP08K**2<br>S06<br>208–230 Vac or<br>110–127 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT1LP12K**2<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT2P11K**3<br>S10<br>110–240 Vac or<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT3P11K**3<br>S10<br>24 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT024CPK**<br>S6<br>48–60 Vac/Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4860CPK**<br>S7<br>110–240 Vac/Vdc Left pole<br>**SNT120CPK**<br>S2<br>48–60 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP05K**2<br>S06<br>48–60 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP23K**2<br>S86<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT4LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP11K**2<br>S10<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Left pole<br>**SNT5LP26K**2<br>S42<br>110–240 Vac<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P11K**4<br>S29<br>110–125 Vdc<br>Right pole<br>**SNT6P26K**4<br>S45|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(Make and**<br>**Break)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM||||
|||E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK**<br>B06|
|E2J/E2JM||||
|||E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK**<br>B13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW||||
|||E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**ALM1M1BJPK**<br>B1|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|||2<br>Right<br>**ALM2M2BJPK**<br>B3|
|||E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK**<br>B13|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW||E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK**<br>B06|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK**<br>B13|
|||E2R/E2RM|1<br>Right<br>**A1L6RPK**<br>B05|
||||2<br>Right<br>**A2L6RPK**<br>B12|
|E2N/E2NM||**_Notes_**<br>1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed.<br>2 LH (RH also available).<br>3 LH or RH.<br>4 RH only||
|E2R/E2RM||||



> 4 RH only. 

## **Auxiliary Switch** 

|**Breaker**<br>**Type**|**Number of Sets**<br>**of Contacts**<br>**(1A and 1B)**<br>**Mounting**<br>**Location**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Factory**<br>**Modification**<br>**Code**|
|---|---|
|E2F/E2FM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X1PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X1RPK**<br>A13|
|E2J/E2JM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X2PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X2PK**<br>A13|
|E2K/E2KM/E2KW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X3PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X3PK**<br>A13|
|E2LME/E2LMZ|1<br>Right<br>**AUX1A1BPK**<br>A1|
||2<br>Right<br>**AUX2A2BPK**<br>A2|
|E2L/E2LM/E2LW/E2M/<br>E2MM/E2MW|1<br>Right<br>**A1X4PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X4PK**<br>A13|
|E2N/E2NM|1<br>Right<br>**A1X5PK**<br>A06|
||2<br>Right<br>**A2X5PK**<br>A13|
|E2R/E2RM|2<br>Right<br>**A2X6RPK**<br>A12|
||4<br>Right<br>**A4X6RPK**<br>A19|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-515** 

**2** 

## 2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **3 A–150 A** 

## **E[2] F/E[2] FM** 

**Sealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit— Include Line/Load Terminals Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [198 x 164] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On<br>Off<br>B<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**Description Dimensions in Inches (mm)** A 4.13 (104.9) B 6.00 (152.4) C 3.38 (85.9) D 3.50 (88.9) 

## **70 A–250 A** 

## **E[2] J/E[2] JM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [209 x 240] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON/<br>OFF/<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|4.13 (104.9)|
|B|10.00 (254.0)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-516** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **100 A–400 A** 

## **E[2] K/E[2] KM/E[2] KW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [228 x 243] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



## **100 A–400 A** 

**E[2] KE/E[2] KEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [228 x 243] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>B<br>ON<br>OFF<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.49 (139.4)|
|B<br>C|10.13 (257.3)<br>4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.31 (109.5)|



**2** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-517** 

2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**2** 

## **160 A–400 A** 

## **E[2] LME/E[2] LMZ** 

## **Circuit Breakers** 

**==> picture [230 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|5.48 (139.2)|
|B|10.13 (257.3)|
|C|4.00 (101.6)|
|D|4.22 (107.1)|



## **300 A–600 A** 

## **E[2] L/E[2] LM/E[2] LW** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 203] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-518** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.5 

Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**2** 

## **300 A–600 A** 

## **E[2] LE/E[2] LEM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [230 x 204] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>Trip Unit May Be<br>Either Thermal/Magnetic<br>or Electronic<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|10.75 (273.1)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



## **300 A–800 A** 

## **E[2] M/E[2] MM/E[2] MW Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Non-Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [236 x 292] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C<br>On/I On/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A<br>B|8.25 (209.6)<br>16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-519** 

**2** 

## 2.5 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Specialty Breakers 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

## **800 A** 

## **E[2] ME/E[2] MEM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

## **400 A–1200 A** 

## **E[2] N/E[2] NM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units** 

**==> picture [499 x 291] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
A C A C<br>B<br>On/I On/I ON/I<br>B<br>Off/O Off/O<br>OFF/O<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>D<br>Front View Side View<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


|**Description**<br>A|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**<br>8.25 (209.6)|
|---|---|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|4.06 (103.1)|
|D|4.38 (111.3)|



|**Description**|**Dimensions in Inches (mm)**|
|---|---|
|A|8.25 (209.6)|
|B|16.00 (406.4)|
|C|5.50 (139.7)|
|D|6.00 (152.4)|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-520** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers Specialty Breakers 

2.5 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

Please see TD01217001E for detailed dimensions. 

**2** 

## **1600 A–2000 A** 

## **E[2] R/ E[2] RM** 

## **Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Units** 

|**Description**|**Description**|A|||||C|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
|||||||||||
||||||**Side View**<br>D|||||
|||||||||||
|A||15.50 (393.7)||||||||
|B||16.00 (406.4)||||||||
|C||9.00 (228.6)||||||||
|D||10.00 (254.0)||||||||



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-521** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series G<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . .<br>Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-523**<br>**V4-T2-528**<br>**V4-T2-530**<br>**V4-T2-531**<br>**V4-T2-536**<br>**V4-T2-540**<br>**V4-T2-542**<br>**V4-T2-543**<br>**V4-T2-546**|
|---|---|



## **Handle Mechanisms—Series G** 

## **Product Overview** 

Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. 

## _**Through-the-Door**_ 

> l High-Performance Rotary 

> l Universal Rotary 

_**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_ l Universal Direct 

## _**Flange Mounted**_ 

> l Flex Shaft™ 

Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-522** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||**2**|
|---|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms|||
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-524**|**2**|
|Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-527**||
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-528**|**2**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-530**||
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-531**|**2**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-536**<br>**V4-T2-540**|**2**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-542**<br>**V4-T2-543**|**2**|
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-546**||



## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. 

In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. 

The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed. 

## **Features** 

- l NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) l Same handle can be used and NEMA Type 4/4X on multiple frame sizes, (IP65) ratings reducing the number of 

- l Black/Blue or Red/Yellow parts needed 

- l Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors l Red and yellow handles to 

- l Three shaft lengths—6, 12 designate emergency and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match l All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi- 

- l Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added kit containing handle, shaft flexibility and mechanism l Fast, easy installation 

- and mechanism l Fast, easy installation 

- l Replacement parts are (see video on website for available separately step-by-step instructions) 

- l Metallic functional **Standards and Certifications** components ensure The mechanisms for EG, JG 

- reliability and LG breakers have an 

- l Metal-on-metal interface internal handle that can be 

- between handle and shaft operated independent of 

- l UV and chemical agentdoor position, and locked-out resistant materials protect to meet one of the key NFPA the handle requirements (NFPA[®] 79) 

- l Shallow profile and UL 508A disconnect l requirements. 

- l Compatible with both Series C and Series G l NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit l NEMA 4/4X, IP65 

- breakers and molded case switch platforms 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-523** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_ 

**2** 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—EG-, JG- and LG-Frame** 

||||**Rating Type**||**EG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**JG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**LG-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**S01 Blue Handle**<br>~~a~~||**Description**<br>S01 blue handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>S01 blue handle,|**NEMA**<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12|**IP**<br>54<br>65<br>54|**Number**<br>**EGHMVD06B0 / 68C6040G25**<br>**EGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6040G28**<br>**EGHMVD12B0 / 68C6040G26**|**Number**<br>**JGHMVD06B0 / 68C6041G13**<br>**JGHMVD06BX0 / 68C6041G16**<br>**JGHMVD12B0 / 68C6041G14**|**Number**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6040G29**|**JGHMVD12BX0 / 68C6041G17**|**—**|
|||S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B0 / 68C6040G27**|**JGHMVD24B0 / 68C6041G15**|**—**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6040G30**|**JGHMVD24BX0 / 68C6041G18**|**—**|
|**S01 Red Handle**<br>~~a~~||S01 red handle,<br>6-inch shaft<br>S01 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|1/3R/12<br>4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06R0 / 68C6040G31**<br>**EGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6040G34**<br>**EGHMVD12R0 / 68C6040G32**<br>**EGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6040G35**|**JGHMVD06R0 / 68C6041G19**<br>**JGHMVD06RX0 / 68C6041G22**<br>**JGHMVD12R0 / 68C6041G20**<br>**JGHMVD12RX0 / 68C6041G23**|**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||S01 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1|1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R0 / 68C6040G33**<br>**EGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6040G36**|**JGHMVD24R0 / 68C6041G21**<br>**JGHMVD24RX0 / 68C6041G24**|**—**<br>**—**|
||**S2 Blue Handle**|S2 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06B / 68C6040G13**|**JGHMVD06B / 68C6041G01**|**LGHMVD06B / 68C6042G01**|
||~~>~~|6-inch shaft<br>S2 blue handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06BX / 68C6040G16**<br>**EGHMVD12B / 68C6040G14**<br>**EGHMVD12BX / 68C6040G17**|**JGHMVD06BX / 68C6041G04**<br>**JGHMVD12B / 68C6041G02**<br>**JGHMVD12BX / 68C6041G05**|**LGHMVD06BX / 68C6042G04**<br>**LGHMVD12B / 68C6042G02**<br>**LGHMVD12BX / 68C6042G05**|
|||S2 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD24B / 68C6040G15**|**JGHMVD24B / 68C6041G03**|**LGHMVD24B / 68C6042G03**|
|||24-inch shaft1|4/4X|65|**EGHMVD24BX / 68C6040G18**|**JGHMVD24BX / 68C6041G06**|**LGHMVD24BX / 68C6042G06**|
||**S2 Red Handle**|S2 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**EGHMVD06R / 68C6040G19**|**JGHMVD06R / 68C6041G07**|**LGHMVD06R / 68C6042G07**|
|oP||6-inch shaft<br>S2 red handle,<br>12-inch shaft|4/4X<br>1/3R/12<br>4/4X|65<br>54<br>65|**EGHMVD06RX / 68C6040G22**<br>**EGHMVD12R / 68C6040G20**<br>**EGHMVD12RX / 68C6040G23**|**JGHMVD06RX / 68C6041G10**<br>**JGHMVD12R / 68C6041G08**<br>**JGHMVD12RX / 68C6041G11**|**LGHMVD06RX / 68C6042G10**<br>**LGHMVD12R / 68C6042G08**<br>**LGHMVD12RX / 68C6042G11**|
|||S2 red handle,<br>24-inch shaft1|1/3R/12<br>4/4X|54<br>65|**EGHMVD24R / 68C6040G21**<br>**EGHMVD24RX / 68C6040G24**|**JGHMVD24R / 68C6041G09**<br>**JGHMVD24RX / 68C6041G12**|**LGHMVD24R / 68C6042G09**<br>**LGHMVD24RX / 68C6042G12**|



## _**Notes**_ 

1   24-inch handle comes with support bracket. 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-524** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames**_ 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—NG- and RG-Frame** 

|||**Rating Type**||**NG-Frame**|**RG-Frame**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||||**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**S3 Blue Handle**|S3 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08B / 68C6043G01**|**—**|
|10-inch shaft<br>4/4X<br>65<br>**NGHMVD08BX / 68C6043G03**<br>**—**<br>~~~oo~~||||||
|**S3 Red Handle**|S3 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08R / 68C6043G02**|**—**|
|iP|10-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08RX / 68C6043G04**|**—**|
|**S4 Blue Handle**|S4 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08BT / 68C6043G05**|**RGHMVD08B / 68C6044G01**|
|a|10-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08BTX / 68C6043G07**|**RGHMVD08BX / 68C6044G03**|
|**S4 Red Handle**|S4 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**NGHMVD08RT / 68C6043G06**|**RGHMVD08R / 68C6044G02**|
|di|10-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**NGHMVD08RTX / 68C6043G08**|**RGHMVD08RX / 68C6044G04**|



**2** 

## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-525** 

2.6 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## Handle Mechanisms 

## _**Separate Components for Series G Frames**_ 

**2** 

## **Series G Components—Shafts and Mechanisms** 

||**Shaft**|**Shaft Length**||||**Mechanism**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Width**|**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**24-Inch**1|**Only**|
|EG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G97**|**1498D66G17**|
|JG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G98**|**69D6025G17**|
|LG|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**66A6010G99**|**69D6051G30**|
|NG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G30**|
|RG|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|



## **Series G Components—Handles Only** 

|**Frame**|**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|
|EG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|JG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|LG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|NG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
|RG|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|



## **Series G Components—Optional Caps** 

As an alternative to blue or red, a black, replaceable cap is available. 

||||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|---|---|
|S01<br>S2|66A6032H01<br>66A6032H02|Black handle cap<br>Black handle cap|**HPHC0DGX**<br>**HPHC2DGX**|
|S3|66A6032H03|Black handle cap|**HPHC3DGX**|



## **Series G Replacement Hardware** 

This kit provides replacement parts for Series G high performance handle only. 

||**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|High-performance handle|**66A6029G01**|
|replacement parts kit||



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 24-inch handle comes with support bracket. 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-526** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches) 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

**Front Operation Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling Type S01** 

## **Type S2** 

## **Type S3** 

## **Type S4** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-527** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**_Description_**<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Universal Rotary<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**_Page_**<br>**V4-T2-522**<br>**V4-T2-523**<br>**V4-T2-529**<br>**V4-T2-530**<br>**V4-T2-531**<br>**V4-T2-536**<br>**V4-T2-540**<br>**V4-T2-542**<br>**V4-T2-543**<br>**V4-T2-546**|
|---|---|



## **Universal Rotary** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “lock off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. 

The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or “locked off” to prevent operation with the door open. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Universal Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. 

## **Features** 

## **Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

||**Number**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**Handle**|**Handle Indication:**|**International**<br>**Markings**|**Handle**|**Available**<br>**Handle**|**Handle**|**Shaft**<br>**Lengths**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Lock-Off**2|**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Material**|**Colors**|**Rotation**|**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|
|Universal rotary|—|n|—|n|n|n|n|n|Molded plastic|Yellow/Red/Black|90 deg.|6, 12, 24|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 

> 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-528** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms** 

|**Universal Rotary**|**Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
||**Handle**<br>**Color**|**UL**<br>**Rating**|**Shaft Length**<br>**in Inches (mm)**|**Complete**<br>**Catalog Number**1|
||**EG-Frame**||||
||Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**EHMVD06B**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**EHMVD12B**|
||||24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD24B**|
||Red|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**EHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**EHMVD12R**<br>**EHMVD24R**|
||**JG-Frame**||||
||Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD06B**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**FJHMVD12B**|
||||24.00 (609.6)|**FJHMVD24B**|
||Red|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**FJHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)<br>24.00 (609.6)|**FJHMVD12R**<br>**FJHMVD24R**|
||**LG-Frame**||||
||Black|1, 12|6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD06B**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12B**|
||Red|1, 12|24.00 (609.6)<br>6.00 (152.4)|**KLHMVD24B**<br>**KLHMVD06R**|
||||12.00 (304.8)|**KLHMVD12R**|
||||24.00 (609.6)|**KLHMVD24R**|
||**NG-Frame**||||
||Black|1|6.00 (152.4)|**HMVD5B**|



## **Series G Rotary Ordering Information** 

|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Series G Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Shaft**<br>**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**Complete**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**2<br>**Separate Catalog Number**<br>**Catalog Number**<br>**Standard**<br>**Handle**3<br>**Breaker**<br>**Mechanism**4<br>**Shaft**5<br>**IEC IP65**67<br>**IEC IP66**67<br>**N-Frame (ND and NG)**<br>**Series G Rotary**~~pep~~||||||||
|||6.00 (152.4)<br>**HM5R06**<br>12.00 (304.8)<br>**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**<br>**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**<br>**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**<br>**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R06**<br>**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R06X**<br>**WHM5R12X**|
|||16.00 (406.4)<br>**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
|||24.00 (609.6)<br>**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware. 

- 2   Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 

- 3   Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 

- 4   Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 

- 5   Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 

- 6   IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 

- 7   Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-529** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-523** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-528** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-531** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-536** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-540** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-542** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-543** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-546** 

## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## **Application Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are typically mechanism is UL listed, used for applications where IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 high volume, standardized compliant, and meets CSA enclosures are being requirements. fabricated. 

## **Product Selection** 

## **Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms** 

|**Universal Direct**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|**Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms**|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**(EG–LG)**||**Black Handle Color**||**Red Handle Color**||
|||**With Interlock**|**Without Interlock**|**With Interlock**|**Without Interlock**|
||**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
||EG|**EHMCCBI**|**EHMCCB**|**EHMCCRI**|**EHMCCR**|
||JG|**JHMCCBI**|**JHMCCB**|**JHMCCRI**|**JHMCCR**|
||LG|**LHMCCBI**|**LHMCCB**|**LHMCCRI**|**LHMCCR**|



**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-530** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

|**_Description_**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-523**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-528**<br>**V4-T2-530**|
|Flex Shaft<br>Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-532**|
|Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-533**<br>**V4-T2-533**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C<br>High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-536**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-540**<br>**V4-T2-542**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-543**<br>**V4-T2-546**|



**2** 

## **Flex Shaft** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. 

Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-531** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

## Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

**Note:** Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. **2** Add Suffix X to the complete Catalog Number. **2 2 Flex Shaft 2 Breaker 2 Frame** EG **2** JG LG **2** NG ~~f~~ RG **2** 

**Note:** When selecting the length **Note:** The standard method of shaft, ensure minimum of shipment includes the bending radius of 4 inches mechanism preset at the factory; (101.6 mm) is maintained to however, minor field adjustments operate properly. may be required. 

**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**[12] 

|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**|**Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**[12]||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**<br>EG<br>JG<br>LG<br>NG<br>RG|**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**<br>**2 (0.6)**<br>**3 (0.9)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS02**<br>**EHMFS03**<br>**N/A**<br>**JHMFS03**<br>**N/A**<br>**—**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**<br>**N/A**||**4 (1.2)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS04**<br>**JHMFS04**<br>**LHMFS04**<br>**F5S04C**<br>**F6S04**|**5 (1.3)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS05**<br>**JHMFS05**<br>**—**<br>**F5S05C**<br>**F6S05**|**6 (1.8)**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**<br>**EHMFS06**<br>**JHMFS06**<br>**—**<br>**F5S06C**<br>**F6S06**|
||**Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m)**<br>**7 (2.1)**<br>**8 (2.4)**|||**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.1)**|
|**Breaker**<br>**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**||**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|EG<br>JG|**EHMFS07**<br>**JHMFS07**|**EHMFS08**<br>**JHMFS08**||**EHMFS09**<br>**JHMFS09**|**EHMFS10**<br>**JHMFS10**|
|LG|**LHMFS07**|**—**||**—**|**LHMFS10**|
|NG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**F5S10C**|
|RG|**N/A**|**N/A**||**N/A**|**N/A**|



**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flange Mounted Handle Mechanism**[12] 

**High-Performance Flex Shaft Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 2 (0.6) 3 (0.9) 4 (1.2) 5 (1.3) 6 (1.8) Breaker Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Frame Number Number Number Number Number** EG **EGFS02HP EGFS03HP EGFS04HP EGFS05HP EGFS06HP** JG **N/A JGFS03HP JGFS04HP JGFS05HP JGFS06HP** LG **N/A N/A LGFS04HP N/A N/A** NG **N/A N/A F5S04HP F5S05HP F5S06HP** RG **N/A N/A F6S04HP F6S05HP F6S06HP** ~~——~~ **Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 7 (2.1) 8 (2.4) 9 (2.7) 10 (3.1) Breaker Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Frame Number Number Number Number** EG **EGFS07HP EGFS08HP EGFS09HP EGFS10HP** JG **JGFS07HP JGFS08HP JGFS09HP JGFS10HP** LG **LGFS07HP N/A N/A LGFS10HP** NG **N/A N/A N/A F5S10HP** RG **N/A N/A N/A N/A** 

## _**Notes**_ 

1   Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. 

- 2   EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-532** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Accessories** 

**Handle Auxiliary Switch—Early Break Design, 1A–1B Contact for Flex Shaft** 

|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|
|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Number**|
|EG|**AUX1EBFSEG**|
|JG|**AUX1EBFSJG**|
|LG|**AUX1EBFSLG**|



**Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame)**[1] 

**Catalog Number**[2] **C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR** 

**2** 

Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring. 

## **Dimensions** 

## **Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft** 

**(E- through R-Frame)**[1] 

|**(E- thr**|**ough**|**R-Frame)**1|
|---|---|---|
|**Catalog**||**Handle Length**|
|**Number**|2|**in Inches (mm)**|
|**C361KJ4**||4.00 (101.6)|
|**C361KJ6**||6.00 (152.4)|
|**C361KR**||Roller latch3|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 

- 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 

- 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-533** 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**2 Handle Mechanisms 2** 

## **Contents** 

## _**Description**_ 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-523** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-528** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-530** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-531** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-536** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-540** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-542** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-543** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-546** 

## **Handle Mechanisms—Series C** 

## **Product Overview** 

Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations— Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)—providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation. 

## _**Through-the-Door**_ 

> l High-Performance Rotary 

> l Series C Rotary 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled)**_ 

> l Universal Direct 

> l Euro IEC 

> l G Direct 

## _**Flange Mounted**_ 

Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. 

> l Flex Shaft 

> l C371 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-534** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

## _**Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths. 

Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. 

Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. 

The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames. 

The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP). 

An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature. 

## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

Type C371 is UL Listed under File E62635. 

Flex Shaft is UL Listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL Listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 Listed, IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2, and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL Listed and meets CSA requirements. 

**2** 

The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting. 

Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker. 

## _**Handle Extension**_ 

Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-535** 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


**2 2 2** ~~a~~ y/ **2** 

## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-523** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-528** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-530** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-531** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-536** Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-537** Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-539** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-540** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-542** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-543** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-546** 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

The high-performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handle’s key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal interface between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. 

In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. 

The high-performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed. 

## **Features** 

   - l Same handle can be used on multiple frames sizes reducing the number of parts needed 

- l NEMA Type 1/3R/12 (IP54) and NEMA Type 4/4X (IP65) ratings 

- l Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors 

   - l Red and yellow handles to designate emergency disconnecting means 

- l Three shaft lengths—6, 12 and 24 inches, which can disconnecting means be cut to size to match l All handle mechanisms can enclosure depth accept padlocks or multi- 

- l Conveniently packaged as hasp locks for added flexibility 

- l Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism 

   - l Fast, easy installation (see video on website for step-by-step instructions) 

- l Replacement parts are available separately 

- l Metallic functional components ensure reliability 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

   - The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet one of the key NFPA requirements (NFPA[®] 79) and UL 508A disconnect requirements. 

- l Metal-on-metal interface between handle and shaft 

- l UV and chemical agentresistant materials protect the handle 

- l Shallow profile 

- l Compatible with both Series C and Series G l NEMA 1/3R/12, IP54 molded case circuit l NEMA 4/4X, IP65 

- breakers and molded case switch platforms 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-536** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms for Series C Frames**_ 

**2** 

## **Kits Only (Kit Includes Shaft, Mechanism and Handle)—GC/GD- and GMCP-Frame** 

||||**Rating Type**||**GC/GD-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|**GMCP-Frame**<br>**Catalog**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|||**Description**|**NEMA**|**IP**|**Number**|**Number**|
|**S01 Blue Handle**|**S01 Blue Handle**|S01 blue handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12B / 68C6039G01**|**GMHMVD12B / 68C6039G05**|
|||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12BX / 68C6039G03**|**GMHMVD12BX / 68C6039G07**|
|**S01 Red Handle**|**S01 Red Handle**|S01 red handle,|1/3R/12|54|**GCHMVD12R / 68C6039G02**|**GMHMVD12R / 68C6039G06**|
|||12-inch shaft|4/4X|65|**GCHMVD12RX / 68C6039G04**|**GMHMVD12RX / 68C6039G08**|



## _**Separate Components for Series C Frames**_ 

## **Series C Components—Shaft and Mechanism** 

|**Frame**|**Shaft**<br>**Width**|**Shaft Length**<br>**6-Inch**|**10-Inch**|**12-Inch**|**Mechanism**<br>**Only**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|GC/GD<br>GMCP|6 mm<br>6 mm|**—**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**—**|**66A6013H02**<br>**66A6013H02**|**GCHMVD / 2A92095G15**<br>**GMHMVD / 2A92095G16**|
|GD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G90**|
|FD|8 mm|**66A6010G95**|**—**|**66A6010G96**|**1498D34G91**|
|JD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G92**|
|KD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G93**|
|LD|10 mm|**66A6012G15**|**—**|**66A6012G16**|**1498D34G94**|
|MDL<br>ND|10 mm<br>12 mm|**66A6012G15**<br>**—**|**—**<br>**66A6013H01**|**66A6012G16**<br>**—**|**1498D34G95**<br>**69D9101G30**|
|RD|12 mm|**—**|**66A6013H01**|**—**|**69D9101G31**|



## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-537** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Series C Components—Handles Only** 

|**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**<br>**2**|**ees**<br>**Frame**|**opoeses y**<br>**Rating Type**<br>**Handles Only**<br>**NEMA**<br>**IP**<br>**S01**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S01**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S2**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S2**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S3**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S3**<br>**Red/Yellow**<br>**S4**<br>**Blue/Black**<br>**S4**<br>**Red/Yellow**|
|---|---|---|
||GC/GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||GMCP|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||GD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||FD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**68C6048G41**<br>**68C6048G42**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**68C6048G43**<br>**68C6048G44**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||JD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||KD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||LD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||MDL|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G01**<br>**68C6048G02**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G03**<br>**68C6048G04**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**—**<br>**—**|
||ND|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G05**<br>**68C6048G06**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G07**<br>**68C6048G08**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|
||RD|1/3R/12<br>54<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G09**<br>**68C6048G10**|
|||4/4X<br>65<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**—**<br>**68C6048G11**<br>**68C6048G12**|



## _**Note**_ 

Shaft guide (68C6048G49) is optional and can be used with any high-performance handle listed above for greater alignment tolerance. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-538** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

## **Dimensions** 

Approximate Dimensions in mm (Inches) 

## **High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms** 

**Front Operation Handle Type Direction of Operation Door Drilling Type S01** 

## **Type S2** 

## **Type S3** 

## **Type S4** 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-539** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2 Handle Mechanisms 2** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-523**|
|Universal Rotary<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-530**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C|**V4-T2-531**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-536**<br>**V4-T2-540**<br>**V4-T2-541**<br>**V4-T2-542**<br>**V4-T2-543**<br>**V4-T2-546**|



## **Series C Rotary** 

## **Product Description** 

Eaton’s through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or a cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, a base operating mechanism and a shaft that can be cut to various lengths. 

Series C Rotary handle mechanisms are used with molded case circuit breakers (F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. 

These rotary handles are robust and durable, made entirely of metal parts. It also has a lock-out tag-out level at the tip of the handle for padlocking. 

NEMA Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. NEMA Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Series C Rotary is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. 

## **Features** 

## **Features of Series C Rotary Handle Mechanism** 

|||**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|**NEMA Enclosure Type**|||**International**||**Available**||**Shaft**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Rotary**|**Number**<br>**of Poles**|**1**|**3R**|**12**|**4/4X**1|**Handle**<br>**Lock-Off**2|**Handle Indication:**<br>**ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET**|**Markings**<br>**ON (I) OFF (O)**|**Handle**<br>**Material**|**Handle**<br>**Colors**|**Handle**<br>**Rotation**|**Lengths**<br>**(Inches)**|
|Series C rotary|—|n|n|n|n|n|n|n|Metal|Black|45 deg.|6, 12, 16, 24|



## _**Notes**_ 

> 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See “Ordering Information.” 

> 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle “Lock Off” to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-540** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms**_ 

## **Series C Rotary Ordering Information** 

||**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**|||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Series C Rotary**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Shaft**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Complete**|**Series C Rotary Ordering Information**<br>**Separate Catalog Number**|**Separate Catalog Number**||**Catalog Number**||
|p :|}<br>vet:|**Length**<br>**Inches (mm)**<br>**F-Frame**<br>6.00 (152.4)|**Catalog**<br>**Number**1<br>**HM1R06**|**Standard**<br>**Handle**2<br>**6648C22G25**|**Breaker**<br>**Mechanism**3<br>**6648C23G11**|**Shaft**4<br>**4217B37G08**|**IEC IP65**56<br>**WHM1R06**|**IEC IP66**56<br>**WHM1R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM1R12**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM1R12**|**WHM1R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM1R16**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM1R16**|**WHM1R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM1R24**|**6648C22G25**|**6648C23G11**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM1R24**|**WHM1R24X**|
||**J-Frame**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM2R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM2R06**|**WHM2R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)<br>16.00 (406.4)|**HM2R12**<br>**HM2R16**|**6648C22G01**<br>**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**<br>**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G05**<br>**4217B37G06**|**WHM2R12**<br>**WHM2R16**|**WHM2R12X**<br>**WHM2R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM2R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G21**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM2R24**|**WHM2R24X**|
||**K-Frame**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM3R06**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM3R06**|**WHM3R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM3R12**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM3R12**|**WHM3R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM3R16**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM3R16**|**WHM3R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)<br>**L- and MDL-Frame**|**HM3R24**|**6648C22G01**|**6648C23G25**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM3R24**|**WHM3R24X**|
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM4R06**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G08**|**WHM4R06**|**WHM4R06X**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM4R12**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G05**|**WHM4R12**|**WHM4R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM4R16**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM4R16**|**WHM4R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)<br>**MD/MDS**|**HM4R24**|**6648C22G11**|**6648C23G19**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM4R24**|**WHM4R24X**|
||6.00 (152.4)|**HM7R06**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G08**|**—**|**—**|
||12.00 (304.8)|**HM7R12**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G05**|**—**|**—**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM7R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G06**|**—**|**—**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM7R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G17**|**4217B37G07**|**—**|**—**|
||**N-Frame (ND and NG)**|||||||
||6.00 (152.4)<br>12.00 (304.8)|**HM5R06**<br>**HM5R12**|**6648C22G21**<br>**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**<br>**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G08**<br>**4217B37G05**|**WHM5R06**<br>**WHM5R12**|**WHM5R06X**<br>**WHM5R12X**|
||16.00 (406.4)|**HM5R16**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G06**|**WHM5R16**|**WHM5R16X**|
||24.00 (609.6)|**HM5R24**|**6648C22G21**|**6648C23G08**|**4217B37G07**|**WHM5R24**|**WHM5R24X**|



**2** 

## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 

- 2   Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number **6648C22G03** for Type 4/4X handle or add **X** Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 

- 3   Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 

- 4   Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 

- 5   IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 

- 6   Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-541** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [59 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Mechanisms<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

_**Description Page**_ Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-522** High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-523** Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-528** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-531** Handle Mechanisms—Series C High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. . **V4-T2-536** Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-540** Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . **V4-T2-542** Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-542** Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-543** Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **V4-T2-546** 

## **Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Product Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock. 

## **Application Description** 

Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

The Universal Direct handle mechanism is IEC 60947-1 and IEC 60947-2 compliant. 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms**_ **Euro IEC Direct** 

|**Frame**|**Black Handle**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|---|---|
|F|**HMCC1B**|
|J|**HMCC2B**|
|K<br>L and M|**HMCC3B**<br>**HMCC4B**|
|N|**HMVD5B**|
|R|**HMVD6B**|



## **G Direct**[1] 

||**Black Handle**<br>**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|**Yellow Handle**<br>**With Shroud**|**Without Shroud**|
|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Frame**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|GD/GHC|**HRGCC1S**|**HRGCC10**|**HRGCC3S**|**HRGCC30**|
|GMCP|**HRGMC1S**|**HRGMC10**|**HRGMC3S**|**HRGMC30**|



_**Note**_ 

> 1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-542** 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

## **Handle Mechanisms** 

## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.|**V4-T2-523**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<br>Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .|**V4-T2-528**<br>**V4-T2-530**|
|Flex Shaft<br>Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms.<br>Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-536**<br>**V4-T2-540**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . .<br>Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-542**<br>**V4-T2-543**|
|Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-544**|
|Handle Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-546**|



**2** 

## **Flex Shaft** 

## **Product Description** 

## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. 

The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inches (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. 

Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutes—a significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by “funneling” the cable through conduit. 

## **Standards and Certifications** 

Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-543** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

## **Product Selection** 

## _**Handle Mechanisms**_ 

**2** 

## **Flex Shaft**[12] 

||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||**3 (0.9)**|**4 (1.2)**|**5 (1.5)**|**6 (1.8)**|**7 (2.1)**|**8 (2.4)**|**9 (2.7)**|**10 (3.0)**|
|**Breaker**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G1|**F0S03C**|**F0S04C**|**F0S05C**|**F0S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|F|**F1S03C**|**F1S04C**|**F1S05C**|**F1S06C**|**F1S07C**|**F1S08C**|**F1S09C**|**F1S10C**|
|F (dual)|**F1S03CD**|**F1S04CD**|**F1S05CD**|**F1S06CD**|**F1S07CD**|**F1S08CD**|**F1S09CD**|**F1S10CD**|
|J<br>K|**F2S03C**<br>**F3S03C**|**F2S04C**<br>**F3S04C**|**F2S05C**<br>**F3S05C**|**F2S06C**<br>**F3S06C**|**F2S07C**<br>**F3S07C**|**F2S08C**<br>**F3S08C**|**F2S09C**<br>**F3S09C**|**F2S10C**<br>**F3S10C**|
|L and MDL|**—**|**F4S04C**|**F4S05C**|**F4S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F4S10C**|
|N|**—**|**F5S04C**|**F5S05C**|**F5S06C**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F5S10C**|
|R|**—**|**F6S04**|**F6S05**|**F6S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**—**|
|MD, MDS (old)|**—**|**F7S04**|**F7S05**|**F7S06**|**—**|**—**|**—**|**F7S10C**|



## **High Performance Flex Shaft**[12] 

||**Flexible Shaft**|**Length in Feet (m)**|||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|**Breaker**|**3 (0.9)**<br>**Catalog**|**4 (1.2)**<br>**Catalog**|**5 (1.3)**<br>**Catalog**|**6 (1.8)**<br>**Catalog**|**7 (2.1)**<br>**Catalog**|**8 (2.4)**<br>**Catalog**|**9 (2.7)**<br>**Catalog**|**10 (3.1)**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Frame**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|G|**F0S03HP**|**F0S04HP**|**F0S05HP**|**F0S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|
|F|**F1S03HP**|**F1S04HP**|**F1S05HP**|**F1S06HP**|**F1S07HP**|**F1S08HP**|**F1S09HP**|**F1S10HP**|
|F (dual)|**F1S03HPD**|**F1S04HPD**|**F1S05HPD**|**F1S06HPD**|**F1S07HPD**|**F1S08HPD**|**F1S09HPD**|**F1S10HPD**|
|J|**F2S03HP**|**F2S04HP**|**F2S05HP**|**F2S06HP**|**F2S07HP**|**F2S08HP**|**F2S09HP**|**F2S10HP**|
|K|**F3S03HP**|**F3S04HP**|**F3S05HP**|**F3S06HP**|**F3S07HP**|**F3S08HP**|**F3S09HP**|**F3S10HP**|
|L and MDL|**N/A**|**F4S04HP**|**F4S05HP**|**F4S06HP**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**N/A**|**F4S10HP**|
|N<br>R|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**F5S04HP**<br>**F6S04HP**|**F5S05HP**<br>**F6S05HP**|**F5S06HP**<br>**F6S06HP**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**N/A**<br>**N/A**|**F5S10HP**<br>**N/A**|



## _**Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms**_ 

## **Type C371** 

|||||**Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle**|**Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle**|
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
||||**Operating**|**For NEMA 1–12**|**For NEMA 4/4X**|
|**Circuit Breaker or**|**Frame**|**Variable Depth**<br>**Mounting Range**|**Mechanism Only**4<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|**Enclosure**<br>**Catalog**|
|**Motor Circuit Protector**|**Size**|**Min./Max.**23|**Number**|**Number**|**Number**|
|HMCP and Series C—EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED|150|6.50–16 (165.1–406.4)|**C371E**|**C371E1**|**C371E2**|
|HMCP and Series C—HJD, JD, JDB, JDC|250|6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)|**C371F**|**C371F5**|**C371F6**|
|HMCP and Series C—DK, HKD, KD, KDB|400|6.50–16.63 (165.1–422.4)|**C371F**|**C371F5**|**C371F6**|
|Series C—HLD, LD, LDC|600|8.50–22 (215.9–558.8)|**C371G**|**C371G5**|**C371G6**|
|Series C MD, MDS—(No MDL)|800|8.75–22 (222.3–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|
|Series C—HND, ND, NDC|1200|9.75–22 (247.7–558.8)|**C371K**|**C371K5**|**C371K6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP. 

- 2 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods on **Page V4-T2-545** . 

- 3 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface. 

- 4 Does not include handle. 

Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix **X** to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available. Remove C from catalog number. 

When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required. 

Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-544** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 

## **Handle Only** 

|**Handle Only**||
|---|---|
|**Circuit Breaker**<br>**Frame Size**<br>**(Amperes)**|**NEMA**<br>**Enclosure Type**<br>**Operating**<br>**Handle Length**<br>**Catalog**<br>**Number**|
|150|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H1**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H2**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H3**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H4**|
|250–1200|1/3R/3/12<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H5**|
||4/4X<br>4.00 (101.6)<br>**C371H6**|
||1/3R/3/12<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H7**|
||4/4X<br>6.00 (152.4)<br>**C371H8**|



**2** 

## **Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied)** 

For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure. 

|**Amperes**|**Catalog Number**|
|---|---|
|600–1200|**C371CS6**|



## **Connecting Rods**[1] 

|**Connecting Rods**1||
|---|---|
|**Application**|**Catalog Number**|
|Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400 A sizes)|**C371CS1**|
|Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200 A sizes)|**C371CS2**|



## _**Note**_ 

> 1 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm). 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-545** 

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 

2.6 

Handle Mechanisms 

**2** 

**==> picture [52 x 7] intentionally omitted <==**

**----- Start of picture text -----**<br>
Handle Extension<br>**----- End of picture text -----**<br>


## **Contents** 

|**Contents**||
|---|---|
|**_Description_**|**_Page_**|
|Handle Mechanisms—Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-522**|
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-523**|
|Universal Rotary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-528**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-530**|
|Flex Shaft||
|Handle Mechanisms—Series C||
|High-Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms. .|**V4-T2-536**|
|Series C Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-540**|
|Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .|**V4-T2-542**|
|Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-543**|
|Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-544**|
|Handle Extension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .|**V4-T2-546**|



## **Handle Extension** 

## **Product Description** 

- l Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame 

- l Not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers; it must be purchased 

- separately 

- l Included with R-Frame breakers 

## **Product Selection** 

|**Handle Extension**|**Handle Extension**12|**Handle Extension**12|
|---|---|---|
||**Frame**|**Style**<br>**Number**|
||J, K|**HEX3**|
||L, M|**HEX4**|
||N|**HEX5**|
||R|**HEX6**|



## _**Notes**_ 

- 1   Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 

- 2   Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers. 

**Volume 4—Circuit Protection** CA08100005E—March 2020 www.eaton.com 

**V4-T2-546**
Updated at February 9, 2023
About Novapart

Novapart is a B2B electronic component broker specialising in stock shortages and cost reduction. We source hard-to-find parts and identify compliant alternatives across a catalogue of 410,000+ components from 500+ manufacturers.
Learn more →
Stock Shortage Specialist

When a component is unavailable, discontinued or has an unacceptable lead time, we tap into our network of vetted European and Asian distributors to source what you need — without compromising on quality or traceability.
Request a quote →
Compliant Alternatives

We identify pin-to-pin, electrically equivalent substitutes that meet the same certifications (RoHS, AEC-Q100, REACH) as your original specification — validated against datasheets, not just part numbers. Often at a lower cost.
BOM Analysis service →